Homer's Iliad, books IV-VI

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world’s books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work 15 expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book 15 still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

atthtto://books.google.com/

Edw Vays. IYO. 297

DUPLICATE
BROW ΟΝ /ERSITY
LIBRARY.

FRANK THURSTON HALLETT.
CATHEDRAL SCHOOL OF ΒΑΙΝΤ PAUL,
GARDEN CITY, NEW YORK,

By Exchange

Sp
©
Ξ
Oo
a)
cd
Ξ
55

-- πῶ - τῶῦν “1. στ

TH

3 2044 102 850 369

COLLEGE SERIES OF GREEK AUTHORS
EDITED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF

JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE anp THOMAS ἢ. SEYMOUR.

HOMER’S ILIAD

BOOKS IV-VI

Ν ᾿ te
© \ abe”
EDITED.

ON THE BASIS OF THE AMEIS-HENTZE EDITION

BY

THOMAS D. SEYMOUR

HILLHOUSE PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN YALE COLLEGE

Boston, U.S.A., AND LONDON
PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY
1891

ν΄
HARVARD COLLEGE LIBRARY
BY EXCHARGE, FROM
BROWN CUUIVERTITY LIBRARY
ὮΝ en 4η32

Poses UT VGS, VO.

ENTERED AT STATIONERS’ HALL.

COPYRIGHT, 1890, BY

JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE AND THomas Ὁ. SEYMOUR.

ALL RieHts RESERVED.

TypoGRAPHY BY J. 8. CusHine & Co., Boston, U.S.A.

PRESSWORK BY GINN & Co., Boston, U.S.A.

Special Notice.— Text Editions of the College Series of Greek Authors can be
had separately at forty cents each. Any professor can have free as many copies
of the text as his class is using of the text and notes, these to be the property of
the college and to be retained in the custody of the professor. The stock will be
replenished from time to time as copies are worn out, the understanding being, of
course, that no more copies of the text will be called for than are used of the text

and notes.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

USED IN THE

COLLEGE SERIES OF GREEK AUTHORS.

abs. = absolute, absolutely.
acc. = accusative.

acc, to= according to.

act. = active, actively.

adj. = adjective, adjectively.

adv. = adverb, adverbial, adverbially.

Aeol. = Aeolic.

antec. = antecedent.

aor. = aorist.

apod. = apodosis.

App. = Appendix.

appos. = apposition, appositive.
art. = article.

Att. = Attic.
attrib. = attributive.
aug. = augment.

c., cc. = chapter, chapters (when nu-
merals follow).

ef. = confer (in referring to a parallel
passage).

chap. = chapter.

comp. = comparative.

cond. = condition, conditional. .

conj. = conjunction.

const. = construe, construction.

contr. = contraction, contracted.

co-ord. = co-ordinate.

dat. = dative.

decl. = declension.

def. = definite.

dem. = demonstrative.
dep. = deponent.
dim. = diminutive.

dir. = direct.
disc, = discourse,
Dor. = Doric.

edit. = edition, editor.
editt. = editions, editors.
6.9. ΞΞ for example.

encl, = enclitic.

Eng. = English.

Ep. = Epic.

epith. = epithet.

equiv. = equivalent.

esp. = especial, especially.
etc. = and so forth.

excl. = exclamation.

f., ff.=following (after numerical

statements).
fem. = feminine.
jin. = sub fine.

freq. = frequently.

‘fut. = future.

G. = Goodwin’s Greek Grammar.
gen. = genitive.

GMT.=Goodwin’s Moods and Tenses.
H. = Hadley’s Greek Grammar.

hist. pres. = historical present.

—_—— + - et ζ ζὁὅΓΚ5ς.Ρὃ.ὠΟοοοΡρϑ;

OMHPOT IAIAAO® A.

Δέλτα θεῶν ἀγορή, ὅρκων χύσις, “Apeos ἀρχή.
Delta Deum fora, laesa fides, primordia pugna.

‘In Delta is the God’s assize;
The truce is broke; wars freshly rise.’

ε [4 a 9 ’ 9 a
ὁρκίων σύγχυσις. Αγαμέμνονος ἐπιπώλησις.

οἱ δὲ θεοὶ πὰρ Ζηνὶ καθήμενοι ἠγορόωντο

In the First Book of the ἤΠίαα,
Achilles, the mightiest of the Greek
warriors before Troy, quarrels with
Agamemnon, the leader of the expe-
dition, and withdraws from all part
in the fray.

In the Second Book, the Achaeans
are armed for battle with the Trojans.

At the beginning of the Third Book,
just as the opposing armies are about
to meet, Paris challenges Menelaus
to a single combat which shall decide
the issue of the war. Priam is called
from Troy, and a truce is struck. ‘If
Menelaus slays Paris, the Greeks are
to take Helen and peaceably return
to their homes. If Paris slays Mene-
laus, the Greeks are to withdraw at
once.’ In the single combat, Mene-
laus disables and overpowers Paris,
and is just about to slay him, when
the goddess Aphrodite snatches up
her Trojan favorite, and deposits him
safely in his home. At the close of I,
Menelaus is ranging through the host,
seeking Paris, whom (of course) he

cannot find; and Agamemnon, declar-
ing that the victory belongs clearly
to his brother, demands the surrender
of Helen and the treasures which Paris
had carried away from Sparta.

The Fourth Book opens with a
Council of the Gods in the great hall
of Zeus on Olympus. They have
watched what has been done on the
Trojan plain, and recognize the fact
that Menelaus has won the victory.
Zeus proposes that the provisions of
the treaty be carried into effect, —
that the Achaeans withdraw to their
homes, taking with them Helen and
her treasures. But Hera and Athena
cannot consent to any peace which
would leave unsacked the hated city
of Troy, and they instigate a Lycian
archer, a Trojan ally, to break the
truce by wounding Menelaus. Then
the strife begins anew.

1-219. The wounding of Menelaus.

1-84. Council of the gods. Prepara-
tions for a breach of the truce.

1. Cf. of δὲ θεοὶ πὰρ Ζηνὶ καθήμενοι

2 OMHPOY IAIAAOS’ A.

χρυσέῳ ἐν δαπέδῳ, pera δέ σφισι πότνια Ἦβη
νέκταρ ἐῳνοχόει" τοὶ δὲ χρυσέοις δεπάεσσιν
δειδέχατ᾽ ἀλλήλους, Τρώων πόλιν εἰσορόωντες.
δ αὐτίκ᾽ ἐπειρᾶτο Κρονίδης ἐρεθιζέμεν Ἥρην
κερτομίοις ἐπέεσσι, παραβλήδην ἀγορεύων -
“δοιαὶ μὲν Μενελάῳ ἀρηγόνες εἰσὶ θεάων,
Ἥρη τ᾽ ᾿Αργείη καὶ ᾿Αλαλκομενηὶς ᾿Αθήνη.

ἀστεροπητῇ (lightener) | θηεῦντο (were
watching) μέγα ἔργον ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχι-
τώνων H 448 f.— θεοί : in appos. with
of. ὃ 24 k.—yopowvro: were in as-
sembly, sc. during the events narrated
in the preceding Book; cf. 10-12. The
gods assembled in the great hall of
Zeus, like retainers in the hall of their
feudal lord. For the form, see ὃ 29c.

2. χρυσέῳ κτλ.: 8. more definite
statement of πὰρ Ζηνί above. The
pavement of the great hall was cov-
ered with plates of gold. Cf ‘and
the floor of the house he overlaid
with gold, within and without,’ 1 Kings
vi. 80, of Solomon’s temple. See on
A 426. --- pera: adverbial, in their
midst. ὃ 37 α. --- σφίσι: dat. of inter-
est, for them.—°HBm: only here in
Homer as cup-bearer ; but she renders
other services to the gods in E 722,
905. She does not appear as wife of
Heracles in the Iliad, but in A 608 (a
late passage), as in Pindar and other
poets.

3. νέκταρ ἐφνοχόει: cf. οἰνοχόει ve-
κταρ A 598, ἵπποι βουκολέοντο Ὑ 221,
‘weekly journal ’(diurnus, i.e.‘ daily’ ).
The original meaning of the compound
verb was overlooked. The syllabic
augment is used since οἶνος began with
F. § 256A; G.104,n.1; H. 359. — rol:
οὗτοι, ὃ 241.— χρυσέοις : disyllabic by
‘synizesis.” § 7.— δεπάεσσι: δέπασι,
8 18 c,d; cf. ἐπέεσσι 6.

4. Sabdxaro: were pledging. Cf.
πλησάμενος δ᾽ οἴνοιο δέπας δείδεκτ᾽
᾿Αχιλῆῇλ 1224, The gods ‘drank each
other’s health.’ For the omission of
the augment, see § 25 a. For the
ending, see ὃ 26 ¢.

5. αὐτίκα: at once, straightway ; sc.
after the close of the single combat
described inl. For the omission of a
conjunction, see ὃ 2 n. — Κρονίδης:
for the ‘patronymic,’ see ὃ 21 e.—
ἐρεθιζέμεν : ἐρεθίζειν, ὃ 26 7. This he
does esp. by the proposition of 18.

6. παραβλήδην: Zeus teasingly
compares Aphrodite’s constant care
of Paris with the neglect of Menelaus
by Hera and Athena. For the ending,
see § 38 c.

7. Soval [δύο] : emphatic, in con-
trast with the single defender of Paris,
10. — Μενελάῳ: dat. with dpnydves
εἰσί, which is equiv. to ἀρήγουσι. Cf.
E 611, Τρώεσσιν ἀρωγοί ᾧ 428. — θεάων :
for the uncontracted form, see § 16 d.

8 = E 908. —’Apyeln: Argos was
the chief seat of Hera’s worship. Cf.

ὅδε | Ἥρας ὁ κλεινὸς ναός Soph. Εἰ. 8. .

Cf. also δ2.---᾿Αλαλκομενηίς : of Alalco-
menae, a Boeotian town where Athena
was worshipped with special distinc-
tion from the earliest times. These
epithets of the two goddesses, —’AAaA-
κομενηίς reminding of defence and
protection (ἀλαλκεῖν), — serve to
strengthen the contrast with the

6

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 3

ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι ταὶ νόσφι καθήμεναι εἰσορόωσαι

10 τέρπεσθον" τῷ δ᾽ αὖτε φιλομμειδὴς ᾿Αφροδίτη
αἰεὶ παρμέμβλωκε καὶ αὐτοῦ κῆρας ἀμύνει,
καὶ νῦν ἐξεσάωσεν ὀιόμενον θανέεσθαι.
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ τοι νίκη μὲν ἀρηιφίλον Μενελάου "
ἡμεῖς δὲ φραζώμεθ᾽, ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα,

16 ἦ ῥ᾽ αὗτις πόλεμόν τε κακὸν καὶ φύλοπιν αἰνὴν
ὄρσομεν, % φιλότητα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν.

εἰ δ᾽ αὖ πως τόδε πᾶσι φίλον καὶ ἡδὺ γένοιτο,

‘smile-loving’ Aphrodite, 10, J οὐ
δέδοται πολεμήια ἔργα E 428. Observe
the ‘chiasmus’; see § 2 o.

- 9. GAN ἦ τοι: but truly. — νόσφι :
8c. Μενελάου. --- καθήμεναι : implies in-
activity, in contrast with παρμέμβλωκε.
-- εἰἰσορόωσαι : closely connected, as
cause, with τέρπεσθον, delight in looking
on.
10. τῷ: that one, t.e. Paris. The
mention of his name is unnecessary,
since the gods have been watching
the single-combat. — αὖτε : on the
other hand. — Φιλομμειδιης : by assimi-
lation for φιλο-σμει-δης. See § 12 6.

11. παρμέμβλωκε: from παραβλώ-
oxw. See §§ 11 a, 12 g. — αὐτοῦ:
rom himself, from his body. Const. as
ablatival gen. with ἀμύνει. See §3d;
cf. Ζεὺς κῆρας (fates) ἄμυνεν | παιδὸς
ἑοῦ M 402 f. For αὐτός referring to ἃ
man’s body, cf. αὐτοὺς δὲ éAdpia τεῦχε
κύνεσσιν Α 4. See § 2 v.

12. καὶ viv: introduces a special
instance under the general statement
of αἰεί. Cf. A 107, 109, E 603 f. — ἐξεσά-
worev: sc. θανάτοιο (cf. ἠέ μιν ἐκ Oavd-
Too σαώσομεν Χ 175) or πολέμοιο. ---
ὀιόμενον κτλ.: cf. Ο 728, v 21.

13. νίκη: sc. ἐστί. Cf. the words
of Agamemnon, νίκη μὲν δὴ φαίνετ᾽
ἀρηιφίλον Μενελάου Τ' 467. --- Meve-

Adev: for the gen., see G. 169, 1:
H. 782 a.

14= & 61, cf. p 274, ν 366, ψ 117.—
ὅπως κτλ.: how this shall be, i.e. what
we shall do. Cf.B252. Zeus does not
here indicate his preference, — still
less his determination. He does not
assume that the articles of the truce
of rare to be carried out. A loophole
of escape has been left since the oath
ran (I 281 ff.) ‘if Menelaus shall slay
Alexander,’ and this condition had
not been literally fulfilled. — τάδε
ἔργα: the ‘hiatus’ is merely appar-
ent. See §§ 9 ἢ, 144; cf 18.

15 f. Cf w 476 f., with redges for
ὄρσομεν, and τίθησθα for βάλωμεν.
These verses explain the second ‘ hemi-
stich’ of 14.— 4, ἦ: see § 3 m a.—
πόλεμον κτλ.: cf. 82, Σ 242. For the
use of nearly synonymous nouns, see
§ 1 8, and on Γ 2. — ὄρσομεν aor.
subjv., cf. βάλωμεν. For the short
mode vowel, see § 27 a. — φιλότητα:
contrasted by its position before the
verse-pause, with πόλεμόν τε above. —
βάλωμεν : bring, cause. Cf. τίθησιν 88.

17. εἰ 8 αὖ κτλ. : Zeus is not serious
in this proposition. He knows what
the answer of the goddesses will be;
and, as for himself, his promise to
Thetis, that he would secure honor

4 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

ἦ τοι μὲν οἰκέοιτο πόλις Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος,
αὖτις δ᾽ ᾿Αργείην “EXa@nv Μενέλαος dyoiro.”

20 ὡς ἐἔφαθ᾽, αἱ δ᾽ ἐπέμνξαν ᾿Αθηναίη τε καὶ Ἥρη
πλησίαι αἵ γ᾽ ἥσθην, κακὰ δὲ Τρώεσσι μεδέσθην.
ἦ τοι ᾿Αθηναίη ἀκέων ἦν οὐδέ τι εἶπεν,
σκυζομένη Διὶ πατρί, χόλος δέ μιν ἄγριος pew:

and satisfaction for Achilles, can be
kept only by the continuance of hos-
tilities. He is merely teasing (épe6:-
(éuey 5) Hera and Athena. Hence
he grants Hera’s wish for the destruc-
tion of Troy more willingly than ap-
pears on the surface. — τόδε: i.e. the
latter of the alternatives presented
above, — peaceful reconciliation. —
πᾶσι: made prominent before the
verse-pause. Obs. the same position
of πάντες 29.— Φίλον xrd.: Hera can-
not be expected to listen quietly to
this.

18. ἦ τοι μέν: correl. with δέ 19.
Cf. Γ 168 f.— pév: long by ‘position.’
See §§ 41 m, 14 α. ---- οἰκέοιτο : may be
inhabited, may still stand, or (more
freely) men may still dwell in the city
of Priam. Cf. of δ᾽ ἄλλοι. .. valorre
Τροίην © 73 f. Trisyllabic by ‘sy-
nizesis.’” § 7 a. Πριάμοιο: Πριάμου,
ὃ 17 a.

19. ᾿Αργείην: a standing epithet
of Helen, because of her former Pelo-
ponnesian home. Cf. B 161.— ἄγοιτο :
may take home as his wife. Obs. the
force of the mid. voice. Cf. r 72,
404.

20-25 = @ 467-462.

20. ἐπέμνξαν: ἐπί here signifies
thereat, at his words. —*A@nvalyn κτλ.:
in appos. with ai.

21. Parenthetical. — πλησίαι: 86.
ἀλλήλαις. --- αἵ y ἥσθην : equiv. to
ἥμεναι. --- κακὰ δὲ κτλ.: an independ-

ent, instead of a participial (μηδό-
μεναι), Clause. See § 3 t.— Τρώεσσι:
Aeolic form for Τρωσί. § 18 c.

22. ᾿Αθηναίη: prominent by its
position before the pause. — ἀκέων :
seems strictly a participle, but it be-
came stereotyped, and is here used
as an adverb. ἀκέουσα is used A 566,
569. For an adv. with ἦν, cf. 277,
319, A 416, Z 131.—ovSé τι εἶπεν:
freq. in Homer, the last clause of the
verse repeats the meaning of the
earlier clause in more definite, or at
least in different, form. — Athena was
too angry to speak.

23. This verse is nearly parentheti-
cal. The beginner will be greatly
helped if he learns to notice how often
the second half of a verse or one or
more verses are parenthetical — used
to give life to the picture, without
adding anything necessary to the in-
formation of the hearer. — σκνζομέγη
«rA.: const. closely with ἀκέων Fv. —
δέ: a causal particle would have made
the relation of the clauses more dis-
tinct. See ὃ 3 ᾳ.--- χόλος κτλ.: cf.
6 804. --- χόλος : α burst of anger, while
κότος is α grudge, and μῆνις is endur-
ing wrath. The Attic opyh is not
found in Homer. —fpav: the impf.
is more descriptive than the aor.
would be. Athena was growing more
and more angry. Cf. οὐδέ μιν drvos|
pe. 2 4f.— For the »-movable, see
ἢ 12 2.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 5

Ἥρῃ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔχαδε στῆθος χόλον, ἀλλὰ προσηύδα"
ἐ > ἢ (ὃ ~ Ν ΄ Ψ
25 “ αἰνότατε Κρονίδη, ποῖον τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες.
“A > ’ 9 “A 4 3 (9 9 ’
πῶς ἐθέλεις ἅλιον θεῖναι πόνον ἠδ᾽ ἀτέλεστον,
ε ὃ A θ᾽ a io » 4 ὃ ’ ν
ἱδρῶ θ᾽, ὃν ἵδρωσα μόγῳ, καμέτην δέ μοι ἵπποι
λαὸν ἀγειρούσῃ, Πριάμῳ κακὰ τοῖό τε παισί.
¥ δ᾽ > A » , 3 , A \ 3)
ἔρδ᾽ - ἀτὰρ οὐ τοι πάντες ἐπαιψέομεν θεοὶ ἀλλοι.
80 τὴν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς"
“ δαιμονίη, τί νύ σε Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες

24. Ἥρῃ: for the dative, see ὃ 3 9 a.
—ovw κτλι: te. her wrath ‘boiled
over.’ — προσηύδα : sc. uly.

25 = A 562, @ 462, Ξ 330, m 440,
= 361. This sent. and the following
are exclamatory. — ποῖον : predicate.
See H.1012 a. “ What is this which,”
etc.

26. πῶς xTA.: a question of surprise,
equiv. to the prosaic assertion, ‘it is
in no way possible,’ ‘it cannot be.’ —
αλιον, ἀτέλεστον : in vain, ineffectual.
Pred., after θεῖναι make (§2v). Cf. οὔ
τοι ἔπειθ᾽ ἁλίη ὁδὸς ἔσσεται οὐδ᾽ ἀτέλε-
oros β 218.-- πόνον: amplified by 27 f.

27. ἱδρῶ: ἱδρόα, ἱδρῶτα, § 18 e.—
év: acc. of kindred meaning. G. 159;
H.715b. The article would be needed
here in prose. ὅν is long by ‘posi-
tion,’ since ἴδρωσα (doubtless, Eng.
sweat) began with a consonant. (Οὗ,
μέν 18. ---μόγῳφ: equiv. to μογέουσα,
cf. τὰ θέσαν μογέοντες ᾿Αχαιοί Μ 29. --
καμέτην δὲ κτλ.: ἃ ‘paratactic’ inde-
pendent clause, in close connexion
with μόγῳ. Cf. νοῦσον ἀνὰ στρατὸν
ὦρσε κακὴν, ὀλέκοντο δὲ λαοί Α 10; 866
ἢ ὃ η,.

28. λαόν: soldiery, sc. that of the
Achaeans who went to Troy. The
prime author of the expedition is pic-
turesquely represented as herself driv-
ing through Greece, rousing the people
to avenge the indignity wrought by

Paris. —xaxd: asa calamity. In ap-
pos. with the whole sentence. Cf. Hec-
tor’s words to Paris, γυναῖκα ἀνῆγες...
πατρί re σῷ μέγα πῆμα (bane) © 48 if.
The plural may indicate the separate
woes which the war occasioned. Cf.
ὅτ᾽ és Αὐλίδα νῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν | ἠγερέθοντο
(gathered), κακὰ Πριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ φέ-
ρουσαι B 808 ἔ. --- τοῖό τε παισίν : and
to his sons. τοῖο here, like Attic αὐτοῦ
refers to the preceding noun ; cf. 2 283.
Obs. the repetition of the name, in-
stead of the pronoun, in 31, 36, 47.

29 = Π 443, X 181]. --- ἔρδε: the
position is prominent. Concessive,
but in an angry tone: “You may do
it.” But a warning is added at once,
in which, for emphasis with reference
to 17, the neg. is placed first: “but
by no means.” — θροὶ ἄλλοι : in appos.
with πάντες, which has the emphatic
position before the verse-pause (c/.
17).

30 = A 517, H 484. --- τήν : const.
with προσέφη. --- μέγα : adverbial, with
the participle. See § 88 ὁ. --- ὀχθή-
owas: inceptive aor., bursting into a
rage, in a fit of vexation. — γεφεληγε-
ρέτα: cf. E 622, Zeus is the god of
all atmospheric and heavenly pha-
nomena. See on B 146; cf. 75.— For
the ending -ra, see § 16 ὁ.

31. δαιμονίη : the connection alone
determines the tone and meaning of

6 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

’ Q e 7 9 9 > »ὔ
τόσσα κακὰ ῥέζουσιν, ὅ T ἀσπερχὲς μενεαίνεις
Ἴλιον ἐξαλαπάξαι, ἐυκτίμενον πτολίεθρον ;

9 , 9 9 A [4 “ a “
εἰ δὲ σύ γ᾽ εἰσελθοῦσα πύλας Kai τείχεα μακρὰ
86 ὠμὸν βεβρώθοις Πρίαμον Πριάμοιό τε παῖδας
» “A , , 9 id
ἄλλους τε Τρῶας, τότε Kev χόλον ἐξακέσαιο.
¥ 9 yy, 7 N a 2 A > »
epfov, ὅπως ἐθέλεις " μὴ τοῦτό γε νεῖκος ὀπίσσω
σοὶ καὶ ἐμοὶ μέγ᾽ ἔρισμα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι γένηται.

ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽

ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν"

40 ὁππότε κεν καὶ ἐγὼ μεμαὼς πόλιν ἐξαλαπάξαι

τὴν ἐθέλω, ὅθι τοι φίλοι

this adjective. Cf Β 190, 200. Here,
strange goddess.— τί: in what, how?
—oé: direct obj. of ῥέζουσιν, of
which κακά is cognate accusative.
See G. 165; H. 728. ---- Πρίαμος «ra.:
here and 35 with reference to Hera’s
words, 28.

32. ὅ τε κτλ.: equiv. to ὅτι re κτλ.,
that thou dost. Cf. A 344.

33. Cf. A 129, B 138.

34. ov ye: thou, i.e. with thy fierce
anger. — εἰσελθοῦσα : entering the con-
queted city. .

35. ὠμὸν KrA.: “eat alive.” A vivid
representation of fierce rage and pas-
sionate longing for revenge. Cf. ὠμο-
φάγος as an epithet of wild beasts.
Cf. X 847, where Achilles wishes that
his soul would urge him ὥμ᾽ ἀποταμνό-
μενον κρέα ἔδμεναι of Hector; 0 212 f.,
where old Hecaba would fain eat the
liver of Achilles; τούτους, ἥν πως δυ-
γνώμεθα, καὶ ὠμοὺς δεῖ καταφαγεῖν Xen.
An. iv. 8.44; οὐδένα δύνασθαι κρύπτειν
τὸ μὴ οὐχ ἡδέως ἂν καὶ ὠμῶν ἐσθίειν
αὐτῶν Xen. Hell. iii. 3.6; ‘If the men
of my tabernacle said not, “Oh that
we had of his fiesh! we cannot be
satisfied,”’ Job xxxi.31; non media
de gente Phrygum exedisse
nefandis | urbem odiis satis

ἀνέρες ἐγγεγάασιν,

est Verg. Aen. v. 785 f. — ὠμόν:
predicate.

36. χόλον κτλ.: cf. y 146.

37. Obs. the ‘asyndeton.’ See § 2 /,
m.—€ptov ... ἐθέλεις : cf ν 145, π 67,
w 481, Χ 188. --- μὴ κτλ.: not a final
sentence, but an independent ‘pro-
hibitory’ clause, added to the princi-
pal sentence, for which it gives the
reason. “Do as you please, since I
will not allow this matter to be the
cause of a quarrel on Olympus.” —
τοῦτό ye νεῖκος : this strife, at least.
In a contemptuous tone. Conten-
tion over human affairs was unworthy |
of the gods; cf. ef δή ow (i.e. Zeus
and Hera) ἕνεκα θνητῶν ἐριδαίνετον
ὦδε A 574. Hence the contrast with
μέγ᾽ ἔρισμα 38. But see on 17.

38. per’ ἀμφοτέροισι: an emphatic
repetition of σοὶ καὶ ἐμοί, which is
itself a poetic ἡμῖν.

39 = A 297, E 259, 1611, m 444, 851,
ᾧ 94, etc. A formula to call atten-
tion to the following words. — évl: ἐν,
ἢ 37 ἃ a.

40. μεμαώς : eagerly.
ἐθέλω. Cf. E 148.

41. τήν: added impressively, in
appos. with πόλι. “That one, I
mean, in which (86:),” etc. Thus

Const. with

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

“J

μή τι διατρίβειν τὸν ἐμὸν χόλον, ἀλλά μ᾽ ἐᾶσαι:
Ἁ δ > A Ἁ δῶ ea 9 9 rd “A
καὶ yap ἐγὼ σοὶ δῶκα ἑκὼν ἀέκοντί ye θυμῷ.

Δ Ν ς 9 > ’ Ν 9 ~ > ,
αἱ yap ur ἠελίῳ τε Kal οὐρανῳ ἀστερόεντι

, 4 > ’ 9 ,
45 ναιετάουσι πόληες ἐπιχθονίων ἀνθρώπων,
τάων μοι περὶ κῆρι τιέσκετο Ἵλιος ἱρὴ
. ,’ Ἁ , 9 , ,
καὶ Πρίαμος καὶ λαὸς ἐυμμελίω Πριάμοιο"
> Ld , A > , » 97
οὐ γάρ μοί ποτε βωμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης,
λοιβῆς τε κνίσης τε" τὸ γὰρ λάχομεν γέρας ἡμεῖς."
Ν 3 > a > » ἰὴ 4 ν
δ0ὺ τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια Ἥρη"

the article introduces the rel. clause ;
cf. E 3820, 332. — τοί: const. with
éyyeydaow, as ethical dative.

42. μὴ διατρίβειν : do not attempt to
check. — τὸν ἐμὸν χόλον : that wrath of
mine. Cf. 40. --- ἐᾶσαι: sc. to fulfil
my desires.

43. Sana: 7 granted, sc. to satisfy
thy anger. The aor. is used as freq.
of an act which has just preceded.
The perf. might be used in English.
— ἑκὼν xrA.: ἃ much-quoted ‘oxymo-
ron.’ “Freely, yet with unwilling
heart.” ἑκών is the opposite of βίῃ.
Zeus pretends that only for the sake
of Hera he consents to the sack of
Troy, which had been long ago de-
creed.

44, at yap: the rel. clause precedes
the demonstrative (τάων κτλ. 46) with
some emphasis. Cf. Z 421.— ydp:
introduces the explanation of ἀέκοντί
γε Oups.— iw ἠελίῳ: cf. E 267.—

ἀστερόεντι : for the epithet, see
§lp.
45. vaserdovor: (dwell) qre. This

verb retains in the Mss. and current
texts its uncontracted and unassimi-
lated form.” See § 29 ὃ; cf. z 370,
497. --- πόληες : πόλεις, ὃ 18 g.

46. τάων: of these; partitive gen.
with the superlative idea in περὶ

τιέσκετο. Or, what is after all not
very different, περὶ τιέσκετο may be
understood as having comparative
force. — περὶ κῆρι: exceedingly in
heart, with my whole heart. — τιέσκετο :
was honored; nearly equiv. to the
perf., has been honored. The ‘itera-

tive’ idea is here lost. See § 36a. —
ἱρή: obs. the Homeric gender of
Ἴλιος. § 2 2.

47 = 165, Z 449, @ 552. — ἐυμμελίω :
for the inflexion, see ἃ 17c; unless
it is from ἐυμμέλιος. For the ‘ posses-
sive’ compound, see G. 182, 3; H.
586.

48 f. = Ω 69 f.— δαιτὸς élons: the
language of human life is applied to
the life of the gods. That feast was
‘equal’ in which each had a fair share.
See on A 468. ---.λοιβῆς «rA.: in ex-
planatory appos. with dards. The
sacrifice is a feast to which the gods
are invited. This invitation lays the
divinities under obligations to confer
favors in return; cf. a 60 ff.—ré: re-
fers to λοιβῆς κτλ., but is attracted to
the number of the pred., γέρας. See
H. 631; ς G. 135, n. 4.— ἡμεῖς : em-
phatic, we gods.

650 = A 551, Π 489, = 360, r 309, —
Booms: an epithet almost peculiar to
Hera. See on A 551.

8 OMHPOY IAIAAO®S A.

“FH τοι ἐμοὶ τρεῖς μὲν πολὺ φίλταταί εἰσι πόληες,
» , Ἁ 9 4 ‘4

Apyos τε Σπάρτη τε καὶ εὐὑρνάγνια Μυκήνη᾽
τὰς διαπέρσαι, ὅτ᾽ av τοι ἀπέχθωνται περὶ κῆρι"

, » 2 A ’ > sQVA 4
τάων ov τοι ἐγὼ πρόσθ᾽ ἵσταμαι οὐδὲ μεγαίρω.
¥ δ 4, Ν 9 2A 4
δ [εἴ wep yap φθονέω τε καὶ οὐκ εἰῶ διαπέρσαι,
3 9. 9, , > 9 Ν 4 δ , e.g
οὐκ ἀνύω φθονέουσ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἢ πολὺ φέρτερός ἐσσι.
9 ον Ἀ \ > ON la 4 9 3 4
ἀλλὰ χρὴ Kat ἐμὸν θέμεναι πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον"
Ἁ ‘\ > ON 4 > », » » 9 ,’
καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἶμι, γένος δέ μοι ἔνθεν, ὅθεν σοί,
καί με πρεσβυτάτην τέκετο Κρόνος ἀγκυλομήτης,
60 ἀμφότερον, ,γενεῇ τε καὶ οὕνεκα σὴ παράκοιτις

51 f. These verses are simply in-
troductory to the principal thought,
in 53. — ἦ τοι μέν : the corresponding
clause begins with ἀλλά 57. “I will
yield in other cases, but you must
allow me to carry out my purpose
with regard to the destruction of
Troy.” — πολύ: adverbial, far. —
“Apyos: see on ‘Apyeln 8. — evpva-
γνια: freq. in Homer three nouns
are so placed in a verse that while
but one has an adj., this adj. with its
noun fills the second ‘hemistich.’ See
on B 498.— Μυκήνη : for the singular,
see ὃ 19).

53. τὰς διαπέρσαι : concessive.
“These you may sack.” For the inf.
as imv., cf διατρίβειν 42. In this verse
has been found a reference to the
conquest of these cities in the Dorian
invasion of Peloponnesus.

δά. τάων κτλ.: ‘asyndetic’ repeti-
tion of the preceding verse. See
§ 2 m.—rdev: the gen. depends on
πρόσθε. Before these, i.e. for their protec-
tion. —Vorapar: the pres. is used as
if the time were already at hand. —
peyalpw: synonymous here with φθο-
véew. Sc. τὰς διαπέρσαι.

55. φθονέω : subjv. with εἰ (δ 3c a),
in future sense. —ovx: not μή, since

with εἰῶ [édw] it forms but one idea,
forbid, seek to prevent. Cf. ei... οὐκ
ἐθέλωσιν T 289.

56. ἀνύω: present, in fut. sense,
shall accomplish. Nearly equiv. to
ἀνύσαιμι. --- ἐπεὶ x: since truly, because.
— φέρτερος : cf. A 281, 546 ff.

57. ἀλλὰ χρὴ κτλ. : after stating her
concessions, 53 ff., Hera defines her
claim and rights. —éyov: made em-
phatic by the following pause. —
θέμεναι [θεῖναι] κτλ.: cf 26.

58. γένος : descent, race. Cf.et mi
genus ab Iove summo Verg.
Aen. vi. 128. --- pol: not ἐμοί, since
the stress rests on γένος. .

59. πρεσβυτάτην: i.e. τιμιωτάτην,
most honored. Hera is called πρέσβα
θεά E721. Predicate. “My rank is
the most exalted of all the daughters
of Cronus.” See on Z 185.

60 f. = = 365 ἢ. ---ἀμφότερον : used
adverbially to introduce the rest of
the verse. Cf 145, r 179. --- γενεῇ :
causal, ‘‘ because of my descent,”
parallel to the clause οὕνεκα κτλ. --
Cf.ast ego,quae divom incedo
regina, ITovisque|et soror et
coniunx Verg. Aen. i. 46 f. — κέ-
κλημαι: am called,i.e.am. This use
of ‘verbs of calling’ is freq. in classi-

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 9

, “ A “A 9 9 a 9 Ud
κέκλημαι, σὺ δὲ πᾶσι per ἀθανάτοισιν ἀνάσσεις.
ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοι μὲν ταῦθ᾽ ὑποείξομεν ἀλλήλοισιν,
σοὶ μὲν ἐγώ, σὺ δ᾽ ἐμοί: ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἕψονται θεοὶ ἄλλοι

ἀθάνατοι.

σὺ δὲ θᾶσσον ᾿Αθηναίῃ ἐπιτεῖλαι

65 ἐλθεῖν ἐς Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν φύλοπιν αἰνήν,
“A 9 9 ΄ ε , > ‘
πειρᾶν δ᾽, ὥς κε Τρῶες ὑπερκύδαντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς
¥ , € A 9 , 3)
ἄρξωσι πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκια δηλήσασθαι.
a ¥ 9 50.595. 9. “2 A 9 A "ΔΆ
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε"

9 »,, 3 55 v4 ¥ 4 ’
αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
70 “αἷψα μάλ᾽ ἐς στρατὸν ἐλθὲ μετὰ Τρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς,
A 9 ν ~ € a > “
πειρᾶν δ᾽, ws Ke Τρῶες ὑπερκύδαντας ᾿Αχαιοὺς
ἃ 4 e A 9 , 3)
ἄρξωσι πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκια δηλήσασθαι.
ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε πάρος μεμανίαν ᾿Αθήνην,

cal writers as well as in the Bible. Οἱ
ἅγιον τοῦ Κυρίου κληθήσεται St. Luke
ii. 23, Γ' 188. .---σὺ δὲ κτλ.: still de-
pendent on οὕνεκα. This takes the
place of a rel. clause explaining the
of of 60. “The wife of thee who
dost rule.” σύ thus repeats the
thought of of, and naturally has the
first place in the clause. See on Z
127; cf. 1 487 ff.

62. μέν: correl. with δέ 64. —
ὑποείξομεν : prob. aor. subjv. (‘ hor-
tatory’), although it may be fut. re-
peating the promise of Hera, 538 ἢ,
and that of Zeus, 37 f.

63. Parenthetical and subordinate.
— ool... ἐμοί: explains ἀλλήλοισιν.
Obs. the ‘chiasmus.’ § 20.—éal ἕψον-
ται: will assent. No opposition could
avail against Zeus and Hera united.

64. θᾶσσον: ocius, right soon, “the
sooner the better.” —’A@nvaly: Athe-
na not infreq. acts as Hera’s subordi-
nate. Cf. A 195, B 156 ff., E 713, @
351. — ἐπιτεῖλαι : for the inf. as imv.,
of. διαπέρσαι 58.

66. πειρᾶν : parallel to ἐλθεῖν. ---
ὑπερκύδαντας : exulting, sc. in conse-
quence of the success of Menelaus in
the single combat with Paris.

67. ἄρξωσι πρότεροι: shall be the
Jirst to begin. Cf. πάμπρωτος ὑφαίνειν
(weave, frame) ἤρχετο μῆτιν | Νέστωρ
H 824. --- πρότεροι κτλ.: cf. ὁππότεροι
πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκια (contrary to the com-
pacts) πημήνειαν (commit a hostile act)
r 299.

68 = Π 458. — οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε: for the
‘litotes,’ see ὃ 27.— πατὴρ κτλ.: of.
A544,divom pater atque homi-
num rex Verg. Aen. i. 65, pater
deum hominumque Livy i. 12,
divumque hominumque par.
entem Ovid Met. xiv. 807.

69 = E 713, ® 419; cf. @ 861,1 841.
-- αὐτίκα: for the ‘ asyndeton,’ cf. 5.
— ἔπεα : cognate accusative.

70. μετὰ κτλ.: into the midst, etc.

This explains ἐς στρατόν. Cf. 108,
A 222.
71 f. = 66 f.

73 = T 349, X 186, w 487. — ὡς

10 OMHPOY IAIAAOS’ A.

βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων ἀΐξασα.
75 οἷον δ' ἀστέρα ἧκε Κρόνον πάις ἀγκυλομήτεω,

ἢ ναύτῃσι τέρας ἠὲ στρατῷ εὐρέι λαῶν,

λαμπρόν" τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἀπὸ σπινθῆρες ἵενται"

τῷ ἐικυΐ ἤιξεν ἐπὶ χθόνα Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,

κὰδ δ᾽ ἔθορ᾽ ἐς μέσσον" θάμβος δ᾽ ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας
80 Τρῶάς θ᾽ ἱπποδάμους καὶ ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς :

ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ἰδὼν ἐς πλησίον ἄλλον "

“fh ῥ᾽ αὖτις πόλεμός τε

εἰπών: saying this, by these words. —
πάρος μεμανῖαν : Athena was eager to
go, even before she received instruc-
tions to do so, since she was of one
mind with Hera. Cf. 20 ff.

74=B 167, X 187, Ω 121, a 102, ὦ
488; cf. A 44, H 19, H 226, T 114. —
βῆ: ἔβη, § 25 b. —dlgaca: starting up.
— This was Athena’s third descent
during the action of the /liad.

75. οἷον: masc., pred. with ἀστέρα.
— “ Like the star which Zeus sends.”
The rapidity of Athena’s course, and
perhaps, the brilliancy of her appear-
ance, are likened to a meteor. ΟΣ
ὄρουσεν ᾿Απόλλων, | ἀστέρι εἰδόμενος
μέσῳ ἤματι" τοῦ δ᾽ ἀπὸ πολλαὶ | σπι»-
θαρίδες (sparks) πωτῶντο, σέλας δ᾽ εἰς
οὐρανὸν Inew Hom. Hy. Ap. 440 ff. —
ἧκε: gnomic aor., freq. in compari-
sons. § 2 k.— Κρόνον πάις : see on
νεφεληγερέτα 80. --- πάις : for the di-
syllabic form, see ὃ 6 a. Only six
times in Homer must the nom. of
this word be a monosyllable.

76. τέρας : pred., as a portent. —
εὐρέι: broad, far-stretching. — λαῶν :
soldiers, as usually in Homer.

77. λαμπρόν: the thought is am-
plified by the rest of the verse. See
δ 1h.— rou: ablatival gen. with ἀπὸ
Tevra:. —Yevrar: for the pres., cf. 278,
423, E 908. --- Homeric usage does

κακὸς καὶ φύλοπις αἰνὴ

not compel the belief that the poet
thought of Athena as actually emit-
ting sparks. This verse is intended
simply to enliven the mention of the
meteor. See § 2 e.

78. τῴ ἐικνῖα : like to this (sc. ἀστέρι).
This resumes the thought of 75, after
the two ornamental verses. — ἐϊκυῖα :
tetrasyllabic. See § 31 9.—ugéev: used
of the beginning of the motion, while
ἔθορε, 79, marks its close.

79 f. Cf. T 342 f.— μέσσον [μέσον] :
substantival. — θάμβος κτλ.: cf ¥ 815,
Q 482, γ 372. This refers to the
astonishment of the army at the sud-
den appearance of Athena; but she
is not recognized as a goddess, since
immediately on reaching the earth
she assumes the human form.

80. Obs. the ‘ chiasmus.’ — ἐνκνήμι-
Sas: the greave, about the lower leg,
seems to have been one of the most
characteristic parts of the Achsan
armor. Perhaps, however, the Tro-
jans too wore greaves, but the epithet
did not fit into the verse in connexion
with them.

81 = B 271, X 372, 6 328, « 87, » 167,
a 72, 400, φ 896. ---- τὶς : represents pub-
lic opinion. — εἴπεσκεν : for the form,
see ὃ 36 b.— ἰδών : casting a glance.

82 f. Cf. 16 f.— All onlookers
knew that this appearance was a

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 11

ἔσσεται, ἣ φιλότητα per ἀμφοτέροισι τίθησιν
’ 9 9 9 , , , , ”
Ζεύς, ὅς τ᾽ ἀνθρώπων tapins πολέμοιο τέτυκται.
85 ὡς apa τις εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν τε Τρώων τε.
ἡ δ᾽ ἀνδρὶ ἰκέλη Τρώων κατεδύσεθ᾽ ὅμιλον,
la > > “~ > ~
Λαοδόκῳ ᾿Αντηνορίδῃ, κρατερῷ αἰχμητῇ,
Πάνδα wriBeov διζημέ U ἐφεύ
ρον ἀντίθεον διζημένη, εἴ πον ἐφεύροι.
εὗρε Λυκάονος υἱὸν ἀμύμονά τε κρατερόν τε
ε “a > 9 ‘ a, Α ’ 9 ’
90 ἑστεῶτ᾽ - ἀμφὶ δέ μιν κρατεραὶ στίχες ἀσπιστάων
λαῶν, οἵ οἱ ἕποντο am Αἰσήποιο ῥοάων.
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα
“ἢ ῥά νύ pot τι πίθοιο, Λυκάονος υἱὲ δαΐφρον;

portent, but they could not interpret
it.— q pa: surely, as we see. Infer-
ence from the ‘phenomenon. The
first horn of the dilemma is con-
sidered the more probable. — κακός :
destructive, evil. — τίθησιν: cf. θεῖναι
26.

84=T 224. — ἀνθρώπων : limits
ταμίης πολέμοιο arbiter of war. ἀνθρώ-
ποις might have been used.

85-147. Athena persuades the Tro-
jan archer Pandarus to shoot an arrow
at Menelaus, but she herself keeps the
son of Atreus from serious hurt.

85. dpa: “as I said,” referring to 81.

86. ἀνδρί: the final vowel is long
before an initial ε. See §§ 14 a, 18
a; of. πόσεὶ ᾧ E 717]. --- Τρώων: the
rhythm of the verse connects this
with ὅμιλον.

87. Λαοδόκῳ: named only here.
Ten of his brothers are mentioned in
the Iliad. See on B 822.— The phrase
reminds one of (Aaodixy) ᾿Α»τηνορίδαο
8duaor: T 122.

88. Cf. E 168. — Πάνδαρον: cf
Pandare, qui quondam iussus
confundere foedus|in medios
telum torsisti primus Achi-

vos Verg. Aen. v. 496 f. Cf. B 824
ff. — ἀντίθεον : without any indication
of moral quality. Cf. ἀμύμονα 89.—
διζημένη : the goddess seeks, like any
mortal. — εἴ πον ἐφεύροι : if haply she
might find. This explains διζημένη.
A wish from the heart of Athena.
Cf. N 760, ε 439. |

89 = E 169. —evpe: for the ‘asyn-
deton,’ cf. 327, B 169, E 355. The
emphasis upon this word makes less
noticeable the absence of the con-
junction. The way is prepared for
εὗρε by ἐφεύροι 88. — ἀμύμονα κτλ. : cf.
Σ 65, Φ 546.— ἀμύμονα : blameless, i.e.
of noble birth, or of great physical
strength or beauty. See on ἀντίθεον
88.

90 = 201. ---- ἀμφί: sc. ἕστασαν, from
ἑστεῶτα [ἑστῶτα]. --- ἀσπιστάων : i.e.
heavy-armed. Equiv. to Attic ὅπλι-
τῶν. See on xopvorhy 457.

91. λαῶν: in appos. with ἀσπιστάων.
— Αἰσήποιο: cf. B 825.

92=E 128, = 169, X 215, 228; cf.
203, N 462, 2 356, 11 587, etc. — προσ-
ηὔδα: cf. 24.

93. A mege introduction to the re-
quest. The following verse repeats

2 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Δ.

τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόν,
95 πᾶσι δέ κε Τρώεσσι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ἄροιο,
ἐκ πάντων δὲ μάλιστα ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ βασιλῆι.
“ “\ 4 > 3 A ~ a,
τοῦ κεν δὴ πάμπρωτα παρ᾽ ἀγλαὰ Sapa φέροιο,
¥ LA > ’ > , ea
at κεν ἴδῃ Μενέλαον ἀρήιον ᾿Ατρέος υἱὸν
σῷ βέλεϊ δμηθέντα πυρῆς ἐπιβάντ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς.
100 ἀλλ᾽ ay ὀΐστευσον Μενελάον κυδαλίμοιο,

εὔχεο δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνι λυκηγενέι κλυτοτόξῳ
ἀρνῶν πρωτογόνων ῥέξειν κλειτὴν ἑκατόμβην

the thought definitely. — 4 ... πίθοιο:
cf. H 48, 8 190. ---τὶ : cognate acc., at
all.— πίθοιο : potential opt., without
ἄν. See G. 224 κ. 1; Η. 872 e.

94. τλαίης κτλ. : forms, with ‘chias-
mus,’ the conclusion to the wish of
93, which is expressed in interroga-
tive form. “If you would follow my
advice, you would then,” etc. Cf. οὐκ
ἂν δὴ μείνειας ἀρηίφιλον Μενέλαον; |
γνοίης οἵου φωτὸς ἔχεις θαλερὴν παρά-
κοιτιν T 52 f. — Μενελάῳ : const. with
the following ἐπί, at Menelaus. See
ἃ 3h B.— προέμεν : προεῖναι, ὃ 34 e.

95. Τρώεσσι: “in the eyes of the
Trojans.” Cf. B 285, 4 γάρ κέ σφι μάλα
μέγα κῦδος ἄροιο 1 308, τῷ με Fa κλέος
ἐσθλὸν ἐνὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρέσθαι Ῥ 16, νῦν
δὴ νῶι ἔολπα. .. | οἴσεσθαι μέγα κῦδος
᾿Αχαιοῖσι προτὶ νῆας X 2161. H. 771.
Or, the dative may here be the ‘agent,’
with the passive idea which is inrplied
in the verse.

96. δέ: may have the third place
in the clause, when the first two words
are closely united. —padtora: the
following ‘hiatus’ is justified by the
pause. See § ὁ. --- βασιλῆι: prince.
So Nausicaa is called βασίλεια, (115.

97. ros: const. with παρὰ φέροιο. ----
δή : surely. — wdprpwere: first of all,
chiefly.

98. af κεν κτλ.: equiv. to ἐὰν Mevé
Aaos τῷ βέλει σον δμηθῇ. A picturesque
paraphrase for death. — Μενέλαον :
receives prominence from the follow-
ing verse-pause. He is the special
enemy of Paris, whom he has just
overcome, r 340-382. Obs. the repe-
tition of the name in 100. — ἀρήιον :
const. with vidy.

99. σῷ... δμηθέντα : parenthetical.
In thought, antecedent and subordi-
nate to ἐπιβάντα. --- πυρῆς KrA.: cf.
πολλοὺς δὲ πυρῆς ἐπέβησ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς
1 δ46. --- ἐπιβάντα : supplementary
partic. after ἴδῃ. Pred. with Μενέ-
λαον as subject. — ἀλεγεινῆς : ἀλ-
γεινῆς.

100. Μενελάου : partitive gen. with
ὀΐστευσον. G. 171,1; H. 789.

101. ᾿Απάλλωνι: Apollo was the
patron-god of Lycia, and god of the
bow. —Avenyeves: the root Aux is the
same as that of lux. The sun-god
Apollo is ‘child of the lght.’ C/.
αἰθρηγενής as epithet of Boreas, O 171;
and λυκάβας year, — 161. In this
epithet is prob. also a reference to
Apollo as the Lycian (Λύκιος) god.

102 = 120, Ψ 864, 873. — ἀρνῶν éxa-
τόμβην : Homer does not hold strictly
to the original meaning of ‘hecatomb.’
Cf. A 65 f., 2 93, 115. — πρωτογόνων :

re -- απ κα ——e «-

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 13

»¥ , ε ΄Ν 3 Ἂ » 3)
οἴκαδε νοστήσας ἱερῆς εἰς ἄστυ Ζελείης.
as dar ᾿Αθηναίη, τῷ δὲ φρίῶνας ἄφρονι πεῖθεν "
106 αὐτίκ᾽ ἐσύλα τόξον ἐύξοον ἰξάλον αἰγὸς
ἀγρίου, ov ῥά ποτ᾽ αὐτὸς ὑπὸ στέρνοιο τυχήσας
πέτρης ἐκβαίνοντα, δεδεγμένος ἐν προδοκῇσιν,
βεβλήκει πρὸς στῆθος" ὃ δ᾽ ὕπτιος ἔμπεσε πέτρῃ.
ἴω , > ~ € , >
τοῦ Képa ἐκ κεφαλῆς ἑκκαιδεκάδωρα πεφύκειν "
᾿ δ \ ἃ > , ’ Ψ ,
110 Kai τὰ μὲν ἀσκήσας Kepaogdos ἤραρε τέκτων,

Jirst-born. Cf. “ All the jirstling males
that come of thy herd and of thy flock
thou shalt sanctify unto the Lord thy
God: thou shalt do no work with the
firstling of thy bullock, nor shear the
firstling of thy sheep. Thou shalt eat
it before the Lord thy God year by
year in the place which the Lord shall
choose, thou and thy household. And
if there be any blemish therein, as if
it be lame or blind, or have any ill
blemish, thou shalt not sacrifice it
unto the Lord thy God.’ Deuteronomy
xv. 19-21.

103 = 121]. --- ἱερῆς κτλ. : explains
οἴκαδε. Cf. 70, 180. --- ἄστῦ : for the
final vowel, retaining its short quan-
tity before Ζελείης, see ὃ 41 ¢ ε. —
Ζελείης : this use of the gen. with
ἄστυ is familiar enough in English,
e.g. ‘city of Boston.’ See G. 167 κ.;
H. 729 g; cf. 406.

104. τῷ κτλ.: cf. col δὲ φρένας ἄφρονι
πεῖθεν 11842. For the dat., see § 39a.
--- ἄφρονι: since he suffered himself
to be deceived by the promise, 96 ff.

105. αὐτίκα: cf. ὅ. ---- ἐσύλα: sc.
from its case, though some understand
it ‘from his shoulder.’ — ἱξάλον : quick-
springing, agile.— αἰγός : the capra
ibex, or‘steinbock.’ Cf. ¢50.—Gen.
of material with τόξον. The full ex-
pression would have required κεράων.

Cf. ἱμάντας Bods ¥ 684.

106. dyplov: introduces the follow-
ing story, since the ‘steinbock’ can-
not be taken by pursuit, but only by
ambush. See § 1 h.—6év: obj. of
βεβλήκει. This const. is the easier
since the second hemistich of this
verse and 107 are parenthetical. —
ὑπὸ στέρνοιο: below, on the belly. The
goat stood on a higher position than
the hunter. For the gen., cf. ὑπ’
ἀνθερεῶνος ἑλοῦσα A 501 (of Thetis
supplicating Zeus).— τυχήσαφ : hit-
ting. Cf. Ἱππόμαχον βάλε δουρὶ κατὰ
ζωστῆρα τυχῆσας M 189. § 8υ.

107. δεδεγμένος : lying in wait. Cf,
τόξοισι δεδεγμένος ἄνδρας ἐναίρω (slay)
Θ 296, Ο 746. προδοκῇσιν contains the
same root.

108. βεβλήκει κτλ.: cf. ἔβλητο πρὸς
στῆθος 11 753, O 250. This is a more
definite statement of ὑπὸ στέρνοιο
above. — ὕπτιος : upon his back. Predi-
cate; see § 38 a. Animals thus
wounded generally fall in this way.

109. row: const. with ἐκ κεφαλῆς.
Cf. τοῦ δ᾽ ἀπὸ μὲν κεφαλῆς κόρυθ᾽ εἵλετο
Ο 125. — ἐκκαιδεκαδωρα: the horns
were marked with rings which made
the hand-breadths or palms more dis-
tinct. — πεφύκειν : had grown, were.

110. ἀσκήσας : skilfully working.
Cf. ὁ & ἔπειτα Bods κέρασιν reply ever
(sc. χρυσόν) | ἀσκήσας y 437 f. Const.
with %pape, skilfully joined, — uniting

14 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

aA > 4 , , 2 » ,
πᾶν δ᾽ εὖ λειήνας χρυσέην ἐπέθηκε κορώνην.
καὶ τὸ μὲν εὖ κατέθηκε τανυσσάμενος, ποτὶ γαίῃ
9 a 4 A , a 3 Ve A
ἀγκλίνας- πρόσθεν δὲ σάκεα σχέθον ἐσθλοὶ ἑταῖροι,

᾿ Ν 9 A 9 », 9 A
μὴ πρὶν ἀναΐξειαν ἀρήιοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν,
115 πρὶν βλῆσθαι Μενέλαον ἀρήιον ᾿Ατρέος υἱόν.
> A ε > ἴω , 3 3 > 95
αὐτὰρ 6 σύλα πῶμα φαρέτρης, ἐκ δ᾽ Eder’ ἰὸν
9 ΄ὉΝ ’ , 9 > 9 ,
ἀβλῆτα πτερόεντα, μελαινέων ἕρμ᾽ ὀδυνάων "
αἶψα δ᾽ ἐπὶ νευρῇ κατεκόσμεε πικρὸν ὀιστόν,

the butt-ends of the horns by a metal
piece (πῆχυς A 375). — κεραοξόος τέκ-
rev: mentioned only here in Homer.
τέκτων was not yet restricted to the
sense of ‘carpenter’; cf. réxvn.—
ἤραρε: sc. ἀλλήλοιιν.

111. way: refers to τόξον, the prod-
uct of the work which has been de-
scribed. Cf. rd μέν 112. --λειήνας : 1.6.
he smoothed off the rings of the horns.
Cf. λεῖος, lévis.—yxpuvodnv: disyl-
labic. Cf χρυσέοις 8. ---- κορώνην : the
hook at one end of the bow, to-receive
the loop of the string which was fast-
ened to the other end of the bow.

112. καὶ... κατέθηκε: cf 2 271,
ι 329, 2 473.—xal: returns to the
story of 105.— rd: sc. τόξον. See on
πᾶν 111, --- κατέθηκε: Pandarus laid
the bow down, since he wanted to take
an arrow from his quiver. — τανυσσά-
pevog: when he had strung it.— ποτὶ
γαίῃ ἀγκλίνας [avaxAlvas]: subord. to
τανυσσάμενος. To string the bow re-
quired much exertion, and one end of
the bow (naturally) was rested on the
ground.

113. πρόσθεν: in front, before him,
sc, in order that the Greeks might
not see that Pandarus was stringing
his bow and preparing to shoot. —
ox Gov: held. Cf. A219. — δέ: “while.”
See ὃ 3 g.

114. πρίν: adverbial, anticipating

the conj. πρίν 115. See G. 240, 1;
H. 955 a; cf. E 218, 288, A 97, B 354 f.
-- ἀναΐξειαν : sc. as the Greeks would
have done, if they had seen what this
Lycian archer was about. The forces

were seated, cf. Γ 326. — ἠρήιοι xrA.:

cf. A 800, 11 42, Σ 200, Ὑ 317, Φ 376,
y 220.

115. βλῆσθαι : for the aor. mid. as
passive, see ὃ 82 d; cf. βλήμενος 211.
βληθῆναι is not used in Homer.

116. Cf dixit et aurata volu-
crem sagittam | deprompsit
pharetra cornuque tetendit
Verg. Aen. xi. 858 f. — φαρέτρης :
Jrom the quiver. Ablatival gen. with
σύλα.

117. πτερόεντα: prob. so called be-
cause of the feathers with which it
was winged. Cf. E 171, (Λύκιοι) εἶχον
ὀιστοὺς καλαμίνους (of reed) ἀπτέρους
Hat. vii. 92. --- μελαινέων: darkness
was always hateful to the Greeks, and
associated with death. ‘Cf θανάτου
μέλαν νέφος 11 350. See on 461.

118. The Epic poet gives many
details, it is true, but he does not
need to say that Pandarus took the
bow from the ground. Similarly B 55,
the poet neglects to mention that
Agamemnon rose to address the coun-
cil; but the king must have risen, for
he seats himself at Β 76.— κατεκό-
opec: ἴ.6. brought int the right posi-

“FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 15

εὔχετο δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνι λυκηγενέι κλυτοτόξῳ

120 ἀρνῶν᾽ πρωτογόνων ῥέξειν κλειτὴν ἑκατόμβην
οἴκαδε νοστήσας ἱερῆς εἰς ἄστυ Ζελείης.
ἕλκε δ᾽ ὁμοῦ γλυφίδας τε λαβὼν καὶ νεῦρα βόεια"
νευρὴν μὲν μαζῷ πέλασεν, τόξῳ δὲ σίδηρον.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ κυκλοτερὲς μέγα τόξον ἔτεινεν,

125 λίγξε βιός, νευρὴ δὲ μέγ᾽ ἴαχεν, ἄλτο δ᾽ ὀιστὸς
ὀξυβελής, καθ᾽ ὄμιλον ἐπιπτέσθαι μενεαίνων.

οὐδὲ σέθεν, Μενέλαε, θεοὶ μάκαρες λελάθοντο

tion, fitted the arrow to the string. —
πικρόν : biting, bitter, Ὁ

119-121 = 101--108.

122. ἕλκε: is followed by a pause,
and the two accs. are to be construed
with λαβών. --- γεῦρα : equiv. to veuphy
128. ὃ 19%.

123. Mark the ‘chiasmus.’ — This
verse explains the preceding ἕλκε, and
gives the result of that action. ΟἿ
E 417. — Statius translates, cornua
contingit mucrone et pectora
nervo Thebatd ix. 866.— When the
bow-string is drawn back to the
breast, the iron arrow-point (σίδηρον)
is brought near to the bow. C/. Ver-
gil’s far inferior imitation, et duxit
longe, donec curvata coirent |
inter se capita et manibus
iam tangeret sequis, | laeva
aciem ferri, dextra nervoque
papillam |extemplo teli stri-
dorem audiit Aen. xi. 860 ff.—
σίδηρον: only here in Homer of an
arrow-point.

124. κυκλοτερές : circular, round.
Proleptic. The bowman bent the bow
until it formed a sort of circle, —
ἔτεινεν ὥστε κυκλοτερὲς εἶναι.

125. λίγξε: ‘ onomatopoetic,’ repre-
senting the sound to the ear. Cf. 420,
ἔκλαγξαν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὀιστοί A 46, effugit

horrendum stridens adducta
sagitta Verg. Aen. ix. 632. — For
the ‘personification,’ cf. E 99, gxero
κῆλα θεοῖο A 53; Aristotle het. iii. 11.
Observe the triple division of the
verse, and the double ‘chiasmus.’
Bids and veuph, ἴαχεν and ἄλτο receive
prominence from the order of words.

126. ὀξυβελής: cf ὀξὺ πάγη βέλος
185. — μενεαίνων : cf. (δοῦρα) λιλαιέ-
μενα χροὸς aoa: (glut themselves) A bY.

127. ‘Apostrophe’ to Menelaus.
The poet seems to be led partly by
the convenience of the verse, for
Menelaus and Patroclus in the Iliad
and ‘the divine swine-herd’ Eumaeus
in the Odyssey are most frequently
thus addressed by him, while the
more distinguished characters are
never so apostrophized. Cf 146, H
104, N 603, ¥ 600. But no one should
fail to notice the tender interest which
seems to be implied in such an ‘apo- |
strophe’ here. Cf. Milton’s address to
Eve: ‘O much deceived, much fail-
ing, hapless Eve, | Of thy presumed
return! event perverse! | Thou never
from that hour in Paradise | Found’st
either sweet repast or sound repose,’
Par. Lost ix. 404 ff. — σέθεν [coi]:
const. with λελάθοντο. --- λελάθοντο : 2d
aorist. § 28 7.

16

OMHPOY IAIAAO®S A.

ἀθάνατοι, πρώτη δὲ Διὸς θυγάτηρ ἀγελείη,

7 τοι πρόσθε στᾶσα βέλος ἐχεπευκὲς ἄμυνεν.
180 ἡ δὲ τόσον μὲν ἕεργεν ἀπὸ χροός, ὡς ὅτε μήτηρ

παιδὸς ἐέργῃ μυῖαν, ὅθ᾽ ἡδέι λέξεται ὕπνῳ

αὐτὴ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἴθυνεν, ὅθι ζωστῆρος ὀχῆες

χρύσειοι σύνεχον καὶ διπλόος ἥντετο θώρη ξ.

ἐν δ᾽ ἔπεσε ζωστῆρι ἀρηρότι πικρὸς ὀιστός "

128. ἀθάνατοι: in appos. with θεοί,
and added here for the sake οἵ con-
trast with πρώτη κτλ. ---πρώτη: first of
all, chiefly. Cf. πάμπρωτα 97. Athena
comes to the aid of Menelaus because
she favors the Greeks, and had not
intended that the leader should be
seriously harmed. --- ἀγελείη : the giver
of booty (Anis). A standing epithet of
Athena as goddess of war. Cf. E 765,
Z 269, ᾿Αθηναίῃ ληίτιδι K 460.

129. rol: const. with ἄμυνεν, as dat.
of interest. — πρόσθε: see on 54.—
στάσα: taking her stand.—BéXos xrA.:
cf. A 61. For the quantity of the
ultima of βέλος, see § 41 m. — éxewev-
κές : cf. πικρόν 118.

180. τόσον μέν: so far, indeed.
This is made definite by the contrast
which follows in 182; cf. = 378, x
322, Ψ 454. Athena warded off the
arrow only in so far as she guided it
to a spot where the armor was thick-
est (double) and thus afforded the
best protection. — χροός : body, Attic
σώματος. ὃ 2 v. — ὡς ὅτε: does not
correspond to τόσον, but introduces
an independent comparison, which
illustrates the loving watchfulness of
the goddess. The phrase has lost its
original force (as the mother when),
and is used almost exactly like ds.
§2j. Cf. ὡς & ὅτε rls re δράκοντα
ἰδὼν παλίνορσος ἀπέστη T 33, ‘As when
a prowling wolf |... Leaps o’er the
fence with ease into the fold, |... So

clomb this first grand Thief into God’s
fold,’ Milton, Par. Lost, iv. 183 ff. ; ‘As
when to them who sail | Beyond the
Cape of Hope,’ etc., ἐδ. iv. 169 ff.; ‘As
when a vulture on Imaus bred]... So
on this windy sea of land, the Fiend |
Walked up and down,’ 2d. iii. 429 ff.

131. παιδός : from her child. Abla-
tival genitive. —éépyy: for thesubjv.,
cf. 141, E 598, Z 507, B 147; see G.
233 n. 2; H. 914 B Ὁ. ---ὅτε λέξεται
[ὅταν λέξηται] : sc. wats. Cf. λέχος
couch. —- ὕπνῳ : to sleep; as a ‘dat. of
approach.’ Cf. κόλπῳ Z 136.

132. αὐτή: ἡ (Athena) is still the
subject, but this subj. is made promi-
nent in contrast with the more nega-
tive act of 180. --- ὅθι: thither where. —
ζωστῆρος : ἃ leather belt, faced with
metal, which bound the cuirass. The
clasps (oxjes) or buckles seem to
have been at the side, where both
front and back plates of the cuirass
met. (ζώνη is a woman’s girdle.

133 = ¥ 415. — σύνεχον [συνεῖχον] :
joined, met. Intrans., cf. Ὑ 478. ἔχω
and its compounds are often intrans.
in Attic, but rarely in Homer. —
διπλόος xrA.: i.e. the arrow was met
by the double cuirass, since it hit
where the front and back pieces met
and overlapped. .

134. ἐν: const. with ἔπεσε, equiv.
to ἐνέπεσε. Cf. 217; @ 485, A 297, TI
276, Φ 9. --- ἀρηρότι : well-joined, closely
Sitting.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 17

135 διὰ μὲν ἂρ ζωστῆρος ἐλήλατο δαιδαλέοιο,
A X ’ > 9 »
καὶ διὰ θώρηκος πολυδαιδάλον ἠρήρειστο
μίτρης θ᾽, ἣν ἐφόρειν ἔρυμα χροός, ἕρκος ἀκόντων,
7 οἱ πλεῖστον ἔρυτο" διαπρὸ δὲ εἴσατο καὶ τῆς.
9 4 . > ¥ 3 #9 ‘\ 3 », ‘4 4
ἀκρότατον δ᾽ ap’ ὀιστὸς ἐπέγραψε χρόα φωτός᾽
140 αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἔρρεεν αἷμα κελαινεφὲς ἐξ ὠτειλῆς.
ε 353 φ , > sx) 2 4 , ’,
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τίς τ᾽ ἐλέφαντα γυνὴ φοίνικι μιήνῃ
Myovis ἠὲ Κάειρα, παρήιον ἔμμεναι ἵππων "

135. Sid for the length of the pe-
nult, see ὃ 41 9. --- λήλατο (ἐλαύνωλ) :
for the tense, cf. ἠρήρειστο 186.

136 = Γ 358, H 252, A 486. ---- ἠρήρει-
oro (épelSw): was forced, by the vio-
lence of the shot. Almost like an
aorist.

137. plrpys: a broad band of metal,
doubtless lined with soft cloth, worn
about the body, protecting the lower
abdomen below the rather short
breastplate. The arrow hit where
cuirass and mitra lapped. Cf. 187,
216, E 857, 707.— édopew: [ἐφόρει]
for the final », cf. ἥρειν 23.— ἔρυμα:
pred. as a protection. — ἕρκος κτλ. : cf.
299, E 316. For the ablatival gen.,
see § 3 d.

138. 4... épvro: parenthetical. —
ot: dat. of interest; not elsewhere
found with this verb. — πλεῖστον :
adv., most, chiefly. Cf.T 287.— ipvro:
warded off, sc. ὀιστόν. Cf. E 538.—
εἴσατο : aor. of εἶμι, ὃ 34 2 This re-
peats fiphpewro, after the rel. clause.
— καὶ τῆς: this too, sc. μίτρης.

139. ἀκρότατον : const. with χρόα,
the outer flesh. Cf. ἄκρην ῥινόν (skin)
χ 218. --- ἐπέγραψε: cf ἐπιγράψαι ré-
ρενα (tender) χρόα νηλέι χαλκῷ Ν 558.
— φωτός: of the man, i.e. Menelaus.
Equiv. to Attic αὐτοῦ. This noun is
not necessary, but is in the Epic man-
ner of fulness. Cf τῷ (sc. ἔγχει)

δάμνησι (overcomes, sc. Athena) στί-
xas ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων, τοῖσίν τε κοτέσσε-
ται Θ 390 f.

140. Eppeev: ἔρρει, from ῥέω. ---- ὦτει-
Ans: only here and 149 for ἕλκος, of

_& wound inflicted by a missile. Cf

190, 217. It is used strictly of a
wound from a weapon held in the
hand. Cf. odrd¢w.

141. ἐλέφαντα: ivory. The ele-
phant is not mentioned in Homer.
-- φοίνικι : evidently some variety
of red; but it is impossible to de-
termine the exact shade and tint,
whether crimson or purplish. — pur-
vy: stain, paint. The ivory was
striped with red. Cf. Indum san-
guineo veluti violaverit os-
tro|siquis ebur Verg. den. xii.
67 f.

142-145. These verses simply give
life to the picture. See ὃ 2.

142. Myovis: in apposition with
γυνή. --- Kdapa: fem. of Kdp.— παρ-
ἥιον : cheek-piece, cf. παρειά cheek.
These thin plates of colored ivory
were used as ornaments for the
bridle, much as rosettes and the like
are used now. Attic φάλαρα. Cf.
φάλαρα ἔχοντος περὶ τῷ ἵππῳ "ldalou
τοῦ γραφέως πάγκαλα Xen. Hell. iv.
1. 39. For a similar use of ivory,
cf. E 583. — ἵππων: equiv. to tr-
WEetov,

18 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.

κεῖται δ᾽ ἐν θαλά λέες τέ ἡρή
μῳ, πολέες τέ μιν ἠρήσαντο
ἱππῆες φορέεν, βασιλῆι δὲ κεῖται ἄγαλμα,
145 ἀμφότερον, κόσμος θ᾽ ἵππῳ ἐλατῆρί τε κῦδος"
τοῖοί τοι, Μενέλαε, μιάνθην αἵματι μηροὶ
9 , “A ld xQdA X yu? € ?
εὐφνέες κνῆμαί τε ἰδὲ σφυρὰ Kar’ ὑπένερθεν.
eo 5 νην ¥ 9 A 9 ,
ῥίγησεν δ᾽ ap ἔπειτα avat ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

e : 4 3 3 ~

ὡς εἶδεν μέλαν αἷμα καταρρέον ἐξ ὠτειλῆς "

160 ῥίγησεν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀρηίφιλος Μενέλαος.

ὡς δὲ ἴδεν νεῦρόν τε καὶ ὄγκους ἐκτὸς ἐόντας,

¥ 4 ε “ 9. ’ > Ld

awoppov ot θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀγέρθη.

A \ “ 4 , ’ 3 4
τοῖς δὲ βαρὺ στενάχων μετέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον " ἐπεστενάχοντο δ᾽ ἑταῖροι"
«- 17 ’ ΄ , , φ 2 »¥

155 “ φίλε κασίγνητε, θάνατόν νύ τοι ὅρκι᾽ ἕταμνον,

143. θαλάμῳ : store-room. Cf. 2 288.
— wohéeg: πολλοί, ὃ 20 καὶ — tpr-
σαντο: ‘gnomic’ aorist. ὃ 2k. Cf. 76.

144. φορέειν: sc. for their horses.
Cf. Ζεὺς Ἕκτορι δῶκεν (sc. πήληκα,
helmet) | Ἷ κεφαλῇ φορέειν πὶ 799 f.
— βασιλῆι: in contrast with πολέες.
--- ἄγαλμα: ᾧ ris ἀγάλλεται.

145. ἀμφότερον: cf. 60. — ‘Chias-
mus’ again. — ἐλατύρι: in Homer,
as it happens, only of the driver in
a chariot race; cf. A 702, ¥ 369. Cf
ἐλαύνω and ἱππηλάτα 387.

146. τοῖοι: pred., as such, thus.
See ὃ 88 a; cf. 280. — μιάνθην [ ἐμι-
ἀνθησαν : an isolated form in Homer.
Possibly μίανθεν should be read
(8 26 v), with. the ultima treated as
long before the verse-pause ; possibly
the form follows the analogy of the
dual (cf. ἥσθην 21). But διελέγην is
found in dialectic inscriptions for
διέλεγον (3d pl.).

147. τε ἰδέ: a freq. hiatus, justified
by the verse-pause. Cf. 382, Z 469.
— ὑπένερθεν : picturesque Epic detail,

contrasting σφυρά with κνῆμα. Cf.
E 122, B 218.

148-219. Agamemnon’s distress at
the hurt of Menelaus. The surgeon
Machaon is summoned.

148 = A 204. — plynoev: inceptive
aor., cf. γήθησεν 283, I 259.

151. γεῦρον : i.e. the thong which
bound the arrow-point to the shaft.
— ὄγκους : the three barbs, cf. E 898.
— ἐκτός: sc. ὠτειλῆς. --- édvrag: con-
nected in thought with both nouns,
though it agrees only with the nearer.

152. ἄψορρον : cf. ἄψορροι προτὶ Ἵλιον
ἀπονέοντο Γ 313; but this is adv., again.
The ultima is long before of. § 41 m.
—Ovpds: courage, in contrast with
ῥίγησεν 150.

153. rots: i.e. Menelaus and those
about him. Dat. of interest. G. 184.
3 Nn. 2.—Bapu: strictly a cognate acc.
with στενάχων, but used adverbially.
See ὃ 38 ὁ.

154. χειρός: gen. of the part
touched. 6. 171.1; H. 788.

155. φίλε: for the long penult, οἱ

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 19

9 , . 9 A 4 ,
οἷον προστήσας πρὸ ᾿Αχαιῶν Τρωσὶ μάχεσθαι:

9 > » ἴω, Q > 9 ,

ὥς σ᾽ ἔβαλον Τρῶες, κατὰ δ᾽ ὅρκια πιστὰ πάτησαν.

9 , 9 9 e 74 9 “A
ov μέν πως ἅλιον πέλει ὅρκιον αἷμά τε ἀρνῶν
’ > ¥ A , εν 3 »

σπονδαί T ἄκρητοι καὶ δεξιαί, ἧς ἐπέπιθμεν,

¥ a? a 9 9 39 2 , 9 8. »9,

160 εἰ περ γάρ τε καὶ αὐτίκ Ολύμπιος οὐκ ἐτέλεσσεν,

> Ν NS 949A κι , , 2 2
ἐκ δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ τελεῖ, σύν TE μεγάλῳ ἀπέτισαν,
σὺν σφῇσιν κεφαλῇσι γυναιξί τε καὶ τεκέεσσιν.

διά 18δ, φίλε E 869, φῖλαι Ε 117,
ἐφίλατο E 61. --- κασίγνητε : thie
final syllable is treated as long
before the pause. § 41 p.— θανα-
τον: pred. with ὅρκια ἔταμνον. Cf.
κακά 28. — ἔταμνον: The victim’s
throat was cut. Cf. r 292, T 197,
266. See on B 124. Cf foedus
icere, ferire foedus. — “The
truce which I made was death to
thee.”

156. οἷον: agrees with σέ, obj. of

xpoorfoas. — “Placing thee before
all, to fight,” sc. in the single combat
with Paris.—apd: does not suffer
elision. § 10 ὁ.
_ 157. de: thus, refers to the content
of 156, and explains 155. — κατὰ πάτη-
σαν: trod under foot, trampled upon,
broke. Equiv. to Attic καταπατήσαν-
τες. ὃ 3t.—mora: a standing epi-
thet of oaths, even when they are
broken.

158. οὐ μέν πως: (but) surely in no
way, by no means. Const. with ἅλιον.
‘Adversative asyndeton,’ § 2 m, μέν
being nearly equiv. to the Attic
μέντοι. --- ἅλιον: predicate, of no

effect. — ὅρκιον: only here in the
singular. This with the αἷμα, σπον-

δαί, and δεξιαί formed the ὅρκια of
157.

159 = Β 341.— ἄκρητοι: the wine
for solemn libations was not mixed
with water, as was usual for drink-

ing. — ἐπέπιθμεν : for the form, see
ὃ 31le.

160. ᾿Ολύμπιος : in the sing. al-
ways refers to Zeus, who was the
special guardian of oaths and trea-
ties. Cf Διὸς ὅρκια Τ' 107. — οὐκ
ἐτέλεσσεν : cf. οὐκ εἰῶ 55. The neg.
is closely connected with the verb.
Cf. οὐκ ἀτέλεστον 57, 168. — “ Left
unfulfilled,” sc. ὅρκια, without pun-
ishing the offenders im accord-
ance with the imprecation of I

298 ff.

161. ἐκ: to the full. Const. with
τελεῖ. ---δέ: in ‘apodosis. Cf. 262;
see§dn. “Yet.” Cf. dard A 82. —
kal ὀψέ: concessive. Even though late.
-- σὺν μεγάλῳ: with heavy loss, griev-
ously. The notion of ‘accompaniment’
is here passing over into that of ‘man-
ner.’ For the neuter adj. as subst.,
cf. és μέσσον 79. Cf. σὺν κακῷ μεγάλῳ
of νικῶντες ἀπαλλάσσονται Hat. vii.
9. 2. --- ἀπέτισαν : gnomic aor., par-
allel to the pres. τελεῖ. Cfiraro...
scelestum|deseruit pede Poe-
na claudo Hor. Carm. iii. 2. 31 f.
— “The breach of faith will surely
be punished.”

162. In explanatory appos. with
σὺν μεγάλῳ 161. --- κεφαλῇσι: heads,
lives. The men of a sacked town
were slain; their wives and children
were reduced to slavery. Cf. 237-
239, 1 598 f.

20 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.

εὖ yap ἐγὼ τόδε οἶδα κατὰ φρίώνα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν "
» 9 9 ¥ > 9 , ¥ e A
ἔσσεται ἦμαρ, or av mor ὀλώλῃ Ἴλιος ἱρὴ

165 καὶ Πρίαμος καὶ λαὸς ἐυμμελίω Πριάμοιο,
Ζεὺς δέ σφι Κρονίδης ὑψίζυγος, αἰθέρι ναίων,
αὐτὸς ἐπισσείῃσιν ἐρεμνὴν αἰγίδα πᾶσιν

ΝᾺ > 9 , ,
τῆσδ᾽ ἀπάτης κοτέων.

4 A ¥ 9 9 4
τὰ μὲν ἔσσεται οὐκ ἀτέλεστα"

9 »,
ἀλλά μοι αἰνὸν ἄχος σέθεν ἔσσεται, ὦ Mevedae,

163-165 = 2 447-449, where they
seem better placed. Here the verses
show pious confidence in the just re-
tribution of the gods. In Z, they are
the expression of Hector’s dreadful
foreboding.

163 = ο 211. — τόδε: refers to the
next verse. — The following hiatus is
merely apparent.

164. ἔσσεται: prominent at the
opening of the verse, marks the con-

fidence of Agamemnon’s prediction.

— ὀλώλῃ: nearly equiv. to a future.
See ὃ ὃ 6.—Ille dies veniet quo
Pergama sacra peribunt.—
Scipio is said to have repeated this
verse at Carthage, thinking of Rome,
in view of the transitoriness of human
glory.

165 = 47.

166. σφί: for the dat. after ἐπί, cf.
Μενελάφ 94. — ὑψίζυγος : high-throned,
explained by αἰθέρι ναίων. Epithet of
Zeus as the most exalted ruler. ΟἿ
δαιμόνων σέλμα (bench) σεμνὸν ἡμένων
Aesch. Ag. 192 f.— αἰθέρι : the peaks
of Olympus tower above the clouds.
See on A 44, 195.

167. αὐτός : himself. Zeus will not
entrust to others the punishment for
such base treachery. ΟἿ the ‘ prayer
of St. Chrysostom,’ αὐτὸς καὶ νῦν (thy-
self now also) τῶν δούλων σον τὰ airh-
para πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον πλήρωσο». ---
ἐπισσείῃσιν (ἐπι-σείω) : for the mode,

cf. ὀλώλῃ 164. For ao, see §§ 12 ὁ,
4] 7 α ἥη. celw is to σεύω, a8 πλείω to
πλέω OF πλεύω. --- ἐρεμνήν (EpeBos) :
gloomy, dark, as causing fear and de-
struction. Cf. φθισίμβροτον αἰγίδα x
297. The aegis was prob. a symbol
of the thunder cloud. — αἰγίδα: cf. E
738 ff., B 447.

168. τῆσδε: 4. the present. —
ἀπάτης: gen. of cause. Cf. χωόμενον
γυναικός A 429, κούρης χωόμενος B 689,
τῆς ἀχέων Β 694. --- τὰ μὲν κτλ.: re-
sumes the thought of 161, and pre-
pares the way for the contrast of 169.
—ovx ἀτέλεστα: 1.6. surely accom-
plished. Cf. 57. Agamemnon seems
not to be thinking chiefly of the-de-
struction of Troy by the Achaeans,
since he contemplates the humili-
ating withdrawal of their army on
the death of Menelaus. He trusts
in the justice of Zeus that the
Trojans shall be punished in the
future.

169-182. | Agamemnon’s first
thought was of the danger to which
his brother was exposed by entering
into a single combat with one of this
perfidious people. He now vividly
and affectionately depicts the results
of Menelaus’s death. — “ The Trojans
will be punished, but of what advan-
tage is that to me?”

169. σέθεν: ‘objective gen.’ with

ἄχος, grief for thee.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 21

170 αἴ κε θάνῃς Kat πότμον ἀναπλήσῃς βιότοιο.
’ 3 4 ’᾽ » ε a
καί κεν ἐλέγχιστος πολυδίψιον “Apyos ἱκοίμην "
αὐτίκα γὰρ μνήσονται ᾿Αχαιοὶ πατρίδος ains:
“ 4 > Q 4 A ἃ ’
κὰδ δέ κεν εὐχωλὴν Πριάμῳ καὶ Τρωσὶ λίποιμεν
> ’ ε ld , 9 9 », , ¥
Apyeinv Ἑλένην: σέο δ᾽ ὀστέα mice. ἄρουρα
4 3 a 3 ,’ 9. ἃ ¥
175 κειμένου ἐν Tpoin ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐπὶ ἔργῳ.
καί κέ τις ὧδ᾽ ἐρέει Τρώων ὑπερηνορεόντων,
τύμβῳ ἐπιθρώσκων Μενελάον κυδαλίμοιο "
‘a οὗ 2 \ A , , 3. ,
auf οὕτως ἐπι πᾶσι χόλον τελέσει᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
ε N “A 9 δ » 9 φΦῸ 3 5» “A
ὡς καὶ νῦν ἅλιον στρατὸν ἤγαγεν ἐνθάδ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν,

170. αἴκε: ἐάν. --- πότμον κτλ.: ful-
Jil the destiny, equiv. to πότμον ἐπίσπῃς
2 412. — For the fulness of expression,
see § 1 8.

171. καί: and, adds a further re-
sult of the leader’s death. — ἐλέγχι-
oros: most disgraced. From ἔλεγχος
shame, as ἔχθιστος from ἔχθορ. ὃ 22 ὃ.
- πολνδίψιον: cf. “Apyos ἄειδε, θεά,
πολυδίψιον, the beginning of the ‘cy-
clic’ Thebatd ; ὅταν ποτ᾽ “Apyous διψίαν
ἔλθω χθόνα Eur. Alc. 660. The east-
ern part of the plain of Argos and
the whole region of Mycenae are ill
supplied with water. Hence arose
the myth of the artificial conduits
of Danaiis, on Egyptian models, and

the story of the occupation of his.

daughters the Danaids in Hades.

172. μνήσονται κτλ.: the expedi-
tion had been undertaken in order to
regain Helen for Menelaus. On the
latter’s death, the Greeks would re-
member the claims of their own fami-
lies, and would return.

173 f. Cf. B 160 f.—xdd [κατα] :
const. with λίποιμεν. --- εὐχωλήν :
pred., as a triumph, a boast. For the
const., cf 75 f., 187, 197. — λίποιμεν
Ἑλένην : really gives the cause for
ἐλέγχιστος ἱκοίμην 171. — σέο: σοῦ,

§ 24α. --- πύσει (πύθω, puteo): “ will
cover.”

175. ἐν Τροίῃ: in the Troad. The
Greeks who fell before Troy were,
naturally, buried at once. Only H
334 f. (doubtless interpolated) is men-
tion made of the possibility of taking
the bones back to Greece. — are-
λενυτήτῳ κτλ.: “with our end un-
achieved.”

177. ἐπιθρώσκων : sc. in mockery.
Cf. dum Priami Paridisque
busto | insultet armentum
Hor. Carm. iii. 3. 40 f. — Μενελάου:
the name shows more feeling than
the pron. σοῦ would have done. See
on ᾿Αχιλλῆος ποθὴ ἵξεται A 240
(Achilles’s own words), The epithet
is added in a sort of contrast with
the contempt implied in ἐπιθρώσκων.

178. αἴθε: introduces a wish. G.251,
1; H. 870 8. ---- ἐπὶ πᾶσι : in every case,
always.— χόλον: see on 23.— For
the irony of the wish, cf. αἱ yap δὴ
τοσσοῦτον ὀνήσιος (enjoyment) ἀντιά-
σειεν | ὧς οὗτός wore (sc. Odysseus)
τοῦτο (sc. τόξον) δυνήσεται ἐντανύ-
σασθαι φ 402 f.

179. καὶ νῦν : now too, with refer-
ence to ἐπὶ πᾶσι 178. --- ἅλιον : pred.
with στρατόν. Cf. 158.

99 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.

180 καὶ δὴ ἔβη οἰκόνδε φίλην és πατρίδα γαῖαν
“\ ~ 4 δ. 9 Ἁ,
σὺν κεινῇσιν νηυσί, λιπὼν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον.

9 rd > 9 4 LA 3 ΄»" ’ 3)

ὥς ποτέ τις ἐρέει" τότε μοι χάνοι εὐρεῖα χθών.
τὸν δ᾽ ἐπιθαρσύνων προσέφη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος '

“θάρσει, μηδέ τί πω δειδίσσεο λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν.

185 οὐκ ἐν καιρίῳ ὀξὺ πάγη βέλος, ἀλλὰ πάροιθεν
εἰρύσατο ζωστήρ τε παναίολος ἠδ᾽ ὑπένερθεν
{apa τε καὶ μίτρη, τὴν χαλκῆες κάμον ἄνδρες."
τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων "
“at γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη, φίλος ὦ Μενέλαε"

190 ἕλκος δ᾽ ἰητὴρ ἐπιμάσσεται ἠδ᾽ ἐπιθήσει

180. καὶ δή : and already, explains
179. — οἰκόνδε: see on ἱερῇς 103.

181. σὺν κεινῇσιν νηυσί: with empty
ships, 1.e. without Helen and the spoils
of war, and with heavy loss. Cf.
αἰσχρόν τοι δηρόν re μένειν κενεόν τε
(empty-handed) νέεσθαι Β 298, οἴκαδε
νισσόμεθα (sc. the comrades οὗ Odys-
seus) κενεὰς σὺν χεῖρας ἔχοντες κ 42, —
λιπών: cf. 175. — ἀγαθόν : generally
with βοήν (war-cry), as epithet of
Menelaus. Cf. 220.

182. dg: repeats ὧδε 176. — τότε
κτλ.: cf. @ 150, 2 282, P 417. For-
mula of a wish for speedy death. Cf
sed mihi vel tellus optem
prius ima dehiscat Verg. Aen.
iv. 24, εὔχομαι μυρίας ἐμέ γε κατὰ γῆς
ὀργυιὰς γενέσθαι Xen. An. vii. 1. 80, οὐ
βέλτιόν ἔστιν ὑπὺ τὴν Χάρυβδιν καὶ τὸν
Κωκυτὸν καὶ μυρίας ὀργυιὰς κατὰ γῆς
δῦναι, ἣ πεσεῖν εἰς τοιοῦτον βίον Julian
Orat. vi. 198 c.— εὐρεῖα : a standing
epithet.

184. θάρσει μηδέ τι: with a second
imv., as Καὶ 383, Ω 17]. --- πώ [πώς]:
at all. Cf. 284, r 806. --- δειδίσσεο :
frighten, sc. by thy anxiety. Not
intrans., as B 190.

185. ‘Causal asyndeton.’ — οὐκ ἐν
καιρίῳ: not in a vital spot. The
Homeric heroes knew well what
wounds were likely to cause death.
- πάγη (πήγνυμι) : ἐπάγη. --- πάροι-
θεν : local.

186. ζωστήρ: cf 182. ---παναίολος :
all-gleaming, from the bright metal
plates.

187. ζώμα (ζώννυμι) : the lower part
of the cuirass about which the girdle
was drawn. Obs. the suffixes of ζῶ-μα
and (wo-rfp. G.129,2; 129, 4; H. 560;
553, 1. This is called θώρηξ, less defi-
nitely, in 133 ff. — μίτρη : see on 137.
— τήν : ἥν. --- κάμον [ἔκαμον : wrought.
Cf. Ἐ 888, 788.

188 = A 180, 285, B 869, K 42.

189. The rhythm of the verse ac-
cords with the anxiety of Agamem-
non. — φίλος : as vocative. H. 707.
—.&: between the adj. and its sub-
stantive. Cf. διοτρεφὲς ὦ Μενέλαε Καὶ 48.

190. ἕλκος: placed first in the verse,
since the healing of the wound is
the only care, now that the king
knows that the arrow hit no vital part.
- ἐπιμάσσεται (μαίομαι, pas): shall
probe, shall heal.

“4

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 23

ld b ν 4 , 9 ’ 3)
φάρμαχ᾽, ἅ κεν παύσῃσι μελαινάων ὀδυνάων.

ἦ καὶ Ταλθύβιον θεῖον κήρυκα προσηύδα -
“παλθύβι᾽, ὅττι τάχιστα Μαχάονα δεῦρο κάλεσσον,
φῶτ᾽ ᾿Ασκληπιοῦ νἱὸν ἀμύμονος ἰητῆρος,

195 ὄφρα ἴδῃ Μενέλαον ἀρήιον ᾿Ατρέος υἱόν,
9 9 ’ y , oN > ’
ὅν τις ὀινστεύσας ἔβαλεν τόξων ἐὺ εἰδώς,

, aA », ΄ A ’ ¥ A 4 ”
Τρώων ἢ Λυκίων, τῷ μὲν κλέος, ἄμμι δὲ πένθος.

ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ dpa οἱ κῆἢρνξ ἀπίθησεν ἀκούσας,

A > 97 \ \ ᾽ A ,
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι κατὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων

200 παπταίνων ἥρωα Μαχάονα.

“ A 4
τὸν δὲ νόησεν

ε A 9 9 . Ld Ἁ , 9 Ld
ἑστεῶτ᾽ > ἀμφὶ δέ pw κρατεραὶ στίχες ἀσπιστάων
λαῶν, οἵ οἱ ἕποντο Τρίκης ἐξ ἱπποβότοιο.

191. φάρμακα: herbs, drugs. Cf vif
ὕδατι λιαρῷ (warm), ἐπὶ δὲ ῥίζαν (root,
wort) βάλε πικρήν, | χερσὶ διατρίψας
(rubbing tt fine), ὀδυνήφατον (pain-
killing), § of ἁπάσας | ἔσχ᾽ ddtvas
A 846 ff. —waveyo. [παύσῃ]: free,
se. σέ. For the mode, cf. ἐκισσείῃ-
σιν 167.—dSvvdev: ablatival. Οἱ
E 909.

192. 4: he spoke. The subject of
this verb is regularly continued as
the subj. of the following. — Ταλθύ-
βιον: Agamemnon’s principal herald.
Cf. A 820, F118, H 276, T 196, 250,
267, Ψ 891. ----ῇβεῖον: cf. κήρυκες, Aids
ἄγγελοι ἠδὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν A 334.

193. ὅττι τάχιστα : ὡς τάχιστα,
quam celerrime.— Μαχάονα: cf.
B 731 f., A 605 ff., 833 ff. Machaon
and his brother Podalirius were the
only professional surgeons in the
Achaean camp, but both were leaders
in battle as well as surgeons. The
best surgery of those days was rude,
and every man knew the elements of
the art.

194. φῶτα: in appos. with Μαχάονα,
and further explained by the rest of

the verse. ΟἿ E 649. ---᾿Ασκληπιοῦ :
Asclepius clearly is not a god in
Homer’s time, but only a skilful pupil
of Chiron.

195. ἴδῃ: ἐταπιῖηε.--- Μενέλαον κτλ.:
cf. 98, 115, 20ὅ.

196. ὀιστεύσαξ : nearly equiv. to
ὀιστῷ. --- τόξων: for the gen. with
εἰδώς skilled in, cf. 810, E 11, 549, 2 488,
κύνε εἰδότε θήρης Καὶ 360.

197. Δνκίων : i.e. the army of Sar-
pedon, as the most important of the
Trojan allies. Cf.Z78. See on B 876.
--τῷ.... πένθος: in appos. with the
whole sent. ; cf. 28, 165. —‘Chiasmus.’
—re: him, sc. βαλόντι. --- ἄμμι: ἡμῖν,
8 24α.

198 = mM 881]. --- οἵ: const. with ἀπί-
Oncer.

199. By [ἔβη] : set out.— κατὰ Aadv:
marks no definite direction. Cf. 126,
209, κατὰ νῆας B 47.

201-203. Cf. 90-02.

202. Tpluns: cf Β 729, where this
name is spelt Τρίκκη. A city in West-
ern Thessaly, with one of the oldest
sanctuaries of Asclepius. — ἱπποβό-
roo: Thessalian horses and cavalry

24 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα mpoonvea:
“ὄρσ᾽, ᾿Ασκληπιάδη, καλέει κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,
205 ὄφρα ἴδῃ Μενέλαον ἀρήιον ἀρχὸν “᾿Αχαιῶν,
9 3 4 ¥ ’ aN 9 ,
ὅν τις ὀιστεύσας ἔβαλεν τόξων ἐὺ εἰδώς,
Τρώων ἢ Λυκίων, τῷ μὲν κλέος, ἄμμι δὲ πένθος."
a 4 “Ὁ 3 ¥ μ᾿ 9 NS », »
ὡς φάτο, τῷ δ᾽ apa θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν cpwer:
XN > 99 9 3 ‘\ Q\ 3 “ 9 [ων
βὰν δ᾽ ἰέναι καθ᾽ ὄμιλον ἀνὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
210 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἵκανον, ὅθι ξανθὸς Μενέλαος
βλήμενος ἦν, περὶ δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀγηγέραθ᾽, ὅσσοι ἄριστοι,
,», 55 ε > 9 4 , 3 4 a
κυκλόσ᾽, 6 δ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι παρίστατο ἰσόθεος das,

> », 3 3 ~ > , ν 9 ,
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐκ ζωστῆρος ἀρηρότος ἕλκεν ὀιστόν᾽
“~ 3 3 , , ¥ 9 , 3,
τοῦ δ᾽ ἐξελκομένοιο πάλιν ἄγεν ὀξέες ὄγκοι.
215 λῦσε δέ οἱ ζωστῆρα παναΐολον ἠδ᾽ ὑπένερθεν

were always noted for their excel-
lence.

204. Cf. r 260.— This verse has a
vigorous movement. The pause after
the first syllable gives an ‘anapaestic’
(march) rhythm to the rest of the
verse.—époo: 2d aor., while ὄρσευ
264 is the Ist aorist. § 365.

205-207 = 195-197. — ty: here is
middle, but ἴδῃς is read by some.

208 = A 804, N 468; cf. B 142, Γ 395,
Z 51, p 150.—-+@: for the dat., see
ὃ 3 9.—Spivev: aroused, moved, touched,
used of pity, anger, and terror.

209. βάν [ἔβησαν7: sc. Machaon
and the herald.— κατά, ava: clearly
do not indicate opposite directions.
ἀνὰ στρατόν differs only metrically
from κατὰ στρατόν in such expressions,
and the second ‘ hemistich’ here is in
appos. with καθ᾽ ὅμιλον.

210 ἢ. ὅθι: cf. 1382.—Mevédaos κτλ.:
“ was the wounded Menelaus.” — βλή-
μενος: “who was wounded,” nearly
equiv. to βεβλημένος. For the pas-
sive meaning, see on βλῆσθαι 115.

»

—avrov: himself, the principal per-
sonage at this time.—dynydparo:
from dyelpo. ὃ 25 k. Cf. stant

lecti circum iuvenes Verg.
Aen. x. 881. --- ὅσσοι κτλ.: optimi
quique.

212. κυκλόσε: in(to) a circle, in a
ring. —6 δέ: t.e.Machaon. Here be-
gins the ‘apodosis.’ Cf 161, 221.—
παρίστατο : stepped to his side. Nearly
like παρέστη. Cf. 233, B 244, E 570.
---σόθεος φώς: always, as here, at
the close of the verse, and in appos.
with the subj. of the verb.

213. dpnporos: cf. 134.

214. πάλιν : const. with ἐξελκομένοιο
although a pause intervenes. This is
added as a more definite statement of
ἐξ. --- ἄγεν [ἐάγησαν, from ἄγνυμι]:
the barbs broke as they were pulled
back against the metal belt. This
reminds the hearer how serious the
wound would have been if the arrow .
had not been guided by Athena to a
well protected spot.

215 f. Cf. 186 f.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 25

A id ἃ , ‘ “a ’ ¥
(apd τε καὶ μίτρην, τὴν χαλκῆες κάμον ἄνδρες.
> A 9 Ἁ νδϑν Ἁ 9 ,
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ ἴδεν ἕλκος, ὅθ᾽ ἔμπεσε πικρὸς ὀιστός,
3 9 ’ 9 93 y»y 3 Ἂν 4, IQ N
αἷμ᾽ ἐκμυζήσας ἐπ᾽’ ap yma φάρμακα εἰδὼς
4 ’ ν XN ’ id 4 »,
πάσσε, τά οἵ ποτε πατρὶ φίλα φρονέων πόρε Xeipwv.
320 ὄφρα τοὶ ἀμφεπένοντο βοὴν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον,
4 9 9 A ’ , ¥ 9 Ud
τόφρα δ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώων στίχες nivOov ἀσπιστάων
ε 9 » ‘N v4 3 , A Ud
οἱ δ᾽ αὖτις κατὰ Tevye ἔδυν, μνήσαντο δὲ χάρμης.
ἔνθ᾽ οὐκ ἂν βρίζοντα ἴδοις ᾿Αγαμέμνονα δῖον
ΣΧ ΨΥ , > 3999 93 - "272 ,
οὐδὲ καταπτώσσοντ᾽ οὐδ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα μάχεσθαι,

217. ἴδεν: cf. ἴδῃ 206. ---- ἔμπεσε: cf.
184.

218. ἐκμνζήσαα : Machaon sucked
out the blood, which was generally
wiped or washed off, as E 416, 798,
A 830, 846 f., or checked by a charm
(ἐπαοιδή), a8 τ 457.— dal: adv. with
adoce. Of. E 401, 900, A 515, 830. —
doa: marks the progress to the next
step in the action. Cf the prose use
of ἔπειτα or οὕτως after a participle. —
εἰδώς : as a skilled man, skilfully. Cf.
ἀσκήσας 110.

219. of: ‘dat. of interest’ (ς τῷ
208) with πατρί, which is an indirect
object. Cf E 116. — Equiv. to ἃ τῷ
πατρὶ ἔδωκε Χείρων. --- φίλα φρονέων :
(thinking loving thoughts), with friendly
heart. Cf. ἐὺ φρονέων Α 78, ἀγαθὰ φρο-
νέων a 48.--- Χείρων : the wise centaur
(δικαιότατος Κενταύρων A 832) of Mt.
Pelion, the teacher of Asclepius and
Achilles, and the kind friend of Pe-
leus. Later stories made him the
trainer of the Argonaut Jason and
many other heroes. Homer nowhere
indicates that Chiron was a quadru-
ped, as he was ace. to the later myths.

220-421. Renewed preparations for
battle. Agamemnon visits the various
divisions (éxiwéAnois). This forms a
supplement to the picture of the

Achaean army which is given in
Books A and B.

220-250. Agamemnon orders the ad-
vance of the army.

221 = A412; cf. P107.—éwl: const.
with ἤλυθον, came on.— The Trojans
move first. This may be simply from
the Greek point of view. But they
see that the conflict is inevitable, and
prefer to ‘take the offensive.’

222. οἱ δέ: ἐν. the Achaeans. —
avrig: they had laid off at least their
shields and helmets, at Γ 114, on the
cessation of hostilities, to witness the
single combat. — «ard: const. with
ἔδυν [ἔδυσαν], donned. — μνήσαντο
KrA.: te. they were eager to fight.
Cf. @ 252, Β 441, 0 380, χάρμης | Τρῶες
μιμνήσκοντο N 721 f., ἀλλὰ μνησώμεθα
χάρμης O 477, T 148, x 78, Μενέλαος
ἀνώγει ᾿Αχαιοὺς | νόστου μιμνήσκεσθαι
y 141 f. To ‘remember the return’
is to enter upon it; to ‘remember
flight’ is to take flight.

223. βρίζοντα: sleepy, sluggish. —
ἴδοις: videres. Potential of the
past. See G. 222, ν. 3; H. 896; of.
Γ 220.

224. Note the cumulationof synony-
mous expressions. — οὐκ ἐθέλοντα:
unwilling, disinclined. This οὐκ bal-
ances the neg. in the preceding οὐδέ.

26 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ A.

225 ἀλλὰ μάλα σπεύδοντα μάχην és κυδιάνειραν.
ἵππους μὲν γὰρ ἔασε καὶ ἅρματα ποικίλα χαλκῷ ᾽
ἃ A} Q\ Ud > ld y 4
Kat τοὺς μὲν θεράπων ἀπάνευθ᾽ ἔχε φυσιόωντας
Εὐρυμέδων νἱὸς Πτολεμαίον Πειραΐδαο,
΄“ 4 , 9 3 ’ ε 4 a
τῷ μάλα πόλλ ἐπέτελλε παρισχέμεν, ὁππότε κέν μιν
“A 4 , , “\ id
230 γυῖα λάβῃ κάματος πολέας διὰ κοιρανέοντα"
> A ε ‘ oN 9 ~ 2 9 “A
αὐτὰρ ὁ πεζὸς ἐὼν ἐπεπωλεῖτο στίχας ἀνδρῶν.
’ 69 a A > “A ’
καί p ods μὲν σπεύδοντας ἴδοι Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων,

τοὺς μάλα θαρσύνεσκε παριστάμενος ἐπέεσσιν
“᾿Αργεῖοι, μή πώ τι μεθίετε θούριδος ἀλκῆς"

225. κυδιάνειραν: this epithet is
applied to the ἀγορή, in A 490. -

226. ἵππους pév: correl. with αὐτὰρ
ὃ 281. --- ποικίλα χαλκῷ : bright with
the bronze plates with which the chariot
was decorated. C/. E 239, K 322, 398.

227. τοὺς μέν: repeats the μέν of
226. Cf. E 842, 844. .-- ἀπάνενθε: at
one side, i.e. behind the line of com-
batants. —ixe [εἶχε] : coincident in
time with ἐπεπωλεῖτο 281. Impf. of
continued action.— φυσιόωντας: snort-
ing in their impatience.

228. EvpupdSav: only here in Ho-
mer. Acc. to Paus. ii. 16. 5, he was
slain with Agamemnon at Mycenae.
Nestor’s charioteer has the same
name, @ 114, A 620.

229. πολλά: urgently, earnestly.
Cognate acc., as adv., with ἐπέτελλε.
Cf. 197, 2 207. — παρισχέμεν παρ-
ἐχειν : 86. ἵππους καὶ ἅρματα. To keep
near at hand, ready to receive him
in any emergency, but of course be-
hind the line of battle. — ὁππότε κεν:
ὅταν».

230. γνῖα : hands and feet. In appos.
with μίν. -- λάβῃ : subjv., though after
a secondary tense, preserving the form
of the original command. Cf. 334.—
πολέας: cf. πολέες 143, — διά : const.

with πολέας. διά and ἀνά do not suffer
‘anastrophe. §37c. This may have
been in order to avoid confusion with
Ala (Ζεύς) and ἄνα (voc. of ἄναξ). ---
κοιρανέοντα : commanding, going as
commander, Cf. 250.

231. αὐτάρ: see on 226.— πεζός:

pred. with ἐών, on foot. — ἐπεπωλεῖτο
KrA.: cf. αὐτὸς δὲ (sc. Agamemnon)
κτίλος (ram) ὡς ἐπιπωλεῖται στίχας
ἀνδρῶν Τὶ 196. Hence comes the Greek
title of this Fifth Book.
_ 282. καί ῥα: and so, proceeding to
the details of κοιρανέοντα. --- ods μὲν
σπεύδοντας : contrasted with obs αὖ
μεθιέντας 240. The contrast of the
partics. is strengthened by their posi-
tion before the verse-pause. — ἴδοι:
‘iterative’ optative. See G. 283; H.
914 B; cf. 240, B 188, K 489. This
corresponds to the ‘iterative’ impf.
θαρσύνεσκε 233 (§ 36).— ταχνπώλων:
a standing epithet of the Δαναοί, as
ἱππόδαμοι is of the Τρῶες.

233. παριστάμενος : cf. 212. For
the metrical quantity of the ultima,
cf. μέν 18.

234. πώ: cf. 184. μεθίετε: cf. M
409,N 116. μή shows this to be imv.

- here. — ἀλκῆς : ablatival gen. of sepa-

ration. Cf. 240, 361, Z 380.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 27

235 ov yap ἐπὶ ψευδέσσι πατὴρ Ζεὺς ἔσσετ᾽ ἀρωγός,
3 3 9 , ε A Ld ,
ἀλλ᾽ οἵ περ πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκια δηλήσαντο,
τῶν ἢ τοι αὐτῶν τέρενα χρόα γῦπες ἔδονται,
ε “A 9 3 3 4 ’, A », 4
ἡμεῖς αὖτ᾽ ἀλόχους τε φίλας καὶ νήπια τέκνα
Ψ > , 2 A , ψ 33
ἄξομεν ἐν νήεσσιν, ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν.
240 οὕς τινας αὖ μεθιέντας ἴδοι στυγεροῦ πολέμοιο,
τοὺς μάλα νεικείεσκε χολωτοῖσιν ἐπέεσσιν "
«᾽ν a 9 2 , ¥ ,
Apyetou ἰόμωροι, ἐλεγχέες, οὗ νυ σέβεσθε;
’ 9 ν ψ 4 3 9 4
τίφθ᾽ οὕτως ἔστητε τεθηπότες ἠύτε νεβροίΐί,
9 > » ‘ iy 4 λ ’ δι θ »,
αἵ T ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον πολέος πεδίοιο θέουσαι,
245 ἑστᾶσ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα τίς σφι μετὰ φρεσὶ γίγνεται ἀλκή"

μ

235. ἐπὶ ψενδέσσι: on the side of
liars, ie. of the Trojans who have
broken their oaths. Cf. ἐπαρή-
yew and ἐπαρωγός. --- ψευδέσσι (ψευ-
δή9) : equiv. to ψεύστῃσιν. --- ἔσσεται
[ἔσται) : for the elision, cf φαίνεται
278.

236. Cf. 67, 72, 271, r 299.

237. τῶν: this is followed by a
more exact division into two classes,
introduced by 4 ro: and αὖτε. “Their
own bodies will lie unburied; their
wives and children will be carried
into captivity.” — αὐτῶν: contrasted
with ἀλόχους and τέκνα. --- γῦπες ἔδον-
ται: cf. αὐτοὺς δὲ ἑλώρια τεῦχε κύνεσ-
σιν | οἰωνοῖσί re δαῖτα A 4 f., Π 836, =
271, X 42. See on A 4. --- γῦπες : in
‘chiastic’ relation to ἡμεῖς 238. Cf
E 236 f.

238. φίλας: a standing epithet,
even on an enemy’s lips. See on
818.

239. ἄξομεν: sc. as captives. See
on 162. --- γήεσσιν : ναυσίν, ὃ 18 c.—
ἕλωμεν : aor. subjv., equiv. to fut.
perfect.

240. Cf. Z 330. — μεθιέντας : see on
232, 284. --- στυγεροῦ: the Homeric

epithets of war represent it as a
hated thing.

241. Cf. O 210. — γεικείεσκε (ver
κέω) : cf. θαρσύνεσκε 233. For the
length of the antepenult, see ὃ 29 :.

242. ἐλεγχέες : coward caitiffs. Cf.
ἐλέγχεα Β 288. .--- σέβεσθε: sc. ἀλλή-
λους. Cf. E ὅ80.

248. τίφθ' [τί wore] οὕτως: this
second question explains the former.
“Do you feel no shame in standing
thus inactive? ’— ἔστητε: an isolated
perfect form, for érrare. Some read
ἔστητε, and illustrate the use of the
aorist by Αἰνεία τί σὺ ἔστης T 179.
--τεϑηπότες: dazed. Cf. Φ 29.—
veBpol: the Homeric personification
of cowardice. Cf. the Eng. ‘hare.’ —
Cf. κυνὸς ὕμματ ἔχων κραδίην 8 ἐλάφοιο
(deer) A 22.

244, al + del οὖν: cf. © 4.— πο-
Ados: broad. — weSlovo: local gen., on
the plain. — θέονσαι: const. closely
With ἔκαμον, weary with running.

245. μετὰ φρεσί: much like ἐνὶ
φρεσί. φρένες are attributed to a
brute animal, also 11 157, P 111. The
word is used primarily in an anatomi-
cal sense,

28 OMHPOY IAIAAO% A.

ὡς ὑμεῖς ἔστητε τεθηπότες οὐδὲ μάχεσθε.
ἧ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες
εἰρύατ᾽ εὔπρυμνοι πολιῆς ἐπὶ Ovi θαλάσσης,

ὄφρα ἴδητ᾽, ai K ὕμμιν ὑπέρσχῃ χεῖρα Κρονίων ;᾿

a 9 di 9 [4 »’ 4 “A
ὡς 6 ye κοιρανέων ἐπεπωλεῖτο στίχας ἀνδρῶν.

200

ἦλθε δ᾽ ἐπὶ Κρήτεσσι κιὼν ἀνὰ οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν "
οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενῆα δαΐφρονα θωρήσσοντο.
Ἰδομενεὺς μὲν ἐνὶ προμάχοις, ove εἴκελος ἀλκήν,
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ πυμάτας ὦτρυνε φάλαγγας.
265 τοὺς δὲ ἰδὼν γήθησεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

246. ὥς : resumes οὕτως 243.

247. ἦ: doubtless. A sarcastic sug-
gestion. — Τρῶας : const. primarily
with pévere. The inf. is added in ex-
planation; cf. rls ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι
A 8. But this comes near to the
const. of acc. with infinitive. — ἔνθα:
cf. ὅθι 182. The clause is equiv. to
νηῶν.

248. εἰρύαται [εἴρυνται] : lie drawn
up.— ἐύπρνμνοι : only here, but it is
a fitting epithet, since the ships were
drawn up on shore with their bows
toward the sea, and the sterns were
& prominent part of the camp. (Cf.
ἴστατο νεῖκος ἐπὶ πρυμνῇσι νέεσσιν N
333.

249. ὑπέρσχῃ χεῖρα : a poetic figure
of protection. C/. E 433, 1 420, 2 374,
ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιβέβηκας A 37, and the
Old Testament figures. — “You seem
inclined to do nothing for your own
safety, but to leave all to Zeus.”

250. Cf. 230 f.

251-421. Agamemnon visits the sev-
eral divisions of his army. Five corps
are enumerated: I. Idomeneus, 251-
271; II. The Ajaxes, 272-291; III.
Nestor, 292-325; IV. Menestheus and
Odysseus, 326-363; V. Diomed and
Sthenelus, 364-418.

251. ἐπὶ Κρήτεσσι: at the Cre-
tans, t.e. to the place where the
Cretans were. C/. 273. — The Cre-
tans stood in the line on the right
of the Lacedaenmonians (Menelaus),
and on the left of the Salaminians
(Ajax). Cf. r 230, where Idome-
neus is noticed immediately after
Ajax. — otAapov: connected with
efAw press, throng, and like it with
initial F.

252. θωρήσσοντο: sc. when Aga-
memnon reached them.

253 f. ‘Asyndeton.’ An amplifica-
tion of 252.— Ἰδομενεύς : cf. A 145,
B 405, 645 ff. Idomeneus was one of
the older leaders, and was highly es-
teemed by Agamemnon. See on A
145. — ἐνὶ προμάχοις : equiv. to πρώτας,
corresponding to πυμάτας 254. Se.
ὥτρυνε φάλαγγα-. --- ovt κτλ.: for the
comparison of a hero to a brute,
see on B 480, where Agamemnon
is likened to an ox. Ajax also is
likened to a wild boar, P 281, and
even to a stubborn ass, A 568. Cf.
E 1788. --- ἀλκήν: warlike spirit, in
general.

255. Cf. 283, 311, @ 278, K 190. —
γήθησεν: inceptive. Joy entered his
heart. Cf. ῥίγησεν 148.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 29

αὐτίκα δ᾽ Ἰδομενῆα προσηύδα μειλιχίοισιν "
“Ἰδομενεῦ, περὶ pe σε τίω Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων

ἡμὲν ἐνὶ πτολέμῳ ἠδ᾽ ἀλλοίῳ ἐπὶ ἔργῳ

ἠδ᾽ ἐν Saif, ὅτε πέρ τε γερούσιον αἴθοπα οἶνον
3 , e nd 35 A ,

260 Αργείων οἱ ἄριστοι Eve KPNTHPL κέρωνται"
» , > » , , 3 \
εἰ περ yap τ ἄλλοι ye κάρη κομόωντες Ayatot

δ , δ Q A , 5.Ν
δαιτρὸν πινώσιν, σον δὲ πλεῖον δέπας αιει

ν 9 9 9 », 3 9 “ > 4
ἔστηχ᾽, ὥς περ ἐμοί, mice, ὅτε θυμὸς ἀνώγῃ.
3 ϑ»ν 4 9 4 , ΝΑ > 3)
ἀλλ᾽ ὄρσευ πολεμόνδ᾽, οἷος πάρος εὔχεαι εἶναι.

265

256. μειλιχίοισιν: cf 241, κερτο-
plore (cutting) προσηύδα A 539, dvei-
δείοισιν X 497, ἐπέεσσι μαλακοῖσι A 582.

257-263: These verses simply pre-
pare the way for 264. Cf. Θ 161 ff.,
1 53 ff.

257. Cf. @ 16]. --- περί : exceedingly,
adv., with rfw, forming a superlative
idea which is followed by the parti-
tive gen., Δαναῶν. Cf. 46, 375, A 258,
E 326, H 289, I 38, περὶ πάντων τῖον
ἑταίρων % 81, περὶ δ᾽ alovaa (dreadful
deeds) ῥέζεις | ἀνδρῶν @ 214. G. 191,
VI. 6.1; H. 803, 1 Ὁ.

258. “Both in action and in the
council, in war and in peace.” (Cf.
A 146, B 405.

259. Saurl: illustrates ἀλλοίῳ ἔργῳ.
For the elision of the final, see ὃ 184;
cf. E 6. For the retraction of the
accent of ,the elided syllable, see
§ 10d; cf. πόλλ᾽ 229. — ὅτε κέρωνται:
ἄν is not needed in these cond. rel.
clauses of Homer. G. 233; 228 n. 2;
H. 914 a. Cf. 261 f., 268, 130 f.—
γερούσιον: equiv. to γερόντων. Cf.
γερούσιον ὅρκον oath of the senators
X 119. Aldermanic, i.e. the wine
offered to the γέροντες.

260. κέρωνται : pres. subjv. mid. of
κέραμαι (κεράννυμι). Mix for themselves,

τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς Κρητῶν ἀγὸς ἀντίον ηὔδα"

though the service was performed by
subordinates.

261. εἰ πίνωσιν : for the lack of ἄν,
see § 3ca; cf. 259 f.— κάρη κομό-
evres: for the epithet, see on B 11.—
᾿Αχαιοί: i.e. the ‘elders’ or princes
assembled in Agamemnon’s tent.
᾿Αχαιοί differs only metrically from
Δαναῶν 257 and ᾿Αργείων 260.

262. δαιτρόν: measured portion, mess.
Cf. ‘And he took and sent messes
unto them from before him; but
Benjamin’s mess was five times so
much as any of theirs,’ Genesis xiii.
84.---δέ : in apodosis, οἱ 161.— πλεῖον
[πλέων] : full. Contrasted with δαι-
τρόν. ---- For the same honor, cf. Θ 162,
M 311.

263. wav: follows the verse-pause,
explanatory of the first hemistich.
To this is added a general clause. —
ἀνώγῃ : subjv., as following a princi-
pal tense. In the parallel passages,
the opt. is required, after a secondary
tense. Cf. @ 189, 6 70.

264. ἀλλ᾽... πολεμόνδε: cf. T 139.
--- ἀλλά: introduces an exhortation,
breaking off from what has preceded.
— Sporev [ὄρσεο, ὄρσον : cf. ὕρσο 204. —
οἷος : such α8. --- πάρος : at other times.

265 = N 221, 259, 274, 811,

30 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

“’Arpelon, μάλα μέν τοι ἐγὼν épinpos ἑταῖρος

ἔσσομαι, ὡς τὸ πρῶτον ὑπέστην καὶ κατένευσα᾽

9 9 nd ¥ , , b ’

ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλους ὄτρυνε κάρη κομόωντας Αχαιοῦς,

ὄφρα τάχιστα μαχώμεθ᾽, ἐπεὶ σύν γ᾽ ὄρκι᾽ ἔχευαν
210 Τρῶες : τοῖσιν δ᾽ αὖ θάνατος καὶ κήδε᾽ ὀπίσσω

¥ 9 9 XN ¢ ε A 9 ὃ λ 4 33)
ἔσσετ᾽, ἐπεὶ πρότεροι ὑπὲρ ὅρκια δηλήσαντο.

ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ᾿Ατρεΐδης δὲ παρῴχετο γηθόσυνος κῆρ.
ἦλθε δ᾽ ἐπ’ Αἰάντεσσι κιὼν ἀνὰ οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν "

τὼ δὲ κορυσσέσθην, ἅμα δὲ νέφος εἵπετο πεζῶν.
215 ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀπὸ σκοπιῆς εἶδεν νέφος αἰπόλος ἀνὴρ

266. μάλα μέν: ς 818. --- ἐρίηρος :
helpful, trusty, From ἐρι and ἦρα (in
ἐπὶ ἦρα φέρων A 572).

267. τὸ πρῶτον: first, once. Cf. ἐξ
οὗ δὴ τὰ πρῶτα διαστήτην A 6. — ὑπέ-
στην (ὑφίστημι) : equiv. to ὑπεσχόμην,
which the heroic verse would not ad-
mit. Cf. ὑπέσχετο καὶ κατένευσεν w 335,
for the third person; ὑπόσχεο καὶ
κατάνευσον A 514.— xardvevoa: a nod
was the solemn confirmation of a

promise. See on A 614.
269. σύν: const. with ἔχευαν, con-
fuderunt, confused, broke. Cf.

confundere foedus, quoted on
88. --- Note the variety of expres-
sions for the breach of truce. Cf.
67, 157, Διὸς ὅρκια δηλήσηται T 107,
ὑπὲρ ὅρκια xnuhveay T 299. — γέ:
gives emphasis to the whole clause.
—ixevav: for the Ist aor. without
a, see ὃ 301.

270. Tees: added with consider-
able feeling. Cf ἔρδε 29.— αὖ: in
turn, on the other hand; cf. 417.—
κήδεα: griefs, sc. for the death of
loved ones. —dmrloow: hereafter.

271. See on 236.— This repeats the
thought of 269, but lays stress on
πρότεροι, instead of on Τρῶες.

212-291. The Ajazxes.

272. «yp: cf. 326, Σ 557, χωόμενος
κῆρα 44; see § 1 v. .
273. Cf. 251. — Αἰάντεσσι: the
two Ajaxes (Telamonian Ajax, B 557,
and the lesser, Locrian, Ajax, B 527)
stood side by side in battle. C7.
M 348 ff., N 43 ff., 701 ff., P 719 ff.
274. τώ: sc. Αἴαντε. --- κορυσσέ-
σθην: cf. θωρήσσοντο 252. --- δὲ νέφος:
for the short vowel treated as long
before νέφος, see § 41 j, k. — νέφος
πεῖῶν: cf. ¥ 133, κνάνεον Τρώων νέφος
1166, ψαρῶν (starlings) νέφος P 755, ἀμφὶ
δὲ πτόλιν νέφος | ἀσπίδων πυκνὸν pac
γει Eur. Phoen. 250 f., insequitur
nimbus peditum Verg. Aen. vii.
793, rex peditum equitumque
nubes iactat Livy xxxv. 49, ‘So
great a cloud of witnesses,’ Hebrews
xii. 1.— This incidental metaphor
suggests the following comparison.
275. ὡς ὅτε: introduces a compari-
son, as 130, but here is joined with
the indicative. See on 130.— ἀπὸ
σκοπιῆς : where the goats feed on the
rocky slope. — The goatherd and his
flock are not necessary to the com-
parison, but are introduced in order
to enliven and give a touch of human
interest to the scene, just as land-
scape painters are wont to introduce

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 31

> 4 Ν ’ ε μ᾿ 4 9 κ
ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑπὸ Ζεφύροιο wis:
~ » 3 μέ 99 , >A 4
τῷ δέ τ᾽ ἄνευθεν ἐόντι μελάντερον ἠύτε πίσσα
[4 9. 3N XN 4 ¥ Τὰ », ’
φαίνετ᾽ ἰὸν κατὰ πόντον, ἄγει δέ τε λαίλαπα πολλήν
es », io δ. ε a Τὰ ἂν nr
piynoev τε ἰδὼν ὑπό τε σπέος ἤλασε μηλα'
280 τοῖαι ἅμ᾽ Αἰάντεσσι διοτρεφέων αἰζηῶν
δήιον ἐς πόλεμον πυκιναὶ κίνυντο φάλαγγες
κυάνεαι, σάκεσίν TE καὶ ἔγχεσι πεφρικυῖαι.
XN “\ Q , 34 N ’ 3 4
καὶ τοὺς μὲν γήθησεν ἰδὼν κρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων,
καί σφεας φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
286 “ Αἴαντ᾽, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορε χαλκοχιτώνων,
Ἂ ‘ 9 “ ¥ 9. 9 ’ ¥ 4
σφῶι μὲν ov yap ἔοικ᾽ ὀτρυνέμεν, ov τι κελεύω "

some bit of life. ὃ 2 ὁ. Cf 455, πάντα
δέ τ᾽ εἴδεται ἄστρα, γέγηθε δέ τε φρένα
ποιμήν @ 559, x 806.

216. ἐρχόμενον KTA.: coming over
the sea, toward the on-looker. — ὑπὸ
κτλ.: riven by the blast of Zephyrus.
This wind came to the plain of Troy
from the cold mountains of Thrace,
and was to the Homeric poet no mild
‘Zephyr,’ but a blustering, stormy
wind. See on B 147.

277. τῷ: i.e. the goatherd. — dvev-
θεν ἐόντι: for the adv. const. with
ἐόντι, see on Shy Z 139; cf. ὥς 319. —
The poet takes his stand with the
herd. See on ἕκαθεν δέ re φαίνεται
αὐγή B 456. --- μελάντερον κτλ.: this
seems to be a combination of two
expressions, μελάντερον # and μέλαν
hore κτλ.

278. φαίνεται: for the elision of
a, see § 10 a; cf. ἔσσεται 235. —
tov (εἶμι) : repeats ἐρχόμενον. --- ἄγει:
brings. σὺν λαίλαπι would give nearly
the same sense, but without so much
animation.

279. This verse only completes the
picture. It has no place in the strict
comparison.— ῥίγησεν, ἤλασε: gnomic

aorists, cf. 143.— ὑπὸ σπέος : under
(cover of) a cave, into a cave.

280. rotar: as such, i.e.80 dark and
threatening. This refers to ὡς 275,
and is explained by 282. (ἢ τοῖοι 146.

281. és: for its position between
adj. and subst., see § 1. ---- πυκιναί:
wuxval. Cf. 392.

282. πεφρικυνῖαι : bristling. Restless
movement is implied in the verb. Cf.
H 62, ἔφριξεν μάχη eyxelnow N 339,
φρίσσουσιν ἄρουραι ¥ 599, horrentia
pilis agmina Hor. Sat. ii. 1. 18,
sparsis hastis longis campus
splendet et horret Ennius Sat.
15; ἥ τε φάλαγξ ἡ Μακεδονικὴ πυκνὴ
καὶ ταῖς σαρίσσαις (pikes) πεφρικυῖα
Arrian Anab. iii. 14. 3, “ Bristled with
upright beams innumerable | Of rigid
spears, and helmets thronged, and
shields,’ Milton Par. Lost vi. 82 f.;
‘horrent arms,’ ἐδ. ii. 513.

284 = 337, Καὶ 191,877, « 430. Cf.
369, A 201, εἰς. --- σφέας : monosylla-
bic. § 7 a.

285 = M 354.

286. odpm: acc. obj. of ὀτρυνέμεν.
— γάρ: introduces the next verse, c/.
M 326, © 228, a 301.

32 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.

αὐτὼ yap μάλα λαὸν averyerov ἶφι μάχεσθαι.
αἱ γάρ, Ζεῦ τε πάτερ καὶ ᾿Αθηναίη καὶ ἴΑπολλον,

τοῖος πᾶσιν θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι γένοιτο.
A 9 2 » , , ἐμέ
290 τῷ κε τάχ᾽ ἡμύσειε πόλις Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος
‘\ e 43 ε » ε ω 4 4 3)
χερσὶν ὑφ᾽ ἡμετέρῃσιν ἁλοῦσά τε περθομένη τε.
a > AN “ ‘ ’ 9 A “A b | > »
ὡς εἰπὼν τοὺς μὲν λίπεν αὐτοῦ, βῆ δὲ per ἄλλους"
¥ 9 ὦ 4 > » ‘ ’ 3 ’
ἔνθ᾽ 6 γε Νέστορ᾽ ἔτετμε, λιγὺν Πυλίων ἀγορητήν,
οὗς ἑτάρους στέλλοντα καὶ ὀτρύνοντα μάχεσθαι
295 ἀμφὶ μέγαν ἸΠελάγοντα ᾿Αλάστορά τε Χρομίον τε
Αἴμονά τε κρείοντα Βίαντά τε ποιμένα λαῶν.

ἱππῆας μὲν πρῶτα σὺν ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν,
Q A Ἁ
πεζοὺς δ᾽ ἐξόπιθε στῆσεν πολέας τε καὶ ἐσθλούς,
ν ¥ 4 Ἁ > 9 id ¥
ἕρκος ἔμεν πολέμοιο: κακοὺς δ᾽ ἐς μέσσον ἔλασσεν,

287. αὐτώ: yourselves, of your own
impulse.

288 = B 371, H 132, m 97, ὃ 341,
7 311, p 182, ¢ 235, w 376. An appeal
to the three chief divinities in an
ardent wish.

289. waocw: emphatic. Masc., not
neuter. For the dat., cf. τῷ 208.

290 = Β 878. ---τῷ: in that case,
then.

291 = B 374, N 816. — χερσὶν ὕπο:
for ὑπό with the dat., in its transition
from local to causal sense, see ὃ 3h γ.

292-325. Nestor.

292 = 364; cf. Σ 468, p 254.

293. ἔνθα: then. A particle of tran-
sition in the story. — é@rerpe: equiv. to
εὗρε. --- λιγὺν κτλ: cf. A 248. --- Πυ-
Aly: see on Β δ9] .---ἀγορητήν : equiv.
to Attic ῥήτωρ. --- Nestor, the oldest
and wisest of the Achaeans, brought
against Troy a larger force than any
other chieftain, except Agamemnon.
See B 591 ff. He stood with his Pylians
on the right of the Locrians, and on
the left of the Athenians ; cf 273, 327.

294. ots: possessive pronoun. —
στέλλοντα: marshalling. Cf. κοσμέω,
Attic rdoow.

295 f. These Pylians do not appear
elsewhere, except possibly Alastor in
N 422. Nestor’s sons, Antilochus and
Thrasymedes, are not named here. —
dadl xrA.: const. with ἑτάρους 294. ---
᾿Αλάστορα: the preceding hiatus is
justified by the verse-pause.

297. ἱππῆας: knights, horsemen, —
but on chariots, not as cavalry. Sc.
ἔστησε from 298; cf. 253 f.— Nestor
was a Skilled tactician, B 362 ff., 553 ff.,
and here are found the beginnings of
Greek military tactics.

298. πολέας κτλ.: in appos. with
πεζούς. Many brave men. Cf. 2 204,
520, w 427.

299. ἕρκος xraA.: to be a defence, etc.
Cf. 187. Const. with both ἱππῆας and
πεζούς. ---- ἔμεν : εἶναι, § 34 9.— κακούς :
worthless, unwarlike, — without moral
quality. — This passage was often
used as an illustration by the ancient
rhetoricians: weak arguments were

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 33

300 ὄφρα καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλων τις ἀναγκαίῃ πολεμίζοι.
ἱππεῦσιν μὲν πρῶτ᾽ ἐπετέλλετο- τοὺς γὰρ ἀνώγειν

σφοὺς ἵππους ἐχέμεν μηδὲ κλονέεσθαι ὁμίλῳ -

« 5 , ε , \ 9 , ‘
μηδέ τις ἱπποσύνῃ τε καὶ ἠνορέηφι πεποιθὼς
> > > » , , ,
οἷος πρόσθ᾽ ἄλλων μεμάτω Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι,
9 9 ,’ 3 ’ \ »
305 μηδ᾽ ἀναχωρείτω" ἀλαπαδνότεροι γὰρ ἔσεσθε.
& ὃ ld 3 > AN 9 μ᾿ 4 9 ’ 9 > 9 9
ὃς δέ kK ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ ὧν ὀχέων ἕτερ᾽ ἅρμαθ᾽ ἵκηται,
¥ 9 id 9 XN > “ 3 9
ἔγχει ὀρεξάσθω, ἐπεὶ ἦ πολὺ φέρτερον οὕτως.
4. . ε ᾽ , \ 4 3 9 ’ὔ
᾿ ὧδε καὶ οἱ πρότεροι πόλιας καὶ τείχε᾽ ἐπόρθεον,

to be sandwiched between the stronger
arguments which should begin and
close the speech. — Cf. καὶ yap ἐν τῷ
πολέμῳ τούς re πρώτους ἀρίστους δεῖ
τάττειν καὶ τοὺς τελευταίους, ἐν μέσῳ
δὲ τοὺς χειρίστους ἵνα ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν
ἄγωνται, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν ὠθῶνται Xen. Mem.
iii. 1. 8.

300. οὐκ ἐθέλων: invitus. Cf
224.—dyayxaly: of necessity. ἀναγκαίη:
ἀνάγκη : : ᾿Αθηναίη : ᾿Αθήνη.

801. ἱππεῦσιν μέν : implies a πεζοῖς
δέ, which is not given. — ἀνώγειν [ἠνώ-
yer]: plpf. as imperfect.

302. σφούς: σφετέρους, ὃ 24 a. —
ἐχέμεν : check, 80 as not to advance
beyond the line of battle. — κλονέ-
εσθαι: be disordered. — ὁμίλῳ : local,
in the throng.

303. μηδέ τις : and let no one. This
is in close connexion with 302 (as if
that had been σφούς τις ἕκαστος ἵππους
ἐχέτω), and forms the transition to
direct discourse, which is elsewhere
introduced by some formula. Cf.
ἧς tp ἀνώγειν | τοξεύειν" ‘bs μέν κε
βάλῃ; κτλ. Ψ 854f., παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς
περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρὸς
hy ἠκούσατέ μον Acts i, 4. ---- ἱπποσύνῃ:
“ skill in fighting on chariots.” Horse-
manship was as important an accom-
plishment for the Homeric heroes as

for the knights of the Middle Ages.
— ἠνορέηφι [ἀνδρείᾳ] : for the ending,
see ὃ lia.

304. οἷος : 1.6. as πρόμαχος, ex-
plained by πρόσθ᾽ ἄλλων. Cf. Τ' 16, 22.
— In general, the Homeric heroes
fought independently and severally,
and made hardly an effort to main-
tain a regular line. — πρόσθε: local,
cf. προπάροιθεν ὁμίλου μακρὰ βιβάντα
(striding) T 22.

305. μηδὲ κτλ.: nor let him draw
back, sc. behind the line. — ἀλαπαδνό-
τεροι KTA.: sc. otherwise, if this order
is not obeyed. — ydp: introduces the
reason for the command.

306. ἀπὸ ὧν ὀχέων : on his chariot,
cf. E13, O 386, ἐπιστάμενοι ἀφ᾽ ἵππων
μάρνασθαι « 49 f. For οἷς ixeow ἀπὸ
τούτων ἵκηται. In contrast with οἷος
πρόσθ᾽ ἄλλων. ---- ov: possessive pron.,
as is indicated by the preceding ‘ ap-
parent hiatus.’ See 889 4 144; οἱ
obs 294. —@repa: z.¢. hostile. — tkynrar:
reach, sc. with the spear, when the
enemy approached so near.

307. ἔγχει κτλ.: cf. E 851, μεμαῶτες
ὁρεκτῇσιν μελίῃσιν B 543. —éael ἦ: of.
56.— otrws: in contrast to 303 f.

308. of πρότεροι: as subst., those
men of old. Cf. E 687, 1524, ¥ 332. —
ἐπόρθεον : trisyllabic.

34 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

, 4 ‘ μὴ 9 A , Ἂν 3)
τόνδε νόον καὶ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔχοντες.

310

a ε 4 ¥ 4 ? 2X 3 2
ὡς ὁ γέρων wrpuve πάλαι πολέμων ἐὺ εἰδώς.

‘ “ Ν 4 FQ A [4 3 4
καὶ τὸν μὲν γήθησεν ἰδὼν κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

kai μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηΐδα'
“ὦ γέρον, εἴθ᾽, ὡς θυμὸς at στήθεσσι φίλοισιν
ν᾽ , Ψ , , » ¥
ὥς τοι γούναθ᾽ ἕποιτο, Bin δέ τοι ἔμπεδος εἴη.
9 a “A , ε id e ¥ vd

315 ἀλλά σε γῆρας τείρει ὁμοίιον - ὡς ὀφελέν τις

4 ΄“- » 4 Ἁ δὲ » ΝᾺ ”
ἀνδρῶν ἄλλος ἔχειν, σὺ δὲ κουροτέροισι μετεῖναι.
μὴ δ᾽ 9 , β >, Τ' lé e , N , .
τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα Τερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ
> ’ a 3 ‘\ A
“"Arpelon, μάλα μέν κεν ἐγὼν ἐθέλοιμι καὶ αὐτὸς
ὡς ἔμεν, ὡς ὅτε δῖον ᾿Ερευθαλίωνα κατέκταν.

309. Explanatory of ὧδε 308. —
τόνδε: i.e. that which has been de-
scribed.—ydoy: plan, rule. — θυμόν:
will, purpose.

310. πάλαι: long ago. Const. with
εἰδώς. Nestor was no novice in war.
- πολέμων : for the gen., see on τόξων
196; cf. sciens pugnae Hor. Carm.
i. 15. 24.

311. See on 255.

312. See on A 201. This formula
is repeated no less than fifty times in
Homer. See ὃ 1 w.— φωνήσας : lift-
ing up his voice.

313. εἴθε: const. with ἕποιτο. ---- θυ-
pos κτλ.: cf. 860, 9118, A 566, ν 9,
217, ψ 216. ---θυμός : spirit.— Φφίλοι-
σιν: astanding epithet of words which
denote relationship, or a part of the
human body, or the mind.

314. γούνατα : the knees were to the
Homeric warriors the seat of physical
strength. In them, physical weak-
ness is early shown. ΟΥ Eng. ‘weak-
kneed.’ See on E176; cf. ὁππότε μιν
κάματός τε καὶ ἱδρὼς γούναθ' ἵκοιτο
Ν 711, βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ᾽ ἰόντι
T 166, κάματος δ᾽ ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἐδάμνα
ᾧΦ 52. Hector as ἃ suppliant begged

Achilles ὑπὲρ ψυχῆς καὶ γούνων X 838.
-- ἔποιτο: kept pace with, “did the
bidding of,” the spirit. — Bly κτλ. : of.
H 157, A 670, ¥ 629, α 468, 508.

315. ὁμοίιον : generally understood
as common, which comes to all alike.
Most freq. as an epithet of war and
strife (444). The form ὁμοῖος is never
so used. The meaning which is given
above is unsatisfactory, since not all
men live to old age or engage in war.
— ὄφελεν κτλ.: οὗ an unattainable
wish. G. 251, 2, ν. 1; H. 871 a.

316. ἔχειν : sc. γῆρας.--- σύ: sc. dpe-
Aes. — κουροτέροισι: const. with μετά
in μετεῖναι.

317 = @ 151, 1 162, K 102, 128, 143,
A 655, # 52, εἴς. ---- ἱππότα: ἱππεύς.
For the ending, see ὃ 16; cf. ixxn-
Adra 387, νεφεληγερέτα 30.

318. μάλαμέν: cf 266.

319. ὡς ἔμεν : τοιοῦτον εἶναι. “That
I were so strong as I was when,” etc.
—For és with ἔμεν, cf. ἄνευθεν 277. —
For similar memories of Nestor, see
H 132 ff., A 670 ff., Ψ 629 ff.— Epev-
θαλίωνα : an Arcadian champion,
whom Nestor slew in battle on the
banks of the Celadon, —a river which

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 35

820 ἀλλ᾽ ov πως ἅμα πάντα θεοὶ δόσαν ἀνθρώποισιν "

> o ἴων ¥ ~A > » “A 4
εὐ ΤΟΤΕ KOUPOS εα, νυν GAUTE μέ yynpas ὀπάζει.

3 \ . oa ε ἰφὶ 4 2QOA ’
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἱππεῦσι μετέσσομαι ἠδὲ κελεύσω

A A a a N la 3 Q ,
βουλῇ καὶ μύθοισι" τὸ yap γέρας ἐστὶ γερόντων.
αἰχμὰς δ᾽ αἰχμάσσουσι νεώτεροι, οἵ περ ἐμεῖο

826 ὁπλότεροι γεγάασι πεποίθασίν τε βίηφιν."
a ¥ 9 > εἢ ἢ ,’ , “~
ὡς epar, ᾿Ατρεΐδης δὲ παρῴχετο γηθόσυνος κῆρ.
εὗρ᾽ υἱὸν Πετεῶο Μενεσθῆα πλήξιππον

ἑστεῶτ᾽ - ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, μήστωρες ἀντῆς"
αὐτὰρ ὃ πλησίον ἑστήκει πολύμητις ᾿Οδυσσεύς,

the Phoenicians called Jardanus (cf.
‘Jordan’). The story is told in full
in H 132 ff.— xaréxrav: for the form,
see § 36.

320. Non omnia possumus

omnes. This maxim appears in fuller
form, ἀλλ᾽ of πως ἅμα πάντα δυνήσεαι
αὐτὸς ἑλέσθαι Ν 729, cf. οὐ πάντεσσι
θεοὶ χαρίεντα διδοῦσιν 6167. Cf. non
omnia nimirum eidem di de-
dere Livy xxii. 51, Maharbal to
Hannibal. — “No man has at the
same time the wise experience of old
age and the fiery vigor of youth.”

321. Asyndeton, since this is an
illustration of the preceding principle.
§ 2 πη. --- εἰ κτλ. : conditional only in
form. “As I was then,” etc. Cf. εἰ
δὲ σὺ καρτερός ἐσσι κτλ. A 280, εἴ τις
οὖν παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ, εἴ τι παρα-
μύθιον ἀγαπῆς, εἴ ris κοινωνία πνεύματος
...- πληράσατέ μον τὴν χαράν St. Paul,
Ep. Philip. ii. 1.—éa [jv]: the quan-
tity of the ultima is uncertain; it is
treated as long before the verse-pause.
Cf. E 887.— vuw αὖτε: but now. αὖτε
in this use hardly differs from αὐτάρ.
Cf. A 2517. --- ὀπάζει: atiends, like a
companion, or even like a pursuing
enemy. Cf. @103. γῆρας is personi-
fied.

322. καὶ ds: “even though so old
and infirm.”

323. βονλῇ καὶ μύθοισι: cf. ν 298,
x 420. --- τό : see on τό 49.

324. αἰχμάς : acc. of ‘ kindred for-
mation.’ Cf. 27. The Attic would
use the article rds. — of wep: they who,
1.6. since they, giving the reason for
the preceding clause.

325. owAcrepot: t.e. more vigorous.
— γεγάασιν [yeydvacw]: are. — Bly-
du: cf. ἠνορέηφι 303.

326 = 272.

326-363. Afenestheus and Odysseus.

327. For the ‘ asyndeton,’ cf. 89. —
Πετεῶο: for Meredoo. See § 17 c.—
Μενεσθέα: this Athenian leader was
said to be the best κοσμῆσαι (marshal)
ἵππους τε καὶ ἀνέρας ἀσπιδιώτας, B 654,
but he and the Athenians have no
prominence in the action of the Jliad.

328. ἀμφί : sc. ἕστασαν. ---᾿ Αθηναῖοι :
the Athenians stood on the right of
the Pylians, and on the left of the
Cephallenians. — μήστωρες (μήδομαι)
KrA.: cf. E 272, Z 97.

329. αὐτάρ: “while.” § 3 ¢.—é:
short before πλησίον. § 41 1 B.—
πολύμητις : for the epithets of Odys-
seus, see ὃ 4c; cf. 858. ---- Ὀδυσσεύς:
in appos. with 6. Cf ᾿Αθηναίη κτλ. 20.

36 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ A.

330 πὰρ δὲ Κεφαλλήνων ἀμφὶ στίχες οὐκ ἀλαπαδναὶ
ἕστασαν" οὐ γάρ πώ σφιν ἀκούετο λαὸς ἀυτῆς,

9 ἃ , , 4 ,
ἀλλὰ νέον συνορινόμεναι κίνυντο φάλαγγες

\. 3 “
Τρώων ἱπποδάμων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν, οἱ δὲ μένοντες

ἔστασαν, ὅππότε πύργος ᾿Αχαιῶν ἄλλος ἐπελθὼν
, ε a N ¥ ,
386 Τρώων ὁρμήσειε καὶ ἄρξειαν πολέμοιο.
δ ΑΔ 9.0" ’ » > Ὁ 9 ,
τοὺς δὲ ἰδὼν νείκεσσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

’ ? » ‘4 ?
kai σφεας φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"

«5

ὦ υἱὲ Πετεῶο διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος

Α ‘ ~ , 4 ,
καὶ σὺ κακοῖσι δόλοισι κεκασμένε, κερδαλεόφρον,

—The hero of the Odyssey ; one of the
shrewdest of the Achaean leaders.

330. πάρ: at his side, near at hand.
§ 37 ὃ. --- Κεφαλλήνων : the com-
mon name for the subjects of Odys-
seus.

331. ἕστασαν : contrasted with κίν-
υντο (cf. Attic ἐκινοῦντο), and so fol-
lowed by an explanation, with ydp. —
σφίν: i.e. Menestheus and Odysseus.
Nearly equiv. to Attic αὐτῶν, with
λαός. Cf. τῷ 208. --- dxovero: mid.,
only here in Homer. —aurrs: 1.6.
the token of the beginning battle. —
These Cephallenians were at a con-
siderable distance from the centre of
action.

333. ἱπποδάμων : knightly. ‘ Horse-
tamers’ has indeed the same root
(δαμ-), but has very different associa-
tions. —ot δὲ κτλ.: gives the result
of the preceding clauses. Since the
cry of battle had not been raised, and
the strife was only just beginning,
these were waiting.

334. ὁππότε: for the time when. Cf.
δέγμενος ὅππότε ναῦφιν ἀφορμηθεῖεν
᾿Αχαιοί Β 794, of the Trojan scout. —
“πύργος : tower, t.e. column, as 347. Cf.
τάξις, τάγμα. ---- ἄλλος : clearly these

Cephallenians do not expect to be
the first to begin the conflict.

335. Τρώων: gen. after a ‘word of
aiming.’ Cf. Μενελάου 100, ὡρμήθη 2
᾿Ακάμαντος Ἐ 488 rushed at Acamas. —
ἄρξειαν : for the pl. after a ‘collective
word’ (πύργος), cf. ds φάσαν H πληθύς
B 278. 6. 135, 3; H. 609.

336. Cf. 255, 368. — γείκεσσεν : for
the aa, see ὃ 12 a.

337. See on 284.

338. υἱέ: the final syllable of the
voc. is not infreq. treated as long, cf.
155, E 359, 11 21; this is generally to
be explained by a following pause.
Here, vids might be read, cf. φίλος 189.
§ 41 p.

339. κακοῖσι δόλοισι: cunning, in-
stead of brave strength. — κεκασμένε:
from καίνυμαι. ---- κερδαλεόφρον: cf. A
149.— The character of Odysseus in
post-Homeric times was largely in
accordance with these epithets. C/.
the words which are put into his
mouth, ὅταν τι Spas εἰς κέρδος, οὐκ
ὀκνεῖν πρέπει Soph. Phil. 111.— Obs.
the alliteration (x). § 2 a.—Not a
word is said here about Menestheus,
327; nor does that chief make any

reply.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 37

840 τιπτε καταπτώσσοντες ἀφέστατε, μίμνετε δ᾽ ἄλλους;
σφῶιν μέν T ἐπέοικε μετὰ πρώτοισιν ἐόντας
ἑστάμεν ἠδὲ μάχης κανστείρης ἀντιβολῆσαι"

’ a Q A 3 4, 9 “A
πρώτω yap Kat δαιτὸς ἀκουάζεσθον ἐμεῖο,
ε , ~ 4 9 , » ’
ὁππότε δαῖτα γέρουσιν ἐφοπλίζωμεν ᾿Αχαιοί.
345 ἔνθα φίλ᾽ ὀπταλέα κρέα ἔδμεναι ἠδὲ κύπελλα
» 9 a »” 9 3 ld
οἶνον πινέμεναι μελιηδέος, ὄφρ᾽ ἐθέλητον "
Ὁ Q , 959. ε ’ XN > ’ , 9 “A
νῦν δὲ φίλως χ᾽ ὁρόφτε, καὶ εἰ δέκα πύργοι ᾿Αχαιῶν

ὑμείων προπάροιθε μαχοίατο νηλέι χαλκῷ."

340. καταπτώσσοντες: cf 224, E
254, 416. --- ἀέστατε: stand aloof, sc.
paxns. |

341 f. Chiastic arrangement of
clauses: μετὰ πρώτοισι ἐόντας answers
to μίμνετε δ᾽ ἄλλους, and 342 to ἀφέ-
στατε 840. --- μέν [μήν] : emphasizes
the preceding word. Cf Ν 47, O
208, T 92. Contrasted with νῦν 347.
--- ἐόντας : attracted from the case of
σφῶιν to the acc. which already in
Homer’s time was most freq. with the
infinitive. Cf. A 541, B 113, E 716.

942 --ΙΜ 316. — ἑστάμεν [ἑστάναι] :
stand ready.— κανστείρης (καίω) : cf.
δέμας (like) πυρὸς αἰθομένοιο A 596,
μάχη evorh τε δεδήειν M 35, Ἰδομενῆα
ἴδον φλογὶ εἴκελον ἀλκήν Ν 890, φλογὶ
εἴκελον Ἕκτορα N 688, εἰ πυρὶ χεῖρας
ἔοικε Ὑ 8712. The same figure is prob.
in δήιον 281.

343. πρώτω: emphatic. — ἀκονάζε-
σθον: perh. a reference to ἀκούετο
331. Here followed by two gens.; cf.
κέκλυτέ μευ μύθων « 189, but the ex-
amples are not strictly parallel. —
Sarcastic. “When I invite you to
a feast, you are ready enough to
listen and come.”

344. γέρουσιν: cf. 259f. The num-
ber of the Gerontes in the Achaean
camp is uncertain; prob. only six be-

sides the Atridae. Cf. B 404 ff.
Menestheus was not one of these,
but doubtless often other chiefs were
invited to these feasts, cf Καὶ 217.—
ἐφοπλίζωμεν ᾿Αχαιοί: the dinners
given by the commander-in-chief
were in the name and at the expense
of the whole army. Cf. 261, @ 161 ff.,
P 249 f.

345. φίλα: pred. to κρέα and xv-
weAAa. The inf. ἔδμεναι is added in
explanation. Cf. αἰεί ro: τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ
φίλα φρεσὶ μαντεύεσθαι A 107. ---- ὀπτα-
Ada: the Homeric heroes eat no
boiled, but only roast, meat. Plato in
his Republic, III. 404 ο, calls attention
to the fact that Homer does not make
his Greeks take kettles to Troy.

346. olvov: const. with κύπελλα. ----
ὄφρ᾽ ἐθέλητον : as long as you like. Cf.
2638.

347. viv δέ: contrasted with 341.
“But the fact is.” — φίλως : gladly,
ἡδέως, ἀσπασίως 6 450. A reference
to φίλα 345. Only here in Homer,
see § 384. Cf. angustam amice
pauperiem pati Hor. Carm. iii.
2. 1. ---- καὶ εἰ κτλ. : this clause is obj.
of ὁρόφτε [dpdorre, ὁρῷτε].

348. ὑμείων: ὑμῶν, ὃ 24 a. Gen.
with προπάροιθε. --- μαχοίατο : μάχοιντο,
§ 26 ¢.

38 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.

τὸν δ᾽ ap’ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη πολύμητις Ὀδυσσεύς’

860 “᾿Ατρεΐδη, ποῖόν σε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων.

πῶς δὴ φὴς πολέμοιο μεθιέμεν; ὁππότ᾽ ᾽Αχαιοὶ

Τρωσὶν ἐφ᾽ ἱπποδάμοισιν ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν "Apna,

ὄψεαι, ἣν ἐθέλῃσθα καὶ at κέν τοι τὰ μεμήλῃ,

Τηλεμάχοιο φίλον πατέρα προμάχοισι μιγέντα
355 Τρώων ἱπποδάμων: σὺ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἀνεμώλια βάζεις."

τὸν δ᾽ ἐπιμειδήσας προσέφη κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

ὡς γνῶ χωομένοιο: πάλιν δ᾽ ὅ γε λάζετο μῦθον"

349 = Ξ 82; cf. 411, E 251, 888. --
ὑπόδρα: (perh. from under the brows),
askance, fiercely. Found only with
ἰδών, and always after the first
trochee of the verse. Cf. torva
tuentem Verg. Aen. vi. 467.

350 = Ξ 83; cf. 25, a 64, y 230, ε 22,
τ 492, » 168, ψ 70. ---- φύγεν : escaped.
-- σσέ, ἕρκος ὀδόντων: i.e. thy teeth.
ἕρκος is in appos. with σέ, cf. γυῖα 280.
— Cf. ‘slide through my infant lips; |
Driving dumb silence from the portal
door,’ Milton Vacation Exercise 4 f.;
‘Within my mouth you have engaol’d
my tongue,| Doubly portcullis’d with
my teeth and lips,’ Shakspere Rich.
II. i. 3. 166.— Odysseus soon distin-
guishes himself, and shows the falsity
of the reproaches which have been
cast upon him. In & 82 ff., he rebukes
Agamemnon, in turn, for his willing-
ness to withdraw from before Troy.
See on 365 f.

351. πῶς δή: how, pray; with what
right. ‘ What do you mean by say-
ing that we” etc. This is equiv. to
the assertion, “ What you say is ab-
surd and false.” — πολέμοιο μεθιέμεν
[μεθιέναι]: sc. ἡμέας. Cf. 240.—
ὁππότε ἐγείρομεν [ἐγείρωμεν] : “ when-
ever we shall rouse.” A rejoinder
to 344.— Rarely does a new sent.

begin, as here, at the bucolic diaer-
esis, except when the topic is
changed, as A 348, 480.

352 = T 237; cf. @ 110, 516, T 318.
— ἐπί : upon, against, See § 3h B.—
ἐγείρομεν κτλ. : cf. B 440, Θ 531, = 804.

353 = 1 359. The first half-verse
also @ 471, w 511.—A poetic and
picturesque way of saying, “1 will
fight bravely.” See on 98. --- ὄψεαι:
in contrast with 7s 351, — prominent
at the head of the apodosis. — ἦν
κτλ: Odysseus heaps up synonyms
in his vexation.

354. Τηλεμάχοιο κτλ.: 88 a third
person might speak of Odysseus, in-
stead of ἐμέ. Cf. Odysseus’s oath,
pnd’ ἔτι Τηλεμάχοιο πατὴρ κεκλημένος
εἴην B 260. Some have found here
in the name Τηλέμαχος a play upon
προ-μάχοισι. ---- μιγέντα (μίγνυμι) : aor.
partic., without reference to time
‘prior to the action of the principal
verb.’ Inceptive aorist.

355. σὺ δὲ κτλ.: this repeats the
thought of the question in 861.—
ἀνεμώλια : predicate. ἀνεμώλιά ἐστι
ταῦτα ἃ σὺ βάζεις.

356. Cf. 9 88, K 400, x 371.

357. ywopévoto: supplementary
participle. For the gen. with γνῶ
[ἔγνω], cf 810, B 348, the Attic gen.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 39

“ διογενὲς Λαερτιάδη, πολυμήχαν ᾿Οδυσσεῦ,

¥ , , ¥ “
OUTE σέ νέικειω πέεριώσιον οὔτέ κελεύω"

860 οἶδα γάρ, ὥς τοι θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι φίλοισιν
» ) 4 ΝΥ A , 9 9 Φ 4
ἥπια δήνεα olde: Ta yap dpovees, a τ᾽ ἐγώ περ.

ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι, ταῦτα δ᾽ ὄπισθεν ἀρεσσόμεθ᾽, εἴ τι κακὸν νῦν

¥ N A Ud A , “A 3)
εἴρηται, τὰ δὲ πάντα θεοὶ μεταμώνια θεῖεν.

a ; a.’ Α Q ’ 9 “A ” δὲ > κΚ λ
ὥς εἰπὼν τοὺς μὲν λίπεν αὐτοῦ, Bn δὲ μετ᾽ ἄλλους.
A δὲ ὃ ’ eX ε ld 4
365 εὗρε δὲ Τυδέος vidy ὑπέρθυμον Διομήδεα

with αἰσθάνομαι, οὐδὲ τραπέζῃ | γνώτην
ἀλλήλων > 35 f., γνωσόμεθ' ἀλλήλων
καὶ λώιον (better) y 109. The gen.

‘expresses Agamemnon’s observing’

a fact about Ulysses, viz. that he
was angry.’—mdAw «rA.: retrac-
tavit, took back what he had said, i.e.
he spoke in another tone; cf. 359. Cf.
παλινάγρετον A 626, πάλιν ἐρέει I 56
gainsay.

358 = B 173, Θ 93, 1 308, 624, Κα
144, Ψ 728, and 15 times in the Odys-
sey. — Contrast 339. — Agamemnon
replies in the same number of verses
as Odysseus had used; see on 412. —
Obs. that Menestheus is not men-
tioned here; see on 339.

359. verxelo : [νεικῶ] : for the form
see on 241. “1 do not mean to re-
buke.” — περιώσιον: unduly, beyond
measure. — κελεύω : urge.

360. Cf. 318.

361. yma: kindly, friendly, — not
hostile. Sc. ἐμοί. --- τὰ κτλ: “we
agree in what is to be done.”

362. ἀλλ’ ἴθι : this is on its way to
become a mere interjection like ἀλλ᾽
&ye 418, but its literal force may be
preserved here, sc. eis μάχην. Cf. Z
841, Γ 432. — ταῦτα: 1.6. what has
been said. It is explained by the
following clause — ὄπισθεν κτλ.: “we
will make all this right hereafter;
we have no time now for explana-

tions and apologies.” Cf. Z 526, x
δῦ.

363. τὰ δὲ πάντα: sums up again
the preceding clause. — μεταμώνια
θεῖεν : give to the winds. — θεῖεν: cf.
θεῖναι 26.

364-418. Diomed and Sthenelus.

364 = 292.

365 f. Cf. 89 f., 327 f., E 376.—

’ The Argives (in the narrow sense of

the term) under Diomed stand on the
right of the Cephallenians. Cf e91f,,
A 3812-401. — Διομήδεα: tetrasyl-
lable, by ‘synizesis. Cf. Τυδῇ 384.
For Diomed’s forces, see B 559-568.
He brought 80 ships to Troy and
was one of the mightiest heroes, good
both in counsel and in action. The
Fifth Book and a large part of the
Sixth Book are devoted to his ex-
ploits (Διομήδους ἀριστεία). He voices
the sentiments of the Greeks, in H
399 ff.; he was the first to stay his
horses and recover from the rout,
@ 254 ff.; he (like Odysseus, see on
860) rebukes Agamemnon’s lack of
confidence, I 31 ff., cf. 1 695; he
goes with Odysseus by night into the
Trojan camp, and slays the Thracian
king Rhesus, K 219 ff.; he is wounded
by Paris in the third day of battle,
A 369 ff., but recovers in time to take
part in the games in honor of Patro-
clus in which he gains the first prize

40 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

ε a > »¥ 9 Q 9 “~

ἑστεῶτ᾽ ἕν θ᾽ ἵπποισι καὶ ἅρμασι κολλητοῖσιν"
‘\ , € ε 4 ld 4 ε»

πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει Σθένελος Καπανήιος υἱός.

‘ ‘\ \ ’ 9" ‘4 > V4
καὶ Tov μὲν νείκεσσεν ἰδὼν κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων,

καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"

370 “ὦ μοι, Τυδέος υἱὲ δαΐφρονος ἱπποδάμοιο,

, A ‘4 3 3 , 4 ’
τί πτώσσεις, τί δ᾽ ὀπιπεύεις πολέμοιο γεφύρας;

οὐ μὲν Τυδέι γ᾽ ὧδε φίλον πτωσκαζέμεν ἦεν,

ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρὸ φίλων ἑτάρων δηΐοισι μάχεσθαι.

a 4 9 [ὃ ΄ 9 4 3 ,
ὡς φάσαν, οἱ μιν ἰδοντο πονεύμενον ov yap ἐγώ γε
816 ἤντησ᾽ οὐδὲ ἴδον: περὶ δ᾽ ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι.

ἦ τοι μὲν γὰρ ἄτερ πολέμου εἰσῆλθε Μυκήνας

in the chariot race, ¥ 499 ff., and con-
tends with Telamonian Ajax in heavy
armor, Ψ 812 ff.

366 = A 198. — ἔν re κτλ.: but one
thought. “On his chariot drawn by
horses.” Cf. E 794.— κολλητοῖσιν :
JSirmly-joined, well built.

367. πὰρ δέ of : while at his side, 1.6.
as ἡνίοχος θεράπων. The .charioteers
of princes were of noble families and
on most intimate relations with the
chiefs. The θεράπων corresponded in
general to the knight’s esquire in the
Middle Ages. — Σθένελος : short form
for S@evéAaos, which has the same
meaning as Δημοσθένης. --- Karavyus :
of Capaneus. See § 21k. The adj.
is equiv. to a gen., as in Νηληίῳ υἷι
B 20.

368 f. Cf. 336 ἢ. ---τὸν μέν: ze.
Diomed, the principal personage.

369 = 312.

370. vie κτλ.: cf. B 23, A 450. —
The very address indicates the con-
trast which is developed in the fol-
lowing verses. Hence Tudé: 372, with
emphasis, instead of πατρί.

371. ὁὀπιπεύεις : scan. — πολέμοιο
γεφύρας : the bridges of war, or, better,

4

the dikes of war. This expression has
been explained in many ways. Per-
haps it is best taken as τὸ μεταίχμιον,
the space between the two lines of
battle, with the armies like a raging
river on either side.

372. μέν: μήν, of. 341.— φίλον ἦεν:
ἥνδανε, was pleasing. Cf. A 107, 541,
E 891, H 31, Mm 556, α 82, ¢ 211.—
πτωσκαζέμεν: subject. — “ Tydeus
was not wont to skulk.”

373. πολὺ πρό: far in advance. —
δηΐοισι: either ἡ is shortened before
¢ (δ 5 4), or « is pronounced as y
(§ 7 a). — μάχεσθαι: sc. φίλον ἦεν
from the negative clause above.

374. ovro: for the voice, see ὃ
82 a. No distinction is perceptible
between this and ἴδον (1st pers.) be-
low. —rovevpevoy: equiv. to μαχόμε-
voy, in battle. πόνος in Homer is used
chiefly of the toil of war. For the
contraction (eo to ev), see δὲ 6 ὃ, 29
g-— γάρ: introduces the reason why
Agamemnon introduces the testimony
of others, instead of speaking for
himself,

375 = ὃ 201. — περί : see on 257.

376. 7 τοι: believe me. — The fol-

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 41

ἴω ςσ > 3 »’ ’ se “ 9 »
ξεῖνος ἅμ᾽ ἀντιθέῳ Πολυνείκεϊ, λαὸν ἀγείρων,
9 ε 4 5 3 4 e ‘\ N a 4
οἵ pa τότ᾽ ἐστρατόωνθ᾽ ἱερὰ πρὸς τείχεα Θήβης.
a ε 4 4 , ‘\ > ’
καί ῥα μάλα λίσσοντο δόμεν κλειτοὺς ἐπικούρους"
380 οἱ δ᾽ ἔθελον δόμεναι καὶ ἐπήνεον, ὡς ἐκέλενον "
ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς ἔτρεψε παραίσια σήματα φαίνων.
ἐ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ὦ ἐδὲ ὁ ὁδοῦ ever
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ὥᾧχοντο ἰδὲ πρὸ ὁδοῦ ἐγένοντο,
3 \ > ¢ a 4
Ασωπὸν δ᾽ ἵκοντο βαθύσχοινον λεχεποίην,
ἔνθ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀγγελίην ἐπὶ Τυδῆ στεῖλαν ᾿Αχαιοί.

lowing incident shows the warlike
spirit of Tydeus. — ἄτερ πολέμονυ :
apart from war, t.e. not as an enemy
but as a friend, with an entreaty
(879).

377. ξεῖνος : as a quest. — ἸΠολυνείκει:
ill-fated son of the ill-fated Oedipus.
His brother Eteocles had driven him
from Thebes, and he came as a sup-
pliant to Argos just when Tydeus
came thither, as an exile from his
Aetolian home (cf 399). The Ar-
give king, Adrastus, received the two
princes and gave to each a daughter
in marriage. Adrastus and Tydeus
then aided Polynices to raise the
armies (λαὸν ayelpwy) of the ‘Seven
against Thebes.’

378. Cf. Tr 187.— of pa: 2.e. Tydeus
and Polynices. —éerpardwvro: were
on the expedition. Const. with πρὸς
τείχεα.

379. ῥά: points back to ἐστρατό-
ὡντο. --- μάλα : for the length of the
ultima, see § 41 j a.— δόμεν : δοῦναι,
§ 26 7.

380. of δέ: i.e. the people of Myce-
nae, where Thyestes (B 106 f.) then
ruled. —%@edov: were minded. — ἐπή-
weov κτλ. cf. ¥ 539.

381. ἔτρεψε: turned aside, dissuaded,
sc. the Myceneans from their purpose
to take part in the war. Cf. οὐκ ἄν
με τρέψειαν ὅσοι θεοί εἰσ' ἐν ’OAdury

Θ 401. --- παραίσια : opposed to ἐναί-
oma. Very likely, lightning on the
left side. Cf. B 358.

382. οἱ δέ: a return to the of of
378. — @xovro: were gone. For the
following hiatus, οὗ 147.— πρό : adv.
with ἐγένοντο, made more definite by
ὁδοῦ, came forward on the way.

383. ᾿Ασωπόν: acc. of ‘limit of
motion.’ See ὃ 37; G. 162; H. 722.
This const. is freq. with ἵκω, ἱκάνω,
ixvéouat, but rare with Balyw, elu,
ἔρχομαι. The Asopus is a Boeotian
river, forming ‘the boundary between
the territories of Thebes and Plataea.’
Here the Argive army halted and
sent Tydeus as ambassador (ἀγγε-
λίην) to present their claims to the
kihg, Eteocles. Cf. E 803, and Dio-
med’s prayer to Athena: σπεῖό μοι
(attend me), ὧς ὅτε πατρὶ ἅμ᾽ ἕσπεο
Ττυδέι δίῳ | ἐς Θήβας, ὅτε τε πρὸ ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἄγγελος Fev. | τοὺς δ᾽ dp’ ἐπ᾿ ᾿Ασωπῷ
λίπε χαλκοχίτωνας ᾿Αχαιούς, | αὐτὰρ ὃ
μειλίχιον (peaceful) μῦθον φέρε Καδμεί-
οισιν Καὶ 285 ff. Cf also r 206 f., for
a similar embassy of Odysseus and
Menelaus. --- λεχεποίην : grass-bedded,
grassy.

384. ἔνθ᾽ αὖρε κτλ. : apod. to 382.
— ἀγγελίην : equiv. to ἄγγελον. --- ἐπί:
const. with στεῖλαν. Sc. to Thebes.
—Tv6y: Τυδέα. See § 6c, and cf. the
synizesis of Διομήδεα 365,

42 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.”

385 αὐτὰρ ὁ Bn, πολέας δὲ κιχήσατο Καδμεΐωνας
δαινυμένους κατὰ δῶμα βίης ᾿Επεοκληείης.
ἔνθ᾽ οὐδὲ ξεῖνός περ ἐὼν ἱππηλάτα Τυδεὺς
, ~ oN 4 Q »
τάρβει, μοῦνος ἐὼν πολέσιν μετὰ Καδμείοισιν,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἀεθλεύεν προκαλίζετο, πάντα δ᾽ ἐνίκα
890 ῥηιδίως - τοίη οἱ ἐπίρροθος ἦεν ᾿Αθήνη.
ε A Ud “~ id 9
ot δὲ χολωσάμενοι Καδμεῖοι, κέντορες ἵππων,
<A Ἃ 9 9 ’ Q , 4, »¥
ἂψ ap ἀνερχομένῳ πυκινὸν λόχον εἷσαν ἄγοντες,
κούρους πεντήκοντα" δύω δ᾽ ἡγήτορες ἦσαν,
Μαίων Αἰἱμονίδης ἐπιείκελος ἀθανάτοισιν
395 υἱός τ᾽ Αὐτοφόνοιο μενεπτόλεμος Πολυφόντης.
Τυδεὺς μὲν καὶ τοῖσιν ἀεικέα πότμον ἐφῆκεν

385. KaSpetwvag: equiv. to Καδμεί-
ous, 388, 391. Cf. Δαρδάνιοι, B 819,
and Aapdaviwves H 414. See § 21 A.
The Cadmeans were named from the
mythical founder of Boeotian Thebes.
Cf. Ἐρεχθεΐδαι as a freq. poetic appel-
lation for the Athenians.

386. βίης «rA.: 8. periphrasis for
“the mighty Eteocles.” See § 2 s;
cf. E 638, 781. Eteocles is not men-
tioned elsewhere in Homer. The The-
ban nobles were assembled, after the
fashion of the heroic times (ς 1 ff.),
feasting in the palace, when Tydeus
came and was invited to join in the
banquet. Cf. E 806.

387. οὐδέ : not even. — ξεῖνος : guest,
i.e. stranger. — ἱππηλάτα: cf. ἱππότα
317.

389. 6 ye: resumes ὁ 385. — προκα-
Aero: called forth, challenged, sc. to
the athletic games which followed the
feast (cf. 6 98 ff.).— πάντα: neuter,
cognate acc., in all things, in every
contest. Cf. E 8071. --- ἐνίκα: was ric-
tor

390. Cf. E 808, Φ 289. — ἐπίρροθος :

cf. ἐπιτάρροθος E 808. This aid of
Athena does not detract from the
glory of the achievements, since only
the brave are thus helped by the
gods.

391. χολωσάμενοι : sc. at the stran-
ger’s success.— κέντορε (κεντέω goad)
xrA.: elsewhere they are called πλήξ-
ro. Cf. E 102.

392. πυκινόν : crowded, i.e. strong.
Cf. 281, 2 187, delanr’ ᾿Αργείων πυκινὸν
λόχον 1 779. — λόχον εἶσαν (T{w): of:
Z 189.— ἄγοντες : intransitive. It is
not strictly ‘pleonastic,’ but serves
to fill out the picture. See on id»
A 188.

393. xovpovs: in appos. with λόχον.

394 f. In appos. with ἡγήτορες. The
names have a bloody sound. — Αἷμον-
(Sys: reminds of Antigone’s cousin
and lover, Haemon.

396. pév: cf. 341.— καὶ τοῖσιν κτλι:
“he overcame these too (as well as
his opponents in the games, 389),
and slew them.” — égnxev: the perf.
passive of ἐφίημε is ἐφῆπται, cf.
2 241.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 43

πάντας ἔπεφν᾽, ἕνα δ᾽ οἷον ἵει οἰκόνδε νέεσθαι "
Μαίον᾽ ἄρα προέηκε, θεῶν τεράεσσι πιθήσας.
τοῖος ἔην Τυδεὺς Αἰτώλιος - ἀλλὰ τὸν υἱὸν
, 4Φ 4 , 3 A 3 9 / 3)
400 γείνατο elo χέρηα μάχῃ, ἀγορῇ δέ τ᾽ ἀμείνω.
a a Q > ¥ 4 “ ,
ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ov τι προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης,
9 \ “ 3 \ 3 ’
αἰδεσθεὶς βασιλῆος ἐνιπὴν αἰδοίοιο.
τὸν δ᾽ vids Καπανῆος ἀμεύψατο κυδαλίμοιο "
“"Arpeldn, μὴ ψεύδε᾽ ἐπιστάμενος σάφα εἰπεῖν.
e oa , o> 9 , > », δ 4
405 ἡμεῖς τοι πατέρων μέγ᾽ ἀμείνονες εὐχόμεθ᾽ εἶναι"
ἡμεῖς καὶ Θήβης ἕδος εἵλομεν ἑπταπύλοιο,

397. πάντας κτλ.: cf. 2 190. --- ἕνα
δ᾽ οἷον : one alone, sc. to bear the tid-
ings of the disaster. Cf. οὐκέτ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽
ὀίω (I think) οὐδ᾽ ἄγγελον ἀπονέεσθαι]
&poppoy προτὶ ἄστυ Μ 78 f.

398. Malova: acc. to Statius, in
his Thebatd, Maeon was an augur and
priest of Apollo. A scholiast con-
jectured that he was a herald, and
thus his person was inviolable.— dpa:
resumes ἕνα κτλ. above. — θεῶν: a
general expression, instead of Ζηνός.
Cf. 408, 157, 2 188. --- τεράεσσι: οὐ
δεπάεσσιν 8. --- πιθήσας : listening to,
obeying. Portents warned Tydeus not
to slay Maeon. Cf. 381.

399. Αἰτώλιος : Tydeus was son of
Oeneus, king of Calydon in Aetolia.
See on 577. --- τὸν viov: “this son of
his.”

400. Cf, E 800.— lo [οὗ, αὑτοῦ]
χέρηα: inferior to himself. Predicate.
“The son whom he begot is inferior
in bravery, although better in the
council.” — μάχῃ : local, in battle.
Obs. the ‘chiasmus’ again; cf. 197,
416.

401. Cf. A 611, E 689, 2 342, Θ 484,
Φ 478, uv 183.

402. αἰδεσθείς : abashed. Obs. the
correspondence of this, at the open-

ing, to αἰδοίοιο at the close of the
verse, and the spondaic rhythm. —
ἐγιπήν: for the acc., see G. 158 n. 2;
H. 712; cf. E 530.

404. ψεύδεο : ψεύδου, ὃ 26 ».--σάφα :
being contrasted with ψεύδεο, must
mean trustworthy, true.

405. ἡμεῖς: WE, whom you call
cowards. — rol: “let me tell you,”
“you ought to know.” —péya: far, adv.
with ἀμείνονες. μέγα strengthens all
degrees of comparison; see on A 78. —
Cf. Tydides melior patre Hor.
Carm. i. 15. 28, οὕτως ἡμεῖς πολὺ βελ-
tlous τῶν ἀνδρῶν εὐχόμεθ' εἶναι Aris-
toph. Thesmophor. 810. Diomed and
Sthenelus had both been among the
‘Epigoni’ who had taken Thebes, ten
years after the first disastrous expe-
dition in which the fathers of both
had served as commanders. The first
Theban expedition is barely alluded
to elsewhere in Homer, and the poet
only in this passage mentions the war
of the ‘ Epigoni.’

406. ἡμεῖς: emphatic ‘anaphora’
of the subject, with explanatory asyn-
deton. — nal: const. with εἵλομεν.
“We not merely (like our fathers)
besieged Thebes, but also captured
it.” — Θήβης : for the gen., see on

44 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.

4 9 ? eos a »
παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ'᾽ ὑπὸ τεῖχος ἄρειον,
πειθόμενοι τεράεσσι θεῶν καὶ Ζηνὸς ἀρωγῇ "

΄“ A id 3 ‘6 μή
κεῖνοι δὲ σφετέρῃσιν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ὄλοντο.
410 τῷ Ἵ 7 F ὁμοίῃ ἔνθ η."
Ὁ μή μοι πατέρας ποθ᾽ ὁμοίῃ ἔνθεο τιμῇ.
τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης "
6 of. ~ 8 2 A δ᾽ ᾽ M4 ,
τέττα, σιωπῇ ἧσο, ἐμῷ δ᾽ ἐπιπείθεο μύθῳ.
οὗ γὰρ ἐγὼ νεμεσῶ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι ποιμένι λαῶν

108. For the sing., see on Μυκήνη δ2.
— ἔδος : cf. ναιετάουσι 45.

407. wavpdrepov: smaller, sc. than
our fathers. Cf. παῦρος δέ of (i.e.
Nireus) εἵπετο λαός B 676. — ἀγα-
γόντε: dual, since Sthenelus thinks
only of himself and Diomed. — ὑπὸ
tetxos: up under the wall, i.e. to the
foot of the wall. Cf. ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθεν
B 216. Possibly with reference to
the height of the Cadmean citadel. —
ἄρειον : comp,., better, t.e. stronger. Cf.
Ο 736. In sharp contrast with παυρό-
τερον at the beginning of the verse.

408. Cf. 390, 898. --- πειθόμενοι: cf
πιθήσας 398. This is in close con-
nexion with the principal thought,
εἵλομεν 406. Cf. ἡμεῖς δὲ μεγάλοιο
Διὸς πειθώμεθα βουλῇ Μ 241.— ἀρωγῇ :
instrumental, by the aid.

409. Cf. αὐτῶν γὰρ σφετέρῃσιν κτλ.
a 7, of the comrades of Odysseus ;
κ 487. --- ἀτασθαλίῃσιν: blind follies,
contrasted with 408. The leaders of
the first expedition against Thebes
were represented as being for the
most part hot-headed, self-willed,
impious men,— esp. Capaneus, the
father of Sthenelus. Cf. (Kamravets)
πύργοις δ᾽ ἀπειλεῖ δείν᾽ ἃ μὴ κραίνοι
τύχη" θεοῦ τε γὰρ θέλοντος ἐκπέρ-
σειν πόλιν | καὶ μὴ θέλοντος φησίν"
οὐδὲ τὴν Διὸς | ἔριν (ie. lightning)
πέδοι σκήψασαν (falling) ἐμποδὼν σχε-
θεῖν. | τὰς δ᾽ ἀστραπάς re καὶ Kepav-

vlous βολὰς | μεσημβρινοῖσι (mid-day)
θάλπεσιν προσήκασεν Aeschylus Sep-
tem 409 ff., Soph. Antigone 126 ff. In
return for his boasting, Capaneus
was struck and slain by the lightning
of Zeus.

410. τῴ : therefore.—py wore: never.
—pol: “I beg of you.” — ὁμοίῃ τιμῇ :
in like honor, i.e. in so high honor, sc.
with us, — while Agamemnon had
counted the fathers worthy of far
higher honor than the sons. — ἔνθεο :
2d sing. aor. imv. with μή. Not the
Attic usage. Cf. μὴ καταδύσεο Σ 134,
μή τις ἀκουσάτω π 301, μὴ χόλον ἔνθεο
θυμῷ w 248.

411. Cf. 349.

412. Cf. A δθθ. --- τέττα : “old fel-
low,” in an affectionate, though re-

proving, tone. Nothing indicates that

Sthenelus was actually older than
Diomed. — σιωπῇ yoo: sit in silence,
keep quiet. The literal meaning of
ἧσο is not to be pressed, since éoredre
366 shows that they were standing. —
The whole speech of Diomed shows
self-restraint and prudence. The poet
thus reminds the hearer that the hero
was distinguished ἀγορῇ. This speech
has the same number of verses as
that of Sthenelus, 404 ff. See on 358,
r 161, 801.

413. ᾿Αγαμέμνονι : for the dat. after
a word of opposition, see G. 186, n. 1;
H. 772.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 45

3 , Ud 9 3 ’
ὀτρύνοντι μάχεσθαι ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς"
, A Ν “~ 9 5s 7 3 ‘
415 τούτῳ μὲν yap κῦδος ap ἕψεται, εἴ κεν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
Τρῶας δῃώσωσιν ἕλωσί τε Ἴλιον ἱρήν,
a > 4 id 4 9 ΄“ ’
τούτῳ δ᾽ αὖ μέγα πένθος ᾿Αχαιὼν δῃωθέντων.
ἀλλ᾽ aye δὴ καὶ νῶι μεδώμεθα θούριδος ἀλκῆς."
4 ε Ἃ 9 > 4 N v4 > “A
pa καὶ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν ἄλτο χαμᾶζε"
420 δεινὸν δ᾽ ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐπὶ στήθεσσιν ἄνακτος
9 ’ e 4 [4 id id 4
ὀρνυμένου' ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν.
ε > YF » 9 3 ~ é A +
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἐν αἰγιαλῷ πολνηχέι κῦμα θαλάσσης

414. ὀτρύνοντι: pred. partic. with
νεμεσῶς Equiv. to ὅτι ὀτρύνει. Cf
E 872, νεμεσσήσαιτό κεν ἀνὴρ | αἴσχεα
πόλλ᾽ ὁρόων (if he should see) a 228 f.

415. τούτῳ: the prominence of this
and its repetition two lines below
mark the identity of the person chiefly
interested. In English, the first clause
would be subordinate. “As glory
will attend him in the one case, so
grief will come upon him in the other
case.” Only the second of these
clauses has any independent force in
the connexion here; 418 f. are simply
for contrast. Cf. 2 227-229. —xv6os:
is emphatic in itself, and opposed to
πένθος by the position of each, before
the verse-pause.

417. av: cf. 2170. --- πένθος : sc. ἔσ-
σεται. ---᾿ Αχαινῶν : prob. gen. of cause,
but it may be gen. absolute. ὃ 8 αὶ

418 = E 718, cf. Ω 618. — ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε:
cf. ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι 862. ---- θούριδος : cf. θοῦρος
as an epithet of Ares, E 30.

419 = π 426, cf. r 29, E111, 404,
Z 103, A 211, M 81, N 749. Diomed
enters the battle as a ‘ hoplite.’

420. Savdv: adv., cognate acc. Cf.
425, 2 470. --- éBpaxe: cf. ἔκλαγξαν δ᾽
ἄρ᾽ ὀιστοί. .. αὐτοῦ κινηθέντος A 46 f.,
arma | horrendum sonuere
Verg. Aen. ix. 731 f.

421. ὀρνυμένονυ : as he started.— dae:
const. with εἷλεν. This refers to the
weakness of his knees; see on 314.
Cf. ὑπό τε τρόμος (trembling) ἔλλαβε
γυῖα T 84, τρόμος ὑπήλυθε γυῖα Ὑ 44. —
ταλασίφρονά wep: even a stout-hearted
man. — «ev εἷλεν : would have seized,
sc. if he had been there. Cf. 5389. In
prose, this might have been stated as
a consequence, “so that,” etc.

Here ends the ’EximéAnois of Aga-
memnon. That he returns at once to
his special division, is assumed.

422-456. Both armies advance and
the battle begins. This scene could
follow immediately either B 483 or
B 785. The single combat of Mene-
laus and Paris, with its accompani-
ments, has been little more than an
episode.

422. ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε: introduces a com-
parison. Cf. 180, 141, 275. It is here
used with the pres. ind., of an ordi-
nary occurrence. Cf. 452, A 492, 11 364,
T 357, Φ 12, Ψ 692, 700. --- πολνηχέι:
cf. θάλασσά τε ἠχήεσσα A 157, πολυ-
φλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης A 84.— κῦμα : col-
lective; one wave as a representative
of all. Cf. fluctus uti primo
coepit cum albescere vento,
| paulatim sese tollit mare et
altius undas |erigit, inde imo

46 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.

» 9 9 Ud , ν v4
ὄρνυτ᾽ ἐπασσύτερον Zepvpov ὑπο κινήσαντος"
πόντῳ μέν τε πρῶτα κορύσσεται, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα
’ ε lA Ud 4 > A 4 > »
425 χέρσῳ ῥηγνύμενον μεγάλα βρέμει, ἀμφὶ δέ τ᾽ ἄκρας
κυρτὸν ἰὸν κορυφοῦται, ἀποπτύει δ᾽ ἁλὸς ἄχνην"
a 4.3 > > “A vd +
ὡς τότ᾽ ἐπασσύτεραι Δαναῶν κίνυντο φάλαγγες

νωλεμέως πολεμόνδε.

κέλευε δὲ οἷσιν ἕκαστος

ε 4 ε 9 »” > A ¥ 3 ’ ,
ἡγεμόνων " οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἀκὴν ἴσαν, οὐδέ κε φαίης
‘4 δ 9 ¥ > 3 4 9 v4
430 τόσσον λαὸν ἕπεσθαι ἔχοντ᾽ ἐν στήθεσιν αὐδήν,
σιγῇ, δειδιότες σημάντορας - ἀμφὶ δὲ πᾶσιν
τεύχεα ποικίλ᾽ ἔλαμπε, τὰ εἱμένοι ἐστιχόωντο.

consurgit ad aethera fundo
Verg. Aen. vii. 528 ff., td. Georg. iii.
237 ff.

423. ἐπασσύτερον : in quick succes-
sion, one after another. Cf. E 141, A 383.
This is the point of comparison, and
has the same position in the verse as
éxacatrepa: 427.— Ζεφύρον Kxrd.: see
on 216. - ὕπο: for the accent, see
§ 87 c. For the const., see ὃ 3 fy.

424. πόντῳ: on the high sea. Local,
like χέρσῳ 425.—pév re: correl. with
αὐτάρ. Cf. 442, r 330, A 476, 481,
a 215.— κορύσσεται: lifts its head.
Lit. puts on its crest, in which is con-
tained another metaphor. — ἔπειτα:
secondly, next.

424-426 are not necessary for the
comparison, but give it great anima-
tion.

425. ῥηγνύμενον : cf. Eng. ‘breaker,’
‘Break, break, break.’ — μεγάλα: cf.
δεινόν 420. — ἄκρας : headlands. Cf. oi
δὲ ξύνισαν μεγάλῳ ἀλαλητῷ (cf. 436).
οὔτε θαλάσσης κῦμα τόσον βοάᾳ ποτὶ
xépcov,| ποντόθεν ὀρνύμενον πνοιῇ Βορέω
ἀλεγεινῇ ἘΦ 398 ff.

426. κυρτόν : curved, beetling. Const.
with ἰόν moving. — κορυφοῦται : towers
aloft.— ἀποπτύει κτλ. : the third scene
in the life of the wave. Cf. ἠίΐονες

(shores) βοόωσιν ἐρενγομένης (vomiting)
ἁλὸς ἔξω Ρ 265.— λός : salt sea.

427. Aavaw : const. with φάλαγγες.
-κίνυντο: cf. 332.

428. olow: his own men. See on
ὧν 806. Cf. τοῖσιν ἕκαστος ἀνὴρ σημαι-
νέτω, οἷσί περ ἄρχει B 805. — ἕκαστος :
each leader acted independently. See
on 304.

429. ἡγεμόνων: reserved for this
place, in contrast with of δ᾽ ἄλλοι, 86.
Aavaay.— trav: σαν, ὃ 34 f. — κε
φαίης : you would have said. Cf. 223,
421, © 220.

430. ἔπεσθαι ἔχοντα: the partic.
contains the principal idea, cf. éorf-
κασιν μεμακυῖαι 434 f.

431. σιγῇ : resumes ἀκήν 429. In
close connexion with δειδιότες, which
gives the reason for the silence. —
δειδιότες : agrees with of ἄλλοι. The
intervening clause is parenthetical.
This verse indicates good discipline in
the Achaean army. Cf οἱ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἴσαν
σιγῇ μένεα πνείοντες ᾿Αχαιοί Γ' 8, ob γὰρ.
κραυγῇ ἀλλὰ σιγῇ . . . καὶ ἡσυχῇ . . .
προσῇσαν Xen. An. i. 8. 11.--- σημάν-
Topas: commanders. Cf. Β 805, quoted
on 428. --- ἀμφί : const. with πᾶσιν,
‘“‘on the breasts of all.”

432. τὰ [ἃ] εἱμένοι (ἕννυμι) : qui-

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 47

A 9 9 > + 9 “ 3 > “Ὁ
Τρῶες δ᾽, ὥς τ᾽ ὄιες πολυπάμονος ἀνδρὸς ἐν αὐλῇ
μυρίαι ἑστήκασιν ἀμελγόμεναι γάλα λευκὸν

435 ἀζηχὲς μεμακυῖαι, ἀκούουσαι ὅπα ἀρνῶν,
Φ. , > N > A “ 9 Α 9 ’
ὡς Τρώων ἀλαλητὸς ἀνὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ὀρώρειν -
οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἦεν ὁμὸς θρόος οὐδ᾽ ἴα γῆρυς,
ἀλλὰ γλῶσσ᾽ ἐμέμικτο, πολύκλητοι δ᾽ ἔσαν ἄνδρες.
@pae δὲ τοὺς μὲν “Apns, τοὺς δὲ γλανκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη

Ὀπ85 induti. The hiatus is ‘appar-
ent. § 14a. For the acc. with the
passive of a ‘verb of clothing,’ see
H 724 a. The second half-verse in
each of the vs. 432-485 is nearly
parenthetical. ᾿

433. At the opening of the Third
Book, the Trojans are represented as
advancing with the clamor of a flock
of cranes, while the Achaeans met
them in silence. — Tpees: the princi-
pal subject, opposed to the Greeks.
But the comparison is continued until
the subj. is forgotten, and it is re-
sumed in Τρώων ἀλαλητός 436. For
this change of const., cf E 136 f.,,
z 610 f., O 271 ff., P 765 ff., » 81 ff. —
ὥς te: a8. ὃ 2). ὥστε, so that, is not
Homeric. — πολυπάμονος (πάομαι) :
rich in possessions, wealthy. Cf. πολυ-
κτήμων E618. Wealth in the heroic
times consisted chiefly in flocks and
herds (cf. ‘chattel’ with ‘cattle ’);
secondarily in ornaments and cloth-
ing. Land seems to have been owned,
partly in common and partly in sev-
eralty, but had no great value. —
αὐλῇ: farm-yard. Cf. E 188. For
comparisons following in quick suc-
cession, see § 2 g.

434. μνρίαι: for the accent, see
§ 2 w. — ἀμελγόμεναι : a-milking, yield-
ing. — λευκόν : for the epithet, see
§ lp. It has nothing to do with the
special circumstances of the case.

435. dinxés μεμακυῖαι (μηκάομαι) :
bears the weight of the comparison.
The two other partics. are circumstan-
tial, ἀμελγόμεναι adding a detail to
the picture, and ἀκούουσαι giving the
reason for μεμακυῖαι. --- Two examples
of ‘ apparent hiatus.’

436. Tpwev: see on Τρῶες 433. —
ἀλαλητός : war-cry, slogan. ἀλαλά and
ἐλελεῦ (both anapaests, 7) corre-
sponded nearly to ‘hurrah!’ — ἀνὰ
στρατόν: the shout passed through the
army.— ὀρώρειν (ὄρνυμι) : cf. πεφύκειν
109; see on ἥρειν 28.

437. Opdos: cry.—ta: one, the same.
For the form, see § 23a. For the
meaning, cf: μία Γ 288. .--- γήρυς : speech.
Cf. πολλοὶ γὰρ κατὰ ἄστυ μέγα Πριάμον
ἐπίκουροι, | ἄλλη δ᾽ ἄλλων γλῶσσα πο-
λυσπερέων (widely scattered) ἀνθρώπων
Β 808 f. In these two passages the
poet indicates more distinctly than
elsewhere the consciousness of a dif-
ference of speech between the nations
of the Trojan allies. But he nowhere
intimates that the Trojans and Achae-
ans spoke different languages.

438. πολύκλητοι : called from many
a land, of many nations. —toav: ἦσαν,
§ 840.

439. τοὺς μέν: i.e. the Trojans. —
“Apys: Ares was the national god of
the Thracians, and came with them
to the help of the Trojans. Cf. E 461 f.,
οἷος δὲ βροτολοιγὸς "Αρης πολεμόνδε μέτ-

48 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

440 Δειμός τ᾽ ἠδὲ Φόβος καὶ "Epis ἄμοτον pepavia,
"Apeos ἀνδροφόνοιο κασιγνήτη ἑτάρη τε,
nT ὀλίγη μὲν πρῶτα κορύσσεται, αὐτὰρ -ἔπειτα
9 “A > ’ , Α 9 N A ’
οὐρανῷ ἐστήριξε κάρη καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ Baive.
9 Q , “A e , ¥ id
ἥ σφιν καὶ τότε νεῖκος ὁμοίιον ἔμβαλε μέσσῳ
445 ἐρχομένη καθ᾽ ὅμιλον, ὀφέλλουσα στόνον ἀνδρῶν.
ε > -ὦν ’ e> 3 “Ὁ 9 , 9
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἐς χῶρον ἕνα ξυνιόντες ἵκοντο,
᾿ς β ¢> » ε VA “\ > »¥ Ἁ , 3 9 Ὁ
σύν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλον ῥινούς, σὺν δ᾽ ἔγχεα καὶ μένε᾽ ἀνδρῶν

cow, | τῷ δὲ Φόβος φίλος vids... |
ἕσπετο". . .«] τὼ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐκ Θρηκὴης
κτλ. N 298 ff., 6 361. --- γλανκώπιε :
gleaming-eyed. A fitting epithet for
the goddess of war. Cf. dene δέ
of (1.e. Athena) doce φάανθεν A 200.
Her epithet Παλλάς belongs to her
as the Lance-wielder (cf. wdAAw, Π
142). She is coupled with Ares also
E 430, N 127 ff., Pp 308. Cf r 69,
@ 301 ff.

440. Δειμὸς κτλ. : sc. ὦρσαν. Poetic
personifications. For Δειμός and Φό-
Bos (Flight), see A 37, N 280 (see
above, on 439), O 119 (where they
harness the horses of Ares). Acc. to
Hesiod, Theog. 934, they are the sons
of Ares and Aphrodite. Cf. hic
Mars omnipotens animum
virisque Latinis|addidit...
| immisitque Fugam Teucris
atrumque Timorem Verg. Aen.
ix. 717 ff. —"Epus: is impartial. She
enjoys the conflict for its own sake,
and cares not who are victorious. Cf
E 618.

441. κασιγνήτη: 1.6. as having the
same character.

442 f. A vivid picture of the growth
of strife from an insignificant begin-
ning. This figure is transferred by
Vergil to Fama: parva metu
primo, mox sese attollit in
auras |ingrediturque solo et

caput inter nubila condit Aen.
iv. 176 f.— Cf. 424.

443. Cf. ‘Satan alarmed | Collect-
ing all his might dilated stood: |...
His stature reached the sky, and on
his crest | Sat Horror plumed,’ Mil-
ton Par. Lost iv. 985 ff. — οὐρανῴ :
‘dat. of approach.’ Cf. κόλπῳ 2 136.
— ἐστήριξε : gnomic aor., side by side
with the present. The pres. describes,
while the aor. narrates. —xal: and,
“while.”

444. καὶ τότε: then too, as she had
many times before. — ὁμοίιον : see on
316. -

445. καθ’ ὅμιλον: see on 209. —
ὀφέλλονσα : increasing, in order to in-
crease. It expresses the purpose of
ἐρχομένη.

446-456. Beginning of the general
conflict.

446-451 = @ 60-65.

446. This verse introduces the brief
description of the general conflict. —
ol δέ: 6. Achaeans and Trojans. —
ἐς χῶραν κτλ.: equiv. to ὁμόσε ἐχώ-
pnoay. — ξυνιόντες: see on ἄγοντες
392.

447. σύν: const. with ἔβαλον, dashed
together, clashed. — pivovs: hides, i.e.
shields. Equiv. to ἀσπίδες 448. — σὺν
δέ: sc. ἔβαλον. --- μένεα ἀνδρῶν : the
might of men. Cf. E 506, νὺξ ἐλθοῦσα
διακρινέει μένος ἀνδρῶν B 387, ὃ 363.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 49

χαλκεοθωρήκων " ἀτὰρ ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι
ἔπληντ᾽ ἀλλήλῃσι, πολὺς δ᾽ ὀρυμαγδὸς ὀρώρειν.
450 ἔνθα δ᾽ ap οἰμωγή τε καὶ εὐχωλὴ πέλεν ἀνδρῶν
ὀλλύντων τε καὶ ὀλλυμένων, ῥέε δ᾽ αἵματι γαῖα.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε χείμαρροι ποταμοὶ κατ᾽ ὄρεσφι ῥέοντες
ἐς μισγάγκειαν ξυμβάλλετον ὄβριμον ὕδωρ
κρουνῶν ἐκ μεγάλων κοίλης ἔντοσθε χαράδρης'
455 τῶν δέ τε τηλόσε δοῦπον ἐν οὔρεσιν ἔκλυε ποιμήν.
ὡς τῶν μισγομένων γένετο ἰαχή τε πόνος τε.

448. ὀμφαλόεσσαι: bossy. Some
shields had a single ὀμφαλός or boss
in the middle. Agamemnon’s shield
had twenty knobs of tin, and one of
xbavos, A 34.

449. ἔπληντο (πελάζω) : met.

450. πέλεν: arose. Descriptive im-
perfect.

451. ὀλλύντων κτλ.: of the slaying
and the slain. In appos. with ἀν-
δρῶν, referring to οἰμωγὴ κτλ. in ‘ chi-
astic’ order, — εὐχωλή being con-
nected with ὀλλύντων, and οἰμωγή
with ὀλλυμένων. Cf. ‘Of shout and
scream the mingled din | And weap-
on-clash and maddening cry | Of
those who kill and those who die,’
Scott Rokeby v.31; πιπτόντων στόνος
καὶ ἀναιρούντων μεγαλαυχία Appian
Bell. Pun. 48.

452. κατ᾽ ὄρεσφι [ὀρῶν] : down from
the mountains. For the form ὄρεσφι,
see § 15 a.— Cf ὡς & ὁπότε πλήθων
ποταμὸς wedlovde κάτεισιν | χειμάρρους
κατ᾽ ὄρεσφιν, ὀπαζόμενος Διὸς ὕμβρῳ A
402 f., aut rapidus montano
flumine torrens|sternit agros,
sternit sata laeta boumque
labores | ...stupet inscius
alto |accipiens sonitum saxi
de vertice pastor Verg. Aen. ii.
306 ff., ubi decursu rapido de

mon tibus altis|dant sonitum
spumosi amnes etin aequora
currunt 20, xii. 523 f.

4563. ξυμβάλλετον: ind., since the
short mode-vowel of the subjv. is
rarely found in the present. ὃ 27 ο.
Dual of the two torrents which come
from different directions, and meet
like two opposing armies. C/. σὺν
ἔβαλον 447.

454. Const. the second half-verse
closely with the second half-verse of
453.— χαράδρης : gorge, chasm.

455. τηλόσε: made more definite
by ἐν οὔρεσιν. Const. with ἔκλνε, heard
toa great distance, instead of at a great
distance. Cf. δύνασαι δὲ σὺ πάντοσ᾽
ἀκούειν TI 515, πεύθετο γὰρ Κύπρονδε
μέγα κλέος A 21. --- δοῦπον: in this
din lies the point of comparison. —
ἔκλνε: gnomic aorist. — ποιμήν : see
on 275.

456. Cf. ds τῶν ἐκ νηῶν γένετο iaxh
τε φόβος τε ΤΙ 366.—rov: of course not
to be const. with μισγομένων. Abla-
tival gen. with iayf. Cf. κλαγγὴ
γένετ᾽ ἀργυρέοιο βιοῖο A 49. — μισγο-
μένων: as they came together. Pred.
partic. with τῶν. --- γένετο: for the
length of the ultima, see ὃ 14 7; cf.
μέγα ἴαχον 506. — wdvog: see On πονεύ-
μενον 374.

50 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ A.

πρῶτος 5 ᾿Αντίλοχος Τρώων ἕλεν ἄνδρα κορυστὴν
ἐσθλὸν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι, Θαλυσιάδην ᾿Εχέπωλον "
’ ΓΙ, “A rd , e id
τόν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε πρῶτος κόρυθος φάλον ἱπποδασείης,
4600 ἐν δὲ μετώπῳ πῆξε, πέρησε δ᾽ ap’ ὀστέον εἴσω
9 ᾿ , Ἁ δ. 4 ¥ ,
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη" τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν,

»

ἡριπε

δ᾽ ε 9 , oN a € a
» ὡς OTE πύργος, ἐνι κρατερῃ ὑσμίνῃ.

τὸν δὲ πεσόντα ποδῶν ἔλαβε κρείων ᾿Ελεφήνωρ
Χαλκωδοντιάδης, μεγαθύμων ἀρχὸς ᾿Αβάντων,
466 ἕλκε δ᾽ ὑπὲκ βελέων λελιημένος, ὄφρα τάχιστα

457-544. A succession of single-com-
bats. The Achaeuns prevail until the
Trojans are roused by Apollo.

The story of the Jliad is a story of
strife between individuals or of the
conflicts of small groups of men, —
not of the strategical movements of
large masses of troops. The common
soldier is of very little consequence
in any way before Troy. The battle
is decided by a few mighty men of
valor. .

457. πρῶτος : primus. — ᾿Αντί-
Aoxos: a doughty son of Nestor, and
special friend of Achilles. The young-
est of the Greek leaders. C/ the words
of Menelaus, ᾿Αντίλοχ᾽ of τις σεῖο ved-
τερος ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν, οὔτε ποσὶν θάσσων
(swifter, ταχύς) οὔτ᾽ ἄλκιμος ὡς σὺ μά-
χεσθαι O 569 f. He was afterwards
slain by the Aethiopian Memnon, acc.
to ὃ 187 f.— Τρώων : const. with ἄνδρα.
--- ἔλεν : took, t.e. slew. Equiv. to
ἔκτεινε, ἔπεφνε, ἐνήρατο, and ἐνάριζε.
- κορυστήν: equiv. to αἰχμητής, E
107 ; ἀσπιστής, 90; ἀσπιδιώτης, Β 564;
θωρηκτής, M 317; Attic ὁπλίτης.

458. Cf. P δθύ. --- Ἐχέπωλον: a
Sicyonian of this name is men-
tioned ¥ 296.

459-461 = z 9-11.

459. ῥά: ‘as I said,” marks this

clause as a repetition of 457. Cf. 398,
601, Ε 19. --- φάλον: in appos. with
τόν. See H. 625 c; cf 860, ὄσσε 461,
στῆθος 480. — ἱπποδασείης : cf. ἱππιο-
χαίτην Z 469, ἱππόκομοι κόρυθες Ν 182,
cristaque hirsutus equina
Verg. Aen. x. 869.

460. wife: sc. ᾿Αντίλοχος ἔγχος. ----
ὀστέον εἴσω: much like eis ὀστέον,
although strictly εἴσω is adv., and
ὀστέον is acc. of ‘limit of motion.’
Cf. Ἴλιον εἴσω A 71.

461 = 508. — alxpy: spear-point. —
τὸν δὲ «rA.: the poet has a large
variety of expressions for death. Cf.
469 f., 482, 504, 517, 622 f., 681, E 47,
68, 75, 82 f, 165, 163 f., 166, 190, 250,
296, 310, 558, 654, 659, 696. See on
ἕλεν 457. — σκότος : of the darkness
or night of death. ΟἿ E 47, 68, 82 f.,
310, 659, 696, also in aeternam
clauduntur lumina noctem
Verg. Aen. x. 1746. ---- ὄσσε: see on
φάλον 459.

462. ἤριπε: from ἐρείπω. --- ὡς ὅτε:
see on 141. --- ὡς ὅτε πύργος : sc. in
respect to size. Cf. (αἴας) φέρων
σάκος ἠύτε πύργον H 219.

463. ποδών : see on χειρός 1654.

464 -- Β 641.

465. ἕλκει: mark the change to the
impf., of continued, attempted, action.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 51

τεύχεα συλήσειε: μίνυνθα δέ οἱ γένεθ᾽ ὁρμή"
νεκρὸν γάρ ῥ᾽ ἐρύοντα ἰδὼν μεγάθυμος ᾿Αγήνωρ
πλευρά, τά οἱ κύψαντι παρ᾽ ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη,
οὕτησε ξυστῷ χαλκήρεϊ, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα.

410 ὡς τὸν μὲν λίπε θυμός, ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ δ᾽ ἔργον ἐτύχθη
ἀργαλέον Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν : οἱ δὲ λύκοι ὡς
ἀλλήλοις ἐπόρουσαν, ἀνὴρ δ᾽ ἄνδρ᾽ ἐδνοπάλιζεν.

ἔνθ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ ᾿Ανθεμίωνος υἱὸν Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
ἠίθεον θαλερὸν Σιμοείσιον, ὅν ποτε μήτηρ

416 Ἴδηθεν κατιοῦσα παρ᾽ ὄχθῃσιν Σιμόεντος

-- ὑπὲκ βελέων : out from under the
shower of missiles. ἐκ βελέων, ἘΞ 130,
is out of the range of missiles. — λελι-
μένος : eagerly.

466. μίνυνθα : short-lived. Cf. 478.
For an adv. with γένετο, cf. αἷσα
μίνυνθά περ, οὔ τι μάλα Shy A 416, ὥς
819, οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτι δὴν Fv Z 189 ἢ. --- οἵ:
dat. of interest, his attempt.

467. νεκρόν : obj. of ἐρύοντα, which
agrees with the obj. of ἰδών. --- ’Ayy-
vep: son of Antenor. One of the brav-
est of the Trojans. ΟἿ A ὅθ, Φ 646 ff.

468. πλευρά: pl. of the whole side
(ribs). Cf. τόξα Ἑ 216, ὄχεα E 7465,
νῶτα (back) B 308, πρόσωπα (face) =
414. For the inflexion, instead of
πλευραί, cf. νεῦρα 122. --- τά: & —
wap ἀσπίδος κτλ.: appeared from be-
side the shield, i.e. from under cover
of the shield. Cf. Μενέλαος ἀρήιος
otra Θόαντα | στέρνον γυμνωθέντα παρ᾽
ἀσπίδα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα 11 811 f., wap’
ἀσπίδος γυμνωθὲν ἁρπάσαι δόρυ Aesch.
Septem 607.— ἐξεφαάνθη [ἐξεφάνη] :
from ἐκφαείνω.

469 = A 260. -- ξυστῷ strictly,
spear-shaft, then spear.

470. row μέν: i.e. Elephenor. —
λίπε θυμός: Ars life left. Cf. θυμοῦ
Sevondvous T 204, λίπε δ᾽ ὀστέα θυμός

Μ 886, πεσόντα δέ μιν λίπε θυμός Τί
410. Cf also 524, E 685, τόν γε Alay
ψυχή τε καὶ αἰών Π 488. -- ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ:
over the man himself, t.e. over his body,
in contrast with the departed θυμός.
See on αὐτοῦ 1]. -- δέ: for its posi-
tion, see on 96.— ἔργον: like πόνος
(see on πονεύμενον 874), chiefly of the
toilof war. Οὐ 639, Z 522. — ἐτύχθη:
from τεύχω.

471. λυκοὶ ds: like wolves, sc. in
fury. CfA 72, 11 156 ff., 352 ff. — de:
meaning as always follows its noun in
Homer, and has the acute (or grave)
accent. Cf. 482.

472. ἀνὴρ ἄνδρα : a poetic ἀλλήλους.
Cf. σοὶ καὶ ἐμοί 38. — ἐδνοπάλιζεν :
shook. Prob. ἃ metaphor from wrest-
ling.— Cf. implicuere inter se
acies legitque virum vir Verg.
Aen. xi. 632.

473. υἱόν: the « of the diphthong
has passed into the y- sound, and dis-
appeared. See ὃ 59; cf. Z 180. ὑός
is freq. in Attic inscriptions.

474. Σιμοείσιον: named from the
river Simois, as Ἰδαῖος, E 11, from
Mt. Ida; Σκαμάνδριος, E 49, from the
Scamander, and Σάτγιος, B 443, from
the Satniois.

475. Ἴδηθεν : for Trojan herds and

52 OMHPOY IAIAAO® A.

4 9 9 Pe ἴω 9 9 “A 2Q 2
γείνατ᾽, ἐπεί pa τοκεῦσιν ἅμ᾽ ἔσπετο μῆλα ἰδέσθαι "
τούνεκά μιν κάλεον Σιμοείσιον" οὐδὲ τοκεῦσιν
θρέπτρα φίλοις ἀπέδωκε, μινυνθάδιος δέ of αἰὼν
ἔπλεθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ Αἴαντος μεγαθύμου δουρὶ δαμῶντι.

480 πρῶτον γάρ μιν ἰόντα βάλε στῆθος παρὰ μαζὸν
δεξιόν, ἀντικρὺς δὲ δ ὦμον χάλκεον ἔγχος
ἦλθεν: ὁ δ᾽ ἐν κονίῴσι χαμαὶ πέσεν αἴγειρος ὥς,
yY er > 3 ε ΄Ὁ 9 a ’

ἢ ῥᾶ τ᾽ ἐν εἰαμενῃ ἔλεος μεγάλοιο πεφύκῃ
λείη, ἀτάρ τέ οἱ ὄζοι ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτῃ πεφύασιν "

485 τὴν μῶ θ᾽ ἁρματοπηγὸς ἀνὴρ αἴθωνι σιδήρῳ

flocks on the slopes of Mt. Ida, cf. Β
821 and E 318, Z 25, A 105 f., rT 91,
Q 29. — κατιοῦσα: from κάτειμι. —
Σιμόεντος: cf. E 774, καὶ Σιμόεις ὅθι
πολλὰ βοάγρια (scuta virum) καὶ
τρυφάλειαι (galeasque) [κάππεσον ἐν
κονίῃσι καὶ ἡμιθέων γένος ἀνδρῶν (fortia
corpora) M 22 f., Verg. Aen. i. 100 f.

477. τούνεκα : τοῦ ἕνεκα, § 8. — κά-
cov: sc. τοκῆες of the child’s mother.

478 f. = Ρ 802 f.— Opdarpa (rpdgw) :
formed like λύτρα, λοετρά. G. 129, 5;
H. 564. Attic τροφεῖα, Lat. ali-
menta. Const. with ἀπέδωκε, repaid
the loving care. Cf. P 801. Neglect
of duty towards parents, acc. to
Hesiod, is a crying sin of the ‘Iron
age,’ οὐδέ κεν of γε | γηράντεσσι (cf.
γῆρας) τοκεῦσιν ἀπὸ θρεπτήρια δοῖεν,
Opera 187 f.

479. ὑπό : const. with δουρί. ὃ 3h.
- δαμέντι : agrees with of 478.

480. πρῶτον : masc., pred. with
ἰόντα. ‘*As he came first,” i.e. ἐν
προμάχοις. ---- στῆθος : see on φάλον
459.— παρὰ μαζόν : by the nipple. Cf.
Θ 121, 313, Ο 577, Ρ 606, x 82.

481. ἀντικρύς : explained by 8?
pov, which follows in a kind of ap-
position. See on πάλιν 214, τηλόσε
455. Cf. 500, Ε 67, 74, 189, 687.

Similarly, ἐν κονίῃσι 482 is repeated
by χαμαί, after the verse-pause.

482. χαμαί: χαμᾶζε to the ground
might be expected, but this, like ἐν
κονίῃσι, has ‘reference to the state of
rest which follows the motion.’ G.191
w. 6; H. 788.— αἴγειρος dg: t.c. tall,
stretched on the ground. C/. E 560.
The final syllable of afyeipos is long
by ‘position,’ because ὥς originally
had an initial consonant (prob. F).

483. Cf. O 631. — dapevg : low-
lands.— ἔλεος : mead. Gen. of ‘the
place to which the action belongs.’
Cf. πεδίοιο 244. ἕλος is not swamp,
marsh in Homer. — πεφύκῃ: for the
subjv. in comparisons, cf. éépyp 181,
μιήνῃ 141.

484. λείη: Levis, smooth. Cf. λειή-
νας 111. Sc. τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, explained
by the rest of the verse. Perhaps the
lower branches and twigs had been
cut off as fodder for goats. For the
position of λείη, cf. ἡγεμόνων 429. —
ἐπί: const. with πεφύασιν, have grown
upon, are upon. — ἀκροτάτῃ : const.
with of.

485. τήν: dem. after a cond. rel.
clause. cf. E 139, Φ 260, Ψ 519. —
ἁρματοπηγὸς ἀνήρ: chariot-maker, For
the combination of nouns, cf. ἀνὴρ

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 53

ἐξέταμ᾽, ὄφρα ἴτυν κάμψῃ περικαλλέι Sidpa:
ἡ μέν tT ἀζομένη κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ᾽ ὄχθας.
τοῖον ἄρ᾽ ᾿Ανθεμίδην Σιμοείσιον ἐξενάριξεν

Αἴας διογενής.

τοῦ δ᾽ "Avtidos αἰολοθώρηξ

490 Πριαμίδης καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἀκόντισεν ὀξέι Soupi:
τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον ᾿Οδυσσέος ἐσθλὸν ἑταῖρον
βεβλήκει βουβῶνα νέκυν ἑτέρωσ᾽ ἐρύοντα"
¥ 3 9 > 9 ἰδὲ Ν , e -y» a
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ, νεκρὸς δέ οἱ ἔκπεσε χειρός.
τοῦ δ᾽ Ὀδυσεὺς μάλα θυμὸν ἀποκταμένοιο χολώθη,
496 βὴ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ,

βουληφόρος Α 144, χαλκῆες ἄνδρες 187,
τέκτονες ἄνδρες Z 810. --- αἴθωνι : shin-
tng, of the well-sharpened and worn
ax.—ovdrp@: here of the az, as in
128 for arrow-point.

486. ἐξέταμε (ἐκτέμνω) : fells. Gno-
mic.—truv: felloe. The soft wood of
the poplar could easily be bent and
fashioned. In itself, it would not
seem well adapted to the service here
indicated, but perhaps it was suffi-
ciently strengthened by the bronze
‘tire’ (ἐπίσσωτρα E 725).—‘ Acc. of
effect’ with κάμψῃ. G. 159 wn. 3;
Η. 714.— κάμψῃ: Subjv., although
after ἔταμε, since the gnomic aor. is
grammatically equiv. to a present.
Cf. 448, E 624.

487. ἀζομένη: drying, seasoning, as
the wood must before it is fit for use.
-- παρ ὄχθας: along the bank. Cf.
Z 34.

488. τοῖον dpa: so then, resumes
482. Cf. roia: 280. — ᾿Ανθεμίδην :
᾿Ανθεμιονίδην would be expected, c/.
473. See ὃ 21le.

489. τοῦ: i.e. Ajax. Gen. with
ἀκόντισεν. Cf. Μενελάου 100. —”Ayv-
τιῷος : slain by Agamemnon, A 101 ff.
—alodoBdpnt: cf. (worhp παναίολος
186, αἰολομίτρην E 707.

490. καθ᾽ ὅμιλον: cf 126. --- δουρί:
‘dat. of instrument.’ Of course the
acc. might have been used.

491. For the asyndeton, cf E 657.
— τοῦ κτλ.: him he missed. —6 δέ:
emphatic repetition of the preceding
subject. Cf A 191.

492. βεβλήκει: plpf. of the imme-
diate result of his action. Cf Be
βήκειν Z 495.— ἑτέρωσε: 1.6. to the
Achaean side. — épvovra: cf. 467.
The rhythm of the verse aids greatly,
as it often does, in marking the true
construction.

493. ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ: te. over the very
corpse which he was trying to drag
away that he might strip off the
armor. Cf. 470, E 299.

494. Cf. N θθ0. --- τοῦ : causal gen.
with χολώθη. See on ἀπάτης 168.—
᾿Οδυσεύς : for the loss of a σ, see ὃ 41
Sn; of: ᾿Αχιλεύς 512. — θυμόν : οὗ κἢρ
212. --- ἀἠξποκταμένοιο : const. closely
with τοῦ, because of his death. For
the mid. aor. used as passive, see on
βλῆσθαι 118. --- χολώθη: the mid. is
used without difference of meaning
in 601. § 32d.

495 = E 562, 681, P 3, 87, 592, 0 111;
cf. E 566. — κεκορυθμένος : armed. For
θ before yu, see ὃ 12d,

54 OMHPOY IAIAAOS A.

ἡ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἰών, καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φ 2
στῆ μ γγὺς ; pt φαεινῷ

9 Δ 4
ἀμφὶ € παπτήνας.
ἀνδρὸς ἀκοντίσσαντος.

ὑπὸ δὲ Τρῶες κεκάδοντο
ὁ δ᾽ οὐχ ἅλιον βέλος ἧκεν,

ἀλλ᾽ νἱὸν Πριάμοιο νόθον βάλε Δημοκόωντα,
500 ὅς of ᾿Αβυδόθεν ἦλθε, παρ᾽ ἵππων ὠκειάων "
τόν p ᾿Οδυσεὺς ἑτάροιο χολωσάμενος βάλε δουρὶ
κόρσην" ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέροιο διὰ κροτάφοιο πέρησεν
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη" τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν,
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ.
605 χώρησαν δ᾽ ὑπό τε πρόμαχοι καὶ φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ "
᾿Αργεῖοι δὲ μέγα ἴαχον, ἐρύσαντο δὲ νεκρούς,

496 = E 611, P 347; cf. A 577, Ν 188,
408, 516. — στή : inceptive,
took his stand.—paN dyyvs: sc. Λεύ-
κου. -- ἰών : see on ἄγοντες 392. —
φαεινῷ : this epithet is due to the
bronze point (αἰχμή, cf. 2 319 f.) and
butt (cavpwrhp, K 153).

497 f.=0 674 f.— ἀμφὶ ἔ: about
him. — ὑπό - const. with xexddovro.
This is made more definite by ἀνδρὸς
κτλ. --- xexdSovro (xd(oua:): for the
reduplication, see § 25. — ἀνδρός:
for the ablatival gen., see ὃ 8 f B.—
οὐχ : const. closely with ἅλιον. CLE
18. ‘Litotes.”’ § 2 r.— ἅλιον : pred.,
cf. 26, 179, E 715.

500. Democoon evidently had
charge of his father’s stock-farm at
Abydus.—dés of: for the ‘quantity’
of ὅς, see ὃ 41 m; cf. μέν 18. --- παρ᾽
ἵππων: in appos. with ᾿Αβυδόθεν. See
on ἀντικρύς 481.

501. ῥά : see on ῥά 460. --- ἑτάροιο
[ἑταίρου] : for the gen., cf. τοῦ 404.
For the &, see ὃ 5h.

502. κόρσην: equiv. to κρόταφον.
This comes with emphasis at the close
of the sent., and in close connexion
with the rest of the verse. — ἡ : refers

to δουρί, but the poet already has in
mind αἰχμή, which follows in appo-
sition.

503 = 461.

504=E 42, 540, N 187, P 50, 811,
w 526; cf E 58 Cf. corruit in
volnus, sonitum super arma
dedere Verg. Aen. x. 488. — ἐπὶ
aur: cf. 470.

505 = 11 688, Ρ 816. --- ὑπό: before
him. Const. with χώρησαν. Cf. ὑπὸ
κεκάδοντο 497. ὑπό does not suffer
‘anastrophe ’ here, since it does not
immediately follow the word to which
it belongs. —+r¢: is. expected after
πρόμαχοι. For the freedom of posi-
tion, cf. ἅμα τ᾽ ὠκύμορος καὶ δι(υρός
A 417. --- φαίδιμος “Ἕκτωρ: the poet
does not imply that Hector was not
one of the πρόμαχοι, but rather that
he ie the most distinguished of them.
Cf. Ζεὺς 8 ἐπεὶ οὖν Toads τε καὶ “Ex-
τορα νηυσὶ πέλασσεν N 1, ‘Peter and the
apostles’ Acts v. 29.

506 = P 817. --- péya: cognate accu-
sative. For the length of the ‘ul-
tima,’ see on γένετο 456. — ἐρύσαν-
vo: contrast with the pres. ἐρύοντα
492.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 55

ἴθυσαν δὲ πολὺ προτέρω. νεμέσησε δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων
Περγάμον ἐκκατιδών, Τρώεσσι δὲ κέκλετ᾽ ἀύσας"

wow?

ὄρνυσθ᾽, ἱππόδαμοι Τρῶες, μηδ᾽ εἴκετε χάρμης

510 ᾿Αργείοις, ἐπεὶ οὔ σφι λίθος χρὼς οὐδὲ σίδηρος
χαλκὸν ἀνασχέσθαι ταμεσίχροα βαλλομένοισιν.
οὐ μὰν οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς Θέτιδος πάις ἠνκόμοιο
μάρναται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶ χόλον θυμαλγέα πέσσει."
ὡς φάτ᾽ ἀπὸ πτόλιος δεινὸς θεός" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς
515 @poe Διὸς θυγάτηρ κυδίστη Τριτογένεια,
ἐρχομένη καθ᾽ ὄμιλον, ὅθι μεθιέντας ἴδοιτο.
ἔνθ᾽ ᾿Αμαρυγκεΐδην Διώρεα μοῖρα πέδησεν "
χερμαδίῳ γὰρ βλῆτο παρὰ σφυρὸν ὀκριόεντι

507. νεμέσησε: inceptive. “[πάϊρ-
nation seized him ” at the retreat of
the Trojans.

508. Περγάμου : :.e. from his tem-
ple on the citadel. Cf. E 446, H 83, Ζ
297. This temple was one of Apollo’s
homes, and from it he looked forth
on the field of battle. Cf E 460, H 21.
- κέκλετο (κέλομαι) : for the redupli-
cation, cf. κεκάδοντο 497.— ἀύσας :
much like φωνήσας 284, but implying
more noise and effort.

509. ὄρνυσθε: rouse yourselves. Cf.
E 102, Μ 440, ¥ 707.— xdppys: for the
gen., cf. ἀλκῆς 234, πολέμοιο 240, E 348.

510. ᾿Αργείοις : for the Argives, be-
fore the Argives.—ov: emphatic by
ita position. “By no means.” —AlOog :
stone, of stone. — χρώς : subject. — Cf
καὶ γάρ θην τούτῳ (1.e. Achilles) tpwrds
(may be wounded) χρὼς ὀξέι χαλκῷ
© δθ8.

511. ἀνασχέσθαι (ἀνέχω) : “so that
they could endure without hurt.” —
ταμεσίχροα (τέμνω, χρώς) : cf ¥ 803.
— βαλλομένοισιν : const. with σφί,
when they are hit.

512. οὐ μὰν οὐδέ : no indeed, nor. —

᾿Αχιλεὺς κτλ.: cf. 11860. For the form
with one A, see on ’Oduceds 494.

513. Cf 1 565. — ἐπὶ νηυσί: ze. in
the 681}}. --- πέσσει : digests, broods
over. Cf. A 81, B 237, θεῶν ἐκ κήδεα
τέσσει 2 617, κήδεα μυρία πέσσω 2 639.

514. πτόλιος : equiv. to ἀκροπόλεως.
Cf. ἐν πόλει ἄκρῃ 2 297.

515. Cf. γ 818. --- ὦρσε: cf. 489.—
Τριτογένεια : Trito-born. Whether
this means ‘born on the banks of the
Trito,’ a Boeotian stream, or ‘ born of
Trito,’ no one can say. Homer no-
where shows acquaintance with the
myth of Athena in full armor spring-
ing from the head of Zeus, nor does
he assign any mother to the goddess.
Cf. E 875, 880.

516. ἐρχομένη : pres., of a con-
tinued act. Cf 448. -- ὅθι: cf. 182.
-,-μεθιέντας κτλ.: cf. 240, 861.

517. Διώρεα: an Epean leader, cf
B 622. — μοῖρα κτλ.: sc. δαμῆναι. Fate
fettered him, t.e. compelled him to
meet this peril which brought him
death. Cf. E 83, 613, 629, T 87, © 88,
A 292.

518. χερμαδίῳ : possibly a stone

56 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ A.

κνήμην δεξιτερήν" βάλε δὲ Θρῃκῶν ἀγὸς ἀνδρῶν,
520 Πείροος Ἰμβρασίδης, ὃς ἄρ᾽ Αἰνόθεν εἰληλούθειν’
ἀμφοτέρω δὲ τένοντε καὶ ὀστέα λᾶας ἀναιδὴς

¥ 9 ’ ε 9 9 9 4
ἄχρις ἀπηλοίησεν " 6 8: ὕπτιος ἐν κονίῃσιν

lA ¥ “~ ’ ε 4 ΄
κάππεσεν, ἄμφω χεῖρε φίλοις ἑτάροισι πετάσσας,

4
θυμὸν ἀποπνείων.

ὁ δ᾽ ἐπέδραμεν, ὅς ῥ᾽ ἔβαλέν περ,

525 Πείροος, οὗτα δὲ δουρὶ παρ᾽ ὀμφαλόν : ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα πᾶσαι

χύντο χαμαὶ χολάδες, τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν.

τὸν δὲ Θόας Αἰτωλὸς ἀπεσσύμενον βάλε δουρὶ

’ e A ~ 4 3 9 a 4
στέρνον ὑπὲρ μαζοῖο, πάγη δ᾽ ἐν πνεύμονι χαλκός.

ἀγχίμολον δέ οἱ ἦλθε Θόας, ἐκ δ᾽ ὄβριμον ἔγχος

from a sling, though the sling is men-
tioned but once in Homer (N 600).
The heroes threw stones in general
only when for some reason they could
not use spear or sword. Cf. E 302,
@ 321, M 380, II 735, Υ 288. --- βλῆτο:
see on βλῆσθαι 115.

519. κνήμην: the active const.
would be ἔβαλε Διώρεα κνήμην, and
when the passive const. is used the
acc. of the part remains unchanged.
Cf. H. 725 c. — Θρῃκῶν : European
Thracians, living between the Hebrus
and the Hellespont.

520. Ilelpoos: cf. B 844. ---Αἰνόθεν:
from Aenus, at the mouth of the
Hebrus.

521. ἀμφοτέρω révovre: the poet
thought of the sinews as working in
pairs. — ἀναιδιίς : shameless, heartless,
pitiless. For the personification, cf.
E 598, N 189, αὖτις ἔπειτα πέδονδε κυ-
AlvSero Naas ἀναιδής A 598, of the stone
which Sisyphus was engaged in roll-
ing up hill in Hades, θάνατος ἀναιδής
Theognis 207. See on 126.

522. ἄχρις : adv., completely. —6 δὲ
κτλ: cf. N 648, O 434, II 289.— ὕπ-
τιος: supinus. Cf. 108, πρηνέες 644.

523=N 649; cf. H 49065, Φ 115.—
κάππεσεν : κατέπεσεν. --- χεῖρε: arms.
Cf. E 81, 2 482. ---- ἑτάροισι : to his com-
rades, as appealing for help. For the
dat., cf. οὐρανῷ 443, πεδίῳ E 82, ἠέρι
E 356, λίμνῃ E 709.

524. θυμόν: cf. 470. --- ἀποπνείων :
for the form, cf. νεικείεσκε 24]. --- πέρ:
gives emphasis to ἔβαλεν.

525. Cf. Φ 180.—ovra: 2d aorist.
ὃ 35.— παρ᾽ ὀμφαλόν: cf παρὰ palsy
480.— 8 dpa: and so.

526 = ᾧΦ 181.— χύντο : aor. mid. as
passive. Cf. βλῆτο 518. — χαμαί: cf
482. --- χολάδες : i.e. τὰ ἔντερα. --- For
the ‘alliteration’ (x) cf. 889. --- τὸν
δὲ κτλ.: cf. 461. --- τόν : i.e. Diores.

527. τόν: i.e. Piroiis.— Θόας: cf. Β
θ88. --- ἀπεσσύμενον (ἀποσεύω) : as he
rushed away. He started back, without
turning around. For the σσ, see ὃ 12 ὃ.

528. πάγη κτλ.: of. 185, E 616,
Υ 486. The wounds in Homer are
either very slight or (for the most
part) fatal. The region of the heart
does not seem to have been considered
especially vital.

529. Cf. πὶ 820.—éx: const. with
ἐσπάσατο.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 57

530 ἐσπάσατο στέρνοιο, ἐρύσσατο δὲ ξίφος ὀξύ,
”~ 9 id ’ ’ 9 δ᾽ » θ a,
Τῷ ὁ YE γαστέρα τύψε μέσην, ἐκ ὃ ativuTo θυμον.
τεύχεα δ᾽ οὐκ ἀπέδυσε: περίστησαν γὰρ ἑταῖροι
Θρήικες ἀκρόκομοι δολίχ᾽ ἔγχεα χερσὶν ἔχοντες,
y ε id 37 να» A > μ᾿
οἵ € μέγαν περ ἐόντα καὶ ἴφθιμον καὶ ἀγανὸν
535 ὦσαν ἀπὸ σφείων- ὁ δὲ χασσάμενος πελεμίχθη.
a ’ > > a 3 3 ’ ld
ὡς τώ γ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι παρ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι τετάσθην,
ε Ά κι ε 9.5 A ,
ἦ τοι ὁ μὲν Θρῃκῶν, ὃ δ᾽ ᾿Επειῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
ε ’ Α | 4 \ ἐμέ
ἡγεμόνες " πολλοὶ δὲ περικτείνοντο καὶ ἄλλοι.
¥ > 4 Ὁ» > AN 9 ’ ’
ἔνθα κεν οὐκέτι ἔργον ἀνὴρ ὀνόσαιτο μετελθών,
540 ὅς τις ἔτ᾽ ἄβλητος καὶ ἀνούτατος ὀξέ, χαλκῷ
δινεύοι κατὰ μέσσον, ἄγοι δέ ἑ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη

530. ἐσπάσατο: sc. ἀριστερῇ. Cf.
E 621, Z 65. — ἐρύσσατο ξίφος: drew
his sword, sc. δεξιτερῇ. The mid. voice
of the verb (like the dat. of interest,
see § 3 0) freq. expresses the idea of

personal interest which may be ren- -

dered by the possessive pronoun. Cf.
M 190, Ξὶ 496, Ὑ 284, Φ 116, 200, x 306,
367.

531. τῷ : instrumental, with this.

532. περίστησαν : 2d aor. intrans.

533. ἀκρόκομοι: i.c. their hair was
bound in a knot on top of the head,
perhaps like that of the American Indi-
ans. Cf. apud Suevos, usquead
canitiem, horrentem capillum
retro sequuntur, ac saepe in
ipso solo vertice religant Tac.
Germ. 38. See on B 11.

534=—E 625.— The repetition of
καί brings each epithet into bold re-
lief, in contrast with ὥὦσαν. “ Al-
though he was tall and mighty.”

535 = E 626, N 148.— σφείων : σφέων,
σφῶν αὐτῶν. — χασσάμενος : yielded
and. Cf. ὑπὸ κεκάδοντο 497.

536. τετάσθην (relvw) : lay stretched.
Pipf. of a continued state. Cf. 544.

537. ὁ μέν: 1.6. Melpoos 520.—o δέ:
t.e. Διώρης 517.

538. ἡγεμόνες : for its position, cf.
ἡγεμόνων 429. — wepixrelvovro : for
the use of the prep., cf. Z 419, M 245.

539. οὐκέτι: no longer, as perhaps
might have been the case before.
The conflict has become more fierce
and bloody. — dévdeatro: potential of
the past. Cf. 223. ὕνομαι in Homer
is not simply blame, find fault with,
but πα fault with as insufficient. Cf.
N 127, 287, P 399, Ω 241. — μετελθών :
if he had come among them. This spe-
cification adds life to the picture.

540. GBAnros (βάλλω), avovraros
(ovrdw): nec eminus nec comi-
nus ictus, “unhit by an arrow, and
unhurt by sword or spear.” J.e. if
one could look on without danger, —
but no one would be safe on such a
field except under the special protec-
tion of the mighty goddess of war. —
Cf. suave etiam bellicertamina
magna tueri| per campos in-
structa,tua sine parte pericli
Lucretius, ii. 5 f.

541. κατὰ μέσσον: cf. 79, E 8.—

58 OMHPOY IAIAAO®’ A.

Α ε ” > A 4 9 , 9 4
χειρὸς ἑλοῦσα, ἀτὰρ βελέων ἀπερύκοι ἐρωήν "
πολλοὶ γὰρ Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν ἤματι κείνῳ
πρηνέες ἐν κονίῃσι παρ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι τέταντο.

ἄγοι δέ: the rel. const. is abandoned.
The condition assumed for δινεύοι is
stated in an independent form. Cf
A 10, Z 480.

542. χειρός: ὃν the hand. Cf. πο-
δῶν 463. --- ἑλοῦσα : the following hia-
tus is excused by the pause. — βελέων
κτλ: cf. P 562.

543. γάρ: refers to ὀνόσαιτο 539, —
ἥματι κείνῳ: dat. of time without ἐν.
G. 189; H. 782.

544. πρηνέες : proni. Cf. B 418,
11 879. The opposite of ὕπτιος, 522,
which is used only of single individu-
als, except A 179.

The battle which was begun in the
Fourth Book, on the 22d day of
the action of the Iliad, is continued
through the Fifth and Sixth Books,
and this day ends with H 380.

The connexion between the two
books is close. The Fourth Book
has prepared the way for the con-
flicts of the Fifth Book; and Panda-
rus, who broke the truce, A 93 ff., pays
the penalty for his treachery by his
death at E 290 ff.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 59

OMHPOT IAITAAO® E.

ΕἾ: βάλλει Κυθέρειαν "Apnd re Τυδέος vids.
Ei Venerem et Martem Diomedis tela cruentant.

‘In Epsilon, Heaven’s blood is shed
By sacred rage of Diomed.’

Διομήδους ἀριστεία.

ἔνθ᾽ αὖ Τυδεΐδῃ Διομήδεϊ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
δῶκε μένος καὶ θάρσος, ἵν᾽ ἔκδηλος μετὰ πᾶσιν
᾿Αργείοισι γένοιτο ἰδὲ κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἄροιτο.

The subject of the Fifth Book is
announced at once,—the ‘ Bravery
of Diomed’ of Argos. The poet has
prepared the way for this ‘ Bravery’
by the scene at the close of the ’Em-
πώλησις, A 419 ff. The valor which
Agamemnon doubted, A 370 ff., is now
manifested by mighty deeds.

The Greek title, Διομήδους ἀριστεία,
in classical times covered not only
the Fifth Book, but also ἃ con-
siderable part of the Sixth Book.
See Hdt. ii. 116, where Z 289-292
is quoted as found ἐν Διομηδέος ἀρι-
στείῃ.

1-453. The Achaeans press forward
victoriously.

1-94. Valorous deeds of the still un-
wounded Diomed.

1. ἔνθ᾽ αὖ: but then. The transition
to a new scene involves a sort of con-
trast with what has preceded. Cf. 471,
M 182,11 477. Cf also ἔνθ᾽ αὖτε 541,

Z 234. — ἔνθα: cf. A 298. --- αὖ : here
nearly equiv. to δέ. --- Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη :
this goddess of war (cf. πάλλω brand-
ish) had roused the Argives, 4489, 515.
She now reappears suddenly, without
any information as to where she has
been or what she has been doing. Cf.
the interpositions of Hephaestus, 23,
of Aphrodite, 312, and of Apollo, 344.
Athena had always cared for Tydeus
(cf. 800 ff. and A 390), and his son
Diomed was one of her chief favor-
ites.

2. μένος: here seems to refer to
physical might.— ἔκδηλος : conspicu-
ous. Cf. ἐκπαιφάσσειν 803, ἐκπρεπέ᾽
ἐν πολλοῖσι καὶ ἔξοχον ἡρώεσσιν B 483
(of Agamemnon).

3. ᾿Αργείοισι : in appos. with πᾶσιν,
rather than dat. with μετά. § 19.—
γένοιτο: for the following ‘hiatus,’
see on A 147. — κλέος κτλ.: cf. 2121,
y 422. --- ἄροιτο: cf A 96.

60 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

“as ε 9 4 4 Α 9 [4 9 a “A
Saté of ἐκ κόρυθός τε καὶ ἀσπίδος ἀκάματον πῦρ,

3 » 9 3 “ 9 , 9 4,
δ ἀστέρ᾽ ὀπωρινῳ ἐναλίγκιον, os τε μάλιστα

λαμπρὸν παμφαΐῃσι λελουμένος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο "

As e ἴων ὃ “ > A ‘4 A ¥
TOLOY οἱ UP ὁαιεν ἀπὸ KPATOS TE καὶ WLW),

= ’ N ’ ν a) ᾿
ὦρσε δέ μιν κατὰ μέσσον, ὅθι πλεῖστοι κλονέοντο.
ἣν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης ἀφνειὸς ἀμύμων,
ε ba) e 4 , id ε e, ¥
10 ipeds Ἡφαίστοιο: δύω δέ οἱ υἱέες Horny,

4. Obs. the ‘asyndeton.’ --- δαϊέ ol:
kindled for him. δαῖε is trans., as 1211,
Σ 206, 227, » 7. Cf. 1. --- ἀκάματον :
unwearying. A standing epithet. —
Cf. ardet apex capiti cristis-
que a vertice flamma | fun-

ditur et vastos umbo vomit:

aureus ignis. | non secus ac
liquida si quando nocte co-
metae | sanguinei lugubre ru-
bent aut Sirius ardor Verg.
Aen. x. 270 ff.

5. ἀστέρι xrd.: i.e. Σείριος or the
Dogstar. Cf. X 26 ff., where it is
called κύν᾽ ᾿᾽Ωρίωνος. Its ‘ heliacal ris-
ing,’ about the middle of July, marked
the height of drdpa. The fruit sea-
son naturally comes much earlier in
Greece than in the northern states of
America orin England. Homer seems
to know primarily but three seasons,
— édp (from about the middle of Feb-
ruary), ὀπώρη (from about the sum-
mer solstice), and χειμών (from the
latter part of October). Summer, in
contrast to winter, is called θέρος, and
sometimes θέρος may be the early sum-
mer and ὀπώρη the late summer. Of
course, the bounds of the seasons
were not definitely fixed. Aeschylus
speaks of ‘winter,’ ‘fiowery spring,’
and ‘fruitful summer’ (@¢pos), Prom.
454 ff.— ὀπωρινῴ : cf (ἀστέρι) ὅς ῥά
τ᾽ ὀπώρης elow Χ 21. ---ὅς τε: “when
it.”

6. λαμπρόν: for the cognate acc.
used adverbially, cf. δεινόν A 420. —
παμφαίνῃσι: for the subjv. without
ἄν in a general hypothetical sent., see
on ἐέργῃ Δ 181. --- λελουμένος κτλ.: of.
ἄρκτον 6, ἣν καὶ ἅμαξαν ἐπίκλησιν καλέ-
ουσιν |... οἴῃ δ᾽ ἄμμορός ἐστι λοετρῶν
Ὠκεανοῖο e 273 ff. —’Oxeavoto: gen.
of place. G.179,2; H.760. Cf 2608.

7. This verse resumes and repeats
4, after the comparison. —rotoy: the
ultima is long by ‘ position.’ § 41 m.
— awe κτλ.: cf. P 205, κ 362. — dpev:
corresponds to ἀσπίδος 4, as κρατός to
κόρυθος. Cf. rot 8 ἀπὸ μὲν κεφαλῆς
κόρυθ' εἵλετο καὶ σάκος ὥμων Ο 126.

8. Cf. II 288. --- κατὰ μέσσον: i.e.
between the two armies. — ὅθι κτλ.:
‘‘in the thickest throng.” Cf 98,
A 148, 0 448, ᾧΦ 528, A 302.

9. Cf. K 314. — ἦν δέ reg: a favor-
ite beginning of an Epic story. Οὗ
Z 152, B 811, urbs antiqua fuit
Verg. Aen. i. 12.— Adpns: later ages
made this Dares the teacher of Hec-
tor, and the author of a ‘ Phrygian
Tliad,’ older than Homer. Aelian V.
Hf. xi.2. The Latin work which pur-
ports to be a translation of that of
Dares, is doubtless only a few centu-
ries old. — ἀφνειός : rich, like the priest
at Ismarus, : 201 ff. — ἀμύμων : see on
A 89.

10. ἱρεύς : no priests are mentioned
in the Greek camp. Each was at-

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 61

“ 3 As a 3X 3Q Ὁ 4
Φηγεὺς ᾿Ιδαῖός re, μάχης ἐὺ εἰδότε mdons:
τώ οἱ ἀποκρινθέντε ἐναντίω ὁρμηθήτην"

4, QA >.,3 ¢ e δ᾽ > A ‘ ¥ 4
τὼ μὲν ab ὕπποιιν, ὁ 0 ἀπὸ χθονὸς ὥρνντο πεζός.
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν. ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,

15 Φηγεύς ῥα πρότερος προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος"
Τυδεΐδεω δ᾽ ὑπὲρ ὦμον ἀριστερὸν ἤλυθ᾽ ἀκωκὴ

ἔγχεος, οὐδ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ αὐτόν.

ὁ δ᾽ ὕστερος ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ

Τυδεΐδης - τοῦ δ᾽ οὐχ ἅλιον βέλος ἔκφυγε χειρός,

tached to a special sanctuary, which
he could not leave. The prayers and
sacrifices for the army were offered
by the king. See on A 62.—‘Hoat-
στοιο: Hephaestus and Athena (Z 88,
269, 297) were worshipped in Troy,
although they opposed the Trojans
in their conflicts with the Greeks
(tT 33 ff.). The Trojans in general
adored the same divinities (Zeus,
Apollo, Aphrodite, efc.) as the Greeks,
just as they do not seem to have
been distinguished by dress or cus-
tom. The poet, indeed, nowhere in-
dicates a difference even in language ;
Greeks and Trojans converse together
with perfect freedom. — ἤστην (εἰμῦ :
only here in dual. Elsewhere ἦσαν
even after δύω. Cf. A 398.

11. "ISates: named from Mt. Ida,
like his ‘homonym’ the herald /daeus
(Γ 248). See on Δ 474. --- μάχης : for
the gen., see on τόξων Δ 196.

12. ot: te. Diomed. Const. with
ἐναντίω. See G. 186; H. 772. — ἀπο-
κρινθέντε: separated, sc. from their
companions. Their chariot was in
advance of the Trojan line. This
was careless; cf. Δ 303 ff. — The fol-
lowing ‘hiatus’ is justified by the
verse-pause. — ἐναντίω: “to meet
him.” Predicate. Cf. 497, ἀντίος ἦλθε
θέων Z 54, ἀντίοι ἔσταν ἅπαντες A 535.

13. ἀφ᾽ ἵπποιιν: for the const., see

on A 306. The convenience of the
verse determined the use of the dual;
the poet did not care to lay stress
upon the exact number of the horses
here any more than in 19.— The ul-
tima of frrouy is treated as long be-
fore the verse-pause. § 41 p.— ἀπὸ
χθονὸς κτλ.: on the analogy of ἀφ᾽
ἵπποιν. Diomed dismounted from
his chariot at Δ 419.— πεζός : on foot.
Predicate. § 38 a.

14=T 16, E 680, 850, z 121, A 232,
N 604, Π 462, Υ 176, Φ 148, x 248,
v 816. A formula to introduce the
single combat of two warriors. — σχε-
Sov: for the use of an adv. with ἦσαν,
see on ἀκέων A 22; § 8 7. --- ἐπ᾿ ἀλλή-
λοισιν : const. with ἰόντες. For the
idea of hostility in ἐπί (upon), see
§ 3A β.

15. πρότερος : sc. Διομήδους. Cf.
ὕστερος 17.— προΐει κτλ.: of. T 346.

16-18 = 11 478-480 (with Πάτροκλος
for Tvdetdns).

16. Τυδεΐδεω [Τυδείδου]7: const. with
ὦμον, as is indicated by the rhythm as
well as by the sense.

17. αὐτόν : certainly very much
like the Attic use as a personal pron.,
him; though some would translate
himself, and find a contrast with the
spear.

18. Τυδεΐδης : clearly in appos. with
6. Cf. Δ 20, and see § 24 k.—ovy

62 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

ἀλλ᾽ ἔβαλε στῆθος μεταμάζιον, ὦσε δ᾽ ad’ ἵππων.
20 Ἰδαῖος δ᾽ ἀπόρουσε λιπὼν περικαλλέα δίφρον,
οὐδ᾽ ἔτλη περιβῆναι ἀδελφειοῦ κταμένοιο "
οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδέ κεν αὐτὸς ὑπέκφυγε κῆρα μέλαιναν
ἀλλ᾽ Ἥφαιστος ἔρυτο, σάωσε δὲ νυκτὶ καλύψας,
ὡς δή οἱ μὴ πάγχυ γέρων ἀκαχήμενος: εἴη.
25 ἵππους δ᾽ ἐξελάσας μεγαθύμου Τυδέος υἱὸς
δῶκεν ἑταίροισιν κατάγειν κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας.

ἅλιον : see on Δ 498. But here the
verse-pause, following ody, gives it
emphasis in contrast with the action
of Phegeus.

19. μεταμάζιον : strictly an adj. with
o7rj00s,— but half in appos. with it,
since it is separated from it by the
verse-pause. Equiv. to μεταξὺ ray
μαζῶν. Of. ἐπομφάλιον H 267 (equiv.
to ἐπ᾽ duparg), ἐπιχθονίων A45 (equiv.
to ἐπὶ χθονί), ἐφέστιοι B 125 (which is
explained by of ναίουσι κατὰ πτόλιν,
equiv. to ἐφ᾽ écria). In general, ‘ad-
jectives formed from a prep. and a
subst. are equiv. to the prep. and the
substantive.’ —C/f. A 480.— ὦσε: sc.
by the cast of his spear. Cf A 143,
320. — ἀφ᾽ ἵππων : equiv. to ἐξ ὀχέων.
See on 111.

20. Ἰδαῖος : here served as chari-
oteer.—amrdpove'e: sprang down. This
is explained in the second half-verse.
Cf. ἀνόρουσεν . . . λιπὼν ἕδος 1 198 f.
—Cf. ‘And the Lord discomfited Si-
sera, and all his chariots, and all his
host, ...8o that Sisera lighted down
off his chariot, and fled away on his
feet,’ Judges iv. 15.

21. ἔτλη: did he have the heart.—
περιβήναι : take his stand over. Cf.
ἀμφὶ βαῖνε 299, ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιβέβηκας
A 87. The figure is taken from a
beast standing over (bestriding) her
young. Cf. ἀμφὶ 8 ἄρ᾽ αὐτῷ Bair’, ὥς

τις περὶ wéprax (calf) μήτηρ P 4. —
ἀδελφειοῦ [ἀδελφοῦ] κταμένοιο: his
slain brother. For the aor. mid. used
as passive, see on A 115.

22. οὐδὲ xra.: cf. Β 708, 726. The
first neg. belongs to the whole sen-
tence; the second is const. closely
with atrés. —This fact as stated by
the poet was also the prevailing mo-
tive in the mind of Idaeus when he
left his brother. — μέλαιναν : see on
A 461.

23. ἀλλά: εἰ μή would have been
regular. —"Hoavrros: in general, this
god aided the Achaeans, but he saves
Idaeus because of the services of the
warrior’s father. ΟἿ 10 f.— The sec-
ond half-verse explains and amplifies
ἔρυτο. .-

24. ὡς δή: namely in order ἰλαΐ. ----
of: te. Hephaestus. Ethical dative.
— ἀκαχήμενος : for the accent, see
ὃ 81 e.

25. ἵππους : strongly contrasted
with the warriors. — ἐξελάσας : sc. out
of the throng of combatants.

26 = ᾧ 32. — κατάγειν : to lead down,
to lead back. Inf. of purpose. The
coast was thought of as lower both
than the ‘high seas’ and the inland
plain. In most districts of Greece
the ground rises rapidly from the sea.
— ἐπὶ vijas: equiv. to ἐς στρατόν. The
ships drawn up on shore’ were such 8

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 63

Τρῶες δὲ μεγάθυμοι ἐπεὶ ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος
τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον, τὸν δὲ κτάμενον παρ᾽ ὄχεσφν,
πᾶσιν ὀρῶώθη θυμός - ἀτὰρ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη

80 χειρὸς ἑλοῦσ᾽ ἐπέεσσι προσηύδα θοῦρον “Apya:
“Apes, “Apes βροτολοιγέ, μιαιφόνε, τειχεσιπλῆτα,
οὐκ ἂν δὴ Τρῶας μὲν ἐάσαιμεν καὶ ᾿Αχαιοὺς
μάρνασθ᾽, ὅὁπποτέροισι πατὴρ Ζεὺς κῦδος ὀρέξῃ;
νῶι δὲ χαζώμεσθα, Διὸς δ᾽ ἀλεώμεθα μῆνιν."

prominent part of the Greek camp
that ‘to the ships’ often means ‘to
the tents.’

27. Cf. A 459.— Τρῶες : the form
of the sent. seems to be changed. See
on A 438. Or, this prominent word
is placed before ἐπεί which strictly
should begin the clause. Cf. Z 287;
see § 1 k.—vle: object; at once di-
vided into τὸν μέν, τὸν δέ.

28. τὸν μέν: i.e. Idaeus. — ἀλενά-
μένον : taking to flight. Coincident in
time with ἴδον. For the form, see
§ 30 i. —xrdpevov: slain. —wap ὄχε-
σῷιν : by the empty chariot. — ὄχε-
odw: for the form, cf στήθεσφιν 41,
and see § 15 a.

29. πᾶσιν κτλ.: cf. Π 280, Σ 228.
See on A 208. Here the Trojans are
stimulated to fear and flight. — ἀτὰρ
κτλ: Athena plots to remove Ares,
the friend of the Trojans (see on
A 439), from the field of battle, in or-
der to give free course to her favor-
ite, Diomed. This action of Athena
is not wholly satisfactory, however,
since she is everywhere represented
as far mightier than Ares, and after
a time she aids Diomed in wounding
Ares and driving him from the field,
827-867.

30. χειρός : for the gen, cf Δ
164.
31. "Apes, “Apes: this verse is often

quoted for the change of quantity
in the penult of this name. See
§ 41 f 8. Nowhere else in Homer
is a word repeated immediately.
Euripides and the Latin poets were
rather fond of such repetition. ‘O
Postume, Postume.’ — For the
epithets without conj., see ὃ 1 n, o.
‘The epithets paint three stages of
war: attack, death, storming of the
city.’

32. οὐκ dy δι κτλ.: should we not,
etc., “shall we not,” etc. A question
in the sense of an exhortation. “Let
us suffer these mortals” etc. Cf. οὐκ
ἂν δὴ μείνειας ἀρηίφιλον Μενέλαον Τ' 52.
Corresponding to this, is the use of
the hortatory subjv. in the second
clause, 84. ---- Tpaag μέν : correl. with
νῶι δέ 84.

33. μάρνασθαι: for the elision of
a in verb-endings, see § 10 a.—dw-
ποτέροισι : indir. question, as if ‘ car-
ing little’ had preceded. — ὀρέξῃ :
subjv., nearly as future. § 3 ὃ.

34. χαζώμεσθα : for the ending,
see ὃ 26 s.— Διὸς κτλ.: Athena can
hardly be in earnest here, since only
at the beginning of @ does Zeus for-
bid the gods to take part in the con-
flicts. This is only a pretext, but
Ares seems to be persuaded that he
must not interfere with whatever
plans Zeus has in mind.

64 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

86 ὡς εἰποῦσα μάχης ἐξήγαγε θοῦρον “Apna.
τὸν μὲν ἔπειτα καθεῖσεν ἐπ᾽ ἠιόεντι Σκαμάνδρῳ,
Τρῶας δ᾽ ἔκλιναν Δαναοί: ἔλε δ᾽ ἄνδρα ἕκαστος

ἡγεμόνων. πρῶτος δὲ ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ἀρχὸν ᾿Αλιζώνων, ᾿Οδίον μέγαν, ἔκβαλε δίφρου’

40 πρώτῳ γὰρ στρεφθέντι μεταφρένῳ ἐν δόρυ πῆξεν
ὦμων μεσσηγύς, διὰ δὲ στήθεσφιν ἔλασσεν.
[δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. ]

Ἰδομενεὺς δ᾽ ἄρα Φαῖστον ἐνήρατο, Μήονος υἱὸν
Βώρου, ὃς ἐκ Τάρνης ἐριβώλακος εἰληλούθειν"

45 τὸν μὲν ap ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἔγχεϊ μακρῷ

νύξ᾽ ἵππων ἐπιβησόμενον κατὰ δεξιὸν ὦμον᾽

96. Cf. 389. Athena returns to
Diomed at 121. Ares does not take
part in the fight again until 461. He
now is seated on the left of the battle
which rages between the Scamander
and the Simois. — καθεῖσεν : generally
treated as aor. of καθίζω seat. — ἠνό-
evtt: high-banked. Cf. αἰτὰ ῥέεθρα
(ξκαμάνδρου) © 9, ὑπὸ κρημνούς © 26,
ὑψηλὴν βάλεν ὄχθην © 171, ὄχθας πὰρ
ποταμοῖο Σκαμάνδρου A 499, — For the
short vowel before 3x, see ὃ 417 ε.

37-83. Six Greek leaders slay each
α man. ᾿

37. ἔκλιναν: turned to flight. The
connexion makes this appear the im-
mediate result of the withdrawal of
Ares, but Diomed had been success-
ful before too; cf. 27 ff.— fe: slew.
Cf. 576; see on A 467.

88. ἡγεμόνων : added as a sort of
after-thought, limiting the too broad
ὅκαστος.

39. ᾿Οδίον: cf. Β 856 f.

40. Cf. © 258, A 447. --- πρώτῳ : sc.
᾿᾽οδίφ. Dat. of interest with πῆξεν. ---
στρεφθέντι: just as he turned. OCir-
cumstantial participle. — peradpéve :

local dat. with ἐν πῆξεν. Cf. © 95,
Ο 650, X 283. Obs. the force of the
verse-pause, indicating the right const.
at the first glance. — πτῆξεν : sc. ᾿Αγα-
μέμνων.

41 = 57, @ 259, A 448, x 98. --- στιή-
θεσφιν [στηθέων] : see on ὄχεσφιν 28.
---ῥΤ Ὠ᾿ασσεν : sc. δόρυ as object.

42. See on A 504.

43. δ᾽ dpa: but next, referring to
πρῶτος 38. For this use of ἄρα to
mark the continuation of a series,
cf. Β 622. ---- Phaestus and his father
are mentioned only here. — ἐνήρατο
(ἐναίρω, ἔναρα spoils): despoiled, 1.e.
slew.—Myovos: for the Maconians
(later called Lydians) in Homer, see
on B 864. The skill of Maeonian
women is indicated in A 141 f.

44. Cf. Ῥ 350.— ds: refers to Φαῖ-
στον. See on 60.— Τάρνης : said by
a scholiast to be the site of the later
Sardis, in Lydia, on the Tmolus. —
εἰληλούθειν : ἐληλύθει. Cf. 204, A 620.

45. ἄρα: “as 1 said.” Cf. 79, 111,
A 86.

46 --π 348. --- γύξε : from vicom

pierce, wound. — ἐπιβησόμενον: as he

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 65

ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, στυγερὸς δ᾽ dpa pw σκότος εἷλεν.
τὸν μὲν ap ᾿Ιδομενῆος ἐσύλευον θεράποντες -
υἱὸν δὲ Στροφίοιο Σκαμάνδριον, αἵμονα θήρης,

δ0 ᾿Ατρεΐδης Μενέλαος Ed’ ἔγχεϊ ὀξυόεντι,
ἐσθλὸν θηρητῆρα δίδαξε γὰρ ἴΑρτεμις αὐτὴ
βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα, τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη.
ἀλλ᾽ οὔ οἵ τότε γε χραῖσμ᾽ Αρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα,
οὐδὲ ἑκηβολίαι, ἦσιν τὸ πρίν γε κέκαστο"

BE ἀλλά μιν ᾿Ατρεΐδης δουρικλειτὸς Μενέλαος
πρόσθεν ey φεύγοντα μετάφρενον οὕτασε δουρὶ
[ὥμων μεσσηγύς, διὰ δὲ στήθεσφιν ἔλασσεν.
ἤριπε δὲ πρηνής, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ.

mounted. For the aor., cf. στρεφθέντι
40. For the ‘variable vowel,’ see
§ 80 j7.— Phaestus had dismounted,
as was frequent or usual, in order to
fight on foot; but now he leaps into
his chariot in order to flee. See on
4 419, 229.

47. ἥριπε: cf. A 462.— στυγερὸς
κτλ.: cf. N 672, 1607. See on A 461.

48. σύλενον : only here of despoil-
ing. a slain enemy. — Gepdwovres: at-
tendants, comrades.

49. Strophius and his son do not
appear elsewhere. — Σκαμάνδριον : for
the name, see on A 474. — αἵμονα :
skilled. For the following gen., see
on μέχης 11.

50. Μενέλαος: Menelaus evidently
is able to fight, in spite of his wound
at A 139 ἢ. --- ὀξνόεντι (ὀξύς) : sharp-
pointed, keen.

51. Safe κτλ.: all unusual skill
was to the mind of the poet the direct
(αὐτή) gift of some divinity. ΟἿ μαν-
τοσύνην ἣν οἱ πόρε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων
A 72, τιάνδαρος ᾧ καὶ τόξον ᾿Απόλλων

abrds ἔδωκεν B 827, δῶκεν ᾿Αθήνη | ἔργα -

τ᾽ ἐπίστασθαι περικαλλέα β 116 f.

52. πάντα: all, all kinds of. The poet
assumed all ordinary limitations. C/.

-60. — οὔρεσιν : local, on the mountains.

53. τότε: receives emphasis from
the verse-pause as well as from γέ.
Cf 2 16.— xpatepe: helped, availed.
Cf. A 28, 689. Always in a negative
sentence. --- ἰοχέαιρα (ids, χέω) : who
showers arrows, “the archer goddess.”
Cf. βέλεα χέοντο Θ 159.

54. ἑκηβολίαι: his long-shots. For
the pl., cf ἀναλκείῃσι 2 74. See on
A 206. ----τὸ πρίν ye: in former days.
Cf. N 105, π 208, φρένες Fs τὸ πάρος
περ | ἔκλεο Ὡ 201. --- κέκαστο: from
καίνυμαι (xad) excel. Cf. (Τελαμώνιος
Alas) ἐγχείῃ δ᾽ ἐκέκαστο B 580.

55. ply: obj. of ofrage. μοτάφρε-
yor below resumes ply, and is in parti-
tive appos. with it.

56 = T 402. — πρόσθεν Mev: before
him(self). Cf. 80.— θεν : οὗ. §§ 15¢,
24a. Used 18 times in Homer; more
freq. than éo or εὖ.

57 = 41.

58. Cf. 42, 294. --- πρηνήες : pro-
nus. For the pred. adj., cf A 644.
See § 38 a.

66 OMHPOY IAIAAO® E.

Μηριόνης δὲ Φέρεκλον ἐνήρατο, Téxrovos υἱὸν
60 ‘Appovidew, ὃς χερσὶν ἐπίστατο δαίδαλα πάντᾳ
τεύχειν " ἔξοχα γάρ pw ἐφίλατο Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη"
ὃς καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ τεκτήνατο νῆας ἐΐσας
ἀρχεκάκους, at πᾶσι κακὸν Τρώεσσι γένοντο
of τ᾽ αὐτῷ, ἐπεὶ ov τι θεῶν ἐκ θέσφατα δη.
65 τὸν μὲν Μηριόνης, ὅτε δὴ κατέμαρπτε διώκων,

59. Μηριόνης: the attendant and
associate of _Idomeneus. See A 254.
-- Φέρεκλον : a short form of Φερε-
Kags. Cf. Πάτροκλος, which has forms
from Πατροκλέης. See on Σθένελον
Δ 367.— Téxroves: unless this name
is freely invented to suit the situa-
tion (Carpenter, son of Joiner), as is
entirely reasonable, it would imply
hereditary taste and skill in working
in wood. Cf. the name of the Itha-
can bard, Φήμιος Τερπιάδης, x 330 f.,
and that of the Phaeacian bard, Δημό-
8oxos, θ 44.

60. ὅς: refers to the chief person,
to Φέρεκλον. Cf. 44, 77, B 872. — δαί.
Sara: obj. of ἐπίστατο. τεύχειν is
added in explanation. — πάντα: see
on 62,

61. ἐφίλατο [égiagce]: the ε of
the stem is lengthened regularly;
cf. γἄᾶμέω, ἔγημα. Cf. φῖλαι 117.—
᾿Αθήνη: Athena is not only goddess
of war. She presides over all man-
ner of artistic accomplishments. ΟἿ
I 890, 8 116, ¢ 233, v 72, @ 498, Pin-
dar Ol. vii. 51. She retains her war-
epithet Παλλάς even in such con-
nexions.

62. ds κτλ.: this second rel. sent.
referring to Φέρεκλον ὅθ, gives a spe-
cial instance and proof of his posses-
sion of the skill just ascribed to him.

---καί: also, as well as many other:

things. It modifies the whole sen-

tence. See on A 249. — ἐΐσας : shapely,
well-balanced.

63. dpxexdxovs: the epithet gives
a kind of personification to the ships.
For the repetition and amplification
of the thought of the first word, in
the rest of the verse, cf. οὐλομένην, ἢ
pup ᾿Αχαιοῖς ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν A 2, νήπιοι,
οἵ κατὰ βοῦς Ὑπερίονος Ἠελίοιο | ἤσθιον
a 8, and, also, ἵππους ἀθλοφόρους, οἵ
ἀέθλια ποσσὶν ἄροντο I 124, ἔλαφον Be-
βλημένον, ὅν τ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ ἀνήρ A476. See
§1h.—Cf. αὗται δὲ αἱ νέες (sent by
Athens to the aid οὗ the Ionians) ἀρχὴ
κακῶν ἐγένοντο “Ἕλλησί re καὶ βαρ-
βάροισι Hdt. v. 97, ille dies pri-
mus leti primusque malo-
rum |caussa fuit Verg. den. iv.
169.

64. ol τ᾽ avrg: and for himself (in
particular). Phereclus pays the pen-
alty for his work. — ἐπεί : introduces
an explanation of τεκτήνατο. --- θεῶν
ἐκ : const. with θέσφατα, “the oracles
of the gods.” Cf. ἐκ Aids heldns τὸν
ἐμὸν μόρον X 280. — θέσφατα: t.e. the
prophecy that calamity would befall
Troy, if Paris brought a wife from
Greece.

65. ὅτε κτλ.: half parenthetical. —
κατέμαρπτε: sc. uly. “Was on the
point of overtaking him,” so that he
could use his spear to advantage. —
διώκων : Phereclus fled with the other
Trojans, 37.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 67

βεβλήκει γλουτὸν κάτα δεξιόν " ἡ δὲ Sampo
ἀντικρὺς κατὰ κύστιν ὑπ᾽ ὀστέον ἤλυθ᾽ ἀκωκή.
γνὺξ δ᾽ ἔριπ᾽ οἰμώξας, θάνατος δέ μιν ἀμφεκάλυψεν.
Πήδαιον δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπεφνε Μέγης, ᾿Αντήνορος υἱόν,
70 ὅς pa νόθος μὲν env, πύκα δ᾽ ἔτρεφε Sia Θεανώ,
ἶσα φίλοισι τέκεσσι, χαριζομένη πόσεϊ ᾧ.
τὸν μὲν Φυλεΐδης δουρικλυτὸς ἐγγύθεν ἐλθὼν
βεβλήκει κεφαλῆς κατὰ ἰνίον ὀξέι δουρί:'
ἀντικρὺς δ᾽ ἀν᾽ ὀδόντας ὑπὸ γλῶσσαν τάμε χαλκός.
75 ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃ, ψυχρὸν δ᾽ Ede χαλκὸν ὀδοῦσιν.
Εὐρύπυλος δ᾽ ᾿Εναιμονίδης Ὑψήνορα δῖον,

66. Cf. Ν 651.— βεβλήκει : see on
Δ 492. --- κάτα : the accent is thrown
upon the penult since the noun pre-
cedes and δεξιόν is added as a mere
detail. Cf. Ἐάνθου ἅπο δινήεντος B 877.
-- ἡ: see on ἡ A δ02. --- διαπρό : for-
ward and through. Adv., with ἤλυθε
[ἦλθε]. Of. H 260, Μ 404.

67. Cf. N 652 (with ὀιστός for ἀκωκή).
— ἀντικρὺς κτλ. : see On ἀντικρύς A481,
κατὰ κύστιν: along the bladder.— va’
ὀστέον : along under the bone. — ἀκωκή
(cf acu): in appos. with ἡ. Cf.
Τυδεΐδης 18.

68. Cf Υ 417.— γνὺξ κτλ.: he fell
on his knee. γνύξ is always connected
with some form of épefrw. For the
adv., from ydvv, cf. λάξ, πύξ. § 38 g.
—oludfag: the groan was coincident
in time with the fall, ἔριπε.

69. dpa: cf. 48. — Μέγης : an Epean
leader. See on B 627.—’ Avryvopos
vidy: seven of Antenor’s eleven sons
were slain in the battles of the Jliad.
Antenor was the Trojan Nestor. See
on B 822.

70. ὅς ῥα κτλ. : nearly equiv. to ὅν
ῥα νόθον περ ἐόντα κτλ. μέν and δέ
mark a contrast. — πύκα: carefully.

— @cave: Antenor’s wife; daughter
of the Thracian king Cisses, A 228 f.,
and priestess of Athena, Z298 ff. The
Thracians and Trojans were closely
allied.

71. ἴσα κτλ.: in appos. with πύκα.
- σα : cognate accusative. — χαριζο-
μένη : the pres. partic, often expresses
purpose, as here.—adoei: for the
length of the last syllgble, see on
γένετο A 456,

72. Cf. 396, 5 446. --- τὸν μὲν κτλ. :
a fuller statement of 69.

73. κεφαλῆς: partitive gen. with
ivfov.— κατὰ lvloy: on the nape of the
neck.

74. Cf. 67.— ἀν’ ὀδόντας : through
the teeth. —Vare: adv., below.

75. ἤριπε κτλ.: cf. A 148, X 880. ---
ψυχρὸν χαλκόν : “cold steel.” ----ἔλε:
seized, of the convulsive movement
of the death struggle. Cf. ἐν κονίῃσι
πεσὼν ἕλε γαῖαν ἀγοστῷ (hand) A 425,
γαῖαν ὀδὰξ εἷλον (“ bit the dust’) Χ 17.
See on B 418, — Obs. the large variety
of expressions for death; 42, 47, 58,
68, 83. See on A 461.

76. Evpvqmvdos: a prominent Thes-
salian hero. See on B 736. Cf. H 167,

68 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

υἱὸν ὑπερθύμον Δολοπίονος, ὅς ῥα Σκαμάνδρου
9 “ 3 » ‘\ > aA ‘4 ’
ἀρητὴρ ἐτέτυκτο, θεὸς δ᾽ ὡς τίετο δήμῳ,
τὸν μὲν ἄρ᾽ Ἑὐρύπυλος ᾿Ἐναίμονος ἀγλαὸς vids
80 πρόσθεν ἔθεν φεύγοντα μεταδρομάδην ἔλασ᾽ ὦμον
4 9 9 3 >: » “a “
φασγάνῳ digas, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἔξεσε χεῖρα βαρεῖαν.
ε ’ “ ‘ ? id a ‘ > »
αἱματόεσσα δὲ yelp πεδίῳ πέσε" τὸν δὲ Kar ὄσσε
Ψ ’ , \ aA ,
ἔλλαβε πορφύρεος θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή.
ὡς οἱ μὲν πονέοντο κατὰ κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην.
85 Τυδεΐδην δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν γνοίης, ποτέροισι μετεΐη,

@ 26ῦ.-- -Ὑψήνορα (ἀνήρ) : see on τόν
79, where this construction is resumed.
This hero is mentioned only here.

ΤΊ. ὅς: prob. refers to Δολοπίονος,
though the reference is doubtful. See
on ὅς 60.— Σκαμάνδρου dpyntrip: sac-
rifices of bulls, rams, and, possibly, of
horses were paid to rivers and river-
gods. Cf. #131 ἔν, v 146 f.

78. Cf. τι 605.—dpyrip (apdoua.) :
cf. Χρύσην ἠτίμασεν ἀρητῆρα A 11.—
θεὸς κτλ. : prob. not simply a personal
distinction, but chiefly respect paid
to the office. — dg: the ‘comparative’
ὡς in Homer always has an accent
and is placed after its noun. Cf.
A 482. Seldom is elision allowed be-
fore it, as here.

79. τὸν μὲν κτλ. : resumes the
thought of 76, after the rel. clauses.
See on A 459.— dpa: cf. 45.

80. Cf. 56. — μεταδρομάδην : equiv.
to μεταδραμών. ὃ 88c. Cf. παραβλή-
δην A 6.—rAace: struck. Used only
like obrdw of wounds inflicted in the
hand-to-hand conflict (cominus).
It is thus contrasted with βάλλω, but
like the latter, it is followed by two
accs. (of the ‘whole’ and ‘ part’), τόν
and ὦμον.

81. φασγάνῳ κτλ.: cf. K 456, x 98.

-- ἀπὸ ἔξεσε (ξέω) : hewed off, cut off

smooth.— χεῖρα : arm, clearly; cf. ὦμον
80. Cf. Δ 523.

82. πεδίῳ: to the plain. Dat. of
approach. See on 4523. Cf. χαμαὶ
(humi) πέσε N δ78. --- κατά : const.
with ἔλλαβε. -- ὄσσε: in partitive ap-
pos. with τόν.

83 = Π 384, Ὑ 477.—See on A 461.
Cf. θανάτου δὲ μέλαν νέφος ἀμφεκάλυ-
ψεν Π 800. ---ἤλλαβε: for the form,
see § 25 Λ, ---κραταιή: sc. as having
sway over all mortals.

84-94. Introduction to the strict dpi-
στεία of Diomed. ‘Since 9, seven
Trojans have been slain by seven
Achaeans. In the series beginning
with Agamemnon, 38, Peloponnesians
have alternated with Greeks from
Crete or Thessaly. The wounds in-
flicted have been various, but all on
fleeing Trojans.’

84 = 627. Cf. H 442. .---- πονέοντο :
cf. πονεύμενον A 814.

85. Τυδεΐδην : by ‘anticipation,’ as
the obj. of γνοίης, instead of Τυδεΐδης
as subj. of μετείη. H. 878. Cf. ἤδεε
ἀδελφεὸν ὡς ἐπονεῖτο B 409 “he knew
how busy his brother was,” ‘I know
thee who thou art,’ St. Luke iv. 34. —
γνοίης : potential of the past. ΟἹ
A 223, “You would not have known.”
--- ποτέροισι : with which of the two.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 69

ἠὲ μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ὁμιλέοι ἢ per ᾿Αχαιοῖς.
θῦνε γὰρ ἂμ πεδίον ποταμῷ πλήθοντι ἐοικὼς
χειμάρρῳ, ὅς T ὦκα ῥέων ἐκέδασσε γεφύρας"
τὸν δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄρ τε. γέφυραι ἐερμέναι ἰσχανόωσιν,
90 οὔτ᾽ ἄρα ἕἔρκεα ἴσχει ἀλωάων ἐριθηλέων

ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐξαπίνης, ὅτ᾽ ἐπιβρίσῃ Διὸς ὄμβρος"
πολλὰ δ᾽ ὑπ᾽’ αὐτοῦ ἔργα κατήριπε κάλ᾽ αἰζηῶν.
ὡς ὑπὸ Τυδεΐδῃ πυκιναὶ κλονέοντο φάλαγγες
Τρώων, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα μιν μίμνον πολέες περ ἐόντες.

96 τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε

This is explained by the following
verse. Diomed was as near the Tro-
jan line as to his own friends. — per-
e(n: opt. of indirect discourse, for
μέτεστι.

86. yd, ἦ: πότερον, f. ὃ 8 ma.

87-94. In this comparison, cause
and effect—the raging Diomed (88--
91) and his victory (92-94) —are
closely united. For the comparison,
cf. A 452 ff., O 624 ff., aggeribus
ruptis cum spumeus amnis |
exit oppositasque evicit gur-
gite moles, | fertur in arva
furens Verg. Aen. ii. 496 ff.

87. dp: ἀνά. § 115.

88. χειμάρρῳ: i.e. a stream from
heavy rains or melting snows, in con-
trast with ὕδατα ἀενάοντα. In appos.
with ποταμῷ. See A 492 f., quoted on
A 452, — dea: const. with ῥέων. This
seems to be referred to in ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐξα-
πίνης 91. Cf. ὠκυρόῳ 698. — ἰκέδασσε:
disiecit, scatters, shatters. Gnomic
aorist. — -yebvpas: dams, dikes, levees.
—Cf. nec validi possunt pon-
tes venientis aquai|vim su-
bitam tolerare Lucretius i. 484 f.

89. οὔτ᾽ dp τε: cf. 2 352, Ω 337. —
ἑερμέναι (from root cep): united, i.e.
in unbroken succession along the

Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids

banks. This refers to ἐκέδασσε 88,
and corresponds to wuxival 93.

90. ἴσχει [Ze]: sc. after the river
has overflowed its banks. — ἀλωάων :
const. with épxea, enclosures of the gar-
dens.

91. ἐλθόντα κτλ.: cf. 1 6, O 325,
P 57.— ἐλθόντα : const. with τόν 89.
—ére κτλ.: of. M 286. .-- ἐπκιβρίσῃ:
presses upon, falls heavily. — Διὸς ὄμ-
Bpos: Zeus sends rain. See on γεφε-
ληγερέτα Δ 30. Cf. ὗε Ζεύς M 25, ὅτε
λαβρότατον χέει ὕδωρ | Ζεύς TI 88ῦ, Καὶ 6,
A 498, 1 459.— For the ‘ subjective’
gen., cf. νοῦσον Aids 1 411 disease sent
by Zeus, κύματα ἀνέμων B 396, ὑπ᾽ Εὐρυ-
σθῆος ἀέθλων Θ 363. See on B 896.

92. ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ : beneath itself, “be-
fore the force of the stream.” — ἔργα
κτλ.: Cf. μινύθει (waste away) δέ re
ἔργ᾽ ἀνθρώπων Π 392.

93. ὥς: refers to ἐοικώς 87. —~ wont
val [πυκναί] : see on 89. In effective
contrast with κλονέοντο. See on A 634.

94. dpa: “as you may well sup-
pose.”

95-165. Diomed is wounded by Pan-
darus, but is strengthened and encour-
aged by Athena.

95. Avxdovos κτλ.: t.e. Pandarus.
Cf. & 881.

70 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

θύνοντ᾽ ἂμ πεδίον πρὸ ἔθεν κλονέοντα φάλαγγας,
aly ἐπὶ Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο καμπύλα τόξα,
καὶ βάλ᾽ ἐπαΐσσοντα, τυχὼν κατὰ δεξιὸν ὦμον,

θώρηκος γύαλον " διὰ δ᾽ ἔπτατο πικρὸς ὀιστός,
100 ἀντικρὺς δὲ διέσχε, παλάσσετο δ᾽ αἵματι θώρηξ.

“Ὁ > 543 ἃ “ ¥ , 3 Α es
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ μακρὸν ἄνσε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:

“ὄρνυσθε, Τρῶες μεγάθυμοι, κέντορες ἵππων"

βέβληται γὰρ ἄριστος ᾿Αχαιῶν, οὐδέ ἕ φημι

δήθ᾽ ἀνσχήσεσθαι κρατερὸν βέλος, εἰ ἐτεόν με
105 ὦρσεν ἀναξ Διὸς vids ἀπορνύμενον Λυκίηθεν."

96. θύνοντα : suppl. partic. after
ἐνόησε. κλονέοντα is in appos. with
this. The two partics. repeat 87 (θῦνε)
and 98 (κλονέοντο). --- πρὸ ev: cf.
πρόσθεν θεν 56. Here again the verse-
pause shows the const., connecting
this phrase closely with κλονέοντα.

97. ἐπὶ Τυδεΐδῃ: cf. ἐπ’ ἀλλήλοισιν
14.—réfa: Homer knows πὸ dis-
tinction between τόξον and τόξα. Cf,
ὄχεα (28), ἅρμα (231) and ἅρματα (192),
μέγαρον (Z 377) and μέγαρα (193). See
on A 468, .

98. ruyes : cf. τυχήσας A 106.

99. Cf N 587.—-yvadov : breast-
plate. In appos. with the obj. of
βάλε. --- ἔπτατο (πέτομαι) : cf. A 125.
— πικρός: cf. 110, Δ 118.

100. ἀντικρὺς κτλ.: cf. A 253, 7 416.
— Sdoxe: intrans., held its way, went
through, so as to come out on the
other side of the shoulder. Cf. δι᾽
ὥμον δ᾽ ὄβριμον ἔγχος | ἔσχεν N 519.
Equiv. to διῆλθε.

101 = 288. Cf. 347, @ 160.— τῷ δ᾽
ἐπί: and over him, i.e. Diomed. Cf.
ἐπεύχεται 119. The accent of ἐπί is
not drawn back since it does not im-
mediately follow the word with which
it is construed. ὃ 87 c.

102. ὄρννσθε: ς Δ 509. — κέντορες

ἵππων: cf. A 391. The Trojans are
called ἑππόδαμοι, A 509 and often.

103. ἄριστος Axa: cf. 414, 839,
2 98. The poet must not be criti-
cised too strictly and prosaically, as
if he were making an official report
of the war; he must not be charged
with inconsistency for giving here
to Diomed the preéminence which he
elsewhere gives to Achilles or Tela-
monian Ajax. Cf. 2 252, where the
poet calls Laodice ‘the most beauti-
ful of Priam’s daughters,’ and N 865,
where the same expression is used of
Cassandra. — οὐδέ ἔ φημι: cf. A 589,
Σ 132, o 218.

104. δηθά: cf 587.— ἀνσχήσεσθαι
(avéxw) : contrasted with βέλος δάμασ-
σεν 106. Cf. ἀνασχέσθαι A 511.— εἰ
ἐτεὸν κτλ.: cf. εἰ ἐτεόν ye σός εἶμι,
πατὴρ δ᾽ ἐμὸς εὔχεαι εἶναι 1529. “If
in truth, as I believe, I followed the
god’s voice in coming hither, and
thus may expect his assistance.”

105. ὦρσεν: sc. to strife against
the Greeks. —dvaf κτλ.: i.e. Apollo,
the god of archery, who had given
him his bow. Cf. A 101, Β 827.—
Δνκίηθεν : i.e. from Zeleia in Trojan
Lycia. Cf. A 108, B 824. From these
Trojan Lycians, the Southern Lycians

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 71

a 4 > 9. 2 Ν 3 3 4 > Ν᾿ ,
ὡς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος " τὸν δ᾽ ov βέλος ὠκὺ δάμασσεν,
3 >. 3 , ’ >» \ »
GAN ἀναχωρήσας πρόσθ᾽ ἵπποιιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν
ἔστη, καὶ Σθίνελον προσέφη Καπανήιον υἱόν".
ry nd 9 4 5 , δί
ὄρσο, πέπον Καπανηιάδη, καταβήσεο ὀίφρου,
. ¥ 3 ¥ 3. 4 “ 9 » »}53
110 ὄφρα μοι ἐξ ὥμοιο ἐρύσσῃς πικρὸν ὀιστόν.
ὡς ap’ ἔφη, Σθένελος δὲ καθ᾽ ἵππων ἄλτο χαμᾶζε,
. δὲ bs , > “ ὃ Ὶ 9 3 3 ¥
πὰρ δὲ στὰς βέλος ὠκὺ διαμπερὲς ἐξέρυσ᾽ ὦμου"

‘

φ

αἷμα

δ᾽ 3 , δ A A
ἀνηκόντιζε διὰ στρεπτοῖο χιτῶνος.

δὴ τότ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἠρᾶτο βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης "
ry A θί > » \ , 9 ,
115 “κλυθί μεν, αἰγιόχοιο Atos τέκος, ἀτρντώνη,

οὗ Sarpedon (471, 629) are to be dis-
tinguished.

106. εὐχόμενος : (boasting), exulting.
Cf. @ 198, N 619. Cf. also εὐχωλή
A 178, 450.—ov: the neg. is sepa-
rated from its verb, and placed first,
in order to form a strong contrast to
the assertion of Pandarus. “By no
means.”

107. πρόσθ᾽ ἵπποιιν: const. with
ἔστη.

108. Σθένελον : i.e. his esquire who
had kept near him with his chariot.
Cf. & 227 ff., 365 ff. — Καπανήιον : the
adj. is equiv. to the gen. of Καπανεύς,
and to Καπανηιάδη 109, which is more
constantly used as a ‘patronymic.’
§ 21k.

109. Spero, καταβήσεο : standing
‘asyndeton.’ The first imv. is more
general; the second, the more special,
is in a kind of appos. with the first.
§2m. Cf. 4204. For ὄρσο, without
variable vowel, see ὃ 35; for καταβή-
ceo with the variable vowel of the 2d
aor. cf. ἐπιβησόμενον 48.— πέπον:
“my dear fellow.” An affectionate
form of address. Cf. Z 56.

111. dpa: marks ὡς ἔφη as a repe-
tition of προσέφη 108. See on 45.—
καθ᾽ ἵππων: cf καταβήσεο 109. Op-

posed to ἀναβαίνω, Τ' 261, as ἐὲ ὀχέων
A 419 to ἐσβαίνω, 837, and ἀφ᾽ ἵππων
19 to ἐπιβαίνω, 255.—dAro κτλ.: cf.
A 419.

112. πάρ: const with ords. — διαμ-
περὲς xvA.: “drew clean through and
out.” Generally the arrow was drawn
back, but in this case the point had
gone so far through the shoulder
(100) that the barbs would not allow
it to be drawn back.

113. ἀνηκόντιζε (ἀκών dart): shot
up. Cf. αἵματος 8 ἀπορροαί (from a
victim at the altar) | és οἷδμ᾽ ἐσηκόν-
τιζον οὔριαι ξένῳ Eur. Hel. 1687 f.—
στρεπτοῖο χιτῶνος : cf. Φ 81, Prob.
a linen tunic with firmly twisted
threads.

114. βοὴν ἀγαθός: this phrase is
applied chiefly to Diomed and Mene-
laus, since with their names it makes
a convenient close to the verse after
the pause between the two short syl-
lables of the third foot. Cf 320, 347,
432, 596,855, κτλ. 88 4c,40d. The
leader’s voice was much more impor-
tant in the conflict in the times when
no trumpets were used,

115 = δ 762, (324; cf. K278.— The
usual formula for a prayer is, as here,
(1) the address, (2) the grounds for

72 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

εἴ ποτέ μοι καὶ πατρὶ φίλα φρονέουσα παρέστης
δηΐίῳ ἐν πολέμῳ, νῦν αὖτ᾽ ἐμὲ φῖλαι, ᾿Αθήνη "
δὸς δέ τέ μ᾽ ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν καὶ ἐς ὁρμὴν ἔγχεος ἐλθεῖν,
ὅς μ᾽ ἔβαλε φθάμενος καὶ ἐπεύχεται, οὐδέ μέ φησιν
120 δηρὸν ἔτ᾽ ὄψεσθαι λαμπρὸν φάος ἠελίοιο.
ὡς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη,
γυῖα δ᾽ ἔθηκεν ἐλαφρά, πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὕπερθεν;

the request, and (3) the petition. Οὐ
κλῦθί μευ, ἀργυρότοξ᾽ ... ef ποτέ τοι
χαρίεντ᾽ ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα κτλ. A 387 ff.

116. εἴ ποτε κτλ. the ground for
the request is here not, as in the pas-
sage just quoted, some service which
the suppliant had rendered, but the
kindly disposition which the divinity
had shown previously. Cf. ἡμὲν δή ποτ᾽
ἐμεῦ πάρος ἔκλυες εὐξαμένοιο |... | ἠδ᾽
ἔτι καὶ νῦν μοι τόδ᾽ ἐπικρήηνον ἐέλδωρ
A 453 ff., ἀλλὰ rid [τῇδ᾽] ἔλθ᾽, αἴ ποτα
[εἴ ποτε] κἀτέρωτα | ἔκλυες Sappho i.
5 f., ‘Captain or Colonel or Knight
in arms, | Whose chance on these de-
fenceless doors may seize, | If deed
of honor did thee ever please, | Guard
them, and him within protect from
harms,’ Milton Sonnet iii. 1 ff. See
K 286 ff., quoted on A 383, — καί: also.
-- φίλα φρονέουσα: see on A 219. —
παρέστης: cf. Δ 390.

117. viv αὖτε: now in turn. —vov:
opposed to word, as ἐμέ to πατρί. ---
αὖτε: used much like ἀλλά or δέ in the
conclusion of a condition. — φῖλαι:
for the long penult, see on 61. This
general petition is explained by the
following verse. ‘The poet could not
make Diomed invoke Athena to pun-
ish Pandarus for the breach of the
treaty, since she herself had urged the
Lycian to shoot the arrow.’ Possibly
the Greeks did not know what war-
rior wonnded Menelaus; cf. A 118 f.

4

118. μέ: subj. of ἑλεῖν (cf. 37). —
ἐς ὁρμὴν κτλ.: within the range of my
spear. The second half of this verse
is precedent to, and a condition of,
the first half-verse, and is added par-
enthetically. — ἐλθεῖν : the subj. of
this inf. is supplied from ἄνδρα, which
is made definite by the following rel.
clause.

119. φθάμενος [φθάσας] : (anticipat-
ing,) first. Diomed has a wrong to
avenge.— The aor. partic. here is
clearly coincident with the time of
the principal verb. ἔφθη βαλών also
would have been good Greek, and is
found x 91. --- ἐπεύχεται: cf 101. —
οὐδὲ κτλ.: cf. 103.

120. Cf. ἐμεῦ (avros καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ
δερκομένοιο A 88, ζώει καὶ dpa φάος
ἠελίοιο Σ 61, Ἐέρξης μὲν αὐτὸς (ῇ τε
καὶ βλέπει φάος Aeschylus Persians
297. The opposite is λείπειν φάος
ἠελίοιο, Σ 11. In the Eumenides of
Aeschylus, 323, ἀλαοῖσι (blind) καὶ
δεδορκόσιν stands for ‘dead and liv-
ing.’

121-165. Diomed slays four pairs
of Trojans.

121 = ¥ 771, + 385, ¢ 828. — ἔκλνε:
refers to κλῦθι 115.

122=N 61, Ψ 712. --ο γυῖα : see on
4 230. It.is explained by the second
half-verse, which is added in apposi-
tion. — ὕπερθεν : const. with χεῖρας, in
contrast with πόδας.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 73

ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“θαρσῶν νῦν, Διόμηδες, ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι"
125 ἐν γάρ τοι στήθεσσι μένος πατρώιον ἧκα |
ἄτρομον, οἷον ἔχεσκε σακέσπαλος ἱππότα Τυδεύς
ἀχλὺν δ᾽ αὖ τοι ἀπ᾿ ὀφθαλμῶν ἕλον, ἢ πρὶν ἐπῆεν,
ὄφρ᾽ ἐὺ γιγνώσκῃς ἠμὲν θεὸν ἠδὲ καὶ ἄνδρα.
τῷ νῦν, αἴ κε θεὸς πειρώμενος ἐνθάδ᾽ ἵκηται,
130 μή τι σύ γ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖς ἀντικρὺ μάχεσθαι

128 -- Δ 92. --- ἰσταμέγη : nearly
equiv. to στᾶσα.

124. dal: against. Cf. 14. Const.
with μάχεσθαι. --- μάχεσθαι: used as
imperative.

125. ἕν τοι στήθεσσιν : in thy breast.
— ἧκα (μι) : the Greek idiom often
uses the aor. of an action immediately
preceding, where the English uses the
pres. or perfect.

126. οἷον κτλ. : explanatory of
πατρώιον 128. --- “σακέσπαλος (σάκος,
πάλλω) : formed and accented like
ὀγχέσπκαλος. The shield-wielder. Used
like ἀσπιστής of a brave knight. Cf.
ταλαύρινον 289, and see on κορυστήν
Δ 481. --- ἱππότα: see on A 317. This
forms a convenient ‘tag’ to follow the
‘bucolic caesura’ at the close of the
fourth foot, with Νέστωρ, Πηλεύς, Φυ-
λεύς, and Οἰνεύς. See on 114; § 40%.
— Τυδεύς : cf. A 872 ff.

127-132 prepare the way for 330 ff.

127. ἀχλὺν κτλ.: Athena opened
Diomed’s eyes that he might not en-
gage in conflict with the gods who
favored the Trojans, who might be
inclined to lure him on to an unequal
strife. Cf aspice —namque om-
nem, quae nunc obducta tu-
enti|mortalis hebetat visus
tibi et umida circum | cali-
gat, nubem eripiam Verg. Aen.
ii, 604 ff., ‘but to nobler sights | Mi-

chael from Adam’s eyes the film re-
moved | Which that false fruit thi
promised clearer sight | Had bred,
then purged with euphrasy and rue |
The visual nerve, for he had much
to see,’ Milton Par. Lost xi. 411 ff. ;
‘Then the Lord opened the eyes of
Balaam, and he saw the angel of the
Lord standing in his way, and his
sword drawn in his hand,’ Numbers
xxii. 31; ‘And the Lord opened the
eyes of the young man; and he saw:
and, behold, the mountain was full
of horses and chariots of fire round
about Elisha,’ 2 Kings vi. 17.--- ἐπ-
qv: was upon them.

128. ἐύ : clearly. — γιγνώσκῃ:
subjv. in a final clause, though after
a secondary tense, since ἕλον is equiv.
to alpéw. See on ἧκα 125. Cf. xarha-
θομεν.... ἵνα μή τι πάθῃσιν T 126.

129. τῷ : therefore. —~ γῦν : em-
phatic, with reference to 127. — Oeds:
of course in human form. — πειρώμε-
vos: trying, tempting to a dangerous
strife. Cf. 407, 2 129 ff., 6 226 ff. —
Se. σεῦ.

130. θεοῖς : plural after the sing.
θεός 129, since the thought groups to-
gether all the divinities, with but a
single exception. Cf. ra δὲ πάντα
A 868, referring to ef τι κακόν A 362.
—dyrixpy: with short ‘ultima,’ as
819. The adv. gives emphasis to the

14 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

τοῖς ἄλλοις" ἀτὰρ εἴ κε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη
ἔλθῃσ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον, τήν γ᾽ οὐτάμεν ὀξέι χαλκῷ."
ε . yo ἃ > Ad 9 - aA 9 po.
ἡ μὲν ap ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπέβη γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη,
Τυδεΐδης δ᾽ ἐξαῦτις ἰὼν προμάχοισιν ἐμίχθη -
a 4 [οὶ “ , Ud
135 καὶ mp περ θυμῷ μεμαὼς Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι,
δὴ τότε μιν τρὶς τόσσον ἕλεν μένος, ὥς τε λέοντα,
Ov ῥά τε ποιμὴν ἀγρῷ ἐπ᾽ εἰροπόκοις ὀίεσσιν
A , 3 sx, A ε ἠ ΦΦΩΝ ’
χραύσῃ pe τ᾽ αὐλῆς ὑπεράλμενον, οὐδὲ δαμάσσῃ -
τοῦ μέν τε σθένος ὦρσεν, ἔπειτα δέ T οὐ προσαμύνει,
140 ἀλλὰ κατὰ σταθμοὺς δύεται, τὰ δ᾽ ἐρῆμα φοβεῖται -

idea of rashness.
T 168.

131 = 820. — rots ἄλλοις : those oth-
ers, added emphatically as a limiting
after-thought, at the close of the sent.
and the beginning of the verse, in
order to prepare the way for the fol-
lowing contrast. —’Adpodlry: else-
where also the last word in the verse
is contrasted with the first word. Cf.
a 33.

132 = 821. --- ἔλθῃσι : ἔλθῃ. ---- ovrd-
μεν: cf. οὗτα Δ 626.

133 = a 319, ¢ 41.--- ἀπέβη : Athena
withdrew from Diomed, but seems to
have remained on the battle-field.
Mark her activity at 200. At 418 ff.
she is again on Olympus.

134. Cf. @ 99, N 642, O 467. — ἐξαῦ-
τις : again, with reference to ἀναχωρή-
σας 107. --- ἰών : went and. ‘ Aoristic.’
- ἐμίχθη: here in hostility, as Δ 364.
Cf. 148.

135. πρίν wep: πέρ serves to con-
trast πρίν strongly with the following
δὴ τότε. Cf. σφῶιν δὲ πρίν wep τρόμος
ἔλλαβε φαίδιμα γυῖα, | πρὶν πόλεμόν 7’
ἰδέειν Θ 452 f., where the emphasis is
not one of expressed contrast.

136. δὴ tore κτλ. : the const. of the
previous line is deserted, and the par-

Cf. tyra μάχεσθαι

tic. μεμαώς is left in the air. The
poet began as if he were to say ἐμε-
vénve. See on A 433, Z 511.— τρὶς
τόσσον : thrice so great. Cf. τρὶς τόσσα
A 213.— ὦς τε: as. § 2 7.—Adovra:
the lion appears in 25 of the longer
comparisons of the Iliad, cf. 161, 554,
and in other briefer comparisons, c/-
782.

137. ἀγρῷ: on the farm, in the coun-
try, as opposed to ‘town.’ So in the
Odyssey, the stalls and pens for the
herds and flocks of Odysseus are at a
distance from his dwelling. — ἐπ᾽ elpo-
πόκοις κτλ.: “keeping watch over”
etc. Const. closely with ποιμήν. Cf.
2 424.

138. χραύσῃ : wounds, shall have
wounded. For the subjv., οὗ παμφαί-
γῃσι 6.— αὐλῆς : wall of the farm-yard.
Cf. 1 184, 25. But αὐλῆς 142 is the
farm-yard itself; cf. A 433.— This
verse and the following contain the
point of the comparison : the lion and
Diomed are not weakened but ren-
dered more fierce by their wounds.

139. ὦρσεν: ‘ gnomric’ aorist.

140-142. These verses picture the
results of the lion’s fury.

140. κατὰ «rA.: the herdsman
hides in hig hut and does not attempt

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 75

ai pay τ᾽ ἀγχιστῖναι ἐπ᾿ ἀλλήλῃσι κέχυνται,
αὐτὰρ ὁ ἐμμεμαὼς βαθέης ἐξάλλεται αὐλῆς"
ὡς μεμαὼς Τρώεσσι μίγη κρατερὸς Διομήδης.
ἔνθ᾽ ἕλεν ᾿Αστύνοον καὶ Ὑπείρονα ποιμένα λαῶν,
145 τὸν μὲν ὑπὲρ μαζοῖο βαλὼν χαλκήρεϊ δουρί,
τὸν δ᾽ ἕτερον ξίφεϊ μεγάλῳ κληῖδα παρ᾽ ὦμον
πλῆξ᾽͵ ἀπὸ δ᾽ αὐχίνος ὦμον ἐέργαθεν ἠδ᾽ ἀπὸ νώτον.
τοὺς μὲν ἔασ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ “ABavra μετῴχετο καὶ Πολύιδον,
υἱέας Ἐὐρυδάμαντος ὀνειροπόλοιο γέροντος,
160 τοῖς οὐκ ἐρχομένοις ὁ γέρων ἐκρίνατ᾽ ὀνείρους,
ἀλλά σφεας κρατερὸς Διομήδης ἐξενάριξεν.

further to defend his flocks (οὐ προσα-
μύνει).--- τὰ δ᾽ épypa: μῆλα seems to
have been in the poet’s mind. For
the accent of épfiua, see § 2 w. — do-
βεῖται : are driven, flee before the lion.

141. al: sc. des. So in Π 853 af
refers to μῆλα. --- ἀγχιστῖναι : in close
succession, one upon the other. Cf. rol δ᾽
ἀγχιστῖνοι ἔπιπτον | νεκροὶ ὁμοῦ τρώων
. .“.. καὶ Δαναῶν P 361 ἔ. Predicate.
§ 38a. Cf. ἐπασσύτεραι Δ 421, πυραὶ
«νεκύων καίοντο θαμειαί A δ2.--- κέχυν-
ται (χέω) : lie in heaps. The lion
does not leave the farm-yard until he
has killed all the flock,— even for-
getting his own hunger in his fury.

142. αὐτὰρ ὁ: for the following
hiatus, cf. αὐτὰρ ὁ ἔγνω A 333. See
δ 9 ὃ. --- ἐμμεμαώς : tmpetuously.— βα-
θέης [βαθείας, ὃ 20 67 : with reference
to the high wall. Cf. βαθείης ἔντοθεν
αὐλῆς ι 239.

143. μίγη : resumes ἐμίχθη 184.
For the form, see § 88 Κὶ

144. ᾿Αστύνοον: another Trojan
of this name is mentioned O 455.

145 f. Diomed hit one and struck
the other.

147. πλῆξε : corresponds to βαλών

145. For the transition to the finite
const., see δὲ 1 e, 3 t.—dwe κτλ.:
shows the mighty force of the blow.

148. gave: suffered to lie, without
stripping them of their armor. — per-
ῴχετο : went after, i.e. turned upon.
Cf. βῆ μετά 162. — TloAv Sov (ρειδ-) :
a suitable name for a seer’s son. See
on ᾿Αστυάνακτα Z 403.

149. ὀνειροπόλοιο: ς ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δή
τινα μάντιν ἐρείομεν ἢ ἱερῆα | ἣ καὶ ὄνει-
ροπόλον, καὶ γάρ τ᾽ ὄναρ ἐκ Διός ἔστιν
A 62 f.

150. This and the following verse
are half parenthetical. — rots οὐκ
κτλ: “these never returned; never
again did their father interpret their
dreams for them.” —éxplvaro: the
technical word for the interpretation
of dreams. Cf ὀνειροκρίτας Theoc.
xxi. 38, ὁ πρῶτος τῶν ἐνυπνίων κριτής
Aesch. Persians 226, φαύλως ἐκρίνατε
ἐδ. 520, ’Ovetpoxpirind.

151. ἀλλά: adversative to what is
implied above. “These did not return,
but were slain by Diomeds’ ---σφέα :
monosyllabic; metrically equiv. to
σφᾶς. ὃ 7 α. --- ἐξενάριξεν : equiv. to
ἐνήρατο 48.

160 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

βῆ δὲ pera Ἐάνθον re Θόωνά τε Φαίνοπος vie,
ἄμφω τηλυγέτω, ὁ δ᾽ ἐτείρετο γήραϊ λυγρῷ,
υἱὸν δ᾽ οὐ τέκετ᾽ ἄλλον ἐπὶ κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι.
155 ἔνθ᾽ ὅ γε τοὺς ἐνάριζε, φίλον δ᾽ ἐξαίνυτο θυμὸν
ἀμφοτέρω, πατέρι δὲ γόον καὶ κήδεα λυγρὰ
λεῖπ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὐ ζώοντε μάχης ἐκνοστήσαντε
δέξατο" χηρωσταὶ δὲ διὰ κτῆσιν δατέοντο.
ἔνθ᾽ υἷας Πριάμοιο δύω λάβε Δαρδανίδαο
160 ely ἑνὶ δίφρῳ ἐόντας, ᾿Εχέμμονά τε Χρομίον τε.

162. Ἐξάνθον : prob. a short form
for Ἐανθόδωρος, named from the river.
Cf. Σκαμάνδριον 49. Ἐάνθος, however,
may stand for Ξάνθιππος (cf. the name
of Socrates’s wife).— Qdeva: to be
distinguished from two other Trojans
of the same name, A 422; M 140,
Ν 545.—dalvowos: Phaenops, also,
has one or two ‘homonyms’; cf.
P 312, 583.

153. τηλνγέτω: “dearly beloved.”

154. ἐπὶ κτεάτεσσι [κτήμασι] : over
his treasures, t.e. as heir and guardian
of his wealth. For the const., cf. εἰρο-
πόκοις dlecow 137. Cf. καί με plano’,
ὡς εἴ re πατὴρ ὃν παῖδα φιλήσῃ | μοῦ-
νον τηλύγετον πολλοῖσιν ἐπὶ κτεάτεσσιν
1 481 ἴ. ---λιπέσθαι: to be left, “one
who should remain.” Inf. of result.
Aor. middle as passive. The Greeks
like the ancient Hebrews dreaded the
thought of leaving their home and
goods to strangers. Thus when Le-
onidas went to Thermopylae he chose
for his ‘three hundred,’ not young
men without families, but men who
had sons to succeed them. Cf. the
feeling of Abraham: ‘And Abram
said, “ Lord God, what wilt thou give
me, seeing I go childless, and the
steward of my house is this Eliezer
of Damascus?” And Abram said,

‘Behold, to me thou hast given no
seed: and, lo, one born in my house
[1.6. a slave] is mine heir,”’ Genesis
xv. 2 f.

155. ἐνάριζε: descriptive imper-
fect.

156. ἀμφοτέρω: acc. of the person
deprived, with ἐξαίνντο, cf. f 458. See
G. 164; H. 724. It is added in order
to form a contrast with πατέρι.

157. λεῖπε: Ae left grief, in taking
from him his sons.—es: modifies
(éovre as well as δέξατο, since the par-
tic. bears the most important thought.
Cf. 150.—pdxys: the gen. is const.
with the following ἐκ, Cf. Μενελάῳ
Δ 94, const. with the following ἐπί
in composition. — ἐκνοστήσαντε : in a
sort of appos. with ζώοντε.

158. xnpeoral: i.e. distant rela-
tives, kinsmen, who had to care for
the bereaved widow (χήρη). Almost
equiv. to strangers. Cf. οἴκτιρε δ᾽,
ὦναξ, παῖδα τὸν σόν, εἰ νέας | τροφῆς
στερηθεὶς σοῦ διοίσεται μόνος | ὑπ᾽ dppa-
νιστῶν μὴ φίλων Soph. Ajax 510 ff.—
Sud: adv., const. with δατέοντο.

159. λάβε: seized, overtook.

160. εἰν ἑνὶ κτλ. : cf 609, A 108, 127.
Sc. one as spearman and the other as
charioteer.—ely: ἐν. Cf 446; see
§ 37 d.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. (7

ὡς δὲ λέων ἐν βουσὶ θορὼν ἐξ αὐχένα ἄξῃ
o 3A 4 , id Ud
πόρτιος ἠὲ Bods, ξύλοχον κάτα βοσκομενάων,
ὡς τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους ἐξ ἵππων Τυδέος υἱὸς
βῆσε κακῶς ἀέκοντας, ἔπειτα δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐσύλα"
166 ἵππους δ᾽ οἷς ἑτάροισι δίδον μετὰ νῆας ἐλαύνειν.
τὸν δ᾽ ἴδεν Αἰνείας ἀλαπάζοντα στίχας ἀνδρῶν,
“A >: » ¥ Ud N 9. "κ᾿ 4 9 ’
βῆ δ᾽ ἵμεν ἄν τε μάχην καὶ ἀνὰ κλόνον ἐγχειάων
Πάνδαρον ἀντίθεον διζήμενος, εἴ πον ἐφεύροι.
εὗρε Λυκάονος υἱὸν ἀμύμονά τε κρατερόν τε,
A " , > aA ν ’ 2 » ¥
110 στῇ δὲ πρόσθ᾽ αὐτοῖο ἔπος τέ pw ἀντίον ηὔδα"
“Πάνδαρε, ποῦ τοι τόξον ἰδὲ πτερόεντες ὀιστοὶ
, , e Ψ , > 7 3 , > 9 9
καὶ κλέος; ᾧ ov τίς τοι ἐρίζεται ἐνθάδε γ᾽ ἀνήρ,
9 4 9 ’ 4 9 Ψ 3 ,
οὐδέ τις ἐν Λυκίῃ σέο γ᾽ εὔχεται εἶναι ἀμείνων.

161. ἐξ d&: for the subjv. in com-
parisons, see on A 131,— The ‘hia-
tus’ before & is simply apparent.
89.

162. πόρτιο κτλ. : calf or cow, beast
young or old.— βοσκομενάων : feeding,
pastured. The pl. unites the two pre-
ceding nouns; or the partic. is at-
tracted from the case of βουσί to that
of πόρτιος and Bods.

163. ὥς: thus, i.e. with such irre-
sistible force. — τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους : both
of these. — ἐξ ἵππων : see on καθ᾽ ἵππων
111.

164. βῆσε [ἔβησε]: threw. For the
causative sense of the first aor. of
this verb, cf. A144. See H. 500. —
κακῶς: (destructively,) fiercely.—ddnov-
rag: unwilling, t.e. in spite of all that
they could do. Cf. ὑπέσχετο δὲ μέγα
ἔργον, | ἐκ Τροίης ἀέκοντας ἀπωσέμεν
(drive off) νῖας ᾿Αχαιῶν Ν 866 f.—
ἐσύλα: cf. ἐσύλευον 48.

165. οἷς : possessive pronoun. ---
μετὰ νῆας κτλ.: to drive to the camp.
See on 26.

166-273. Aeneas and Pandarus
against Diomed and Sthenelus.

166. dAawafovra: pred. partic. ;
originally ‘circumstantial’ (as he was
laying waste), rather than ‘supple-
mentary’ (saw him laying waste).

167 = T 319.— tuev: ἰέναι. — dy:
ἀνά. See on A 209. |

168 f. = A 88 f.

170. ory... αὐτοῖο: cf. 1193, 7 21,
x 166.—dyrlov ηὔδα : here only const.,
like προσηύδα, with two accs.: ἔπος
(cognate) and ply (dir. obj.). Else-
where this phrase has only the acc.
of the person addressed.

171. ποῦ κτλ.: not a question for
information, but an expression of
surprise that Pandarus did not use his
bow to advantage against Diomed. —
ἰδέ: of. 3.

172. κλέος : fame for skill in arch-
ery.—q@: with respect to which, in
which. This refers to the principal
idea, τόξον. Cf. 60.

173. σέο ye: emphatic; than thee,
the famed bowman.

18 OMHPOY IAIAAO® E.

GAN’ aye τῷδ᾽ ἔἕφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος, Διὶ χεῖρας ἀνασχών,
116 ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει καὶ δὴ κακὰ πολλὰ ἔοργεν
Τρῶας, ἐπεὶ πολλῶν τε καὶ ἐσθλῶν γούναφ᾽ ἔλυσεν "
εἰ μή τις θεός ἐστι κοτεσσάμενος Τρώεσσιν,
e A f “ 4 ΔΨ ἰοὺ 33
ἱρῶν μηνίσας " χαλεπὴ δὲ θεοῦ ἔπι μῆνις.
4 9 4. , a 3 , ἐ»ἴἤ
τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:
180 “Αἰνεία, Τρώων βουληφόρε χαλκοχιτώνων,
Τυδεΐδῃ μιν ἐγώ γε δαΐφρονι πάντα ἐΐσκω,
ἀσπίδι γιγνώσκων αὐλώπιδί τε τρυφαλείῃ,
ν 9 3 [έ , 3 9 9 3 Ld 9
ἵππους τ᾽ εἰσορόων: σάφα δ᾽ οὐκ οἶδ᾽, εἰ θεός ἐστιν.

174. τῷδ᾽ ἀνδρί: for the dat., cf.
Μενελάφ A 94.— des: aor. imv. of
ἐφίημι. Cf. 188, αὐτοῖσι βέλος ἐφιείς
A 51.—yelpas ἀνασχών: a poetical
picturesque εὐξάμενος. --- For this, the
usual attitude in prayer, see on A 450.

175 = Ππ 424. — ὅς τις : refers to ἀν-
δρί. Who in the world. — ὅδε: here. Cf.
κεῖνος θ04..--- κρατέει: holds sway. —
καὶ δὴ κτλ.: cf Θ 356. — δή : already.

176 = Π 428. ---- Τρῶας : for the acc.
of the person affected (direct obj.)
with ἔοργεν, see G. 165; H. 725 a. —
youvar ἔλυσεν : ἃ formula for depriv-
ing of strength and life. See on Δ 814.

177. κοτεσσάμενος (κότος, κοτεσ-) :
for the oo, see § 30d. This word is
repeated and explained by the fol-
lowing clause.

178. ἱρῶν: because of sacrifices not
offered. Cf. ef τ᾽ ἄρ' εὐχωλῆς (for a
vow unperformed) ἐπιμέμφεται εἴ 0
ἑκατόμβης A 66, μισθοῦ χωόμενοι, τὸν
ὑποστὰς οὐκ ἐτέλεσσεν ᾧ 457. For the
causal gen., cf Δ 168. --- μηνίσας : οὐ
χωσαμένη 1 534, χολωσαμένη 1 ὅ98. ---
χαλεπή : grievous. —tm: for ἔπεστι.
ἢ 87 σα. The ‘copula’ is omitted
more freely when the limiting adv.
(here ἔπι) is expressed.

180 = P 485. Cf. T 88, A 285.

181. πάντα: in all things. Neuter,
adverbial. Cf A 389. — éloxe (ἴσος) :
7 think him like.

182. ἀσπίδι: by his shield. The
heroes’ shields were not all alike.
The shield of Agamemnon was pecu-
liar in its bosses and in the arrange-
ment of them (see on A 448); that
of Telamonian Ajax was of unusual
size and thickness (H 219 ff.); that
of Nestor was covered with gold
(@ 192 f.); that which Hephaestus
made for Achilles was adorned with
many scenes and figures (= 478 ff.).
But nowhere does Homer intimate
that each shield had a special device,
such as was found on later shielda.
In the Seven against Thebes of Aes-
chylus, Tydeus had the full moon as
a device for his shield; Hippomedon
had the ‘fire-breathing Typhon’ ;
Parthenopaeus, the Sphinx, etc. —
αὐλώπιδι: prob. refers to the eye-
holes in the visor of the helmet.

183. ἵππονς εἰσορόων: parallel to
the datives above. Diomed was not
in his chariot, yet had it near at
hand. Cf. 107, 184, 249. — σάφα
κτλ: “I am not really sure that he
is not a god,” in view of his super-
human achievements. This refers to

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 19

εἰ δ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἀνήρ, ov φημι, δαΐφρων Τυδέος vids,

186 οὐχ ὅ γ᾽ ἄνευθε θεοῦ τάδε μαίνεται, ἀλλά τις ἄγχι
ἕστηκ᾽ ἀθανάτων νεφέλῃ εἰλυμένος ὥὦμους,
ὃς τούτον βέλος ὠκὺ κιχήμενον ἔτραπεν ἄλλῃ.
ἤδη γάρ οἱ ἐφῆκα βέλος, καί μιν βάλον ὦμον
δεξιόν, ἀντικρὺς διὰ θώρηκος γνάλοιο,

190 Kal μιν ἐγώ γ᾽ ἐφάμην ᾿Αἰιδωνῆι προϊάψειν,

» ᾽ 9 3Q 9 4 ρ
ἔμπης δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδάμασσα" θεός νύ
ἵπποι δ᾽ οὐ παρέασι καὶ ἅρματα,
ἀλλά που ἐν μεγάροισι Λυκάονος

the words of Aeneas, 176 ff.; but
Pandarus inclines to the other view,
that this is Diomed.

184. Sy ἀνήρ: that man. Sc. ἐστί.
--Φφημί: say. Cf. 181.— vids: in ap-
pos. with ἀνήρ.

185. ἄνευθε θεοῦ: cf. non haec
sine numine divom | eveniunt
Verg. Aen. ii. 777, οὐ πάντων ἀέκητι
θεῶν ( 240.— τάδε : cognate acc. with
μαίνεται. Nearly equiv. to ὧδε. ---
ἄγχι: of. A 129.

186. ἀθανάτων: is followed by a
distinct pause. — εἰλυμένος κτλ.: the
most prominent part of his body is
mentioned as representing his whole
form. Cf. CAwddAdAwy) εἱμένος ὥμοιιν
νεφέλην O 808, ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἄρρηκτον
γεφέλην ὥμοισιν ἕἔσαντο (sc. οἱ θεοί)
Υ 160, nube candentes hume-
ros amictos | augur Apollo
Horace Carm. i. 2. 81 f.

187. τούτον: from him. Ablatival
gen. of separation with ἔτραπεν ἄλλῃ
turned in another direction. Cf. 4 130 ff.
- κιχήμενον : pres. partic., as it was
about to hit.

188. ἤδη κτλ.: cf. 97 ff.

190. καί μιν: this animated repe-
tition from 188 gives prominence to
the separate clauses, and prepares

τίς ἐστι KOTNELS.
~ > 9 ’
τῶν κ᾽ ἐπιβαίην "

ἕνδεκα δίφροι

the way for the effective contrast,
ἔμπης κτλ. 191. Cf. καί μιν γουνάσομαι
καί μιν πείσεσθαι ὀΐω A 427, ἦ μὲν δὴ
μάλα πολλὰ πονήσατο νόσφιν ἐμεῖο | καὶ
δὴ τεῖχος ἔδειμε (built) καὶ ἥλασε (ran)
τάφρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ |... ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὡς δύ-
ναται σθένος Ἕκτορος ἴσχειν 1 348 ff. —
ἐφάμην : ἰλουσλψίι. ---᾿Αἰδωνήι κτλ.: of.
A 8, 2 487, ᾿Αἰδᾳ προϊάψαι δορὸς ἄγραν
Aesch. Sept. 800, demittimus Or-
co Verg. Aen. ii. 898. —’ AvSevnt: for
the form, see ὃ 19 αὶ

191. ἔμπης: equiv. to ὅμως, which
is not Homeric.— @edg wu κτλ: 80
some god is full of anger (grudge), who
makes the arrows of Pandarus of no
effect. Inferential asyndeton. — xo-
τήεις : cf. κοτεσσάμενος 177.

192. Cf. # 299.— The repeated fail-
ure of Pandarus with his bow makes
him wish that he had not brought this
bow, but had come as a knight, with
horses and chariot. This thought of
his mind (indicated, but not fully
expressed) introduces the following
story. — παρέασι (εἰμί) : cf. ἔασιν 267.
See § 34 g.— τῶν [ὧν] κτλ. : the opt.
with κέ is regular after a negative
principal clause.

193. πού: doubtless. Ironical, of
that which he knows well. — Aved-

80 OMHPOY IAIAAO®S E.

‘ a , 3 ᾿ 8 4
καλοὶ mpwromayets νεοτευχέες, ἀμφὶ δὲ πέπλοι
4 “ 4 e ’ 4 9
195 πέπτανται' παρὰ δέ σφιν ἑκάστῳ δίζυγες ἵπποι
ἑστᾶσι Kpt λευκὸν ἐρεπτόμενοι καὶ ὀλύρας.
», Ud Ν᾿ i 9 N Ud
ἦ μέν μοι μάλα πολλὰ γέρων αἰχμητὰ Λυκάων
3 ld 3 4 4 ¥ “A
ἐρχομένῳ ἐπέτελλε δόμοις ἔνι ποιητοῖσιν "
ν [4 9 9. 9 ἃ 9 9 y “A
ἱπποισίν μ᾽ ἐκέλενε καὶ ἅρμασιν ἐμβεβαῶτα
9 4 , “ . | e τ 4
200 ἀρχεύειν Τρώεσσι κατὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας"
ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ πιθόμην, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν πολὺ κέρδιον ἦεν,

ovos: shows more feeling than πατρός
would have done. Cf. the words of
Achilles, ἦ wor’ ᾿Αχιλλῆος ποθὴ ἵξεται
υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν A 240; and those οὗ Oce-
anus to Prometheus, οὐ γάρ ποτ᾽ ἐρεῖς
ὡς ᾽Ωκεανοῦ | φίλος ἐστὶ βεβαιότερός σοι
Aesch. Prom. 296 f., r 223. See on
A 240.

194. πρωτοπαγεῖς : for the first time
put together. Chariots seem to have
been taken to pieces (at least occa-
sionally) when out of use. Cf. 722 ff.
᾿- νεοτευχέες : newly made. A repeti-
tion of the preceding thought in a
different form. Cf. ἅλιον, ἀτέλεστον
A 26. .

195. πέπτανται : sc. in order to
protect from the dust. Cf ἅρματα δ᾽
εὖ πεπυκασμένα (well-covered) κεῖτο
B777, ἅρματα δ᾽ ἂμ βωμοῖσι ( platforms)
τίθει, κατὰ λῖτα πετάσσας Θ 44] «“---
᾿ταρὰ δέ σφιν: while by their side.—
ody: i.e. chariots. With this, ἑκάστῳ
is in apposition. Cf Καὶ 473, ὅττι κεν
ὔμμι κακὸν πέμπῃσιν ἑκάστῳ Ο 109. —
᾿δίζνγες : the chariots of men and gods
were regularly drawn by two horses.
Only occasionally was a third (παρή-
opos 11 471) added.

196. Cf. @ 564.— κρῖ [κριθάς] : bar-
ley, The most common grain of
Greece. — ὀλύρας : always plural. For
the food of the Homeric horses (Aw-
τός, σέλινον, κρῖ, κύπειρον, ὕλυραι, πυρός,

(ef), see on Β 77θ.--- This whole
enumeration serves to emphasize the
wish that one of these chariots had
been brought to Troy.

197. ἧ μέν: truly, indeed. — μάλα
πολλά: very urgently. See on A 229.
—alypyrd: for the form cf. ἱππότα
126.

198. ἐρχομένῳ: “as I left home to
come hither.” — ¢w: for the ‘ anastro-
phe’ of the accent, cf. «dra 66. — ποιη-
τοῖσιν : this implies the adv. ‘well.’
Cf. (ἄγγεα) τετυγμένα (well-wrought),
τοῖς ἐνάμελγεν (milked) « 223.

199. ‘ Appositive asyndeton.’ See
§ 2 m. ἐκέλευε repeats ἐπέτελλε. ---
ἵπποισιν : this contains the chief
thought. Pandarus should have come
as a knight, not πεζός, on foot, as an
archer, The dat. is to be const.
with ἐμβεβαῶτα, since ἵπποι καὶ ἅρματα
forms but a single thought. Οὐ
A 366. .

200. Cf. ἄρχεν' ᾿Αργείοισι κτλ. Β 546.
—Tpweror: Zrojans in the widest
sense of the term; cf. Τρωσὶ μὲν ἧγε-
μόνευε μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ B 816.
Τρῶες, τῶν αὖτ᾽ ἦρχε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς
υἱός B 826. For the dat. of interest,
cf. Τρώεσσι 211, Μυρμιδόνεσσιν ἄνασσε
Α 180.

201 = X 103, 1228. Cf a 358, ν 381.
— To. κτλ.: indeed (yet) it would
have been far better. — κέρδιον : formed

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 81

ἵππων φειδόμενος, μή μοι δευοίατο φορβῆς
3 “A 9 , 3 a ¥ ν
ἀνδρῶν εἰλομένων, εἰωθότες ἔδμεναι ἄδην.
ὡς λίπον, αὐτὰρ πεζὸς ἐς Ἴλιον εἰλήλουθα,
206 τόξοισιν πίσυνος" τὰ δέ μ᾽ οὐκ ap’ ἔμελλον ὀνήσειν.
¥ | ~ 3 , re Bal
[jon yap δοιοῖσιν ἀριστήεσσιν ἐφῆκα,

Τυδεΐδῃ τε καὶ ᾿Ατρεΐδῃ, ἐκ δ᾽ ἀμφοτέροιιν

ἀτρεκὲς αἷμ᾽ ἔσσευα βαλών, ἤγειρα δὲ μᾶλλον.
τῷ ῥα κακῇ αἴσῃ ἀπὸ πασσάλου ἀγκύλα τόξα

210 ἤματι τῷ ἑλόμην, ὅτε Ἴλιον εἰς ἐρατεινὴν

from κέρδος. § 22 ὃ. --- ἦεν : sc. πιθέ-

σθαι.

202. φειδόμενος : “since I desired
to spare.” Pandarus was afraid that
his horses might lack food. — Sevol-
aro: δέοιντο. For the preservation
of the v of the stem, cf. ἀκονή Π 634
with the Attic ἀκοή. See ὃ 5 Κὶ

203. ἀνδρῶν κτλ.: “in case the
men should be shut into the city,” 1.6.
in case of a siege. Cf Hector’s ad-
dress to the Trojans, ἦ of πω κεκόρησθε
(sated, wearied) ἐελμένοι ἔνδοθι πύργων
Σ 287, Τρώων εἰς ἄστυ ἀλέντων Χ 47.
- εἰωθότες κτλ.: cf. 196. --- ἔδμεναι :
edere, 8886. --- ἄδην : only here with
the original length of the penult.

204. λίπον: sc. ἵππους καὶ ἅρματα ἐν
μεγάροισι Λυκάονος. --- πεῖόφ: 1.6. ΔΒ a
foot soldier. ΟἹ 13.— εἰλήλονθα: cf.
44. ---- Τὴ this verse, five feet close with
the end of a word.

205. τόξοισιν πίσυνος : cf. ἀλκὶ πε-
ποιθώς 299, ἱπποσύνῃ πεποιθώς A 303.
-- ἄρα: “as I see now.” Pandarus
judges from his failures. — οὐκ ἔμελ-
λον: were not fated. The poet may
use the plural verb, not only with a
neut. subj., but where the subj. (τόξα)
refers to but one thing (τόξον), though
the ‘ bow and arrows’ may be grouped
together.

206. δοιοῖσιν [δυοῖν : for the form,

see ὃ 29 ὃ. --- ἀριστήεσσιν : from ἀρι-
στεύς chief, prince. This does not al-
ways differ widely from ἄριστος. Cf.
αἰὲν ἀριστεύειν κτλ. Z 208. ---ἐφήκα: cf.
Epes 174.

207. TuBetSy : cf. 95 ff. —’ArpelBy :
cf, Δ 98 ff.

208. ἀτρεκές: adv., really. Cf. A 140.
--ἔσσενα (cebw) : caused to flow, drew.
Cf. σύτο & αἷμα κελαινεφές Φ 167. For
the Ist aor. without tense-sign, cf
ἀλευάμενον 28. — ἤγειρα (ἐγείρω) κτλ.:
“but I only aroused them to the
greater fury, instead of putting an
end to their fighting.” This was true
strictly only in the case of Diomed;
cf. 186 ff.

209. τῴ ῥα: so you see, therefore.
Freq. at the beginning of a verse τῷ
introduces the logical inference from
the previous verses. —xaxy αἴσῃ: for
an evil fate. Cf. the words of Thetis
to Achilles, τῷ σε κακῇ αἴσῃ τέκον ἐν
μεγάροισιν A 418. ---- Τα thought re-
turns to 204. --- ἀπὸ πασσάλον: 80
Penelope takes the bow of Odysseus
from the peg, where it hangs in a
case, φ 53 f.

210. ἤματι τῷ : only here separated
from the ὅτε of the clause which ex-
plains it. The phrase always: stands
at the beginning of the verse, except
Zz 345.

82 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

e 4 , » ld 4 4
ἡγεόμην Τρώεσσι, φέρων χάριν Ἕκτορι δίῳ.
3 », [έ N 9 4 9 “
εἰ δέ κε νοστήσω καὶ ἐσόψομαι ὀφθαλμοῖσιν
eQ 93 UN ¥ 4 δ ε , , “A
πατρίδ᾽ ἐμὴν adoxov TE καὶ ὑψερεφὲς μέγα δῶμα,
αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπ᾽ ἐμεῖο κάρη τάμοι ἀλλότριος φώς,
215 εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ τάδε τόξα φαεινῷ ἐν πυρὶ θείην
Ἁ id 3 a 4 3 ΄
χερσὶ διακλάσσας ἀνεμώλια γάρ μοι ὀπηδεῖ.
4 3 a) > » , > N > » ¥
τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αἰνείας Τρώων ἀγὸς ἀντίον nuda:
“ls ‘ Ψ > » , > » » ¥
μὴ δὴ οὕτως ἀγόρευε: πάρος δ᾽ οὐκ ἔσσεται ἄλλως,
[4 3 9 Α Ν AQ? 3 ὃ Α “ ν λνν
πρίν γ᾽ ἐπὶ νὼ τῷδ᾽ ἀνδρὶ σὺν ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν
220 ἀντιβίην ἐλθόντε σὺν ἔντεσι πειρηθῆναι.

211, Τρώεσσι: cf. 200. --- φέρων χά-
piv: equiv. to χαριζόμενος. Cf. τῇ γὰρ
ἔχ᾽ (thither he drove) J ῥα πολὺ πλεῖ-
eras κλονέοντο φάλαγγες, |“Exrop: καὶ
Τρώεσσι χαριζόμενος Ο 448 f., Ἥφαιστος
ἦρχ᾽ ἀγορεύειν | μητρὶ φίλῃ ἐπὶ ἦρα φέ-
ρων A 671 1.

212. εἴ κε: with fut. ἱπᾶ, Cf efx’
᾿Αχιλῆος ἑταῖρον ταχέες κύνες ἑλκήσου-
σιν P 657 f., εἴ κε τελευτήσει κακὸν
ἦμαρ ο 624.— This verse and the fol-
lowing indicate the desire of Panda-
rus to see his home, to which he was
fated not to return.

213. ἄλοχον : she is nowhere named
in Homer. — ὐψερεφὲς κτλ.: cf. T 888,
ῃ 225, τ 526.

214=-2 102. Cf the curse of Odys-
seus, μηκέτ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσῆι κάρη ὥμοισιν
ἐπείη B 280. --- αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα: explained
by the following conditional clause.
-- τάμοι: may cut. ‘Permissive’ op-
tative.— ἀλλότριος : stranger, enemy,
alienus, Perh. here not very differ-
ent from ἄλλος. ---- “I hope I may die
if I don’t.”

215. τάδε τόξα : this bow (here).
Much more picturesque than ‘my
bow.’ Cf. St. Paul’s words, αὐτοὶ γινώ-
σκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις (necessities) μου
καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν per ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν

(ministered) αἱ χεῖρες αὗται Acts xx.
34.— Φαειγῴ : for the epithet, cf. ἐν
πυρὸς αὐγῇ 1 206, rev?’ ἄρα of θώρηκα
φαεινότερον πυρὸς αὐγῆς Σ 610. The
following hiatus is justified by the
‘Bucolic diaeresis.’ §§ 9 b, 40 h.—
θείην : opt. of an event conceived not
very vividly as possible. Pandarus
was perfectly ready to throw the bow
into the fire.

216. ἀνεμώλια : to no purpose, useless.
Cf. Δ 356, νηπύτιε, τί vu τόξον ἔχεις
ἀνεμώλιον αὕτως ᾧ 474.

217. Cf. A 266.

218. μὴ δὴ οὕτως: with imv. as
μὴ δὴ οὕτως κλέπτε νόφψ A131 f. For
the ‘synizesis,’ see § 7 a. — πάρος οὐκ:
with following πρίν ye. Cf. 288.—
ἔσσεται ἄλλως: ἱ.6. will be better. —
ἄλλως : for the adv. with ἔσσεται, cf.
σχεδόν 14,

219. ἐπί: const. with rgd’ ἀνδρί. ---
γώ (nos): subj. acc. of πειρηθῆναι.
For the contrasted »é and τῴδε, side
by side, cf. σοὶ μὲν παρὰ καὶ κακῷ
ἐσθλὸν ἔθηκεν ο 488, τῇ παρὰ μὲν κλι-
olny πυρὶ κάτθεσαν τ 55, ἂν δὲ σὺ τοῖσιν
πεφήσεαι (shalt be slain) x 217, σύν τε
δύ᾽ ἐρχομένω, καί re πρὸ ὁ τοῦ ἐνόησεν
κ 224.

220. ἀντιβίην : originally cognate

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 88

ἀλλ᾽ ay’ ἐμῶν ὀχέων ἐπιβήσεο, ὄφρα ἴδηαι,
οἷοι Τρώιοι ἵπποι, ἐπιστάμενοι πεδίοιο
κραιπνὰ μάλ᾽ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα διωκέμεν ἠδὲ φέβεσθαι:"
τὼ καὶ νῶι πόλινδε σαώσετον, εἴ περ ἂν αὖτε
225 Ζεὺς ἐπὶ Τυδεΐδῃ Διομήδεϊ κῦδος ὀρέξῃ.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε νῦν μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία σιγαλόεντα
δέξαι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἵππων ἐπιβήσομαι, ὄφρα μάχωμαι
ἠὲ σὺ τόνδε δέδεξο, μελήσουσιν δ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἵπποι."

acc. with ἐλθόντε. Cf ἐριζέμεναι βα-
σιλῆι | ἀντιβίην A 277 f., Μενελάφ | ἀν-
τίβιον πόλεμον πολεμίζειν Τ' 434 f.—
σὺν ἔντεσι : const. with πειρηθῆναι. Οὗ
εἰ μὲν δὴ ἀντίβιον σὺν τεύχεσι πειρη-
θείης A 386, ἀμφὶ πόλιν σὺν τεύχεσι
πειρηθῶμεν X 881. (σὺν ἔντεσι differs
only metrically from σὺν τεύχεσι.)
The arms are conceived as attendants
of the person; cf σὺν ἵπποισιν 219.
In A 389, σὺν νηί is used almost as in-
strumental, by ship.

221-223 = @ 105-107. — ὀχέων : of
a single chariot. See on 97.— émPy-
ceo: Ist aor. imv.; cf. καταβήσεο 109.
— yar: ἴδῃ. § 26 p.

222. οἷοι: explained by the second
half-verse. — Ἰρώιοι ἵπποι: the horses
of Tros. Cf. 265 ff., ἵππους δὲ Tpgous
ὕπαγε (sc. Διομήδης) (νγόν, οὖς ποτ᾽
ἀπηύρα | Αἰνείαν, ἀτὰρ αὐτὸν ὑπεξεσάω-
σεν ᾿Απόλλων Ψ 20] f. For the adj.,
cf. Νηλήιαι ἵπποι A 597.— Tros was
the father of Ilus and Ganymede, and
the grandfather of Priam. He gave
his name to Τροίη, as his son Ilus
gave his name to the city of Ἴλιος. ---
πεδίοιο : prob. best const. with ἐπιστά-
μενοι (cf. μάχης 11), though generally
const. as local gen. with the following
infinitives (cf. ἔρχονται πεδίοιο B 801).

223. Explanatory of ἐπιστάμενοι
πεδίοιο. --- νθα καὶ ἔνθα : this way and
that, of two opposed directions, This

is explained here by the second half-
verse. — Obs. the large preponderance
of dactyls in this passage (221-225).

224. καί: also. This marks a spe-
cial case under the general statement
about the excellence of the steeds. —
εἴ περ κτλ.: tf really again, as Aeneas
is not inclined to believe, as would
appear from 218 ff. Cf. 282.

225. ἐπί: const. with ὀρέξῃ. Cf.
335.

226. Cf. Pp 479, ¢81.—“ You may
drive, or wield the spear; just as you
please.” —— Aeneas came on foot to
Pandarus, cf. 167; but (what is not
expressly stated by the poet here)
his charioteer followed him, and now
Aeneas takes the reins and offers his
charioteer’s place to Pandarus. See
on 108. --- σιγαλόεντα : shining. Per-
haps polished by some ‘blacking,’ but
more prob. adorned with thin plates
of bright metal.

227. Cf. Pp 480.—The principal idea,
in contrast to 226, is in ὄφρα μάχωμαι,
sc. as wapaiBdrns. Cf. ἂν δ᾽ ἔβαν ἐν δί-
φροισι παραιβάται ἡνίοχοι τε Ψ 182. ---
“1 will fight.”

228. τόνδε δέδεξο (δέχομαι) : receive
his attack. Cf. Δ 107. δέδεξο is not.
used like δέξαι 227. Homer uses
words in different senses, but often
in different forms. Cf. βεβολημένος
1 9 smitten (in a figurative sense), dis-

84 OMHPOY IAIAAO®S E.,

δ 9 4 I , 9 4 er
τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:
GAP? δ ‘ 95." ¥ > ε»ἤ ‘ . 9
230 “Αἰνεία, σὺ μὲν αὐτὸς ἔχ᾽ ἡνία καὶ Tew ἵππω"
” ess ε ’ 3 4 , 9
μᾶλλον ὑφ᾽ ἡνιόχῳ εἰωθότι καμπύλον appa
οἵἴσετον, et περ ἂν αὖτε φεβώμεθα Τυδέος υἱόν "
᾿ Ν \ δεί ’ ὑδ᾽ 20 aX
μὴ τὼ μὲν δείσαντε ματήσετον, οὐδ᾽ ἐθέλητον
> 4 4 | 4 4
ἐκφερέμεν πολέμοιο, τεὸν φθόγγον ποθέοντε,
235 νῶι δ᾽ ἐπαΐξας μεγαθύμου Τυδέος υἱὸς
ο
αὐτώ τε κτείνῃ καὶ ἐλάσσῃ μώνυχας ἵππους.
9 , ’ 9 2. A ¥ 79 9 A , g¢
ἄλλα ov γ αὑτὸς ἔλαυνε TE ἅρματα Kat τεὼ ἵππω,
τόνδε δ᾽ ἐγὼν ἐπιόντα δεδέξομαι ὀξέι δουρί."
a » 4 3 9 ld ,
ὡς apa φωνήσαντες és ἅρματα ποικίλα βάντες
240 ἐμμεμαῶτ᾽ ἐπὶ Τυδεΐδῃ ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους.

tressed, with βεβλημένος A 592 hit (lit-
erally), wounded. — μελήσονσιν «TA. :
forms the conclusion to the preceding
clause. “If you will meet his onset,
I will look out for the horses.” —
μελήσουσιν : for the ‘chiastic order,’
see ὃ 2 0.

229 = 179.

230. ἔχε: keep. See on 226. But
with ἔχ᾽ ἡνία, ἡνίοχος may be com-
pared.

231. μᾶλλον : better, more willingly.
--ὐφ᾽ ἡνιόχῳ κτλ.: Aeneas did not
often serve as charioteer on the bat-
tle-field, but his horses knew his voice
(284), and doubtless he had often
driven them. — καμπύλον : with refer-
ence to the bent ἄντυγες. See on 262.
Cf. ἀγκύλον ἅρμα Z 39, which differs
only metrically from this expression.

232. οἴσετον : nearly equiv. to ἄξε-
τον. A part of the load of the two-
wheeled chariot seemed to rest on the
pole, and thus on the horses. — φεβώ-
μεθα : trans., we must flee.

233. μὴ κτλ.: an independent ex-
pression of anxiety in a warning tone.
In later Greek, such clauses followed

a verb of fearing. “I fear lest fright
come upon them and they delay.”
See H. 861. --- ματήσετον : aor. sub-
junctive.—ov8 ἐθέλητον : forms but
a single idea, and be unwilling.

234. ἐκφερέμεν : prob. trans., sc.
ἡμᾶς as object. But cf. αἱ Φηρητιάδαο
ποδώκεες ἔκφερον (dashed ahead) ἵπποι
Ψ 376.

235. we: prob. obj. οὗ κτείνῃ. For
the intrans. use of ἐπαΐξας, cf. 828,
584.

236. Cf. P 496. ---- αὐτὼ «ra.: the
thought begun with νῶι 235, is am-
plified and divided. See on A 237.
Cf. ὧδέ σφ᾽ ἐγκέφαλος (brain) χαμάδις
ῥέοι ὡς ὅδε οἶνος, | αὐτῶν καὶ τεκέων
Γ 800 f. — κτείνῃ : still depends on μή.
- ἐλάσσῃ: sc. away. Cf. οὐ γάρ πώ
ποτ᾽ ἐμὰς βοῦς ἥλασαν (drove off, sc. οἱ
Τρῶες), οὐδὲ μὲν ἵππους A 104.

237. τέ [σά]: red. For the ‘re-
cession’ of the accent, see § 10 d.

238. Cf. 228.

239. ποικίλα: see on A 226. — For
the rhyme, φωνήσαντες, βάντες, see
§ 2a.

240. éppepacre: “full of eagerness

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 85

τοὺς δὲ ide Σθένελος Καπανήιος ἀγλαὸς vids,

αἷψα δὲ Τυδεΐδην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"

“Τυδεΐδη Διόμηδες, ἐμῷ κεχαρισμένε θυμῷ,

ἄνδρ᾽ ὁρόω κρατερὼ ἐπὶ σοὶ μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι,
245 ἵν ἀπέλεθρον ἔχοντας" 6 μὲν τόξων ἐὺ εἰδώς,

Πάνδαρος, υἱὸς δ᾽ αὖτε Λυκάονος εὔχεται εἶναι"

Αἰνείας δ᾽ vids’ μεγαλήτορος ᾿Αγχίσαο

εὔχεται ἐκγεγάμεν, μήτηρ δέ οἵ ἐστ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη.

ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ χαζώμεθ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων, μηδέ μοι οὕτως
250 θῦνε διὰ προμάχων, μή πως φίλον ἦτορ ὀλέσσῃς."

τὸν δ᾽ ap ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης"
“μή τι φόβονδ᾽ ἀγόρεν᾽, ἐπεὶ οὐδέ σε πεισέμεν οἴω:

for the fight.” Cf. 142. Const. with
ἔχον. The dual is found convenient
for the verse, and is used although
the plural was used with the two pre-
ceding partics. and the verb. For
the free interchange of dual and plu-
ral, cf. ἔχοντας 245 with ἄνδρε 244, and
τὼ ἦλθον 275. See G. 186, 8; H. 634.

241-273. Sthenelus advises retreat
to the line of chariots, but Diomed ad-
vances against Aeneas. ,

241. Σθένελος κτλ.: see on Δ 867.

243 = 826, K 284, Cf. A 608.

244. ἐπὶ col: see on 124.

245. ὁ μέν: nom., as if ἄνδρε ἐπὶ
σοὶ μέμασαν κτλ. had preceded.—-re-
fev: for the gen., cf. μάχης 11.

246. Πάνδαρος : in appos. with ὁ μέν.

247 = 468. Cf Ὑ 208. — Αἰνείας
δέ: instead of ὁ δέ, correl. with ὁ μέν
246. ---- νἱόᾳ : pred. with ἐκγεγάμεν [ἐκ-
γεγονέναι], 18 descended as a son from.

248. Cf. Ύ 209, where Aeneas him-
self tells the story of his family, and
gives his family tree. — μήτηρ δέ ot:
but his mother. The form of the sent.
is changed; a gen. is expected, cor-
rel. with ᾿Αγχίσαο.

249. Cf. ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ φεύγωμεν ἐφ᾽
ἵππων 0. 356.— χαζώμεθα κτλ. : Diomed
had been fighting on foot among the
foremost champions, 134 ff. Sthene-
lus, who had kept near him with his
chariot (see on 183), now drove up
and urged him to mount the chariot
and withdraw to a less exposed posi-
tion. They did not think of leaving
the field altogether, as μηδέ μοι οὕτως
κτλ. shows.

250. Cf. A 342.— μή πως: that thou
mayest not, lest perchance.

251 = Δ 411.

252. μή τι κτλ.: “do not say one
word more in order to urge me to
flee.” A ‘pregnant’ construction ;
cf. πεύθετο γὰρ Κύπρονδε μέγα κλέος
A 21, ὁ μὲν φύγαδ' αὖτις ὑποστρέψας
ἐβεβήκειν A 446. Diomed gives the
name ‘flight’ to the withdrawal from
the line of the foremost fighters
(250). — οὐδέ: neither. Const. with
the whole clause.—“I don’t think
you will persuade me, either.”

253. ov γὰρ κτλ.: for it is not in my
blood, not in my nature. — ἀλυσκάζοντι
wrd.: fight as a skulker. Cf. 2 443, οὐ

86 OMHPOY IAIAAOS ἢ.

ov γάρ μοι γενναῖον ἀλυσκάζοντι μάχεσθαι

οὐδὲ καταπτώσσειν ἔτι μοι μένος ἔμπεδόν ἐστιν"
255 ὀκνείω δ᾽ ἵππων ἐπιβαινέμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὕτως

ἀντίον εἶμ᾽ αὐτῶν τρεῖν μ᾽ οὐκ ἐᾷ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.

a 9 9 a 4 9 ’ 3 ’ ν

τούτω δ᾽ οὐ πάλιν αὖτις ἀποίσετον ὠκέες ἵπποι

ἄμφω ἀφ᾽ ἡμείων, εἴ γ᾽ οὖν ἕτερός γε φύγῃσιν.

ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἑνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν
260 αἴ κέν μοι πολύβουλος ᾿Αθήνη κῦδος ὀρέξῃ

9 , ”~ \ δὲ ’ ὃ A 9 ‘4 ν

ἀμφοτέρω κτεῖναι, σὺ O€ τούσδε μεν ὠκέας ἵππους

αὐτοῦ ἐρυκακέειν, ἐξ ἄντυγος ἡνία τεῶας,

Αἰνείαο δ᾽ ἐπαΐξαι μεμνημένος ἵππων,

γὰρ ὀίω | ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ἑκὰς (far
away) ἱστάμενος πολεμίζειν N 262 f.
— The partic. follows the case of
pol,

254. ἔτι κτλ.: of. p 426.

255. ὀκνείω : ὀκνέω. ὃ. 29 ἱ. --- ἀλλά :
but rather.—xal αὕτως: even as I am,
t.e. on foot, without chariot. Cf. ed
yu καὶ ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν, ὅ τοι κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽
ἔχονται] ἀλλ᾽ αὕτως (i.e. without arms)
ἐπὶ τάφρον ἰὼν Τρώεσσι φάνηθι Σ 197 f.
See ὃ 24 h.

256. avrev: gen. with an adv. of
place. G. 182, 2; H. 757.— τρεῖν
(tremo): /lee.—éq: monosyllabic
by ‘synizesis.’ Cf. ἀλλ᾽ ἐῶμεν Καὶ 344,
οὐκ ἐάσουσιν φ 288.

207. πάλιν: back,local. It marks
, & return to the same point from which
one set out. —avrig: again.

258. ἡμείων: ἡμῶν. Found four
times in Homer. —el xrdA.: if even one
or other of them escape, surely both will
not get away. For the repetition of
γέ in the same sent., cf. 288, 827.

259. See on A 39.

260. ‘Appositive asyndeton,’ as is
usual after the verse which has here
preceded. --- πουλύβουλος : rich in coun-

sel. Cf. δππότε κεν πολύβουλος ἑνὶ
φρεσὶ θήσει ᾿Αθήνη π 282.

261. “If I slay the men, do you
look out for the horses.’ — κτεῖναι :
explains κῦδος ὀρέξῃ. ---σὺ δέ: here
begins the conclusion of the condi-
tion. See ὃ 3 n.— τούσδε: ‘deictic’ ;
pointing to his own horses, which
Sthenelus had brought. (ἡ τάδε 215.

262. αὐτοῦ : right here. — ἐρνκακέ-
ey: used as imperative. — ἐξ ἄντυγος :
cf. 322. The ἄντυξ was the bent rod
which formed the upper and outer
rim of the chariot frame, at the side
and in front of the charioteer. By it
the warrior or charioteer could steady
himself, and to it the reins were tied
when the driver left the chariot. The
pl. is sometimes used, because the ἄν-
rut was on both sides of the chariot, or
because two rods were used, one above
the other. Cf. 728, καὶ ἄντυγες αἱ περὶ
δίφρον A 535. — retvag: binding firm.

263. Cf. 323. — Αἰνείαο : const. with
ἵππων, which, in turn, is to be const.
with éwaita:. — μεμνημένος : mindful,
sc.of Diomed’s orders. Intrans. Cf
ὧδε τις ὑμείων μεμνημένος ἀνδρὶ μαχέ-
σθω T 153, a 343, ὃ 161.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

87

ἐκ δ᾽ ἐλάσαι Τρώων per ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς.
286 τῆς yap τοι γενεῆς, ἧς Τρωΐ περ εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς
δῶχ᾽ υἷος ποινὴν Γανυμήδεος, οὕνεκ᾽ ἄριστοι
ἵππων, ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ᾽ ἠῶ τ᾽ ἠέλιόν TE:
τῆς γενεῆς ἔκλεψεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγχίσης,
λάθρῃ Λαομέδοντος ὑποσχὼν θήλεας ἵππους"
270 τῶν οἱ ἐξ ἐγένοντο ἐνὶ μεγάροισι γενέθλη "
τοὺς μὲν τέσσαρας αὐτὸς ἔχων ἀτίταλλ᾽ ἐπὶ φάτνῃ,
τὼ δὲ δύ᾽ Αἰνείᾳ δῶκεν, μήστωρι φόβοιο.
εἰ τούτω κε λάβοιμεν, ἀροίμεθά κε κλέος ἐσθλόν."
ὡς οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον,

264. Cf. 3824. --- ἐκ : const. with
Τρώων, out of the reach of the 7’rojans.

265. rol: “let me tell you.” — γε-
ψεῆς : ablatival genitive. Sc. εἰσὶν
Τρώιοι ἵπποι. --- ἧς : of which, bred from
which. Sc. ἵππους, cf. 268.— Τρωΐ:
made prominent by rép.

266. vlog ποινήν : as recompense for
his son Ganymede, who (acc. to the
later story) was carried by the eagle
of Zeus to Olympus that he should
serve ascup-bearer. This is the only
Homeric allusion to the story. Beauty
was hereditary in the royal family of
Troy. Not to speak of Paris, Priam’s
brother Tithonus was so beautiful
that Eos, the goddess of the Dawn,
took him to be her spouse, and se-
cured immortality for him from the
gods. Tros was the grandson of Dar-
danus. See ¥ 215 ff. —otwexa κτλ. :
Zeus gave these horses to Tros be-
cause they were the best.

267. ve ἠῶ: along under the morn-
ing light. Cf. ὑπ᾽ αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο B 181.

268. τής yevens: “horses from this
stock.” Cf. 268. --- ἔκλεψεν : gained by
stealth.

269. λάθρῃ: cf. λάθρῃ ᾿Αχιλλῆος Ω 72.

— Δαομέδοντος : Laomedon was first
cousin of Capys, Anchises’ father. —6y,-
Aeas: θηλείας. Ch “Hon θῆλυς ἐοῦσα T 97.

210. τῶν : gen. of source with ἐγέ-
vovro.—ol: to him. — γενέθλη : pred.
appos. to the subj, ἕξ.

271. For the ‘asyndeton,’ ς Z197 f.
-- τοὺς μὲν τέσσαρας : (the others,
namely four,) four of ἐλεϑε. ---- αὐτός :
“for himself.” Οὗ ἵππους δ᾽ αὐτὺς Exe
..- & μεγάροισιν |. . . δῶκε δὲ τόξον
φ 30 f., ἔπος τί xe μυθησαίμην, | 4 αὐτὸς
κεύθω φ 198 f.— ἐπὶ φάτνῃ: cf Z 506.

272. τῷ δὲ δύο: but the other two.—
μηστῶρι: οὗ Δ 328. He inspired the
spirit of flight in the enemy.

273. εἰ τούτω κτλ. : in case we should
take these two. Evidently the horses
could not be taken until their mas-
ters were overcome. This would
bring honor.— For the opt. with ef
κε, cf. ef κεν θάνατόν ye φύγοιμεν A 60,
εἴ wep γάρ κ᾽ ἐθέλοιμεν . . . ἀριθμηθή-
μεναι ἄμφω Β 123 f.

274-333. Death of Pandarus. Ae-
neas 1s wounded by Diomed, but saved
by Aphrodite. Sthenelus captures the
horses of Aeneas.

274. This verse is found 8 times in

88 OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

215 τὼ δὲ τάχ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθον ἐλαύνοντ᾽ ὠκέας ἵππους.

τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:

“ καρτερόθυμε δαΐῴφρον, ἀγανοῦ Τυδέος υἱέ,

ἦ μάλα σ᾽ οὐ βέλος ὠκὺ δαμάσσατο, πικρὸς ὀιστός "
νῦν avr ἐγχείῃ πειρήσομαι, αἴ κε τύχωμι."

280 1 pa καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,
καὶ βάλε Τυδεΐδαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα" τῆς δὲ διαπρὸ
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη πταμένη ώρηκι πελάσθη.
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ μακρὸν ἄνσε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς vids:

“ βέβληαι κενεῶνα διαμπερές, οὐδέ σ᾽ ὀΐω
286 δηρὸν ἔτ᾽ ἀνσχήσεσθαι" ἐμοὶ δὲ μέγ᾽ εὖχος ἔδωκας."
τὸν δ᾽ οὐ ταρβήσας προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης"
εἦ β 9 5? ¥ . des 3 \ Ar 5, 5,
neBpores, οὐδ᾽ ἔτυχες" ἀτὰρ οὐ μὲν σφῶί γ᾽ ὀΐω

the Ziad, 16 times in the Odyssey. It
forms a transition at the close of a
conversation.

275. τώ: i.e. Pandarus and Aeneas.
Of. 240.— λθον éXavvowre: for the
combination of dual and plural, οὐ
239 f.

276. Cf. 229.

2717. καρτερόθυμε: the prominence
given to the stout-hearted endurance
of the enemy seems to be in close
connexion with the thought of the
following verse, which is to be under-
stood as an exclamation of surprise.

278. ἦ μάλα: in truth. Concessive.
“It is true that,” etc. —mxpog ὀιστός :
cf. 99. In appos. with βέλος, forming
a sort of contrast with the principal
verb, οὐ δαμάσσατο. See on A 534.

279. γῦν αὖτε: but now. With νῦν
and ἔπειτα, αὖτε is used like αὐτάρ.
See on 117.—The verse-pause con-
trasts ἐγχείῃ with βέλος ὠκύ. --- αἵ κε
κτλ.: if haply I may hit thee. — τύχωμι :
τύχω. § 26a.

280 = r 365, H 244, A 349, P 516,

X 278, 289. Cf. ὦ 519, 522. —ayqe-
παλών: reduplicated aor. (ὃ 25 7)
from évardAAw.—Cf. adducto con-
tortum hastile lacerto | im-
mittit Verg. Aen. xi. 661 f.

282. αἰχμή : spear-point. Cf. A 461.

283 = 101.

284. βέβληαι: ς ἴδηαι 221. — κε
νεῶνα: for the acc., see on κνήμην
Δ 519.— διαμπερές : clean through, —
no mere scratch.

285. ἀνσχήσεσθαι: cf. 104, A 611.
βέλος is supplied from BéBAna, as the
obj. of the infinitive. — ἔδωκας : aor.
with reference to the preceding mo-
ment when the wound was inflicted.
See on xa 125. Cf. Hector’s words
on the departure of Agamemnon,
οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὥριστος, ἐμοὶ δὲ μέγ' εὖχος
ἔδωκεν | Ζεὺς Κρονίδης A 288 f.

286=A 384. Cf. T 430. — ταρβή-
σας: dismayed. The use of the aor.
is like that in δείσας 298. ‘“ Terror
did not come over him.”

287. “You missed me, but I will
not let you try again.” — ἥμβροτες :

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 89

’ > 9 Ud 4 3 a 9 a a
πρίν γ᾽ ἀποπαύσεσθαι, πρίν γ᾽ ἢ ἕτερόν ye πεσόντα
ν > » 4 4 69
αἵματος ἄσαι Apna ταλαύρινον πολεμιστήν.

290

ὡς φάμενος προέηκε: βέλος δ᾽ ἴθυνεν ᾿Αθήνη

ῥῖνα παρ᾽ ὀφθαλμόν, λευκοὺς δ᾽ ἐπέρησεν ὀδόντας.

τοῦ δ᾽ ἀπὸ μὲν γλῶσσαν πρυμνὴν τάμε χαλκὸς ἀτειρής,
> \ > 9 , δ a > ”~

αἰχμὴ δ᾽ ἐξεσύθη παρὰ νείατον avbepeava.

ν» δ᾽ 3 3. » 3. »9 δὲ o> 5 9 2”

ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε én’ αὐτῷ

296 αἰόλα παμφανόωντα, παρέτρεσσαν δέ οἱ ἵπποι

ὠκύποδες - τοῦ δ᾽ αὖθι λύθη ψυχή τε μῶος τε.

Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἀπόρουσε σὺν ἀσπίδι δουρί τε μακρῷ,

ἥμαρτες. Aeolicaorist. § 12 σ. --- οὐδ᾽
ἔτυχες : ΤΟΡΙγεῖο αἴ κε τύχωμι 279. ---
ἀτὰρ κτλ. : reply to οὐδέ σ᾽ ὀίω 284,
and hence o¢a is emphasized by γέ.

288. πρίν ye ἥ: sooner than. This
πρίν is ἃ conj., and corresponds to
the adv. πρίν at the beginning of the
verse. Cf. 218, οὐδ᾽ ὅ ye πρὶν Δαναοῖ-
ow ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀπάσει, | πρίν γ᾽ ἀπὸ
πατρὶ φίλῳ δόμεναι ἑλικώπιδα κούρην
A 97 f.

289 = ° 78, X 267.—alparos ὦσαι :
paints the savage nature of Ares. —
αἵματος : gen. of material, with a
word of fulness.— ταλαύρινον (ταλά-
fpivos): shield-bearing. See on σακέσ-
wados 126. Epithet only of Ares.

290. ὡς φάμενος: cf 898. ---θυνεν
᾿Αθήνη: cf 4 1382. The goddess who
incited Pandarus to a breach of the
truce (4 86 ff.) now helps to over-
power him. Without her aid, the
lance, hurled by a man standing on
the ground, could hardly have taken
this course, — entering near the eye,
and issuing near the nape of the neck.
Possibly Pandarus was stooping.

291. ῥῖνα : ‘limit of motion.’ —dr.-
κούς: a standing epithet, like that in
γάλα λευκόν 902. See ὃ 1 p. It is
used more distinctively, of the wild

boar, θήγων (whetting) λευκὸν ὀδόντα
A 416, σῦς ἤλασε λευκῷ ὀδόντι τ 8θ8.
- ἐπέρησεν : sc. βέλος as subject.

292. row: i.e. Pandarus. Const.
with γλῶσσαν. ---- ἀπό : const. with τάμε.
Cf. 214, ἀπὸ στομάχους ἀρνῶν τάμς νη-
λέι χαλκῷ Τ' 202, ἀπ᾿ ἀσφάραγον (wind-
pipe) μελίη (ashen spear) τάμε χαλκο-
βάρεια Χ 828. --- γλῶσσαν πρυμνήν : the
tongue at the root. Commentators have
found here a special punishment for
the tongue of Pandarus which had
boasted too much.

293. ἐξεσύθη (cetw): rushed out,
came out. The aor. pass. is often used
as an intrans. active verb. See ὃ 32d.

294 = @ 260. Cf. 47, 58.

295. aldAa: gleaming. Cf. σάκος
αἰόλον ἑπταβόειον H 222, (Odpyea) al-
vur ἀπὸ στήθεσφι wavalodoy A 374.
This is repeated in more definite form
by παμφανόωντα. See on 613.— παρέ-
τρέσσαν (τρέω) : sprang in fear to the
side, shied.

296 = Θ 123, 315. — αὖθι: cf. αὐτοῦ
262. ---ψυχὴ κτλ.: life and strength.
Cf. θυμοῦ δενομένους - ἀπὸ yap μένος
εἵλετο χαλκός Τ' 294. --- μένος : cf. 2.

297. ἀπόρονσε: leaped off, sprang
down from his chariot in order to de-
fend the corpse of his comrade.

ον BWA, i \

i ϑ Ἷ Ἰ ὶ Ἦ ᾿ ' h
: { Ν ἃ ἣ i
Ay
: 1 F Ὶ |
» | \ A , |
νι
ἱ
; Ι ἣ ἣ ᾿
! | ᾿
}

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 91

ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται, κοτύλην δέ TE μιν καλέουσιν.
θλάσσε δέ οἱ κοτύλην, πρὸς 8 ἄμφω ῥῆξε torre:

doe δ᾽ ἀπὸ ῥινὸν τρηχὺς λίθος.

αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἤρως

ἔστη γνὺξ ἐριπὼν καὶ ἐρείσατο χειρὶ παχείῃ
810 yains: ἀμφὶ δὲ doce κελαινὴ νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν.
καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο ἀναξ ἀνδρῶν Αἰνείας,
εἰ μὴ ap ὀξὺ νόησε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη,
μήτηρ, ἦ μιν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αγχίσῃ τέκε βονκολέοντι "
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἐὸν φίλον vidv ἐχεύατο πήχεε λευκώ,
315 πρόσθε δέ οἱ πέπλοιο φαεινοῦ πτύγμα κάλυψεν,

re χόλον ... καταπέψῃ (digest), | ἀλλά
γε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον A 81 f.
See on ἀλλά A 82; § 8 ο.

306. κοτύλην κτλ.: parenthetical.
--μίν: te. the part of the ἰσχίον
which has just been defined.

307. πρὸς δέ: and besides. Cf. σοὶ
δὲ μάλ᾽ ἕψομ᾽ (follow) ἐγώ - πότι δ' ad
καὶ ἐγείρομεν ἄλλους K 108. --- ἄμφω
τένοντε: both sinews which (in the
Homeric view of anatomy) connect
thigh bone and socket of the hip joint.
See on A 621.

308. doe [ὠθέω] δ᾽ ἀπό: ἀπέωσε δέ.
For the adv. use of the prep., cf 19.
For the accent of ἀπό, see on ὑπό
Δ 505. — ῥινόν : the skin, — though the
mention of the cuticle is certainly
odd at the close of the story.

309 f. = A 855 f. — ἔστη : he stopped,
—in contrast with sinking entirely
upon the ground. Cf. στῇ δὲ γνὺξ
ἐριπών, τόξον δέ of ἔκπεσε χειρός Θ 329.
— γνύξ: see on 68.

310. yalys: gen. of place. G.179,
2; H. 760. —vwv€: here of a swoon.
Cf. ἀχλύς 696; and A 356, Ξὶ 439,
X 466. Elsewhere of the darkness of
death. See on A 461.

311. καί we κτλ.: cf 388. Poten-
tial of the past, where the Attic would

have used a past tense of the ind.
with ἄν. 8 3ce; GMT. 440; H. 896.

312 =T 374. — ὀξύ : keenly, i.e.
quickly.

313. μήτηρ: added in appos. with
᾿Αφροδίτη, and amplified by the rest
of the verse. Thus this word forms
a sort of connecting link between
312 f. Cf ἰχώρ 340, Τυδεΐδης 362,
Αἰνείαν 378, νήπιος 406, ἀτρέμας 524,
᾿Αλφειοῦ 545, οὐλομένην 876, Ἥρης 898,
Σιδονίων Z 200, Σκαιάς Z 398; and the
similar use of τάων 320, δεινήν 739,
ἡρώων 747, δείσαντας 868, δειδιότα
2 137, πρῶτον Z 260. § 1 h.— βον-
κολέοντι: cf. 2 25, Αἰνείας, τὸν ὑπ᾽
᾿Αγχίσῃ τέκε δῖ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη, | Ἴδης
ἐν κνημοῖσι θεὰ βροτῷ εὐνηθεῖσα Β
820 f.

314. éxevaro: the mid. expresses
an idea of interest which can be
rendered by the possessive pronoun.
“Threw both her arms.” Cf. ἄντα
παρειάων σχομένη holding before her
cheeks a 884.—Cf. ἀμφιχυθεὶς πατέρ'
ἐσθλόν π 214. — For the 1st aor. with-
out o, cf. A 269.

315. of: const. with κάλυψεν, as
dat. of interest. Cf. 300. — πτύγμα:
fold. The πέπλος was open at the
side, and full enough to allow the

90 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

δείσας, μή πώς ot ἐρυσαίατο νεκρὸν ᾿Αχαιοί.

ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὐτῷ βαῖνε λέων ὡς ἀλκὶ πεποιθώς,
800 πρόσθε δέ οἱ δόρυ τ᾽ ἔσχε καὶ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐίσην,

τὸν κτάμεναι μεμαώς, ὅς τις τοῦ γ᾽ ἀντίος ἔλθοι,

σμερδαλέα ἰάχων. ὁ δὲ χερμάδιον λάβε χειρὶ

Τυδεΐδης, μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν,

οἷοι νῦν βροτοί cio’: ὁ

δέ μιν ῥέα πάλλε καὶ οἷος "

A , > » 9. 9 ’ ¥ \
305 τῷ βάλεν Αἰνείαο κατ᾽ ἰσχίον, &Oa τε μηρὸς

298. ἐρνσαίατο : the technical term
for the capture (dragging) of an en-
emy’s dead body. Cf. καί νύ κεν
εἴρυσσέν re (sc. Ἕκτωρ Πατρόκλοιο ve-
κρόν) καὶ ἄσπετον (unspeakable) ἤρατο
κῦδος Σ 166, οἱ δ᾽ ἀλλήλους ὀλέκουσιν, |
of μὲν ἀμυνόμενοι véxvos πέρι τεθνηῶ-
τος, | οἱ δὲ ἐρύσσασθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον hve-
μόεσσαν Σ 172 ff.

299. ἀμφὶ κτλ.: cf Ρ 4. -- ἀμφ᾽
αὐτῷ : about himself, t.e. over (bestrid-
ing) the dead body. See on 21, A 493.
Cf. (δαίμονες) λντήριοι ἀμφιβάντες πόλιν
Aesch. Septem 159.

900 f.= P 7 f.— ol: const. with
ἔσχε πρόσθε, stretched out for him, i.e.
for his defence.

301. τόν: Aim, with following gen-
eralizing ὅς τις, whoever should. Cf.
332, — τοῦ ye: i.e. the dead Pandarus.
Gen. because of the adverbial idea in
ἀντίος. G. 180,1; H. 754 f. Cf. 256,
εἰ μή Tis Δαναῶν νῦν Ἕκτορος ἀντίος
εἶσιν Ἡ 98.

302-304. Cf. T 285-287.

302 = Θ 821. ---σμερδαλέᾶ; for the
cognate acc., cf. λαμπρόν 6, σμερδαλέα
xruméwy H 479. For the length of the
last syllable, see on γένετο A 456. —
Χχερμάδιον : for the Homeric use of
stones in battle, see on A 518.— χειρί:
dat. of instrument.

303. μέγα ἔργον : a great thing. Cf.
the use of μέγα χρῆμα in later Greek.

— φέροιεν : potential opt. without
ἄν.
904--Μ 449, 01 287. Cf. Μ 383,
A 272, 6 222 ff. — The poet’s contem-
poraries are thought of as a degen-
erate race, when compared with the
heroes of the Trojan war. Homer
appears as a laudator temporis
acti, and clearly shows his apprecia-
tion of the distance of time which
separates him from the events of
which he sings. The ‘sagas’ of all
nations and times picture the men of
former ages as stronger, better, and
happier than the men of the present.
Cf. saxum antiquum, ingens,
campo quod forte iacebat, |
limes agro positus, litem ut
discerneret arvis; | vix illud
lecti bis sex cervice subi-
rent,|qualia nunc hominum
producit corpora tellus; |ille
manu raptum trepida torque-
bat in hostem Verg. Aen. xii.
897 ff. The theory of progress and
development from a ruder and more
helpless state, hardly appears before
Aeschylus, — πάλλε : swung, prepara-
tory to throwing it. Two men of
Homer’s time could not carry it, but
Diomed swung it easily.

305. re: with this. —tvOa κτλ. : de-
fines κατ᾽ ἰσχίον more exactly. — τέ:
correl. with τέ 306. Cf. ef wep γάρ

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 91

ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται, κοτύλην δέ τέ μιν καλέουσι"
θλάσσε δέ of κοτύλην, πρὸς δ᾽ ἄμφω ῥῆξε t&orte-

ὦσε δ᾽ ἀπὸ ῥιψὸν τρηχὺς λίθος.

αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἤρως

¥ “ 9 bs N > 4 ‘\ [4
ἔστη γνὺξ ἐριπὼν καὶ ἐρείσατο χειρὶ παχείῃ

810 γαίης’

ἀμφὶ δὲ ὄσσε κελαινὴ νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν.

καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Αἰνείας,
εἰ μὴ ap ὀξὺ νόησε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη,
μήτηρ, ἦ μιν ὑπ ᾿Αγχίσῃ τέκε βονκολέοντι"
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἐὸν φίλον νἱὸν ἐχεύατο πήχεε λευκώ,
315 πρόσθε δέ οἱ πέπλοιο φαεινοῦ πτύγμα κάλυψεν,

τε χόλον... καταπέψῃ (digest), | ἀλλά
re καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον A 81 f.
See on ἀλλά A 82; ὃ ὃ ο.

306. κοτύλην κτλ.: parenthetical.
—ply: ic. the part of the ἰσχίον
wor has just been defined.

307. πρὸς δέ: and besides. Cf. σοὶ
δὲ μάλ᾽ ἕψομ᾽ (follow) éyd+ πότι δ' ad
καὶ ἐγείρομεν ἄλλους K 108. --- ἄμφω
τέγοντε: both sinews which (in the
Homeric view of anatomy) connect
thigh bone and socket of the hip joint.
See on A 621.

308. ὦσε [ὠθέω] δ᾽ ὁπό : ἀπέωσε δέ.
For the adv. use of the prep., cf. 19.
For the accent of ἀπό, see on ὑπό
Δ 505. — ῥινόν : the skin, — though the
mention of the cuticle is certainly
odd at the close of the story.

309 f.= A 365 f. — ἔστη : he stopped,
—in contrast with sinking entirely
upon the ground. Cf. στῇ δὲ γνὺξ
ἐριπών, τόξον δέ of ἔκπεσε χειρός Θ 829.
-ουγνύξ: see on 68.

310. γαίης : gen. of place. G.179,
2; H. 160. ---γύξ: here of a swoon.
Cf. ἀχλύς 696; and A 356, Ξ 439,
X 466. Elsewhere of the darkness of
death. See on A 461.

311. καί we κτλ.: cf. 388. Poten-
tial of the past, where the Attic would

have used a past tense of the ind.
with ἄν. § 3ce; GMT. 440; H. 896.

$12 -- ῳΓ 374. — ὀξύ : keenly, te.
quickly.

313. μήτηρ: added in appos. with
*Adpodirn, and amplified by the rest
of the verse. Thus this word forms
a sort of connecting link between
312 f. Cf ἰχώρ 340, Τυδεΐδης 362,
Αἰνείαν 378, νήπιος 406, ἀτρέμας 524,
᾿Αλφειοῦ 545, οὐλομένην 876, Ἥρης 898,
Σιδονίων 2 200, Σκαιάς 2 398; and the
similar use of τάων 320, δεινήν 739,
ἡρώων 1417, δείσαντας 868, δειδιότα
2 187, πρῶτον Z 260. 81 h.— βον-
κολέοντι: cf. Z 25, Αἰνείας, τὸν ὑπ’
᾿Αγχίσῃ τέκε 8: ᾿Αφροδίτη, | Ἴδης
ἐν κνημοῖσι θεὰ βροτῷ εὐνηθεῖσα B
820 f.

314. éxevaro: the mid. expresses
an idea of interest which can be
rendered by the possessive pronoun.
“Threw both her arms.” Cf. ἄντα
παρειάων σχομένη holding before her
cheeks a 884.—Cf. ἀμφιχυθεὶς πατέρ᾽
ἐσθλόν w 214. — For the 1st aor. with-
out o, cf. A 269.

315. of: const. with κάλυψεν, as
dat. of interest. Cf. 300. — πτύγμα:
fold. The πέπλος was open at the
side, and full enough to allow the

92 OMHPOY IAIAAOZ E

ν » 4 ‘4 ἴω ’
ἔρκος ἔμεν βελέων, μή τις Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων
χαλκὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι βαλὼν ἐκ θυμὸν ἕλοιτο.
€ ‘\ ea ‘4 en ε 4 . 4
ἡ μὲν ἐὸν φίλον υἱὸν ὑπεξέφερεν πολέμοιο "
909 ex a \ 7 ,
οὐδ᾽ υἱὸς Καπανῆος ἐλήθετο συνθεσιάων
320 τάων, ἃς ἐπέτελλε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης,
9 9 4 ‘ e A 3 4 a 9
ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γε τοὺς μὲν ἑοὺς ἠρύκακε μώνυχας ἵππους
νόσφιν ἀπὸ φλοίσβου, ἐξ ἄντυγος ἡνία τείνας,
Αἰνείαο δ᾽ ἐπαΐξας καλλίτριχας ἵππους
3 [4 > 3 , 9 ao
ἐξέλασε Τρώων per ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς,
825 δῶκε δὲ Δηιπύλῳ ἑτάρῳ φίλῳ, ὃν περὶ πάσης
A ε , 9 e ‘ ¥ ¥
τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, ὅτι of φρεσὶν ἄρτια ἤδη,

wearer to use it in this way. — κάλυ-
Wev: equiv. to καλύπτουσα προέσχε.
Cf. 507, Αἴας δ᾽ ἀμφὶ Μενοιτιάδῃ σάκος
εὐρὺ καλύψας | ἑστήκειν P 182 f., πρό-
σθεν δὲ σάκος στέρνοιο κάλυψεν Χ 818.
316. ἕρκος βελέων: on Δ 137.—
pev: cf. Δ 2909. --- ταχνπώλων: c/.
A 282.

317 = 346; cf ν 62. — χαλκόν:
often of the sword (as the Eng. uses
‘steel’), but here and freq. of the
bronze-tipped spear. Cf 17, 330.—
βαλὼν κτλ. : cf. A381, M 160. — βαλών :
by hitting. — ἐκ : const. with ἕλοιτο.

318. Vergil makes Aeneas refer to
this escape from the hands of Dio-
med, ὁ Danaum fortissime
gentis, | Tydide! mene Iliacis
occumbere campis|non potu-
isse tuaque animam hanc ef-
fundere dextra Aen. i. 96 ff.—
Aeneas was saved by Poseidon, a
week later, from the hands of Achil-
les in’ a more extraordinary fashion:
Αἰνείαν δ᾽ ἔσσευεν (sc. Ποσειδάων) ἀπὸ
χϑονὸς ὑψόσ᾽ ἀείρας. | πολλὰς δὲ στίχας
ἡρώων, πολλὰς δὲ καὶ ἵππων | Αἰνείας
ὑπερᾶλτο θεοῦ ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὀρούσας, | ἷξε
δ᾽ ἐπ' ἐσχατιὴν πολυάικος πολέμοιο

Ὑ 325 ff. — ὑπεξέφερεν : was bearing out

Jrom under the impending danger. Οὐ.
377, Z 57 £., δειδιότες " τυτθὸν γὰρ ὑπὲκ
θανάτοιο φέρονται O 628; also Δ 468. ---
Aeneas was unable to walk, on ac-
count of the wound in his hip.—
πολέμοιο : “ battle-field.”

319. οὐδέ: cf. A 127.— vies Kare.
vyos: cf. 241 ff.—cvuvOeriawy: cf
συνθεσίαι τε καὶ ὅρκια B 339. Equiv.
to ἐφετμέων 818. The Attic συνθήκη
is not Homeric.

320. τάων [τῶν, t.e. τοὐτων : see on
μήτηρ 818, τήν Δ 41.

321-324. Cf. 261-264.

822. γόσφιν κτλ.: cf. K 416.—
ddrolefov: cf. πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης
A 84.

323. Αἰνείαο : const. with ἵππους.
-- ἐπαΐξας : intrans. C/. 235.— This
capture of the horses of Aeneas is re-
ferred to in Θ 1065 ff., Ψ 291 f.

324 -- Ν 401.

325. δῶκε: sc. ἵππους. --- Δηιπύλῳ:
mentioned only here.

326. ὁμηλικίης : of his equals in age,
comrades. Abstract for concrete. Cf
of Helen (λιποῦσα) ὁμηλικίην ἐρατεινήν
Γ 170, ὁ γὰρ ὁμηλικίην ἐκέκαστο β 158.
—ol: ἐξ. Sthenelus.—Orv κτλ: of.
τ 248.— φρεσίν: local, in his breast.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 93

νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν.

αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἥρως

ὧν ἵππων ἐπιβὰς ἔλαβ᾽ ἡνία σιγαλόεντα,
αἶψα δὲ Τυδεΐδην μέθεπε κρατερώνυχας ἵππους

330 ἐμμεμαώς.

ὁ δὲ Κύπριν ἐπῴχετο νηλέι χαλκῷ,

, 9 > » ¥ , ὑδὲ 4
γιγνώσκων, ὅ τ᾽ ἄναλκις ἔην θεός, οὐδὲ θεάων.
τάων, αἵ T ἀνδρῶν πόλεμον κάτα κοιρανέουσιν,

Ψ 3 ¥ 3 5 , » 4 > a

our ap ᾿Αθηναίη οὔτε πτολίπορθος *Evud.

ἀλλ᾽ ore δή ῥ᾽ ἐκίχανε πολὺν καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ὀπάζων,
335 ἔνθ᾽ ἐπορεξάμενος μεγαθύμου Τυδέος υἱὸς

ἄκρην οὕτασε χεῖρα μετάλμενος ὀξέι δουρὶ

Cf. (of Thersites) ἔπεα φρεσὶν ἧσιν
ἄκοσμά τε πολλά τε ἤδη Β 218. --- ἄρτια
ὕδη : was of one mind.

327. wyvely ... ἐλαννέμεν : cf A 274,
O 259.— νηυσὶν ἔπι: “to the camp.”
— dravvdpev: preferred to ἐλαύνειν be-
fore the Bucolic diaeresis. ΟἿ ἑξέμεν
473, πολεμιζέμεν 620. § 39 9. —Inf. of
purpose, loosely added ; “for driving.”

828. dy: reflexive possessive, his
own. —Drafie: sc. from the ἄντυξ. C/,.
322. --- ἡνία κτλ.: of. 226.

329. Τυδεΐδην : acc. after the prep.
in μέθεπε ἵππους “he drove his horses
after.” Cf 682, Πατρόκλῳ ἔφεπε ἵπ-
πους II 724.— κρατερώνυχας : with no
special emphasis after μώνυχας 321,
and καλλίτριχας 323, but filling a dif-
ferent metrical space.

330. Κύπριν: Aphrodite bears this
name in Homer only in this Fifth
Book. Cf. 422, 458, 760, 883. But
in 6 362 ff. she has a sanctuary at
Paphos. The same name is given to
her in the ‘ Homeric Hymn’ to Aphro-
dite. This has been urged as one of
several indications of a Cyprian ori-
gin of the poet of E.

331. γιγνώσκων :
of 127 ἢ. --- ὅ τ᾽ : ὅτι τε.
ἄναλκι : “without arch.”

sc. as the result
Cf. 483. —

332. τάων αἴ τε: cf. τὸν ὅς τις 801.
-- Ἐἀνδρών: const. with πόλεμον. Cf.
Δ 84, μάχην καταδύμεναι ἀνδρῶν T 241,
ἀνδρῶν τε πτολέμους Ὡ 8. --- κάτα : for
the retraction of the accent, see ὃ 87 c.
— κοιρανέουσιν : cf. 824.

333. ᾿Αθηναίη: notably the chief
divinity of war in Homer. —’Eywvd: a
female counterpart of Ares, who is
Ἐνυάλιος, B 6561; cf. 592. Cf the
Roman Bellona.

334-453. Aphrodite is wounded by
Diomed, and taken to Olympus in the
chariot of Ares. Aeneas ts carried to
the Pergamus by Apollo, and healed
there.

334. ἐκίχανε: sc. Κύπριν. For the
impf., cf. 65. — καθ᾽ ὅμιλον: of 528;
on A 209. — ὀπάζων : pressing forward.
Cf. P 462.

335. ἐπορεξάμενοαι : thrusting out,
reaching out. Cf.4307. Const. closely
with οὔτασε. The partics., as often,
add to the picturesqueness of the de-
scription.

336. ἄκρην χεῖρα: more definitely
deseribed in 389. Cf. 468. --- otrace:
wounded by a thrust from the lance.
Always of a wound inflicted by some-
thing held, not thrown. See on Δ 540.

— perddrApevos: leaping after, in order

94 OMHPOY IAIAAO® E.

aBrnxpyv: εἶθαρ δὲ δόρν χροὸς ἀντετόρησεν

3 ’ \ 4 9 e Ud a, 3 4
dpBpooiov διὰ πέπλου, ὅν οἱ χάριτες κάμον αὐταί,

\ y 2 ©, δ᾽ ¥ e 6 A
πρυμνὸν ὕπερ θέναρος. ῥέε δ᾽ ἄμβροτον αἷμα θεοῖο,
840 ἰχώρ, οἷός πέρ τε ῥέει μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν᾽
9 “ ~ 9 > ’ 9 ν»
οὐ γὰρ σῖτον ἔδουσ᾽, οὐ πίνουσ᾽ αἴθοπα οἶνον "

[4 9 9 a , 9 .' 3 , »,
τούνεκ᾽ ἀναίμονές εἶσι καὶ ἀθάνατοι καλέονται.
ε , ’ 3.9 9 “ 9 4 er
ἡ δὲ μέγα ἰάχουσα ἀπὸ €o κάμβαλεν υἱόν "
, a Ν ‘ b' | 9 “Ὁ 9 ,
καὶ τὸν μὲν μετὰ χερσὶν ἐρύσσατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων
345 κυανέῃ νεφέλῃ, μή τις Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων
χαλκὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι βαλὼν ἐκ θυμὸν ἕλοιτο"

toinflict the wound. Cf. ἐπάλμενος ὀξέι
δουρί A 421, δουρὶ μετάλμενος H 448.

337. ἀβληχρήν : tender, delicate.
The opposite of παχείῃ 309. Cf. 425.
— This epithet is added as an after-
thought, and is in close connexion
with the rest of the verse. — χροὸς
[χρωτός, ὃ 18 6] κτλ. : pierced (against)
the flesh.

338. ἀμβροσίον : the robe of Arte-
mis also is ἀμβρόσιος 507, and that
of Helen is vexrdpeos F 385. — χάριτες :
the natural attendants and servants
of the goddess of love. — Athena made
her own clothes ; cf. 735. — κάμον : cf.
A 187.

339. πρυμνόν: as substantive. —
θέναρος : t.e. the fleshy, hollow part of
the hand, near the wrist.

340. ἰχώρ: only here and 416, of
the blood of the gods. — This corrects
.and limits the statement of the pre-
ceding verse. See on 313. — ῥέει:
flows. In a different sense from ῥέε
339. See on δέδεξο 228. --- θεοῖσιν :
dat. of interest; not local.— Cf
‘From the gash | A stream of nec-
tarous humor issuing flowed | San-
guine, such as celestial spirits may
bleed,’ Milton Par. Lost vi. 331 ff., of
Satan.

341. γάρ: introduces an explana-
tion of ἰχώρ as a more accurate state-
ment of αἷμα. --- οὐ πίνουσι: this
‘asyndeton’ is natural in any lan-
guage. “They do not eat; they do
not drink.” Cf. od γὰρ ἐμοὶ πείθεσθ᾽,
οὐ Μέντορι ποιμένι λαῶν w 456.— The
gods eat immortality (ἀμβροσία). ----
αἴθοπα : cf. A 259.

342. rovvexa: cf. A 477. --- ἀναίμο-
ves (αἷμα) : i.e. without human blood.
Equiv. to the later ἄναιμοι. ---- καλέον-
ται: are called, t.e. are. Cf. κέκλημαι
A 61.

343. μέγα, ἀπό: for the ‘quantity’
of the ultimas, cf. γένετο A456. ἀπο-
féo seems to have become nearly
a&xovdo, — the ‘vau’ being vocalized
and becoming attached to the pre-
ceding syllable. — laxovea: the fol-
lowing hiatus is justified by- the
pause. —xdpBarey [κατέβαλεν]: let
fall.

344. μετὰ χερσίν: (between, t.e.) in
hisarms, Equiv. to ἐν χερσίν. --- ἐρύσ-
σατο: guarded, protected. Cf. A 868,
ὙΥ 450, αὶ 279, x 372. — Φοῖβος ’Awoda-
λων: the most faithful supporter and
defender of the Trojans,

345. Cf. 316,

346 = 317,

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 95

τῇ δ᾽ ἐπὶ μακρὸν avoe βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης "
oc A θ ’ λ 9 Q 5 ~
εἶκε, Atos θύγατερ, πολέμον καὶ ὀηιοτήτος "
ἡ οὐχ ἅλις, ὅττι γυναῖκας ἀνάλκιδας ἠπεροπεύεις ;
350 εἰ δὲ σύ γ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον πωλήσεαι, ἦ τέ σ᾽ ὀΐω
ε , ’ ’ Ἁ » 2 εἐ 24 ’ 9
ῥιγήσειν πόλεμόν ye, καὶ εἴ χ᾽ ἑτέρωθι πύθηαι.
a ¥ 9 € 3 9 ’ 3 3 4 a 9 9 «A
ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, ἡ δ᾽ ἀλύουσ᾽ ἀπεβήσετο, τείρετο δ᾽ αἰνῶς.
᾿ b ¥3> 4 ε κ᾿ 9 » > ε 9
τὴν μὲν ἄρ᾽ Ἶρις ἑλοῦσα ποδήνεμος ἔξαγ᾽ ὁμίλου

ἀχθομένην ὀδύνῃσι, μελαίνετο δὲ χρόα καλόν.
355 εὗρεν ἔπειτα μάχης ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ θοῦρον “Apna
ἥμενον, ἠέρι δ᾽ ἔγχος ἐκέκλιτο καὶ ταχέ᾽ ἵππω.

347. τῇ δ᾽ ἐπί: see on 10].

348. εἶκε πολέμου : yield, withdraw
from the fray. Οὗ. Helen’s words to
Aphrodite, θεῶν δ᾽ ἀπόεικε κελεύθον
Yr 406. --- πολέμον: for the gen., see
on χάρμης A 509.

349. ἦ οὐχ: 88 one syllable. §7 a.
— ἅλις: sc. ἐστί. 78 it not enough ? —
ἠπεροπεύεις : cf Helen’s words, δαι-
μονίη, τί με ταῦτα AtAaleas ἡπεροπεύειν ;
r 899. Hector calls Paris ἠπεροπευτά
r 39.

350. ov ye: emphasized with ref-
erence to 349. “You have no place on
the battle-field; your work is to lead
astray weak women.” The emphasis
may be rendered by an adv. expres-
sion: “But if you, nevertheless.” —
«πωλήσεαι: frequentative of πέλομαι.
Shalt often come. The fut. in a fu-
ture cond. is esp. common when the
condition contains a ‘threat or warn-
ing. GMT. 447.—q re: then, in
truth. Cf. a 288.

351. “The goddess would be so
hurt that she would thenceforth shud-
der at the very mention of war.” —
πύθηαι [πύθῃ] : cf μάχης ἐπύθοντο καὶ
ἄλλοι Ο 224.

352-430. Flight of Aphrodite and
her reception on Olympus.

352. ἀλύονσα: frantic, beside herself,
with pain. — ἀπεβήσετο : this ‘mixed’
aor. (ὃ 307) secures a dactyl before
the Bucolic diaeresis. Cf. 745; see
on ἐλαυνέμεν 821. --- τείρετο δέ: “for
she was distressed.”

353. ποδήνεμος: cf. θείειν (in run-
ning) δ᾽ ἀνέμοισιν ὁμοῖοι K 437, of the
horses of the Thracian Rhesus. Iris
is ἀελλόπος Θ 409. — Iris here acts on
her own impulee, as in Γ 121, where
she brings Helen to the Scaean Gate,
and Ψ 198 ff., where she calls the
winds to rouse the fire in the pyre of
Patroclus.

354. peAalvero (sc. ᾿Αφροδίτη) : lit.
was dyeing herself dark red, as the
blood (μέλαν αἷμα A 149) flowed.
Much like μιαίνετο. --- χρόα [ χρῶτα] :
86. χειρός.

355. ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερά : sc. of the Greek
line. On the bank of the Scamander ;
cf. 86.

356. ἠέρι xrA.: the spear seemed
to lean on a thick bank of mist. which
concealed the god and his belongings.
Cf. 778.—rre: the verb is suited
only to ἔγχος. A similar verb is im-
plied for ἵππω. See ὃ 2 t.— Ares
had taken his chariot with him, like
the mortal chieftains and the other

96 OMHPOY IAIAAO® E.

ἡ δὲ γνὺξ ἐριποῦσα κασιγνήτοιο φίλοιο

πολλὰ λισσομῶη χρυσάμπυκας ἥτεεν ἵππους '

«φίλε κασίγνητε, κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους"
360 ὄφρ᾽ ἐς Ὄλυμπον ἵκωμαι, ἵν᾿ ἀθανάτων ἕδος ἐστίν.

λίην ἄχθομαι ἕλκος, ὅ με βροτὸς οὕτασεν ἀνήρ,
Τυδεΐδης, ὃς νῦν γε καὶ ἂν Διὶ πατρὶ μάχοιτο."

ὡς φάτο, τῇ δ᾽ ap’ "Apns δῶκε χρυσάμπυκας ἵππους.
ἡ δ᾽ ἐς δίφρον ἔβαινεν ἀκηχεμένη φίλον ἦτορ,
365 πὰρ δέ οἱ Ἶρις ἔβαινε καὶ ἡνία λάζετο χερσίν,
μάστιξεν δ᾽ ἐλάαν, τὼ δ᾽ οὐκ ἀέκοντε πετέσθην.
αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵκοντο θεῶν ἔδος, αἰπὺν Ὄλυμπον "

warlike divinities who descended from
Olympus in order to take part in the
battle. Cf. 720 ff., @ 382 ff., N 23 ff,
Ο 119 ff.

907. γνὺξ κτλ.: on 68, — κασιγνή-
row : const. with ἵππους. The second
half-verse of 357 is closely joined to
that of 358.

358. πολλά: for the cognate acc.,
cf. 528, πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπάνευθε κιὼν
ἠρᾶθ' & γεραιός A 35. For the length
of the ‘ultima,’ see § 41 7. --- χρυσάμ-
πνχας: cf. 720.

359. φίλε: on A 16δ. --- κόμισαι
κτλι: care for me, “bring me home,”
sc. by giving his horses. — Seg δέ: a
change of construction. Instead of
τέ, which is expected, δέ is used, form-
ing a sort of contrast. δούς might
have been used in prose.

360. Cf. Θ 456, Οὐλυμπόνδ᾽, ὅθι φασὶ
θεῶν ἕδος ἀσφαλὲς αἰεὶ | ἔμμεναι ¢ 42 f.

361. ἄχθομαι: only here with such
a cognate acc. οὐδὲν ἤχθετο Xen. An.
i, 1.8 is clearly different.—6: ‘acc.
of effect’ with otracey. Cf. 795,
οὐλήν (scar), τήν wore μὲν σῦς ἤλασε
λευκῷ ὀδόντι τ 398, ἕλκεα ἅ κεν μάρ-
πτῃσι (fasten upon) κεραυνός Θ 405,

ἕλκεα ὅσσ᾽ ἐτύπη 1 421. G. 169, 8;
Η. 114. --- ἀνήρ: made more definite
by the following verse. On φῶτα
A 194,

362 = 457. — viv ye: “now, at least,
to judge from my experience.” —xal
Au: even with Zeus, if the latter
should oppose him in the fight.

363. dpa: so, “as she had re-
quested.”

364. ἔβαινεν : was on her way. Du-
rative.—rop: for the acc., cf Kip
899, A 272.

365. πὰρ δὲ xra.: cf. © 262.—
ἔβαινε: sc. és δίφρον, as ἡνίοχος. Cf.
wapaBeBhxee δέ of (i.e. Xerxes) ἡνίοχος
Hat. vii. 40.— καὶ ἡνία κτλ. : cf. P 482,
Ω 441, γ 488. --- λάζετο: cf. A 357. ©

366 = Θ 45, χ 400, γ 484, 494, o 192;
cf. 168. ---- μάστιξεν xra.: cf. ¢ 82.—
ἐλάαν [ἐλᾶν, ὃ 29 c]: sc. ἵππους as
object.

367. os: acc. of ‘limit of me-
tion.’ Cf. ‘ere he arrive | The happy
ile,’ Milton Par. Lost ii. 409 f., ‘ those
powers that the queen | Hath raised
in Gallia have arrived our coast,’
Shakspere 3 Henry VI. v. 3. 8, ‘But
ere we could arrive the point fro

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 97

¥ 9 4 , 3 ‘4 Φ
ἔνθ᾽ ἵππους ἔστησε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις
λύσασ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, παρὰ δ᾽ ἀμβρόσιον βάλεν εἶδαρ '
ε 3 9 UA “~ , a 5" ,
810 ἡ δ᾽ ἐν γούνασι πῖπτε Διώνης δὲ ᾿Αφροδίτη,
“ ea € 3 9 4 9 ld ld 9
μητρὸς ens: ἡ δ᾽ ἀγκὰς ἐλάζετο θυγατέρα ἦν,
v4 4 4 ¥ > 8ν 3 > 4
χειρί τέ μιν κατέρεξεν, ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ex τ᾽ dvopaler:
- 72 , sQ> , , 3 ,
τίς νύ σε τοιάδ᾽ ἔρεξε, φίλον τέκος, Οὐρανιώνων
» ε Ψ 4 4 9 ~ 3)
μαψιδίως, ὡς εἴ τι κακὸν ῥέζουσαν ἐνωπῇ;

375

τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα φιλομμειδὴς ᾿Αφροδίτη "

“obrd με Τυδέος υἱὸς ὑπέρθυμος Διομήδης,
9 > > 6A » en ε , 4
οὕνεκ᾽ ἐγὼ φίλον υἱὸν ὑπεξέφερον πολέμοιο

9 » é 3 ‘ id
Αἰνείαν, ὃς ἐμοῖὶ πάντων

posed,’ id. Julius Caesar i. 2. 110. ---
Cf. 360.

368 f. Cf. 775 f.,@ 49 f.,N 84 f. —
ἔστησε: stationed, stopped. Cf. στῆσεν
A 298.

369. παρά: the tables of men stood
beside them, not in front of them, in
Homeric times. Thus σῖτον παρέθηκε
α 189 is the natural expression for
“ placed food before him.” The terms
are transferred to horses. ΟἿ ὑμῖν (1.6.
the horses of Hector) πὰρ προτέροισι
μελίφρονα πυρὸν (wheat) ἔθηκεν @ 188.

870. ἐν γούνασι: cf.Z81f. Aphro-
dite prob. did not sit down in her
mother’s lap, but hid her face there,
sinking on the floor. — Διώνης : only
here in Homer. She was worshipped
with Zeus and shared his temple at
Dodona. Strabo vii. 329, however,
says that her worship at Dodona was
not original. She seems to have been
another form of Hera. Aphrodite is
called Διωναία by Theocritus, xv. 106.
— Homer knows nothing of the story
of Aphrodite’s birth from the foam
of the sea, any more than he does of
Athena’s springing in full armor from
the head of Zeus (on A 515).

“πολὺ φίλτατός ἐστιν.

371. ἀγκάς: ἐπ her arms. Perhaps
an old locative, for ἀγκάσι.--- λάζετο :
clusped. — @vyardpa: on μέγα 343.

372 =A 361, 2 485, Ω 127, ὃ 610,
ε 181.— For the formula, see ὃ 1 s.

373 1. --Φ 509 f.— σέ, τοιάδε : for
the two accs.,— of person (dir. obj.)
and thing (cognate), see G. 165; H.
725 a.—dpefe: for the single p after
the augment, see ὃ 25 9.— Οὐρανιώνων:
for the patronymic form, see § 21 a.—
Dione assumes that no mortal would
have dared to inflict the wound.

374. ὡς εἰ: much like Attic ὥσπερ.
εἰ is not necessary, but makes promi-
nent the fact that the comparison is
a mere conception of the. mind. —
ῥέζουσαν: const. with σέ. — ἐνγωπῇ :
before the eyes. “ΑἸ open offender,”
“caught in the act.”

375. φιλομμειδής: cf A 10. The
epithet is not particularly appropri-
ate here.

376. Cf. 4365.—otra: cf 880, A 525.

377. otvexa κτλ.: reply to 374.
“This was my only offence.” — ὑπεξ-
édepov xra.: cf. 318.

378. Αἰνείαν: for the appos. of
the name, with a following amplify-

98 OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

3 4 ¥ ’ x. 3 ~ a > 9
ov yap ert Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν φύλοπις awn,
380 ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη Δαναοί ye καὶ ἀθανάτοισι μάχονται."

τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα Διώνη δῖα θεάων "»
“τέτλαθι, τέκνον ἐμόν, καὶ ἀνάσχεο κηδομδη περ"
πολλοὶ γὰρ δὴ τλῆμεν ᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχοντες
ἐξ ἀνδρῶν, χαλέπ᾽ ἀλγε ἐπ᾿ ἀλλήλοισι τιθέντες.
386 Thy μὲν “Apns, ὅτε μιν Ὦτος κρατερός τ᾽ ᾿Εφιάλτης,
παῖδες ᾿Αλωῆος, δῆσαν κρατερῷ ἐνὶ Seopa:
χαλκέῳ δ᾽ ἐν κεράμῳ δέδετο τρισκαίδεκα μῆνας.

ing clause, cf. Τυδεΐδης 5602; see on
818.

379. γάρ: introduces an explana-
tion of 376. “The strife is no longer
between Trojans and Achaeans, but
between the Danaans and the gods.”
— φύλοπις : cf A 15.

380. Δαναοί : the change from
᾿Αχαιοί 379 is only for metrical con-
venience; it has no rhetorical force
nor significance of meaning.

381. Sta θεάων: cf. 2 305, δῖα yurar
κῶν YT 423. The gen. is partitive,
since δῖα is superlative in meaning.

382. Cf. A 586. — ἀνάσχεο (ἀνέχω) :
be patient. — κηδομένη: follows the
natural gender of τέκνον.Ό Cf. 688,
ἦλθε δ' ἐπὶ ψυχὴ Θηβαίου Τειρεσίαο]
χρύσεον σκῆπτρον ἔχων A 90 f.

383. A frequent Homeric method
of consolation. ‘Misery loves com-
pany.’ Solamen miseris so-
cios habuisse malorum. Dione
comforts her daughter by recounting
the examples of Ares, Hera, and
Hades, who had suffered worse than
she. Thus in Soph. Ant. 044 ff., the
chorus compare Antigone’s fate to
that of Danaé, of Lycurgus, and of
Cleopatra. — γάρ: refers to τέτλαθι.

384. ἐξ dvSpev: const. with τλῆμεν,
which has a passive idea. ὑπό might

have been used. G.191,1.3; H.798c.
— Athena not only hated Ares and
Aphrodite, but had aroused Diomed
to attack them. Cf. 406, 873 f.

385. τλῆ [ἔτλη] μέν: cf. τλῇ δέ
392, 395. A repetition in detail of
τλῆμεν 383, and hence needs no con-
nexion by a conj. with the preceding.
— "fires, ᾿Εφιάλτης : cf. καί ῥ' ἕτεκεν
(sc. Ἰφιμέδεια) δύο παῖδε, μινυνθαδίω δὲ
γενέσθην, Ὧτόν τ᾽ ἀντίθεον τηλεκλειτόν
τ᾽ ᾿Εφιάλτην, | obs δὴ μηκίστους θρέψε
(είδωρος ἄρουρα | καὶ πολὺ καλλίστους
μετά γε κλυτὸν ᾿Ωρίωνα "Ϊ ἐννέωροι (nine
years old) γὰρ τοί γε καὶ ἐννεακήχεες
ἦσαν | εὖρος, ἀτὰρ μῆκός γε γενέσθην
ἐννεόργυιοι (nine fathoms). | .. .”Oogay
ἐπ᾿ Οὐλύμπῳ μέμασαν θέμεν, αὐτὰρ ἐπ᾿
"Ὄσσῃ | Πήλιον εἰνοσίφυλλον, ἵν᾽ οὐρανὸς
ἀμβατὸς εἴη A 307 ff.— Possibly this
story was an allegory,—the god of
war bound for a full year by the
farmer’s sons, in the interests of the
crops.

386. ᾿Αλωῆος : rather of Poseidon,
acc. to A 806. ---δῆσαν: cf. δεσμῷ ἐν
ἀργαλέῳ δέδετο ο 232.

387. χαλκέφ: disyllabic. κέραμος
clearly must have come to mean sim-
ply jar, before it could be used of a
bronze jar. Cf. xptoe’ ἀλάβαστρα
Theoc. xv. 114. See on νέκταρ ἐφνο-

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο “Apns Gros πολέμοιο,
εἰ μὴ μητρνιὴ περικαλλὴς “HepiBora
390 Ἑρμέᾳ ἐξήγγειλεν " ὁ δ᾽ ἐξέκλεψεν “Apna
ἤδη τειρόμενον, χαλεπὸς δέ ἑ δεσμὸς ἐδάμνα.
τλῆ δ᾽ Ἥρη, ὅτε μιν κρατερὸς πάις ᾿Αμφιτρύωνος
δεξιτερὸν κατὰ μαζὸν ὀιστῷ τριγλώχινι
βεβλήκει - τότε καί μιν ἀνήκεστον λάβεν ἄλγος.
395 TAH ὃ ᾿Αίδης ἐν τοῖσι πελώριος ὠκὺν ὀιστόν,
εὖτέ μιν ωὑτὸς ἀνήρ, υἱὸς Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο,

χόει Δ 8. ---ἐν κεράμῳ : in (earthenware,
te.) a jar. The great earthen jars
which have been found on the Acro-
polis at Athens and by Dr. Schlie-
mann at Hissarlik, correspond in size
to modern casks. Such a one served
Diogenes as a chamber (his ‘ tub’).
Cf. the story of ‘Ali Baba and the
Forty Thieves.’ — δέδετο: lay bound.
Cf. πέφανται 631.

388. Οὐ 311.— The hiatus is justi-
fied at the verse-pause. The second
half-verse may be taken as in appos.
with the subj. of ἀπόλοιτο. ---- drog: cf.
289.

389. μητρνιή": sc. of Otus and Ephi-
altes, who, like the step-mothers of
the fiction of all times, hated her
predecessor’s sons.—In the heroic
times men in general were not ex-
pected to marry again after the death
of the first wife.

390. Ἑρμέᾳ: Hermes was well-
fitted by his cunning for all deeds of
stealth. Cf r 35, 224. — ἐξέκλεψεν :
brought out by stealth.

391. rapdpevoy : worn out, exhausted.
— δέ: the Eng. idiom expects γάρ, for
this clause explains τειρόμενον. --- ἐδά.
pva: was overpowering, was weakening.

392. nparepds κτλ.: cf. ᾿Αμφιτρύ-
cvos vids μένος αἰὲν ἀτειρής A 270. —

Heracles is called here the son of
Amphitryo, but in 396 he is vids Διός.
So Helen is daughter of Tyndareiis, |
r 140, and again Ads ἐκγεγαυῖα Γ' 199.
— This story is borrowed from old
gongs about Nestor and Heracles.
Acc. to one myth, Heracles made
war on Neleus (Nestor’s father), to
whose aid Hera and other gods came;
but, aided by Zeus and Athena, Hera-
cles overcame all his foes. Cf. ἀγαθοὶ
δὲ καὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ δαίμον᾽ ἄνδρες | ἐγέ-
vovr’. ἐπεὶ ἀντίον | πῶς ἂν τριόδοντος
Ἡρακλέης σκύταλον τίναξε χερσίν, |
ἁνίκ᾽ ἀμφὶ Πύλον σταθεὶς ἤρειδε Ἰοσει-
Say | ἤρειδέν τέ νιν ἀργυρέῳ τόξῳ πελε-
μίζων | Φοῖβος, οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αίδας ἀκινήταν ἔχε
ῥάβδον,] βρότεα σώμαθ' ᾧ κατάγει κοίλαν
ἐς ἀγυιὰν | θνασκόντων Pind. Ol. ix. 28 ff.

393. τριγλώχινι : three-barbed. Cf.
A 151, A 507.

394. καί : belongs to the whole
thought, and marks the effect of
βεβλήκει. --- ἀνήκεστον (ἄκος, cf. 402) :
only here and O 217.

395. ἐν τοῖσι: among these, sc. suf-
fering divinities (883). Cf. ὁππότε
κεν τούτους κτέωμεν,. .. ἐν δὲ σὺ τοῖσιν
ἔπειτα πεφήσεαι x 216 f.— ὠκύν : οὐ
ὀξὺ βέλος A 185, βέλος ὠκύ 106.

396. wirds: that same, i.e. Hera-
cles. This ‘crasis’ only here. § 8.

100

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

ἐν πύλῳ ἐν νεκύεσσι βαλὼν ὀδύνῃσιν ἔδωκεν.
> A ε ΄ὉΝ >’ μων , Α “ »
αὐτὰρ 6 βῆ πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς καὶ μακρὸν "οΟλυμπον
κῆρ ἀχέων, ὀδύνῃσι πεπαρμένος, αὐτὰρ ὀιστὸς
400 ὦμῳ ἔνι στιβαρῷ ἠλήλατο, κῆδε δὲ θυμόν.
“Ὁ 3 9. AN 4 9 , a ,
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Παιήων ὀδυνήφατα φάρμακα πάσσων
ἠκέσατ᾽ * οὐ μὲν γάρ τι καταθνητός γε τέτυκτο.
, 9 , ἃ 9 ¥ > »¥ εν,
σχέτλιος, ὀβριμοεργός, ὃς οὐκ ὄθετ᾽ αἴσυλα ῥέζων,
a ld ¥ ’ ἂν .4
ὃς τόξοισιν ἔκηδε θεούς, οὗ “ολυμπον ἔχουσιν.
406 σοὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἀνῆκε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη"

397. ἐν πύλῳ κτλ.: in the gate-
way, among the dead. This seems
to refer to the time when Heracles
fetched up the three-headed dog Cer-
berus for Eurystheus, while Hades,
surrounded by the dead, stood in,
the portal of the nether world and
would prevent his passage. But it
may refer to the same contest as
that in which Hera was wounded.
See on 392.—o8dvgow κτλ.: cf.
p 567, μ᾽ ἀχέεσσί γε δώσεις τ 167,
αὐτὸν ἐγὼ Μοίσαισι δώσω Pind. Pyth.
ἦν. 67.

398. Sapa Διός, "Ὄλυμπον : the
former is put first as the more spe-
cific.

399. κήρ: cf. ἦτορ 364.— ὀδύνῃσι
κτλ.: Cf. ὀδύνη δὲ διὰ χροὸς FAP ἀλε-
yewh A 898, (χεὶρ) ὀξείῃς ὀδύνῃσιν
ἐλήλαται 11 ὅ]8. ----πεπαρμένος (πείρωλ :
pierced.

400. ἠλήλατο : had been driven, was
in. Cf. δέδετο 387.— κῆδε κτλ.: cf.
A 468.

401 f.=900 ἢ. ---τῷ: for him. —
ἐπί: const. with πάσσων. Cf. A 218.
—Tlawev: the Healer of the gods.
Elsewhere in Homer only 899 and
ὃ 2382. He was identified later with
Apollo or Asclepius. Cf. ἄλλοι Παιῶ-
vos πολυφαρμάκου ἔργον ἔχοντες | inrpol

Solon xii. 57. — ὀδυνήφατα : lit. pain-
killing.

402. ἠκέσατο : sc. τόν from τῷ. ---
οὔ τι: not at all, by no means. Cf. οὐ-
δέν. --- Hades might be wounded and
hurt, as Aphrodite was; but being a
god, he was immortal. C/. Apollo’s
words to Achilles, οὔ τοι μόρσιμός εἶμι
Χ 18.

403. σχέτλιος, ὀβριμοεργός : nom.
of exclamation, in vexation at Hera-
cles. G. 157 n.; H. 707 Ὁ. Cf. νή-
wios 406. Such adjective-exclama-
tions are generally followed, as here,
by a clause which gives the reason
for the exclamation. --- οὐκ ὄθετο:
here followed by a supplementary

participle. Cf the const. of αἰσχύ-
ψομαι.
404. ὅς κτλ.: this rel. clause is

added without a conj., since it is ex-
planatory, introducing an example
of the preceding statement. — ἔκηδε:
troubled, wounded. Cf. 400.— Obs.
that Heracles’s weapon in Homer is
the bow. He is said not to have ap-
peared in literature with a club before
Stesichorus, — but representations of
him so armed are found on very early
coins.

405. σοὶ δ᾽ ἐπί: ἐπὶ δὲ σοί. On 124.
-- ἀνῆκε: cf. ἀνιεῖσα 422, ἀνέντες 761.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

101

νήπιος, οὐδὲ τὸ οἷδε κατὰ φρένα Τυδέος vids
ν 4x 9 9 ὃ 4 a > , ld

ὅττι μάλ᾽ ov Snvaids, ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται,
οὐδέ τί μιν παῖδες ποτὶ γούνασι παππάζουσιν
9 a, 9 3 4 Ἁ 9 A “A

ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐκ πολέμοιο Kai αἰνῆς δηιοτῆτος.

410 τῷ νῦν Τυδεΐδης, εἰ καὶ μάλα καρτερός ἐστιν,
φραζέσθω, μή τίς οἱ ἀμείνων σεῖο μάχηται,
μὴ δὴν Αἰγιάλεια περίφρων ᾿Αδρηστίνη
> 9 ’ ’ ϑ “ἃ 9 [4
ἐξ ὕπνον γοόωσα φίλους οἰκῆας ἐγείρῃ,

406. νήπιος : cf. Β 88, demens!
qui nimbos ... simularet
Verg. Aen. vi. 590 f. For its position
in the verse, see ὃ 1 ἢ. --- τό : refers
to the fg. verse. C/. 665, where τό
is explained by a following infinitive,
Δ 168.

407. μάλ᾽ οὐ: not at all. Cf. Ther-
sites’ words, ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ οὐχ ᾿Αχιλῆι
χόλος φρεσίν Β 241.— δϑηναιός (δήν
diu): only here. For the thought,
cf. Z 130 ff.—dés μάχηται: for the
subjv. without ἄν in a general cond.
sent., cf. Δ 131, 141.

408. ποτὶ [πρὸς] γούνασιν: at his
knees, “ gathering about him.” Const.
closely with παῖδες. --- παππαζουσιν :
the Phaeacian princess Nausicaa
addresses her father πάππα φίλε
(C67. Cf. τῷ δ᾽ οὔ τι γυνὴ καὶ νή-
mia τέκνα | οἴκαδε νοστήσαντι παρί-
σταται μ 42 ἴ. --- “His children do
not rejoice in his return from the
war,” i.e. he does not return. Οὗ
150.

409. ἐλθόντα: the force of the
neg. covers the partic. as well as the
finite verb. The partic., as freq.,
contains the more important thought.
Cf. Thetis’s words of her son, τὸν δ᾽
οὐχ ὑποδέξομαι αὖτις | οἴκαδε νοστή-
σαντα Σ 440 f.

410, τῷ : therefore.—viv: Dione
applies the general principle (407-

409) to the present case. — εἰ καὶ κτλ.:
cf. N 816,9 139, x 13.

411. μή: Jest, introduces a warn-
ing, an ‘object-clause’ of φραζέσθω. —
ἀμείνων σεῖο [σοῦ]: ἴ.6. some such
god as Apollo; cf. 487. Cf μή τίς
τοι τάχα Ἴρου ἀμείνων ἄλλος ἀναστῇ
σ 884,

412. μή: warns against the conse-
quences if some mightier god should
enter the combat. — δήν : long. Const.
with γοόωσα. ---- περίφρων : thrown by
the rhythm with ᾿Αδρηστίνη. --- Αδρη-
στίνη : for the fem. patronymic, see
§ 211. Cf. also Εὐηνίνη, 1 557, daugh-
ter of Euenus; and ᾿Ωκεανίνη (of the
Styx) Hesiod Theog. 889. --- Diomed’s
father, Tydeus, acc. to Ξ 121, mar-
ried a daughter of Adrastus, king of
Argos. Thus Diomed seems to have
married his aunt; as Iphidamas mar-
ried his mother’s sister, A 226. But
perhaps ᾿Αδρηστίνη may be used for
grand-daughter of Adrastus, as Aiaxi-
dys, B 860, is applied to Achilles, the
grandson of Aeacus. In the latter
case, Aegialea would be Diomed’s
cousin.

413. ἐξ ὕπνου: const. with ἐγείρῃ.
All in the house are roused by her
lamentations. — olxyas: need not in
Homer be equiv. to οἰκέται in the
later sense, but household. Cf. Z
866.

102

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

o 4 , “ » 9 “A
κουρίδιον ποθέουσα πόσιν, τὸν ἄριστον ᾿Αχαιῶν,
415 ἰφθίμη ἄλοχος Διομήδεος ἱπποδάμοιο."
ἦ ῥα καὶ ἀμφοτέρῃσιν am ἰχῶ χειρὸς ὀμόργνυ -
»¥ , 9 Ud b | ’ ~
ἄλθετο χείρ, ὀδύναι δὲ κατηπιόωντο βαρεῖαι.
e a > 9 , 3 , . ¢
ai δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ εἰσορόωσαι ᾿Αθηναίη τε καὶ Ἥρη
, 9 , , ’ 8 A
κερτομίοις ἐπέεσσι Δία Κρονίδην ἐρέθιζον.
420 τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη "
“Zed πάτερ, ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι, ὅττι κεν εἴπω;
ἦ μάλα δή τινα Κύπρις ᾿Αχαιιάδων ἀνιεῖσα
Τρωσὶν ἅμα σπέσθαι, τοὺς νῦν ἔκπαγλα φίλησεν,
τῶν τινα καρρέζουσα ᾿Αχαιιάδων ἐυπέπλων

414. τὸν ἄριστον κτλ.: the expres-
sion which would be in Aegialea’s
mind, while ποθέουσα, --- but also nat-
ural enough, at this juncture, on Di-
one’s lips.

415. Impressive formal designa-
tion (suggested by πόσιν 414), in
appos. with Αἰγιάλεια 412.

416. ἀμφοτέρῃσιν: sc. χερσίν. G.
139 n.; H. 621 c.— awe: const. with
ὀμόργνυ. Cf. ἀπομόρξατο δάκρυ Β 269,
ἄμφω χεῖρ᾽ ἀπομόργνυ Σ 414, ἀπομορξα-
μένω κονίην YW 7980. ---ἰχῶ: acc. of
ἰχώρ 840. It assumes a nom. ἰχώς. ---
χειρός : ablatival gen., from the hand
of Aphrodite.

417. ἄλθετο χείρ: sc. at the mere
touch of Dione.— Obs. the ‘asynde-
ton’ and the ‘chiastic’ relation to
the preceding clause. Cf. A 491.

418. αὖτε: on the other hand. — εἰσ-
opowoa: cf A 4. These goddesses
had watched the whole scene between
Dione and her daughter. —’A@nvaly
κτλ.: cf. Δ 20.— When Athena re-
turned to Olympus, the poet does not
say. See on 133. Diomed has been
acting independently since 290, but
in accordance with her directions.
Her departure from the battle-field

makes possible the interference of
Ares; cf. 461, 610.

419. xeproplois: cf A 6. --- ρέθιζον:
teased, in return for Zeus’s mocking
words, A 7-12.—The pl. is used,
though only Athena speaks.

420. τοῖσι: dat. of interest. 7.6.
Zeus, Athena, and Hera.

421. Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἡ ῥά τι: cf. 762, H
446, @ 296. --- ἦ ῥα κτλ.: ς Δ 98. 7
ῥα is much like Attic dpa, but ex-
presses more feeling. —“ Will you
be angry,” 1.6. do not be vexed. C/.
a 168. Athena does not ask for in-
formation.

422. ἡ pada δή: surely now, the truth
really is. Ironical. Cf. ἦ μάλα δὴ
Τρῶες μεγαλήτορες, οὖς wep ἕπεφνον,
| αὖτις ἀναστήσονται Φ δὅ f., Achilles’s
words at sight of Lycaon whom he
had sold to Lemnos, but who had re-
turned.— The reference to Aphro-
dite’s relation to Helen is obvious.

423. ἔκπαγλα κτλ. : conceived mighty
love. Cf. Aphrodite’s words to Helen,
μὴ χωσαμένη ce pebelw (give thee up),
| ras (thus) δέ σ᾽ ἀπεχθήρω, ὧς νῦν
ἔκπαγλα φίλησα Τ' 414 1.

424. τῶν twa κτλ.: in familiar
conversational style repeats τινὰ

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

103

425 πρὸς χρυσέῃ περόνῃ καταμύξατο χεῖρα ἁραιήν."
ὡς φάτο, μείδησεν δὲ πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε,
καί ῥα καλεσσάμενος προσέφη χρυσέην ᾿Αφροδίτην"
“ov τοι, τέκνον ἐμόν, δέδοται πολεμήια ἔργα,
ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ ἱμερόεντα μετέρχεο ἔργα γάμοιο,
430 ταῦτα δ᾽ "Apne θοῷ καὶ ᾿Αθήνῃ πάντα μελήσει."
ὡς οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρενον,
Αἰνείᾳ δ᾽ ἐπόρουσε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης,
γιγνώσκων, ὅ οἱ αὐτὸς ὑπείρεχε χεῖρας ᾿Απόλλων "

ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γ᾽

᾿Αχαιιίάδων 422, after the humorous
423. Of. 79.—«appéfovea: cf. κατέ-
ρεξεν 372. For the form, see § 11 ὁ.
--- Αχαιιάδων κτλ. : this clause, in ap-
pos. with τῶν, heightens the contrast
of the hypothetical situation with the
truth,—the mighty Diomed with his
spear.

425. περόνῃ : brooch, by which the
robe (πέπλος) was fastened at the
shoulder and down the side. This is
made prominent by the verse-pause.
— “Not by a spear was she wounded,
but she scratched her hand on a
breastpin!”’—dpainy: delicate little.
Cf. 387.

426 = Ο 47. — πατὴρ κτλ. : ς A 68.

427. καλεσσάμενος : calling to him.
— xpuodny: because of the goddess’s
golden ornaments. Cf Venus
aurea Verg. Aen. x. 16. Similarly,
Ares is χάλκεος, 704, because of his
bronze armor and arms.

428 f. Plutarch, de aud. poet. 36 a,
says that these verses οὐδὲν διαφέρει
τοῦ " γνῶθι σαυτόν’ Cf. nescio quo
pacto, tibi ego possim, mihi
tu dicere: τέκνον ἐμὸν... μετέρχεο
ἔργα λόγοιο Cic. ad Att. xiv. 18. --- πο-
λεμήια : equiv. to ἃ gen., and con-
trasted with γάμοιο. Cf θεῖον Z 180.

»” 59 SQA “ 4 9 9 > 95 N
ἄρ᾽ οὐδὲ θεὸν μέγαν aero, ἵετο δ᾽ αἰεὶ

480. ταῦτα: ἴ.6. πολεμήια ἔργα. ---
Bom: quick, swift, with reference to
readiness for action in war. Cf. 586,
571, @ 215, (Ares) καλός re καὶ ἀρτίπος
6 810. --- μελήσει : will be a care. Cf.
z 492. — “Ares and Athena will see
to the war; you need not trouble
yourself about that.”

The whole scene, 370-430, is in-
tended to afford a relief to the de-
scriptions of conflicts on the battle-
field.

431-469. Renewed battle.
and Apollo. Apollo and Ares.

431 -- 274. --- The story returns to
Diomed. Cf. 347.

433. γιγνώσκων : concessive. The
clearness of vision which Athena had
bestowed (127), enabled Diomed’s
eyes to penetrate the cloud (345)
which concealed Apollo and Aeneas.
--ὅ: ὅτι. Cf. 831. — ὑπείρεχε χεῖρας :
on A 249. Cf. 344, where Apollo
holds Aeneas in his arms.— In later
Greek, ὑπερέχοι or ὑπερέχει would
have been used. GMT. 674, 1.

434. dpa: “as was clear” from his
attack on Aeneas under these circum-
stances. — οὐδέ: not even. This was not
in opposition to the letter of Athena’s
injunction, 129 ἔ, --- ἄζετο : revered.

Diomed

104

OMHPOY IAIAAO®’ E.

435 Αἰνείαν κτεῖναι καὶ ἀπὸ κλυτὰ τεύχεα δῦσαι.
τρὶς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπόρουσε κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων,
τρὶς δέ οἱ ἐστυφέλιξε φαεινὴν ἀσπίδ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων.
9 3 ὦν 4 “ », 9 9 ’
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ τὸ τέταρτον ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι Toros,
δεινὰ δ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας προσέφη ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων
440 “ φράζεο, Τυδεΐδη, καὶ χάζεο, μηδὲ θεοῖσιν

| 3

io” ἔθελε φρονέειν, ἐπεὶ ov ποτε φῦλον ὁμοῖον

ἀθανάτων τε θεῶν χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων τ᾽ ἀνθρώπων."
ὡς φάτο, Τυδεΐδης δ᾽ ἀνεχάζετο τυτθὸν ὀπίσσω,
μῆνιν ἀλευάμενος ἑκατηβόλον ᾿Απόλλωνος.
446 Αἰνείαν δ᾽ ἀπάτερθεν ὁμίλον θῆκεν ᾿Απόλλων

435. ἀπό: const. with δῦσα. CF.
εἵματα ἀποδύς ε 848. ---- δύσαι : differs
from δῦναι as βῆσαι from βῆναι.

436. Cf. Tr 442. --- τρίς: cf. 136,
2 435, τρὶς μὲν μερμήριξε, . .. τρὶς δὲ
κτύκε (thundered) μητίετα Ζεύς Θ 169 f.
-- ἔπειτα: then, points back to ἐπ-
ὀρουσε 432, which is here repeated.

437. τρὶς δέ: for the repetition of
τρίς, see on A 415. Cf. τρὶς μὲν ἐπ᾽
ἀγκῶνος ( projecting corner) BR τείχεος
ὑψηλοῖο | Πάτροκλος, τρὶς δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀπε-
στυφέλιξεν ᾿Απόλλων II 702 f., τρὶς μὲν
ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπόρουσε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἔγχει χαλκείῳ, τρὶς δ᾽ ἠέρα τύψε βα-
θεῖαν T 445 f., τρὶς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπόρουσε,
... τρὶς δ᾽ ἐννέα φῶτας ἔπεφνεν Π
184 ἴ. --- of ἐστυφέλιξε ἀσπίδα : struck
for him the shield, i.e. struck Dio-
med’s shield, in order to thrust him
back.

438 = m1 705, 786, 0 447; cf. X 208.
--τὸ τέταρτον: the preceding τρίς
has prepared the way for the dem.
τό. Cf. Β 829. —Salpow ἶσος : sc. in
his superhuman strength. Cf r 493,
Φ 18. ---πέσσντο κτλ.: cf. 459, 884,
Φ 227. --- ἐπέσσντο : for the form, see

8§ 26 7) 86.

439. Cf. nm 706, Ὑ 448. .-- δεινὰ
ὁμοκλήσας : with a terrible shout. A
strengthened φωνήσας. Cf. A 6508,
Z 64.— 8d: in apod. after ὅτε. § 3 η.
Cf. Δ 221.— προσέφη: sc. ply.

440. φράζεο: bethink thyself. Cy.
φράσαι A 83, φράζεο, MovAvidua, καί
μοι νημερτὲς ἐνίσπες ἘΞ 470.— The
rhyme with χάζεο may be intended,
but prob. not. Cf. 8, 239, 660, 2 143,
--- μηδέ: const. with ἔθελε. Cf. A277,
B 247.

441. ἴσα φρονέειν : have equal spirit,
“think thyself the equal.” Cf. ἴσον
ἐμοὶ φάσθαι καὶ ὁμοιωθήμεναι ἄντην
A 187.— οὔ ποτε κτλ. : cf. ἐπεὶ οὔ ποθ'
ὁμοίης (1.6. much greater) ἔμμορε
τιμῆς | σκηπτοῦχος βασιλεύς A 218 f.

442. χαμαὶ κτλ.: forms but one
idea, like ἐπιχθονίων (cf. ἀνθρώπων
χαμαιγενέων Pind. Pyth. iv. 98); con-
trast θεοῖσιν ἐπουρανίοισι Z 129. Hence
τέ has the third place in its clause;
cf. βοὴν ἀγαθόν re πολίτην O 260. —

443. Cf. 710.

444--π 711. — ἀλενάμενος : avoid-
ing. Cf. οἴχεται εἰς ἅλα δῖαν, ἀλενά-
μενος χόλον aixty O 228, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ
Διὸς ἔχθος ἀλευάμενος πεφιδοίμην ] οὔτε

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

105

Περγάμῳ εἰν ἱερῇ, ὅθι οἱ νηὸς ye τέτυκτο.

ἦ τοι τὸν Λητώ τε καὶ Αρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα

9 i“ ὃ , 9 », 4 “ὃ ,

ἐν μεγάλῳ ἀδύτῳ ἀκέοντό τε κὐδαινόν τε"

αὐτὰρ ὁ εἴδωλον τεῦξ᾽ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων
460 αὐτῷ τ᾽ Αἰνείᾳ ἴκελον καὶ τεύχεσι τοῖον "

ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ap εἰδώλῳ Τρῶες “καὶ δῖοι ᾿Αχαιοὶ

δήουν ἀλλήλων ἀμφὶ στήθεσσι βοείας,

3 ’ δ) a - 9 ’

ἀσπίδας εὐκύκλους λαισήιά τε πτερόεντα.

δὴ τότε θοῦρον “Apna προσηύδα Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων -

σεῦ οὔθ' ἑτάρων ι 277 f. (Polyphemus
to Odysseus).

446. ἸΤεργάμῳ: on A 608.— εἰν:
cf. 160. For the dat. after a verb of
motion, cf. 346, 870, 583; see G. 191
w. 6; H. 788.— ὅθε κτλ: a more
definite statement of the thought of
the first half-verse. Cf. 791, 804,
837.

447. Λητὼ κτλ.: Apollo’s mother
and sister share his home. So also
at Delphi. — ἰοχέαιρα: on 53.

448. ἀδύτῳ [ἄ-δυ-τον] : neut. adj.
as subst., the sanctum sanc-
torum. Mentioned only here and in
512. — κύδαινον (κῦδος) : t.e. strength-
ened. On 906.

449. εἴδωλον (‘idol’): a wraith. —
Vergil amplifies: tum dea nube
cava tenuem sine viribus
umbram|in faciem Aeneae—
visu mirabile monstrum— |
Dardaniis ornat telis clipe-
umque iubasque|divini ad-
simulat capitis, dat inania
verba, | dat sine mente sonum
gressusque effingit euntis: |
morte obita qualis fama est
volitare figuras | aut quae
sopitos deludunt somnia sen-
sus. | at primas laeta ante
acies exultat imago Aen. x.
636 ff.

450. αὐτῷ : himself, t.e. in person,
as contrasted with τεύχεσι in arms.
ὃ 1h Μη. ---- τοῖον : t.e. Αἰνείᾳ ἴκελον.

452 f.= M 425 ἢ. --- ἀμφὶ στήθεσσι:
const. with βοείας.

452. βοείας (sc. ἀσπίδας) : fem.
adj. as subst., oxhide shields. This is
the general term, with which ἀσπίδας
and λαισήια are in partitive apposi-
tion. The shields were mainly of
leather, though they frequently had
an outer layer of bronze. Cf, of
the renowned shield of Ajax, H 220 f.,
quoted on 619.

453. εὐκύκλους : well-rimmed. Of
the parallel rods about the edge. —
λαισήια: targes, smaller shields of
rough, untanned hide, without layers
of bronze. Cf. καὶ γέρρα ἔλαβον δα-
σειῶν βοῶν ὠμοβόεια Ken. An. iv. 7. 22,
(Κίλικες) λαισήιά τε εἶχον ἀντ᾽ ἀσπί-
δων, ὠμοβοέης πεποιημένα Hat. vii. οἱ,
(Κόλχοι) ἀσπίδας δὲ ὠμοβοΐνας σμικρὰς
εἶχον ἰδ. 79.— πτερόεντα: 80 called
because of the fluttering piece of
leather which hung from the targe
and afforded some protection to the
lower part of the bearer’s body and
the upper part of his legs.

454-710. The Trojans press for-
ward, aided by Ares. Aeneas returns
to the field.

454. δὴ τότε: cf 186

106

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

455 “ἾΑρες, “Apes βροτολοιγέ, μιαιφόνε, τειχεσιπλῆτα,
οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ᾽ ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο μετελθών,
Τυδεΐδην, ὃς νῦν γε καὶ ἂν Διὶ πατρὶ μάχοιτο;
Κύπριδα μὲν πρῶτα σχεδὸν οὕτασε χεῖρ᾽ ἐπὶ καρπῷ,
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ αὐτῷ μοι ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος."

460

δ 3 “ a ἃ A > 4 »’ »
ὡς εἰπὼν αὐτὸς μὲν ἐφέζετο Περγάμῳ ἄκρῃ,

Τρῴας δὲ στίχας οὖλος “Apys ὥτρυνε μετελθὼν
ϑὼ 9 3 , ~ e ’ A“
εἰδόμενος ᾿Ακάμαντι θοῷ, ἡγήτορι Θρῃκῶν.
ἐέ», A ’ ,
υἱάσι δὲ Πριάμοιο διοτρεφέεσσι κελευεν ᾿
“@ υἱεῖς Πριάμοιο διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος,

465 ἐς τί ἔτι κτείνεσθαι ἐάσετε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιοῖς;
,“,“,“ oo 9 ‘ , 3 ΄ ,
ἡ εἰς O κεν ἀμφὶ πύλῃς ἐνποιήτῃσι μάχωνται ;
κεῖται ἀνήρ, ὃν τ᾽ ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ,
Αἰνείας vids μεγαλήτορος ᾿Αγχίσαο"

455 = 81.

456. οὐκ dv Sy: on 32.— μάχης:
ablatival gen. with éptcao, drag from
the battle. This assumes Diomed’s
death. Cf. (ei δὲ) ἔλθοι τεθνηὼς καί
μὲν ἐρυσαίμεθα χάρμης P 161.

45 2

458 f.= 883 f.; cf. P 601, x 277.
-- σχεδόν: cominus.— χεῖρα : par-
titive appos. with Κύπριδα. --- ἐπὶ
καρπῷ : αἱ the wrist. Cf. 886 f.

469. αὐτῴ μοι: Attic ἐμαυτῷ. ὃ
24 ς. ---- ἑπέσσντο κτλ.: cf. 488.

460. Only once does Apollo take
an active part in the battle, wiz.
Ππ 788 ff., where he strikes Patroclus
with the flat of his hand. Elsewhere
he satisfies himself with ‘ moral’ aid
and encouragement to the Trojans.

461. Tpwas: adj. contracted from
Tpwlas.

462. ᾿Ακάμαντι: slain by Ajax,
z 6 ff.— Ares himself was a Thra-
cian. Cf. (Apns and Φόβος φίλος υἱός)
τὼ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐκ Θρήκης ᾿Εφύρους pera

θωρήσσεσθον N 301, Gradivumque
patrem, Geticis qui prae-
sidet arvis Verg. Aen. iii. 85. So
Ares withdraws to Thrace, just as
Aphrodite goes to Cyprus, θ 361. —
ἡγήτορϊ : only here, A 572, and κ 284,
is a vowel left short before a mute
and a liquid at this point of the verse.

464. Cf. A 338.

465. ἐς rl: to what point, how long,
quousque? Equiv. to μέχρι τίνος,
which appears in Homer only in réo
μέχρις Ὡ 128. ---τί ἔτι: the ε of τί
is never elided. —’Ayatots: dat. of
agent with the passive κτείνεσθαι, as
With δάμνασθαι @ 244, ὑποκλονέεσθαι
& 556.

466. Cf. A 247.--- ἦ εἰς: for the
‘synizesis,’ cf. 849. --- ἀμφὶ πύλῃς:
about the gates. Cf. ἕστασαν ἀμφὶ Με-
νοιτιάδῃ P 267.

467. κεῖται ἀνήρ: cf. Π 558. A
motive to urge the sons of Priam to
vigorous action.

468 = 247.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

107

ἀλλ᾽ ayer ἐκ φλοίσβοιο σαώσομεν ἐσθλὸν ἑταῖρον."

470

a > Α ¥ ld ‘ “ e ,
ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε μῶος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου.

ἔνθ᾽ αὖ Σαρπηδὼν μάλα νείκεσεν Ἕκτορα δῖον"

ἐν σι ὃ , , ¥ a . Ψ
Exrop, πῇ δὴ τοι μένος οἰχεται, Ὁ πρὶν ἐχεσκες;
“A ἂν ΄ , ε 9 δ᾽ 3 ’

φῆς πον ἅτερ λαῶν πόλιν ἑξέμεν ἠδ᾽ ἐπικούρων

οἷος, σὺν. γαμβροῖσι κασιγνήτοισί τε σοῖσιν"

475 τῶν νῦν ov Tw ἐγὼ ἰδέειν δύναμ᾽ οὐδὲ νοῆσαι,

9 “ , , δ 9 Ἁ lA

ἀλλὰ καταπτώσσουσι, κύνες ὡς ἀμφὶ λέοντα"

ε ~ 3 > 4 9 a 9 > » ¥

ἡμεῖς δ᾽ αὖ μαχόμεσθ᾽, ot πέρ τ᾽ ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν.
. 4 9. A > » aN , , 9

καὶ yap ἐγὼν ἐπίκουρος ἐὼν μάλα τηλόθεν ἤκω"

469. φλοίσβοιο: cf. 322. — σαώσο-
μεν: ‘hortatory ᾿ subjunctive.

470-518. Sarpedon and Hector.
Ares and Aeneas, who is now restored
to strength.

470 = 792, 2 72, A 291, Ο 600, 514,
667, 11 210, 275; cf. Δ 73.— ὧν εὐπών :
with these words.—pdvog κτλ. : might
and courage. |

471. ἔνθ᾽ av: on 1.— Σαρπηδών :
leader of the Lycians. The bravest
of the allies, and regarded by the
Trojans a8 ἕρμα πόληος Π 549 prop of

the city. ᾿ His ‘family-tree’ is de--

scribed in Z 152 ff. He led in the
attack on the Achaean camp in M,
and was slain by Patroclus, 1 480 ff.

472. πῇ κτλ.: a rhetorical ques-
tion. Cf. πῇ δὴ συνθεσίαι τε καὶ ὅρκια
βήσεται ἡμῖν; Β 399. --- ἔχεσκες : for
the ‘iterative ’ formation, see § 36 ὁ.

473. ois [ἔφησθα] wou: thou saidst,
methinks. A gentle jest. Cf. Achil-
les’s words, Ἕκτορ, ἀτάρ που ἔφης MMa-
τροκλῇ᾽ ἐξεναρίζων | σῶς ἔσσεσθαι X
331 f.— The ‘asyndeton’ shows the
speaker’s excitement. — ἐξέμεν : that
thou wouldst keep safe. Prob. a play
upon Hector’s name (Keeper, Protec-
tor). ὃ 2c.—For the form, cf. ἐλαυ-
νέμεν 327,

474. This verse makes ἄτερ λαῶν
more definite. — yapBpotor: here, sis-
ters’ husbands.

475. Possibly an allusion to the
absence of Paris from the conflict. —
τῶν: an adversative δέ is expected ;
its place is taken by viv. — ἰδέειν, νοῆ-
σαι: a Homeric pair. § 1 s. — δύνα-
μαι: for the elision of a, see ὃ 10 a.

476. κύνες dg: for the order of
words and the ‘quantity’ of the last
syllable of κύνες, cf. A 471, 482. —
ἀμφὶ λέοντα: about a lion, around
which men form a circle at a distance
but they do not dare attack him. Cf.
ἀμφὶ δὲ τόν ye (ἷ.6. λέοντα) κύνες τ᾽
ἄνδρες τε νομῆες | πολλὰ μάλ᾽ ἰύζονσιν
(shout) ἀπόπροθεν οὐδ᾽ ἐθέλουσιν | ἀντίον
ἐλθέμεναι . . . ds τῶν οὔ τινι θυμὸς
ἐτόλμα | ἀντίον ἐλθέμεναι Μενελάου
P 66 ff.

477. of wep κτλ.: “who are only
allies.” — ἔνειμεν [ἐσμεν]: are therein,
t.e. in the city, with reference to πόλιν
473. Cf. ἐγγεγάασιν Z 493. --- Aga-
memnon says, B 130 ff., ἀλλ᾽ éxlxov-
po. | πολλέων ἐκ πολίων ἐγχέσπαλοι
ἄνδρες ἔνεισιν, | of με μέγα πλάζουσι καὶ
οὐκ εἰῶσ᾽ ἐθέλοντα | Ἴλιον ἐκπέρσαι.

478. Sarpedon names himself as an
example of the disinterested devotion

108

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

τηλοῦ yap Λυκίη, Ἐξάνθῳ ἔπι δινήεντι:"

480 ev ἄλοχόν τε φίλην ἔλιπον καὶ νήπιον υἱόν,
κὰδ δὲ κτήματα πολλά, τά τ᾽ ἔλδεται, ὅς κ᾽ ἐπιδευής "
3 4 Ν ἃ » 3 a ‘ v4 3 >. ἃ
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς Λυκίους ὀτρύνω καὶ μέμον αὐτὸς
9 A ’ 3 “ ¥ , 9 4 ~”
ἀνδρὶ μαχήσασθαι' ἀτὰρ ov τί μοι ἐνθάδε τοῖον,
οἷόν κ᾽ ἠὲ φέροιεν ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἡ κεν ἄγοιεν.

486 τύνη δ᾽ ἕστηκας, ἀτὰρ οὐδ᾽ ἄλλοισι κελεύεις
λαοῖσιν μενέμεν καὶ ἀμυνέμεναι ὥρεσσιν"
μή πως, ὡς ἀψῖσι λίνον ἁλόντε πανάγρου,

of the 411168.---ἐπίκουρος κτλ. : “ though
only an ally.” — ἥκω : amcome. Only
here and » 325.

479. Cf. B 877.—Suggested by
τηλόθεν 478. — τηλοῦ : adv. with ἐστί.
Cf. 680, δὴν Fv Z 191. --- Ἐάνθῳ: the
Lycian Xanthus is not to be con-
founded with the Trojan Xanthus or
Scamander, Z 4.

480 f. The thought makes promi-
nent the sacrifice of personal interests
which Sarpedon had made for the
sake of the Trojans. — ἔνθα : there. —
καδ [xard, ὃ 11 δ]: se. ἔλιπον from
480. Of. ὥρννυτο δ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων... ἂν
δ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεύς (sc. Spyvro) Τ' 267 ἔ.--- τά
ve: “the like οὗ which.” — ὃς κτλ.:
sc. 7, whoever has them not. Equiv.
to bs ἐπιδεύηται. ---- The whole second
hemistich means simply “ delightful,”
“ desirable.”

482. ἀλλὰ καὶ ds: “but although
I have nothing to gain here, and
all that is dear to me is far
away,” “though I have no wrongs
to avenge on the Trojans, nor
any fear of them.” Cf. Achilles’s
words, οὐ yap ἐγὼ Ἰρώων ἕνεκ᾽ ἤλυ-
θον αἰχμητάων | δεῦρο μαχησόμενος,
ἐπεὶ οὔ τί μοι αἴτιοί εἶσιν" | οὐ γάρ
πώ wor ἐμὰς βοῦς ἤλασαν οὐδὲ μὲν
ἵππου: A 162 ff.

483. ἀνδρί: “with my man,” in
single combat. — μαχήσασθαι : incep-
tive aor., enter the fight. —drdp κτλ. :
and yet have I here, etc. This repeats
in emphatic form the thought which
had been summed up in καὶ Ss. Sar-
pedon contrasts his situation with Hec-
Του. ---- τοῖον : of the kind. Sc. ἐστίν.

484. ᾧέροιεν, ἄγοιεν: cf. the fa-
miliar ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν, ferre et
agere, of things and living booty.

485. The two clauses, in reverse
order, form an exact contrast to 482.
-- τύνη [σύ]: opposed to ἐγών. ---

-“ἔστηκας : with the notion of inactiv-
ity.—drdp: corrects the foregoing
assertion, only to heighten it by an
οὐδέ not even.

486. ὥρεσσιν : dat. of interest. C/
ἀνδράσιν 779, rol A 129.

487. μή wes κτλ.: do not become,
εἰς. ---- λόντε: dual, of the two par-
ties, Hector and his men; cf. 486.
See on A407. Cf. ἀκέες ἵπποι | ἄξαντ'
(breaking) . . . λίπον ἅρματ᾽ ἀνάκτων
Π 871, since each chariot had two
horses. — wavdypov (ἄγρα prey): cf.
στεγανὸν δίκτυον, ὧς μήτε μέγαν | μήτ᾽
οὖν νεαρῶν τιν᾽ ὑπερτελέσαι Aesch. Ag.
ϑ4

488. ἕλωρ κτλ.: cf. αὐτοὺς δὲ ἑλώρια
τεῦχε κύνεσσιν A 4, (Σαρπήδονα) κάλ-

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

109

3 c , 9 8 4 a
ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσιν ἔλωρ καὶ κύρμα yaéyobe:
οἱ δὲ τάχ᾽ ἐκπέρσουσ᾽ ἐὺ ναιομένην πόλιν ὑμήν.

490 σοὶ δὲ χρὴ τάδε πάντα μέλειν νύκτας τε καὶ ἦμαρ,
ἀρχοὺς λισσομέίνῳ τηλεκλειτῶν ἐπικούρων

‘ 4 3 9 Α 9 9 9 9 »,» 53
νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν, κρατερὴν δ᾽ ἀποθέσθαι ἐνιπήν.

ὡς φάτο Σαρπηδών, δάκε δὲ φρένας Ἕκτορι μῦθος.
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν ὦλτο χαμᾶζε,

495 πάλλων δ᾽ ὀξέα δοῦρε κατὰ στρατὸν ᾧχετο πάντῃ
> a ᾿ ’ ἂν A 4 > sf
ὀτρύνων μαχέσασθαι, ἔγειρε δὲ φύλοπιν αἰνήν.

ς 3 9 [4 Α > a? ἂν 9 “A
οἱ δ᾽ ἐλελίχθησαν καὶ ἐναντίοι ἔσταν ᾿Αχαιῶν
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ὑπέμειναν ἀολλέες οὐδὲ φόβηθεν.

λιπες [κατέλιπες] ᾿Αργείοισιν ἕλωρ καὶ
κύρμα γενέσθαι P 161, γ 271.

489. ἐκπέρσουσι: for the fut., af-
ter an apprehension expressed by μή
and the subjv., cf. μή πως ἵππους re
τρώσῃς ... χάρμα δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοισιν ἔσ-
σεται VW 841 f., μή μιν κερτομέωσιν
(mock), ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἄχος ἔσσεται αἰνόν π 87.
---ὄ ὺ ναιομένην κτλ.: cf Ν 816. ---
ὑμήν [ὑμετέρην : cf. σφούς Δ 802, ἁμόν
2414. ὃ 24 α, d.

490. τάδε πάντα: cf. Z 441. Esp.
what is intimated in 487-489. — γύκ-
vas κτλ.: ἃ freq. verse-close. ‘Night’
is placed before ‘day,’ since the cal-
endar day began with sunset, in
Greece as among the Hebrews. Οὐ
‘And the evening and the morning
were the first day,’ Genesis i. 5.—
ἦμαρ: the change from pl. to sing.
has no special significance.

491. On the comparatively free
relations of the allies, cf Glaucus’s
words, τῷ νῦν ef ris ἐμοὶ Λυκίων ἐπιπεί-
σεται ἀνδρῶν, | οἴκαδ᾽ ἴμεν P 1δά f.
Sarpedon and his Lycians do not
seem to have been bound by treaty,
nor to be in receipt of regular pay.

492. γωλεμέως ἐχέμεν: “to stand

firm.” Const. with λισσομένῳ. For
the intrans. use of ἐχέμεν, cf. M 433,
N 679, Ω 27. ---- ἀποθέσθαι : parallel to
ἐχέμεν. ---- “ Put off rebuke (such as
Sarpedon had administered) by brave
actions.” — ἐνιπήν: cf. A 402.

493. Sdxe (δάκνω) φρένας : cf. θυμο-
δακὴς μῦθος θ 185.—"“Exrop: dat. of
interest.

494-497 = 2 103-106, A 211-214.

494. Cf. A 419.

495. ὀξέα δοῦρε: the epithet of
δοῦρε is always plural. C/T 18, A 43,
11 139, μ 229, x 126. ----δοῦρε: the two
spears which the Homeric heroes
often carried into battle. — στρατόν :
8c. Τρώων.

497 = P 343. —of: t.e. the Trojans,
contained in στρατόν 495. — ἐλελίχθη-
σαν: turned about, rallied. The pas-
sive is simply intrans. here; οἱ
φόβηθεν 498, χάρησαν 514, στρεφθέντε
575.— ἐναντίοι : cf. 12. --- ἔσταν [ἔστη-
cay]: inceptive,as 8118]. --Αχαιών :
for the gen. after a local adj., see
G. 181 ν.; H. 764 f.

498. Cf. Ο 812. --- ἀολλέες (εἴλω) :
crowded, t.e. in close order. Cf. ἀλή-
μεναι 823.

110

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

e 3 » Ἄν ’ ε “ 9 9 8
ὡς δ᾽ ἄνεμος ἄχνας φορέει ἱερὰς κατ᾽ ἀλωὰς
500 ἀνδρῶν λικμώντων, ὅτε τε ξανθὴ Δημήτηρ
κρίνῃ ἐπειγομένων ἀνέμων καρπόν τε καὶ ayvas:
ε > e id 3 4 a ,» 3 A
ai δ᾽ ὑπολευκαίνονται ἀχυρμιαΐί' ὡς τότ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὲ
λευκοὶ ὕπερθε γένοντο κονισάλῳ, ὅν pa δι᾽ αὐτῶν
οὐρανὸν ἐς πολύχαλκον ἐπέπληγον πόδες ἵππων,
505 ἂψ ἐπιμισγομένων - ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἔστρεφον ἡνιοχῆες "

οἱ δὲ μένος χειρῶν ἰθὺς φέρον.

ἀμφὶ δὲ νύκτα

θοῦρος “Apns ἐκάλυψε μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγων,
πάντοσ᾽ ἐποιχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἐκραίαινεν ἐφετμὰς

499. dyvas: Attic ἄχυρα, cf. ἀχυρ-
pial δ02. --- φορέει : frequentative,
keeps bearing. —lepdg: ες. ἴο Demeter.
Flour is called ἀλφίτου ἱεροῦ ἀκτή
A 681. --- ddewdg (ἀλοάω) : threshing-
floor, These were in the open air.
For the pl., ς ὀχέων, δώματα, τόξα.

δ00. ἀνδρῶν: prob. limiting gen.
with ἀλωάς. ---λικμώντων: cf. λικμη-
τῆρος ἐρωῇ N 590. The threshed grain
was tossed into the air by a broad
shovel (ττύον N 588), doubtless against
the wind. — ξανθή : the epithet seems
to be borrowed from the ripened
grain. Cf. φοινικόπεζαν Aduarpa Pind.
Ol. vi. 94 ἔ,, rubicunda Ceres
Verg. Georg. i. 297, flava Ceres
ἰδ. 96, where Servius says flava
propter aristarum maturi-
tatem. But many of the divinities
and heroes had blonde hair. — Anpy-
™mp: mentioned also B 696, Ξ 326,
@ 76,¢ 125. She is not an important
divinity in Homer.— The goddess is
here said to do what men do in her
service.

501. ἐπειγομένων κτλ.: ἴ.6. the
strong winds blow away the chaff.

502. ὑπολευκαίνονται: grow white
below, t.c. on the ground, covered
gradually with chaff. Jn this lies the

point of the comparison, cf. λευκοὶ
γένοντο 5038.

503. dv: ‘acc. of effect’ with ἐπέ.
πληγον. See on 86]. --- δέ αὐτών:
through themselves, ἴ.6. through their
ranks.

504. πολύχαλκον : the vault of
heaven was thought of as a metallic
firmament. Cf. χάλκεον οὐρανὸν ἧκε
P 426, σιδήρεον οὐρανὸν ἵκει ο 829. ---
ἐπέπληγον (xAfoow): for the redup.,
see ὃ 28 7.

505. ἅψ κτλ.: as they (i.e. the
horses of the Trojans) mingled again
in the fray. Cf. 497.— two κτλ.: ex-
plains the first half-verse. — ὑπὸ
ἔστρεφον: sc. ἵππου:. --- yvoxynes: sc.
Τρώων.

506. οἱ δέ: ic. the Trojan war-
Tiors. — μένος κτλ.: cf. A 447, Z 502,
μένος δ᾽ ἰθὺς φέρον αὐτῶν 1 602, ἀλλ᾽
ἰθὺς φέρε χαλκόν Ὑ 108. --- ἀμφί : const.
with ἐκάλυψε. Cf. 315, Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἐπὶ
νύκτ᾽ ὁλοὴν τάνυσε (stretched) κρατερῇ
ὑσμίνῃ TI 567.

507. μάχῃ : const. with ἀρήγων.
Cf. καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρή-
yew A 521,

508. ἐφετμάς (ἐφίημι) : of 456 f.

509. χρυσαόρου: of golden sword.
Cf. ο 256. Besides bow and quiver,

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

111

Φοίβου ᾿Απόλλωνος χρυσαόρου, ὅς μιν ἀνώγειν
510 Τρωσὶν θυμὸν ἐγεῖραι, ἐπεὶ ἴδε Παλλάδ᾽ ᾿Αθήνην
οἰχομίην" ἡ γάρ ῥα πέλεν Δαναοῖσιν ἀρηγών.

> A > 9 4 Ua [4 9 > 4
αὐτὸς δ᾽ Αἰνείαν μάλα πίονος ἐξ ἀδύτοιο
: A 9 , 4 4 - “A
ἧκε, καὶ ἐν στήθεσσι μῶος Bade ποιμένι λαῶν.
Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἑτάροισι μεθίστατο" τοὶ δὲ χάρησαν,
515 ὡς εἶδον ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα προσιόντα
Α 2 9 “ ¥ a , Α ¥
καὶ μένος ἐσθλὸν ἔχοντα " μετάλλησάν ye μὲν ov τι"
9 b) Ἂν 4 ¥ é 9 4 ¥
ov yap ἔα πόνος ἄλλος, ὃν ἀργυρότοξος ἔγειρεν
ν , ν 9. »ὮγῳῪ “A
Apns te βροτολοιγὸς Ἔρις τ᾽ ἅμοτον μεμαυῖα.
τοὺς δ᾽ Αἴαντε δύω καὶ ᾽Οδυσσεὺς καὶ Διομήδης
520 ὥτρυνον Δαναοὺς πολεμιζέμεν" οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ

Apollo wore a sword, like the Ho-
meric heroes. The gleaming gold
was borrowed from the sunbeams. —
ἀνώγειν [ἠνώγει] : cf. 455 f. But Ares
was busy with this work at 461, and
nothing is said there of the depar-
ture of Athena as a motive for his
action.

510. θυμὸν ἐγεῖραι: cf 496, 517, ὅ
(i.e. Zeus) σφισιν αἰὲν ἔγειρε μένος
μέγα Ο ὅ94. ----ἴδε [εἶδε]: sc. ᾿Απόλ-
λων.

511. οἰχομένην: when? On 418.
— Δαναοῖσιν : dat. with πέλεν ἀρηγών
(which is distinguished by its accent
from ἀρήγων 507). On ΔΊ.

512. αὐτός: i.e. Apollo, as con-
trasted with his instructions to Ares.
— μάλα πίονος : with reference to the
votive offerings and other treasures
stored there. An allusion to the
wealth of the temple of Apollo at
Delphi, is found in 1 404 f. —dSv-
roo: on 448.

513. ποιμέγι: for the dat., cf. “Ex-
τορι 493.

514. μεθίστατο: stepped into the
midst. Cf. παρίστατο 570, A 212. —

xdpnoay: for the aor. pass. as mid.,
cf. ἐλελίχθησαν 407.

515=H 808.—{ecv κτλ.: “safe
and sound.”

516. perdAAncay (‘metal’): sc. uly,
about his rescue.— ye μέν: equiv. to
μέντοι, and takes the place of a con-
junction. § 2 πι.---ο τι: at the
close of the verse since, for empha-
sis, the verb is placed at the head of
the clause. .

517. πόνος : toil of war. On A 874.
— ἄλλος : something else, sc. than curi-
osity. In appos. with πόνος. --- dpyv-
ρότοξος : the epithet serves as a
proper name. Cf. γλαυκῶπις ν 389,
ἠριγένεια x 197. --- Eyapev: but with-
out leaving his position on the Perga-
mos; cf. 460.

518. Ἔρις κτλ.: cf. A 440.

519-589. The Achaeans hold ther
ground. Achievements of Agamemnon,
Aeneas, and Antilochus.

519. τοὺς δέ: but those. Made defi-
nite by Δαναούς 520.

520. αὐτοί: “ without urging.”
Contrasted with ὥτρυνον at the begin-
ning of the verse.

112

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

οὔτε Bias Τρώων ὑπεδείδισαν οὔτε ἰωκάς,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔμενον νεφέλῃσιν ἐοικότες, as τε Κρονίων
νηνεμίης ἔστησεν ἐπ᾽ ἀκροπόλοισιν ὄρεσσιν
3 , ¥ 9 ν A , ‘ μά
ἀτρέμας, ὄφρ᾽ εὔδῃσι μένος Βορέαο καὶ ἄλλων
a > » 9 , 4
525 ζαχρειῶν ἀνέμων, οἵ τε νέφεα σκιόεντα
πνοιῇσιν λιγυρῇσι διασκιδνᾶσιν ἀέντες "
ὡς Δαναοὶ Τρῶας μένον ἔμπεδον οὐδὲ φέβοντο.
᾿Ατρεΐδης δ᾽ dv’ ὅμιλον ἐφοίτα πολλὰ κελεύων °
“ὦ φίλοι, ἀνέρες ἔστε καὶ ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἕλεσθε,
530 ἀλλήλους 7° αἰδεῖσθε κατὰ κρατερὰς ὕσμίϑνας.
αἰδομένων ἀνδρῶν πλέονες σόοι ἠὲ πέφανται,

521. Blas: cf. Blas ἀνέμων ἀλεείνων
Π 218. — ἰωκάς : onsets.

522. νεφέλῃσιν : clouds often hang
for days about a mountain summit.
The point of comparison is in the
steadfast persistence of clouds and
men. — Κρονίων: a8 vepeAryepérns.
Cf. Δ 80.

523. γηνεμίης : in a calm, explained
by ὄφρ᾽ εὔδῃσι κτλ. below. Temporal
gen. (not freq. in Homer) ; ς νυκτός
ν 278, ἠοῦς @ 525. G. 179.1; H. 759.
— tx’ ἀκροπόλοισιν κτλ.: cf. τ 205.

524. ἀτρέμας : motionless. Made
more definite by the following clause.
- εὔδῃσι: ς (Ζεὺς) κοιμήσας δ᾽ ἀνέ-
μους Μ 28], (ἀνέμους Ζεὺς) ἐκέλευσε
καὶ εὐνηθῆναι ἅπαντας ε 384, ‘As
when from mountain-tops the dusky
clouds | Ascending while the north
wind sleeps, Milton, Par. Lost ii. 488 f.
-- ἔστησεν, on which this depends, is
‘gnomic, and thus syntactically
equiv. to a present.— ἄλλων: not
attrib. with ἀνέμων, but the latter is
added in apposition. See on μήτηρ
318.

525. ζαχρειῶν: fiercely driving. —
τέ: for the ‘quantity,’ see on A 274;

cf. ¥ 188, 866. --- σκιόεντα : shadowy.
Epithet of mountains, in A 157.

526. ἀέντες (nu): explanatory
of πνοιῇσιν, and equiv. to πνέοντες.
Cf. δίσκοισιν τέρποντο καὶ αἰγανέῃσιν
(hunting-spears) ἱέντες ὃ 626, κήδεσιν
(griefs) τερπώμεθα . μνωομένω
ο 899 f., τῆς αὐτῆς ἕνεκ᾽ ἀγγελίης, ἐρέ-
οντε γυναικί π 384.

527 = Ο 622.— ἔμπεδον : the point
of comparison. Cf. ἀτρέμας 524.

528. Cf. Tr 440. --- ἀν’ ὅμιλον: cf
834; on A 209.— ἐφοίτα: ς 595. —
πολλά: cf. 358; on A 229.

529. Cf. 0 561.— ὦ φίλοι κτλ.: cf.
Z 112. --- ἀνέρες ἔστε: far better than
ἀνδρεῖοι ἔστε --- ἦτορ ἕλεσθε: only
here. But cf. ἄλκιμον ἧτορ ἔχων
Π 209, αἰδῶ θέσθ' ἑνὶ θυμῷ Ο 6561,
ἀλλὰ μέγαν ποιεῖσθε καὶ ἄλκιμον ἐν
φρεσὶ θυμόν Tyrtaeus viii. 17.

530-532=0 662-564. ΟΥ̓ μέχρις

τεῦ κατάκεισθε; κότ᾽ ἄλκιμον ἕξετε

᾿θυμόν, | ὦ νέοι; οὐδ᾽ αἰδεῖσθ' ἀμφιπερι-

κτίονας ; Callinus i. 1 f.

531. αἰδομένων κτλ. : partitive gen.,
“of men filled with due sense of
honor.” —‘ Asyndeton,’ since this
verse supplies a motive for 530.—

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

φευγόντων δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ dp κλέος ὄρνυται οὔτε τις ἀλκή.

113

», 33

q καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ θοῶς, βάλε δὲ πρόμον ἄνδρα,
Αἰνείω ἕταρον μεγαθύμου, Δηικόωντα
535 Περγασίδην, ὃν Τρῶες ὁμῶς Πριάμοιο τέκεσσιν
τῖον, ἐπεὶ θοὸς ἔσκε μετὰ πρώτοισι μάχεσθαι.
4 € 3 3 , . ’ [4 9 ra
τόν pa κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα δουρὶ βάλε κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων "
ε 9 9 ¥ ἊΨ 5 » | ¥ ,
ἡ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔγχος ἔρυτο, διαπρὸ δὲ εἴσατο χαλκός,
, 3 > Α εἶ A ¥
νειαίρῃ δ᾽ ἐν γαστρὶ διὰ ζωστῆρος ἔλασσεν.
δ40 δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύὐύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ.
» 4 5 > 9 A ” > »
ἔνθ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αἰνείας Δαναῶν ἕλεν ἄνδρας ἀρίστους,
υἷε Διοκλῆος Κρήθωνά τε ᾿᾽Ορσίλοχόν τε,
τῶν ῥα πατὴρ μὲν ἕναιεν ἐυκτιμένῃ ἐνὶ Φηρῇ
9 A , , 9 9 ΝᾺ
ἀφνειὸς βιότοιο, γένος δ᾽ ἦν ἐκ ποταμοῖο
δ45 ᾿Αλφειοῦ, ὅς τ᾽ εὐρὺ ῥέει Πυλίων διὰ γαίης,

«έῷῴῷανται (φόνος) : are slain, lie dead.
Cf. δέδετο 387.

532. φευγόντων: from those who
flee. Ablatival gen. of source with
ὄρννται. --- ἀλκή : strength for defence.
— Cf. Δ 246. .

533. δουρί: either acc. or dat. may
be used with ἀκόντισε. Cf. Δ 496.—
πρόμον: equiv. to πρόμαχον. Const.
as attrib. adj. with ἄνδρα. ( ἄνδρες
στρατηγοί, κτλ.

534. Alvelo: for the form, see
§ 16 c.

535. ὁμῶς: equiv. to ὁμοίως. Fol-
lowed by a ‘ dat. of likeness.’

536. Gods: pn 480.--- ἔσκε [Hy]:
for the iterative formation, cf 472. —
μετὰ κτλ.: explains dods. — μάχεσθαι :
acc. of specification. ΟἿ Z 460.

537. δά: marks this verse as a
repetition of 633. On A 469.

538=P 518, ω 524; cf. Δ 188. ---
εἴσατο: the preceding hiatus is justi-
fled by the Bucolic diaeresis. C/.
542.

539= P 519. — νειαίρῃ (νέος 1) : for
the fem. ending, cf. ἰοχέαιρα 447.—
ζωστῆρος: on A 132. --- ἔλασσεν : sc.
᾿Αγαμέμνων. Cf. 41.

540. See on A 504.

541. ἔνθ᾽ αὖτε: cf. 471.

542. These chieftains are not men-
tioned in the ‘ Catalogue of the Ships.’
— Cf. és @npas δ᾽ ἵκοντο (sc. Τηλέμαχος
καὶ Νεστορίδης Πεισίστρατος) Διοκλῇος
ποτὶ δῶμα, | υἱέος ᾽Ορτιλόχοιο, τὸν ᾿Αλ-
φειὸς τέκε παῖδα γ 488 f.

543. Φηρῇ : the modern Kalamata,
at the head of the Messenian Gulf.
Called Φηραί in γ 488; see § 197.

544. ἀφνειὸς βιότοιο: cf.Z 14. The
gen. is ‘after an adj. of fulness.’
Cf. dives opum Verg. Aen. i. 14.
G. 180. 1; H. 753 c. —-ydvog: acc. of
specification ; by birth. Cf. 896.

545. ᾿Αλφειοῦ : in appos. with ro-
ταμοῖο. See on 813.— The well-
known river which flows from Ar
cadia, through Elis, past Olympia.
--- εὐρύ : cognate acc. as adverb.

114

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

ὃς τέκετ᾽ ᾿Ορσίλοχον πολέεσσ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἄνακτα"
Ὀρσίλοχος δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτικτε Διοκλῆα μεγάθυμον,
ἐκ δὲ Διοκλῆος διδυμάονε παῖδε γενέσθην,
Κρήθων ᾿Ορσίλοχός τε, μάχης ἐὺ εἰδότε πάσης.

δδ0 τὼ μὲν ap ἡβήσαντε μελαινάων ἐπὶ νηῶν
Ἴλιον εἰς ἐύπωλον ἅμ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἑπέσθην,
τιμὴν ᾿Ατρεΐδῃς ᾿Αγαμέμνονι καὶ Μενελάῳ
ἀρνυμένω: τὼ δ᾽ αὖθι τέλος θανάτοιο κάλυψεν.
οἵω τώ γε λέοντε δύω ὄρεος κορνφῇσιν

555 ἐτραφέτην ὑπὸ μητρὶ βαθείης τάρφεσιν ὕλης"
τὼ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἁρπάζοντε βόας καὶ ἴφια μῆλα
σταθμοὺς ἀνθρώπων κεραΐζετον, ὄφρα καὶ αὐτὼ
ἀνδρῶν ἐν παλάμῃσι κατέκταθεν ὀξέι χαλκῷ"

546. πολέεσσι: πολλοῖς. ὃ 20 Κὶ
-- ἄνδρεσσιν [ἀνδράσιν] : dat. of in-
terest with ἄνακτα, as often with
ἀνάσσω. Cf. Πυθοδώρον ἄρχοντος ᾿Αθη-
ναίοις Thuc. ii. 2. 6, Δαμοφίλω ἄρχοντος
Βοιωτοῖς Cauer Delectus Ins. Graec.
204.

547. dpa: seems to refer to υἷε
Διοκλῇος 542.— Διοκλήα: for a short
vowel lengthened before the stem of
μέγα (72 times in Homer), cf. 27;
see § 41 &, 1.

548. διδυμάονε : cf. δίδυμοι.

549. ᾿᾽Ορσίλοχος: the Greek grand-
son of all times was wont to be named
for his grandfather. Cf Cimon, Mil-
tiades, Cimon, Miltiades; Niceratus,
Nicias,, Niceratus. — μάχης κτλ.: cf.
11.

550. ἡβήσαντε: “coming to the
vigor of youthful manhood.”

551. ἐύπωλον: on 102.

552. Cf. Achilles’s words, ἀλλὰ
σοί, ὦ μέγ' ἀναιδές, ἅμ᾽ ἑσπόμεθ᾽, ὄφρα
σὺ χαίρῃς, | τίμην ἀρνύμενοι Μενελάῳ
σοί τε, κυνῶπα A 158 f.— τίμην : retri-
bution, satisfaction, esp. the return of

Helen and of the treasures which
were carried away by Paris.

553. τὼ δέ: repeats the pron. of
τὼ μέν 550, marking the identity of
the fate of both. —rdAog θανάτοιο: a
periphrasis for θάνατος. Cf. T 309.
Distinguish φάνη βιότοιο τελευτή H
104

554. οἵω κτλ.: “these two like
young lions.” τώ seems to point for-
ward to λέοντε. --- κορυφῇσιν : local.
Cf. τάρφεσιν 555.

555. ἐτραφέτην : intrans., grew up.
— ὑπὸ μητρί: “under their mother’s
protection and care.” — βαθείης κτλ. :
cf. O 606.

556. τὼ μὲν dpa: corresponds to
the like beginning of 550.

557. σταθμοὺς κτλ.: cf. 188 ff,
olua λέοντος ἔχων, Js τε σταθμοὺς κε-
ραΐζων | ἔβλητο πρὸς στῆθος ΤΠ 762 f.
-- καὶ αὐτώ: themselves also, even as the
flocks have been destroyed by them.

558. ἐν παλάμῃσι: “at the hands.”
Cf. 564.— κατέκταθεν (κτείνω) : gno-
mic aorist. This is the point of com-
parison ; cf. καππεσέτην 560.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

115

τοίω τὼ χείρεσσιν ὑπ᾽ Αἰνείαο δαμέντε
560 καππεσέτην ἐλάτῃσιν ἐοικότες ὑψηλῇσιν.
τὼ δὲ πεσόντ᾽ ἐλέησεν apnidiros Μενέλαος,
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ,
σείων ἐγχείην" τοῦ δ᾽ ὥτρυνεν μένος “Apys,
x: 4 y Α ε 9 9 , a
τὰ φρονέων, iva χερσὶν ὑπ᾽ Αἰνείαο dSapein.
565 τὸν δ᾽ ἴδεν ᾿Αντίλοχος μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱός,
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων" περὶ γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν,
4 », , ’ 3 4 4
μή τι πάθοι, μέγα δέ σφας ἀποσφήλειε πόνοιο.
τὼ μὲν δὴ χεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα ὀξυόεντα
9 [4 9 > id ΜᾺ a
ἀντίον ἀλλήλων ἐχέτην μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι,

559. role: as such fearless fighters.
Emphatic. — χείρεσσιν [χερσὶν] tro:
on A 479.

560. καππεσέτην (πίπτω) : for the
‘apocope,’ cf. καρρέζουσα 424. — ἐλά.
τῇσιν KTA.: ἃ Dew comparison is
added. ὃ 2 6. This indicates the
stature, and the fall at full length.
Cf. Δ 482, ὃ 8 abr’ ἔπεσεν μελίη (ash-
tree) ὥς, ἥ τ᾽ ὄρεος κορυφῇ κτλ. N
178 f., ἤριπε δ᾽, ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπεν
ἣ ἀχερωὶς (white poplar) | ἠὲ πίτυς
βλωθρή (slender pine), τήν τ᾽ οὔρεσι
τέκτονες ἄνδρες | ἐξέταμον πελέκεσσι
Ν 889 ff., ὡς δ᾽ ὅθ᾽' ὑπὸ πληγῆς πατρὸς
Διὸς ἐξερίπῃ δρῦς H 414, concidit:
ut quondam cava concidit
aut Erymantho|aut Ida in
Magna radicibus eruta pinus
Verg. Aen. v. 448 f.

561. Cf. 610, P 346.— ἀρηίφιλος :
cf. 4150. This epithet is applied 21
times to Μενέλαος, forming a conve-
nient verse-close. § 40 d.

562 = A 495.

563. δέ: introduces an explanation.
On 505. — τοῦ : const. with μένος.

564. τὰ φρονέων : with this thought,
this design. Cf. 1 493, O 608, P 226.

—Followed by a final clause, as
κ 491.—yepoly κτλ.: i.e. ὑπὸ χερσὶν
Αἰνείαο. Cf. 559, χερσὶν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων
φθίμενος Θ 359, χερσὶν bx’ Αἴαντος θανέ-
ew Ο 289, Τηλεμάχου ὑπὸ χερσί o 1δ6.

565. Cf. Ν 400, P 653.—’Avrl-
λοχος: on A 467.

566. περὶ γὰρ xrA.: always in the
same position in the verse. — ποιμένι
κτλ.: dat. ot the object for which
fear is felt. Cf. περὶ yap Sle νηυσὶν
᾿Αχαιῶν 1 433, comitique oneri-
que timentem Verg. Aen. ii. 729.

567. μή τι πάθοι: “lest something
befall him.” Euphemism. — μέγα:
adv. with ἀποσφήλειε. --- σφὰς : only
Β6σθ. ---- ἀτοσφήλειες (σφάλλω) κτλ.:
“lest their toil (their expedition)
should be rendered vain by the death
of Menelaus, on which the Greeks
would return.” Cf. 4170-175. — The
personal const. is natural in view of
the close connexion of the two clauses
of the verse.

-568. τώ: 1.e. Menelaus and Aeneas.
—&y: const. with ἐχέτην, marking
the situation in which Antilochus
found the two.—yetpag: cf 506. —

éfucevra: cf. 50.

116

OMHPOY IAIAAO% E.

570 ᾿Αντίλοχος δὲ μάλ᾽ ἄγχι παρίστατο ποιμένι λαῶν.
Αἰνείας δ᾽ οὐ μεῖνε, θοός περ ἐὼν πολεμιστής,
ὡς εἶδεν δύο φῶτε παρ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι μένοντε.
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν νεκροὺς ἔρυσαν μετὰ λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν
τὼ μὲν apa δειλὼ βαλέτην ἐν χερσὶν ἑταίρων,

B75 αὐτὼ δὲ στρεφθέντε μετὰ πρώτοισι μαχέσθην.

ἔνθα Πυλαιμένεα ἑλέτην ἀτάλαντον ἴΑρηι,

ἀρχὸν Παφλαγόνων μεγαθύμων ἀσπιστάων'᾽
τὸν μὲν ἄρ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδης δουρικλειτὸς Μενέλαος
ἑστεῶτ᾽ ἔγχεϊ νύξε, κατὰ κληῖδα τυχήσας"

580 ᾿Αντίλοχος δὲ Μύδωνα Bad’ ἡνίοχον θεράποντα,
ἐσθλὸν ᾿Ατυμνιάδην, 6 δ᾽ ὑπέστρεφε μώνυχας ἵππους,

570. ποιμένι κτλ.: i.e. Menelaus,
as 566

571. Cf. O 585, where, curiously,
᾿Αντίλοχος takes the place of Αἰνείας.

572. wapa κτλ.: cf. P 721.

573. of δέ: ἰ.6. Menelaus and An-
tilochus. — vexpevs: i.e. υἷε Διοκλῇος.
— μετὰ λαόν : into the midst of the sol-
diery. Cf. 324, 589, H 306, @ 76.

574. τὼ μὲν κτλ. : 80 these two un-
fortunate πιθΉ. --- δειλώ: cf. ψυχὴ Ma
τροκλῆος δειλοῖο Ψ 65, τῶν δειλῶν ἑτά-
ρων οἵ θάνον ἐν πεδίῳ « θὅ f.

575. στρεφθέντε: conversi. As
Menelaus and Antilochus dragged
the corpses into the Greek ranks, they
had turned their backs to the Trojans.
— For the passive, see on 497. ---- μα-
χέσθην: “were continuing the con-
flict.”

576. Πυλαιμένεα: cf. Παφλαγόνων
δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο Πυλαιμένεος λάσιον κῆρ B 861.
The ‘ultima’ is treated as long, be-
fore the verse-pause. § 41 p.—édd-
τὴν: slew. Cf. 60. Both Greek war-
Triors, standing side by side (570),
threw their spears at the same time.
The one hit Pylaemenes, and the

other hit the charioteer.— This pas-
sage is inconsistent with N 658 f.,
where Pylaemenes is alive and fol-
lows the corpse of his son from the
battlefield.

879. ἑστεῶτα : prob. not on his
chariot, since the emphatic position
of the partic. seems explained only
by the contrast between the chieftain
and his charioteer. On 581.— γύξε:
cf. 46. Coincident with τυχήσας hit-
ting. —tvxyoas: with κατὰ (xAnida),
as M 189; cf. 98, ofrnce τυχὼν κατὰ
δεξιὸν ὦμον τ 452. Elsewhere used
absolutely.

580. MvSeva: a Paconian ‘homo-
nym’ is slain by Achilles, Φ 209. —
ἡνίοχον: adjectival, rein-holding, as
@ 119, M 111, N 386.— The preceding
diaeresis, after the third foot, is not
disliked when the third foot has a
distinct caesura. §40/. =

581. ᾿Ατυμνιάδην : his father ᾿Ατύ-
pvios is to be distinguished from his
Lycian ‘homonym,’ slain by Antilo-
chus Π 817. ---ὄὁ δὲ κτλ.: equiv. to
ὑπκοστρέφοντα. Pylaemenes seems to
have been separated from his chariot,

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

117

χερμαδίῳ ἀγκῶνα τυχὼν μέσον ἐκ δ᾽ dpa χειρῶν
ε » , 953 9 ’ . ᾿ 3 4
ἡνία λεύκ᾽ ἐλέφαντι χαμαὶ πέσον ἐν κονίῃσν.
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπαΐξας ξίφει nace κόρσην,
585 αὐτὰρ ὅ γ᾽ ἀσθμαίνων ἐνεργέος ἔκπεσε δίφρου
κύμβαχος ἐν κονίῃσιν ἐπὶ βρεχμόν τε καὶ wpous.
δ au? ε a ,’ 4 ε9 9 41] θ a
δηθὰ μάλ᾽ ἑστήκει, τύχε γάρ ῥ᾽ ἀμάθοιο βαθείης,
» , 9 4 ‘ , 9 [4
ὄφρ᾽ ἵππω πλήξαντε χαμαὶ βάλον ἐν κονίῃσν,
‘ 9 99 ’ Ν ‘A ‘ ¥ 9.5 ζω
τοὺς ἵμασ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος, μετὰ δὲ στρατὸν ἤλασ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν.

590

‘ 29 9 7 ‘ 4 > > 9 9 9 ¢
τοὺς δ᾽ "Extwp ἐνόησε κατὰ στίχας, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς

κεκληγώς" ἅμα δὲ Τρώων εἵποντο φάλαγγες
καρτεραί: ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρα σφιν ἴΑρης καὶ πότνι᾽ “Evue,
ἡ μὲν ἔχουσα κυδοιμὸν ἀναιδέα δηιοτῆτος,

"Apys δ᾽ ἐν παλάμῃσι πελώριον ἔγχος ἐνώμα,

but now to have summoned it in order
to flee, like Aeneas, 571. But as the
charioteer was about turning, he was
slain.

582. xeppadlp: cf. 302. — ἀγκώνα
μέσον: in partitive appos. with Md-
δωνα. ----τυχών : on A 106. Much like
τυχήσας 579.

583. λευκὰ ἐλέφαντι: the leather
reins were adorned with thin plates
of ivory. Cf A 142.—év κονίῃσιν :
a more definite statement of χαμαί. ---
For the ‘ dat. of rest’ see on 446. Cf.
Δ 482.

584. κόρσην [κόρρην] : cf. Δ 502.

585=N 399 (part of a similar
achievement of the same Antilo-
chus); cf. Π 743.

586. ᾿κύμβαχος : pred., “head-fore-
most.” Explained by the second
half-verse.

587. ἑστήκει : remained standing.
His head and shoulders were fixed in
the sand, while his feet leaned against
the chariot.—rvye: happened upon,
te. fell ὑροη. --- ἀμάθοιο: partitive
genitive. Aristarchus distinguished

ἅμαθος sand of the plain from ψάμαθος
sand of the shore.

588. πλήξαντε: striking him with
their hoofs, as Antilochus lashed
them and drove them away, 589.

589. ἵμασε: cf ἱμάς, ἱμάσθλη.

590-626. Hector and Ares approach.
Diomed withdraws. Ajaz. |

590 f.= A 343 f.— τούς : 1t.e. Mene-
laus and Antilochus.—xard orlyas:

‘along the ranks, i.e. as they appeared

here and there in the line. — avrove:
opposed to στρατός which is implied
in κατὰ στίχας.

591. κεκληγώς : such perfs. of
‘verbs signifying to make a noise’
seem ‘never to have expressed com-
pleted action.” H. 849 b.—dya εἴ-
ποντο: cf. 561.

592. “Apns: of course in the form
of a mortal. Cf 604. —’Ewve: cf. 383.

593. ἔχουσα: holding, wielding. —
κυδοιμόν : tumult, Apparently thought
of as a weapon or shield, like the
aegis of Zeus. — ἀναιδέα: on A 521.

594. ἐνώμα: a partic. is expected,

which should correspond to ἡ μὲν

118

OMHPOY IAIAAO® E.

596 φοίτα δ᾽ ἄλλοτε μὲν πρόσθ᾽ Ἕκτορος, ἄλλοτ᾽ ὄπισθεν.
A Α( ϑ ἙΝ er “ 9 A 4
τὸν δὲ ἰδὼν ῥίγησε Bony ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης.
ε > 9 95 > A 9 4 aA 4 ‘4
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἀπάλαμνος, ἰὼν πολέος πεδίοιο,
στήῃ ἐπ᾽ ὠκυρόῳ ποταμῷ ἅλαδε προρέοντι,
ἀφρῷ μορμύροντα ἰδών, ἀνά τ᾽ pap’ ὀπίσσω,
600 ὧς τότε Τυδεΐδης ἀνεχάζετο, εἶπέ τε λαῷ"
«ὦ φίλοι, οἷον δὴ θαυμάζομεν Ἕκτορα δῖον
αἰχμητήν τ᾽ ἔμεναι καὶ θαρσαλέον πολεμιστήν".
τῷ δ᾽ αἰεὶ πάρα εἷς γε θεῶν, ὃς λοιγὸν ἀμύνει "
καὶ νῦν οἱ πάρα κεῖνος “Apyns βροτῷ ἀνδρὶ ἐοικώς.
605 ἀλλὰ πρὸς Τρῶας τετραμμένοι αἰὲν ὀπίσσω

ἔχουσα 598. For the transition to the
finite const., see § 1 6.

595. φοίτα: sc. “Apns.

596 = A 345.— plynoe: sc. because
he must yield before Ares. Cf. 127 ff.
— Nothing more is said here about
Menelaus and Antilochus, against
whom Hector seems to have gone.
Cf. 590.

597. ἀπάλαμνος : without device (xa-
Adun), helpless. Equiv. to ἀμήχανος.
Pred. after στήῃ. ---- πεδίοιο: ς A 244.

598. στήῃ [orp]: stops.— ἐπί: at,
on the bank.—dxupd@: cf. 88.— For
the p not doubled in composition, c/.
ἔρεξε 378.

599. ἀφρῴ : with foam. Const. with
μορμύροντα. Cf. pdos ᾿Ωκεανοῖο | ἀφρῷ
μορμύρων ῥέεν Σ 402 f., (Σκάμανδρος)
μορμύρων ἀφρῷ τε καὶ αἵματι καὶ νεκύ-
εσσιν ᾧ 328. --- ἰδών : gives the cause
οὗ στήῃ. The traveller sees the im-
possibility of advancing. — ἀνὰ «ra.:
an independent addition. ΟἿ z 509 f.,
B 148, 1 324, r 497, Χ 94. --- This gno-
mic aor. contains the point of com-
parison. —éwleow: repeats the idea
of ἀνά.

601. οἷον: neut. cognate acc., with

δή, introducing an exclamation of
vexation. G. 165; Η. 1001 a. “How
we have been wont to admire Hector,
and say” etc. Cf. (Ζεῦ πάτερ) οἷον δὴ
ἄνδρεσσι xapl(eas ὑβριστῇσιν N 633,
(Ἕκτορ) οἷον δὴ Μενέλαον bwrérpecas
P 587, ὦ πόποι, οἷον δή νυ θεοὺς βροτοὶ
αἰτιόωνται α 82.

θ02--π 493, X 269. --- αἰχμητήν:
on κορυστήν Δ 457. The spearmun is
tacitly contrasted with the bowman,
who required less strength, courage,
and presence of mind.

603. Cf T 98. --- δέ: adversative.
“But he well may be fearless since
at least one (els ye)” etc. Cf. A 129,
800, ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, wep) μὲν κρατέεις. ..
αἰεὶ γάρ τοι ἀμύνουσιν θεοὶ αὐτοί Φ 214 f.
-- πάρα: πάρεστι. ὃ 87 ca.

604. καὶ γύν: on A ]12.--- κεῖνος :
equiv. to ἐκεῖ there. Cf. ὅδε 1178,
Γ 891. ---- ἐοικώς: Ares had assumed
the form of Acamas, cf. 462; but
Diomed had received from Athena
the power to distinguish the gods.

605. πρὸς Τρῶας κτλ.: “retreat,
but keep your face toward the foe,”
that the Achaeans might not seem to
flee. Cf. ἐπὶ πόδα ἀνεχώρουν Xen. An.

--.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

119

Ὅν» “Ὁ 4 φ 4 99
εἴκετε, μηδὲ θεοῖς μενεαινέμεν ἶφι μάχεσθαι.
ὡς ap’ ἔφη, Τρῶες δὲ μάλα σχεδὸν ἤλυθον αὐτῶν.
¥ 9 4 “A 4 3Q 2 ld
ev? Ἕκτωρ δύο φῶτε κατέκτανεν εἰδότε χάρμης,
εἰν ἑνὶ δίφρῳ ἐόντε, Μενέσθην ᾿Αγχίαλόν τε.
610 τὼ δὲ πεσόντ᾽ ἐλέησε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας "
~ b ay 3 9 “ oA Ἁ 9 4, “N ~
στῆ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἰὼν καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ,
καὶ βάλεν “Apdiov Σελάγου υἱόν, ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐνὶ Παισῷ
ναῖε πολυκτήμων πολυλήιος, ἀλλά ἑ μοῖρα
.»» ἢ . , , Ν
Ny ἐπικουρήσοντα μετὰ Πρίαμόν τε καὶ υἷας.
, ε ‘ “A a A ¥
615 τόν pa κατὰ ζωστῆρα βάλεν Τελαμώνιος Αἴας,
veaipy δ᾽ ἐν γαστρὶ πάγη δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος,

δούπησεν δὲ πεσών.

ὁ δ᾽ ἐπέδραμε φαίδιμος Αἴας

4 ’ ~ 9 > SN 4 > »¥
τεύχεα συλήσων" Τρῶες δ᾽ ἐπὶ δούρατ᾽ ἔχευαν
ὀξέα παμφανόωντα" σάκος δ᾽ ἀνεδέξατο πολλά.

v. 2.82. Contrasted with προτροπάδην
φοβέοντο 11 304; cf. 700 f.

606. μενεαινέμεν : inf. as impera-
tive.

607. αὐτών: i.c. ᾿Αχαιῶν.

608. εἰδότε: without the usual pre-
fixed ἐύ. Cf. δύω κύνε εἰδότε θήρης K
360, εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης Ψ 665. For the
fg. gen., cf. also 549,

609. Cf. 160.— Μενέσθην κτλ. :
only here.

610. τὼ δὲ κτλ.: ς 561. — μέγας
κτλ.: cf. M 364, N 321, Βὶ 409, εἰς.

611= A 496.

612. “Αμφῖον: to be distinguished
from his ‘homonymous’ countryman,
B 880. --- υἱόν : for the short penult,
cf. Δ 473. — ΠΠαισῷ : near Lampsacus.
Cf. τραπόμενος πρὸς τὰς ἐν Ἑλλησπόντῳ
πόλις εἷλε μὲν Δάρδανον, εἷλε δὲ ΓΑβυ-
δόν τε καὶ Περκώτην καὶ Λάμψακον καὶ
Παισόν Hdt. v. 117. The form is
᾿Απαισός in B 828.

613. woAdveripev: rich in flocks
and herds. — For the lack of conjunc-

tion, cf. 194, 206, 689, A 99. ὃ 1 0.
— wodvAros: rich in fields of grain.
Cf. ἀλήιος 1 125, βαθυλήιον = 650.—
potpa: “his fate,” which was recog-
nized after the event. Cf. 88, 629,
A 617, T 87, Φ 83.

614. ἦγε: cf κῆρες yap ἄγον μέλα-
vos θανάτοιο Β 884. --- μετά : “to.”

615. Cf. P 578.—fworjpa: on
A 182.

616. vaalpy: cf. ὅ809. --- πάγη: of.
A 185. — δολιχόσκιον: cf. Γ 346.

617. δούπησεν κτλ.: cf. 540.

618. τεύχεα κτλ.: cf. Z 70 f., Ο 583.
-- ἐπὶ ἔχεναν : showered upon. On
ἰοχέαιρα 53. ΟΥ telorum effun-
dere contra | omne genus Teu-
cri Verg. Aen. ix. 509 f.

619. σάκος: this renowned shield
of Ajax (from which his son was
named Εὐρυσάκης) is described H
219 ff.: Αἴας δ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε, φέρων
σάκος ἠύτε πύργον, | χάλκεον, ἕπτα-
βόειον, ὅ οἱ Τυχίος κάμε τεύχων, | σκυ-
τοτόμων (workers in leather) Ye ἄριστος

120

OMHPOY IAIAAO® E.

620 αὐτὰρ ὁ λὰξ προσβὰς ἐκ νεκροῦ χάλκεον ἔγχος
9 a 9 9 (κ9 ¥ 9 ¥ 3 ἃν a t 4 .
ἐσπάσατ᾽ - οὐδ᾽ ap ἔτ᾽ ἄλλα δυνήσατο τεύχεα καλὰ
» > ld 9 [4 A 4
ὦμοιιν ἀφελέσθαι" ἐπείγετο yap βελέεσσιν.
δεῖσε δ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἀμφίβασιν κρατερὴν Τρώων ἀγερώχων,
a v4 ᾿ 9 ᾿ 9 , » 9 »¥
ot πολλοί τε καὶ ἐσθλοὶ ἐφέστασαν eyye ἔχοντες,
φε 4 90 ἂν A 9 a
625 οἵ € μέγαν περ ἐόντα καὶ ἴφθιμον Kai ἀγαυὸν
ὦσαν ἀπὸ σφείων 6 δὲ χασσάμενος πελεμίχθη.
ὡς οἱ μὲν πονέοντο κατὰ κρατερὴν vopivny-
Τληπόλεμον δ᾽ Ἡρακλεΐδην ἠύν τε μέγαν τε
ὦρσεν ἐπ᾽ ἀντιθέῳ Σαρπηδόνι μοῖρα κραταιή.
680 of δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
4», ε ‘4 4, 2
υἱός θ᾽ viwvds τε Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο,
a ‘ 4 ’ 4 A ¥
Tov Kat Τληπόλεμος πρότερος πρὸς μῦθον ἕειπεν"

"TAp ἕνι οἰκία ναίων" [ ὅς οἱ ἐποίησεν
σάκος αἰόλον ἑπταβόειον | ταύρων (ατρε-
φέων (well-fed) ἐπὶ δ᾽ ὄγδοον ἤλαδε

χαλκόν.

620. λὰξ πρόσβας: “setting his
foot upon him.” Cf. Z 65, δόρυ
χάλκεον ἐξ ὠτειλῆς | εἴρυσε (drew),
λὰξ πρόσβας TI 862 f.—AdE: on γνύξ
68.
621 f.=N 510 f.; cf. A 530 ff.—
ἄλλα: τεύχεα follows, after the verse-
pause, in apposition. Οὐ 709 f., ἔκτο-
θεν (apart from) ἄλλων | μνηστήρων a
132 f., ἔνθα wep ἄλλα | ἔγχε' ᾿οδυσσῆος
ἴστατοα 128 f.

622. dpouv: for the ‘quantity’ of
the ultima, cf. ἵπποιιν 13.

623. ὅ ye: emphatic repetition of
the subj.; “he feared—he did!”
Cf. A 97, a 4, multum ille et
terris iactatus et alto Verg.
Aen. i. 3.— dpdlBacw Τρώων (sc. ve-
mpov): equiv. to τοὺς ἀμφιβαίνοντας
Τρῶας. Cf. 299, A 632, (Axduas)
ἀμφὶ κασιγνήτῳ BeBads Ἐ 471]. Ajax
feared the vigorous action of the

Trojans in defense of the fallen
warrior. --- ἀγερώχων : “brave in bat-
tle.”

624. ἔγχε ἔχοντες: “with out-
stretched spears.” Cf. A 583.— This
verse is half-parenthetical, serving as
another adj. to Τρώων 623. The rel.
clause of 625 carries further the prin-
cipal action.

625 f.= a 534 f.

627-678. Tlepolemus slain by Sar-
pedon. Seven Lycians slain by Odys-
seus.

627 = 84.

628 = B 653.

629. ὦρσεν ἐπί: cf. 166. --- ἐπί:
upon, against. —potpa κτλ. : on 618,

630 = 14, 850, etc.

631. vlovds : i.e.
Tlepolemus.

632. Cf. 276, N 306, π 460, p 74.—
τόν: 1.6. Sarpedon.—x«al: also. Not
found directly after the formula, 630;
cf. Z 122, Ὁ 177, etc.—awpés ἔειπεν :
for the two accs., τόν and μῦθον, cf.
329, 689.

Heracles’s son

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

121

“Σαρπῆδον, Λυκίων βουληφόρε, τίς τοι ἀνάγκη
di 3 dd 9 » 4 9 ,’ ld
πτώσσειν ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντι μάχης ἀδαήμονι φωτί;
635 ψευδόμενοι δέ σέ φασι Διὸς γόνον αἰγιόχοιο
9. δ ,᾿ ’, 3 ὃ , 3 aA
εἶναι, ἐπεὶ πολλὸν κείνων ἐπιδεύεαι ἀνδρῶν,
a A > ld 9 ἃ , 9 ’
ot Διὸς ἐξεγένοντο ἐπὶ προτέρων ἀνθρώπων "
ἀλλ᾽ οἷόν τινά φασι βίην Ἡρακληείην
εἶναι, ἐμὸν πατέρα θρασυμέμνονα θυμολέοντα,
θ40 ὅς ποτε δεῦρ ἐλθὼν ἕνεχ᾽ ἵππων Λαομέδοντος
ἐξ olns σὺν νηυσὶ καὶ ἀνδράσι παυροτέροισιν
Ἰλίον ἐξαλάπαξε πόλιν, χήρωσε δ᾽ ayuids:
σοὶ δὲ κακὸς μὲν θυμός, ἀποφθινύθουσι δὲ λαοί.

633 f. “Why should you come
here to play the coward? --- ἐόντι:
thrown with ἐνθάδε by the rhythm of
the verse. “Now that you are here
in the Troad.” Cf. ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐκ Λυκίης
645.— This participial clause stands
in an adversative relation to the
principal thought, since ‘coming to
Troy’ is equiv. to ‘coming to fight’;
while μάχης κτλ. is pred. with πτώσ-
σειν. — ἀδαήμονι : const. with τοί
above.

635. ψευδόμενοι : pred., as liars,
falsely. “Men lie when they say.” —
Διὸς κτλ.: cf. 733, 115, Z 312.

636. ἐπεί: refers to ψευδόμενοι. --
πολλόν [πολύ] : adv. acc.,— originally
of ‘extent of space.’ Cf. Z 479.—
ἀνδρῶν : ablatival gen. after a verb of
‘ want,’

637. Διός: gen. with ἐξ in the fg.
verb. Cf. Z 100. --- ἐπί: in the time
of. Cf. rd πρὶν ἐπ᾿ εἰρήνης X 166.—
προτέρων : on A 308.

638. ἀλλά: marks the contrast to
Sarpedon. — οἷόν τινα : exclamation
of admiration. Cf. 601, ἀλλ᾽ οἷον τόδ᾽
ἔρεξε ὃ 242, A 5619.—“But what a
man was Heracles!” --- οἷον : masc. in

spite of the fem. βίην. ὃ 2 5. -- βίην
KrA.: on A 386.

639. εἶναι : corresponds to the impf.
(οἷός τις ἣν ‘HpaxdAjs) of dir. discourse.
Cf. ἄλλον 8 ἄλλῃ ἄειδε πόλιν κεραϊζ(έ-
μεν αἰπήν (lofty) θ. 516, 181. — θρασυ-
μέμνονα κτλ. : cf. 267. ---πουμολέοντα :
Coeur de Lion. .

640. ἕνεκ᾽ ἵππων : Laomedon had
promised to Heracles the horses which
Zeus had given to Tros (265 ff.), as
a reward for the rescue of his daugh-
ter Hesione from a sea-monster. Her-
acles slew the monster, and, when
the king failed to make good his
word, sacked Troy. Then he gave
Hesione as a γέρας to his comrade
Telamon, to whom she bore Teucer
(2 81). Cf 648 ff., r 146 ff.

641. οἴῃς : only. — πανροτέροισι :
sc. than Sarpedon.

642. χήρωσε (χήρα) : of tam
multis viduasset civibus
urbem Verg. Aen. viii. 571.

643. σοί: contrasted with Hera-
cles. —kakds: cowardly. — ἀποφθινύ-
Gover: sc. through Sarpedon’s worth-
lessness. A contrast to the success
of Heracles.

122

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

οὐδέ τί σε Τρώεσσιν ὀΐομαι ἄλκαρ ἔσεσθαι

645 ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐκ Λυκίης, οὐδ᾽ εἰ μάλα καρτερός ἐσσι,
ἀλλ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἐμοὶ ὃμηθέντα πύλας ᾿Αίδαο περήσειν."

τὸν δ᾽ αὖ Σαρπηδὼν Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀντίον ηὔδα

“Τληπόλεμ᾽, ἦ τοι κεῖνος ἀπώλεσεν Ἴλιον ἱρὴν
ἀνέρος ἀφραδίῃσιν ἀγανοῦ Λαομέδοντος,

660 ὅς ῥά μιν εὖ ἔρξαντα κακῷ ἠνίπαπε μύθῳ,
οὐδ᾽ ἀπέδωχ᾽ ἵππους, ὧν εἵνεκα τηλόθεν ἦλθεν.
σοὶ δ᾽ ἐγὼ ἐνθάδε φημὶ φόνον καὶ κῆρα μέλαιναν
ἐξ ἐμέθεν τεύξεσθαι, ἐμῷ δ᾽ ὑπὸ δουρὶ δαμέντα
εὖχος ἐμοὶ δώσειν, ψυχὴν δ᾽ "Aids κλυτοπώλῳ.᾽"

644. οὐδέ τι: and not at all, nor by
any means.— o¢: const. closely with
ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐκ Λυκίης. “Thy coming from
Lycia.”’

645. εἰ μάλα κτλ. : cf A 178.
Physical strength alone could not
compensate for the lack of courage.

646. Cf δῦναι δόμον Αιδος εἴσω
Γ 822, θάπτε με ὅττι τάχιστα" πύλας
᾿Αίδαο περήσω Ψ 71, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι
κεῖνος ὁμῶς ᾿Αίδαο πύλῃσιν 1 812. Ha-
des was preéminently the ‘gate-
keeper’ (πυλάρτης) ; cf. @ 367.

647. Cf. 217.

648. κεῖνος : 1.6. Heracles.

649. “ Laomedon’s fault and folly
gave the victory to Heracles.” — ἀνέ-
pos: the man. Explained by ἀγανοῦ
Λαομέδοντος. On 313, A 194. —ddpa-
Siqow: dat. of cause. ΟἿ. παρέδραμεν
ἀφραδίῃσιν K 350, τρὶς δ᾽ ἔκπιεν ἀφρα-
δίῃσιν ι861. For the pl., cf. Δ 409.

650. εὖ ἔρξαντα : concessive. —
κακῴ : harsh, offensive. Cf. ἀλλὰ κα-
κῶς ἀφίει A 3 .--- ἠνίπαπε κτλ.: cf.
B 245, © 427, ν 17, 808, Laomedon
scolded when he was reminded of his
promise to give the horses. — ἠνίπαπε
(ἐνίπτω) : for the redup., see ὃ 25 k,

651. οὐδ᾽ ἀπέδωκε: nor did he give
as was due. The ἀπό implies a debt,
an obligation. Thus ἀπαγγέλλω is
carry a message where tt belongs; ἀπο-
φέρω is deliver as required. Cf.reddo,
reporto.— The following half-verse
strengthens the idea of indebtedness,
since τηλόθεν emphasizes the trouble
taken by Heracles to perform the
service for Laomedon. Cf. 478.

652-654=—A 448-448. --- Reply to
643 ff.— σοὶ δέ : in contrast to κεῖνος
648, —- though with a reference to σοί
648. --- ἐγώ φημι : refers to ὀίομαι 644,
and asserts more strenuously than
that. — Obs. the repetition and promi-
nence of ἐγώ, ἐμέθεν [ἐμοῦ], ἐμῷ, ἐμοί.
See on 812.--- ἐνθάδε: “here, before
Troy.”

653. τεύξεσθαι : will befall, “ will be
thine.” Const. with cof. — ὑπὸ δουρί:
cf. Δ 479. --- δαμέντα: const. with σέ,
implied in σοί, as subj. οὗ δώσειν. For
the form, cf. δμηθέντα 646. 8 88 Καὶ

654. Cf. 11 625. — εὖχος : glory. Cf.
εὔχομαι, εὐχωλή A 450. — δώσεϊν : has
two heterogeneous objects. Cf. ἔγχεα
καὶ μένε᾽ ἀνδρῶν A 441. --- κλντοπώλφ:
with glorious horses. Why Hades

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

655

123

ὡς φάτο Σαρπηδών, ὃ δ᾽ ἀνέσχετο μείλινον ἔγχος

Τληπόλεμος - καὶ τῶν μὲν ἁμαρτῇ δούρατα μακρὰ

ἐκ χειρῶν ἤιξαν 6 μὲν βάλεν αὐχένα μέσσον

Σαρπηδών, αἰχμὴ δὲ διαμπερὲς ἦλθ᾽ ἀλεγεινή,

τὸν δὲ κατ΄ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐρεβεννὴ νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν -
660 Τληπόλεμος δ᾽ ἄρα μηρὸν ἀριστερὸν ἔγχεϊ μακρῷ

βεβλήκειν, αἰχμὴ δὲ διέσσυτο μαιμώωσα,

ὀστέῳ ἐγχῥιμφθεῖσα, πατὴρ δ᾽ ἔτι λοιγὸν apuver.

οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἀντίθεον Σαρπηδόνα δῖοι ἑταῖροι

ἐξέφερον πολέμοιο: βάρυνε δέ μιν δόρυ μακρὸν
665 ἑλκόμενον" τὸ μὲν οὔ τις ἐπεφράσατ᾽ οὐδὲ νόησεν,

μηροῦ ἐξερύσαι δόρυ μείλινον, ὄφρ᾽ ἐπιβαίη,

should be represented with a chariot
(hardly one in which he might con-
vey the dead), has not been clearly
made out.

656. τῶν μέν: Sarpedon, too, had
raised his lance at the last threaten-
ing words.—cpapry: at the same
time.

657. ἤιξαν (ἀίσσω) : pl. verb with
neut. subj., as freq. — ὁ μέν : for the
asyndeton, cf. A 491.

658. διαμπερές (διά, ἀνά, wepdw):
cf. 3284. ---ἦλθε: for the personifica-
tion in this, in #fay, and in 661, see
on A 125.—ddeyavy: painful, i.e.
pain-causing ; cf. δακρυόεντα 737. Only
here as epithet of αἰχμή. Cf. πικρός
99.
659=N 580, Χ 466. --- κατ᾽ ὀφθαλ-
pow: down over the eyes. Cf. 696.—
ψὺξ «rA.: on A 461.

660. dpa: seems to mark a transi-
tion.

661. βεβλήκειν : on 696, Δ 492. For
the final ν, cf Δ 801. --- διέσσυτο (δι:-
σεύω) :- rushed through, sc. μηροῦ. ----
For the form, cf. ἐπέσσυτο 488. --- μαι-

μώωσα: eagerly. Cf. Ο 542,

662. ὀστέῳ xrd.: drawing near to
the bone, i.e. grazing it, and not
checked by 1}.--- πατήρ: ic. Zeus.
Of. 635, Z 198 f. Sarpedon is the
only warrior before Troy who is
Zeus’s own son. The later genera-
tions of men were further removed
from the gods.—ét: still, now as be-
fore. Sarpedon was to fall four days
later, slain by Patroclus. Cf. 1 602 ff.
—For a similar intimation of the
future, cf. 674 f., 686 ff., m 402 f.

663 = 692.— μέν: correl. with δέ
668.— dpa: so, as a result of the
preceding act.

665. ἑλκόμενον : dragging after him.
Const. with δόρυ. ---- τὸ μέν : while this.
Explained by the fg. inf. ἐξερύσαι. Cf.
τά 564, τὸ γὰρ μένε μητίετα Ζεύς, | νηὸς

᾿καιομένης σέλας (blaze) ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδέ-

σθαι Ο 599 f., τό μιν οὔ ποτε ἕλπετο
θυμῷ | τεθνάμεν P 404 f. — ἐπεφρά-
σατο (ἐπιφράζω) κτλ. : noticed and
thought of. Synonymous. ὃ 15. Cf.
6 94, 633.

666. ἐξερύσαι: this is not done
until 694. ---- ὄφρ᾽ ἐπιβαίη : “that he
might get upon his feet,” sc. to walk,

124

OMHPOY IAIAAO® E.

σπευδόντων" τοῖον yap ἔχον πόνον ἀμφιέποντες.
Τληπόλεμον δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐυκνήμιδες ᾽Αχαιοὶ
ἐξέφερον πολέμοιο" νόησε δὲ δῖος ᾽Οδυσσεὺς

670 τλήμονα θυμὸν ἔχων, μαίμησε δέ οἱ φίλον ἦτορ"
μερμήριξε δ᾽ ἔπειτα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν,
ἢ προτέρω Διὸς υἱὸν ἐριγδούποιο διώκοι,
ἦ ὅ γε τῶν πλεόνων Λυκίων ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἕλοιτο.
οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿οδυσσῆι μεγαλήτορι μόρσιμον Fev

616 ἴφθιμον Διὸς υἱὸν ἀποκτάμεν ὀξέι χαλκῷ"
τῷ ῥα κατὰ πληθὺν Λυκίων τράπε θυμὸν ᾿Αθήνη.
ἔνθ᾽ ὅ γε Κοίρανον εἷλεν ᾿Αλάστορά τε Χρομίον τε

instead of being carried. ΟἿ οὐδέ πῃ
εἶχον | οὔτε στηρίξαι ποσὶν ἔμπεδον οὔτ᾽
ἐπιβῆναι μ 433 ἢ.

667. σπευδόντων : “since they were
in eager haste.” In later Greek this
would be construed as gen. abs., but
here (as the const. of the gen. abs. is
not fully developed in Homer, § 3,
e,f) it is prob. equiv. to Attic τῶν
σπευδόντων, partitive gen. with of τις
665. — πόνον : cf. 517. — ἀμφιέποντες :
busy about him. Sarpedon’s comrades
were obliged to shield him and them-
selves from attack, while carrying
him from the field.

669. νόησε: sc. that Sarpedon was
borne from the conflict.

670. τλήμονα: daring. Cf ἤθελε
δ᾽ ὁ τλήμων ᾿Οδυσεὺς καταδῦναι ὅμιλον]
Τρώων αἰεὶ γάρ οἱ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θυμὸς
ἐτόλμα K 281 f., ἀλλ᾽ οἷον τόδ᾽ ἔρεξε καὶ
ἔτλη καρτερὸς ἀνήρ (i.e. ᾿Οδυσσεύς) ὃ
242. A freq. epithet of Odysseus is
πολύτλας.--- μαίμησε: raged, sc. with
eagerness to display his courage. Cf.
μαιμώωσα ὅθ].

671 -- δ 117, w 285; cf. A 198, 169,
v 10.

672. προτέρω: further, Cf. A 507.

— ἐριγδούποιο: cf. δούπησεν 617. For
the γ, see § 12 7.

673. Cf. K 506.—6é ye: cf. 623. —
τῶν πλεόνων : of the greater number, of -
the mass. Cf. the later of πολλοί.
The dem. τῶν marks the contrast with
the leaders; cf. of πλέονες κακίους B
277. — The gen. depends on ἀπὸ ἕλοιτο.
Cf. 691.— Cf. πληθὺν Λυκίων 676,
(ἔσπετε, μοῦσαι, of τινες ἡγεμόνες Aa-
ναῶν ἦσαν,) πληθὺν οὐκ ἂν ἐγὼ μυθήσο-
μαι Β 488, A 808. --- Δυκίων : partitive
gen. with τῶν πλεόνων. Cf. 679.

674. οὐδ᾽ dpa: but, as it seems, it
was not, etc. This prepares the way
for 676.— οὐδ᾽ ᾿Οδυσήῆι: sc. but to
Patroclus. Cf. Π 477 ff.

676. πληθύν: on 673.— θυμόν : sc.
᾽᾿Οδυσσῆος.

677. Six out of these seven Lycians
have good Greek names. — Kolpavov:
a ‘homonym’ is esquire of Meriones,
Ῥ 611.— daw: cf A 467.—’Add-
στορα κτλ. : cf. A 295.— Obs. the
‘ polysyndeton’ with ré.— Cf. quid
Lycii referam Sarpedonis ag-
mina ferro|devastata meo?
cum multo sanguine fudi|
Coeranon Iphitiden et Alas

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

125

"Αλκανδρόν θ᾽ “Αλιόν τε Νοήμονά re Upuraviy τε.
rd 4 9 4 ld »’ , ~ 9 ,’
καί νύ κ᾽ ἔτι πλέονας Λυκίων κτάνε δῖος Ὀδυσσεύς,
680 εἰ μὴ ἄρ᾽ ὀξὺ νόησε μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ.
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμίνος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ
δεῖμα φέρων Δαναοῖσι" χάρη δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ προσιόντι
Σαρπηδὼν Διὸς υἱός, ἔπος δ᾽ ὀλοφυδνὸν ἔειπεν "
“Πριαμίδη, μὴ δή με ἕλωρ Δαναοῖσιν ἐάσῃς
”~ > 9 9 4 » Ud , [4 3A
685 κεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπάμυνον" ἔπειτά pe Kat λίποι αἰὼν
9 4 ε ’ 9 A 9 ¥ > » 9 A
ἐν πόλει υμετέρῃ, ἔπει οὐκ ap ἔμελλον ἐγώ γε
νοστήσας οἰκόνδε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν

toraque
candrumque Haliumque No-
émonaque Prytaningue Ovid.
Met. xiii. 267 ff.

678 = Vergil Aen. ix. 767. —- Noy-
pova: ‘homonyms’ are a companion
of Antilochus, Ψ 612, and an Ithacan
who lends his boat to Telemachus,
β 386, 3 630.— Πρύτανιν : Foremost.
—For subordinate persons, the poet
does not always take the trouble to
invent new names.

679-710. The Achaeans yield before
Hector and Ares.

679. Cf. 211.

680. Cf. 312.

681 = A 495.

682. δεῖμα: only here. Strictly,
an object of terror; but here hardly
different from δέος. --- χάρη [ἐχάρη] :
inceptive aorist. — ol προσιόντι: dat.
of cause. “Delighted at his ap-
proach.” Cf. 644.— Evidently Sar-
pedon was borne in the direction
from which Hector was coming.

683. ὀλοφυδνόν : dole ful.

684. μὴ δή: with subjv., as 457;
with imv., in 218; with inf. used
as imv. in P 501.—ddwp: predicate.
Cf. αὐτοὺς δὲ ἑλώρια τεῦχε κύνεσσιν

Chroniumque | Al- .

A 4.—“Let me not fall into the
hands of the Greeks.”

685. Sarpedon is ready even to
die, if it but be among friends. —
κεῖσθαι: not a description of the
present situation, since Sarpedon was
in the arms of his friends, but rather
an expression of anxious foreboding
in contrast with happy escape. —
ἔπειτα: after that, refers to ἐπάμυνον.
-- καί : even, with concessive optative.
Cf ἐν δὲ φάει (light) καὶ ὄλεσσον
P 647, ἰδόντα δὲ καὶ λίποι αἰὼν (life) |
κτῆσιν ἐμήν ἡ 224 f.—Sarpedon ex-
pected to die of his wound. ΟἿ ἄρα
686.

686. ἐν πόλει κτλ.: “though in a
foreign land,” “far from home.” The
contrast is in 687. --- οὐκ dpa κτλ.:
I was not fated, as I see. Cf. οὐδ᾽ ἄρ'
ἔμελλον πείσειν X 356, Achilles’s words
αὐτίκα τεθναίην, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἄρ᾽ ἔμελλον
ἑταίρῳ | ἐπαμῦναι = 98 f., τὰ φρονέοντ᾽
ἀνὰ θυμὸν ἅ ῥ᾽ οὐ τελέεσθαι ἔμελλον
Β 86.

687. Cf. B 168, 4 180. — νοστήσας :
const. with εὐφρανέειν. Cf ὑμεῖς δ᾽
αὖθι μένοντες ἐυφραίνοιτε γυναῖκας ν 44.
- οἰκόνδε : explained by the second
‘hemistich.’

126

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

evppavéew ἅλοχόν τε φίλην καὶ νήπιον viov.”
ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ov τι προσέφη κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ,
690 ἀλλὰ παρήιξεν λελιημῶοος, ὄφρα τάχιστα
ὥσαιτ᾽ ᾿Αργείους, πολέων δ᾽ ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἕλοιτο.
οἱ μὲν ap’ ἀντίθεον Σαρπηδόνα δῖοι ἑταῖροι
εἶσαν ὑπ᾽ αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς περικαλλέι φηγῷ"
ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ μηροῦ δόρυ μείλινον doe θύραζε
695 ἴφθιμος Πελάγων, ὅς οἱ φίλος ἦεν ἑταῖρος"
τὸν δ᾽ ἔλιπε ψυχή, κατὰ δ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ᾽ ἀχλύς.
αὖτις δ᾽ ἀμπνύνθη, περὶ δὲ πνοιὴ Βορέαο
ζώγρει ἐπιπνείουσα κακῶς κεκαφηότα θυμόν.
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ὑπ’ “Apyt καὶ Ἕκτορι χαλκοκορυστῇ

688. Cf. 480, εὐφρῆναι ἄλοχόν τε
φίλην κεδνούς τε τοκῆας P 28.

689--2 842; cf. A 61]. --- τόν, τὶ :
for the two accs. (direct obj. and
cognate acc.), cf. 632.

690 f. παρήιξεν (ἀίσσω) : sc. thus
disregarding Sarpedon’s request. —
ὄφρα ὥσαιτο: equiv. to ὥσασθαι. Cf.
Δ 468. --- ὥσαιτο : thrust from himself.
Cf. 626. — πολέων [πολλῶν] κτλ. : cf.
679.

692 -- 668.

693. εἶσαν: seated. Cf. Δ 392. ---
φηγῷ : this oak (with edible acorns)
or chestnut stood near the city, and
not far from the Scaean Gate. It
was tall and beautiful, and formed
a prominent landmark. Cf. Z 287,
H 22, 60, 1 354, A 170, 549 (1).

694. ἐκ μηροῦ: forth from his thigh.
Const. with ὦσε θύραζε. The spear-
point had passed through the leg, and
a violent wrench was needed to ex-
tract it by a single pull, which would
cause less protracted suffering. — θύ-
pate: has entirely lost its original
meaning.

695. Πελάγων: a ‘homonym’ is

found among the comrades of Nestor,
A 295; cf. 677.

696. ἔλιπε ψυχή: of a swoon (λι-
ποψυχία). Cf. ἀπὸ δὲ ψυχὴν ἐκάπυσσεν
(gasped) Χ 467. On 8δ,0.-- κατὰ
κτλ.: cf, 669, Π 344, Υ 421, x 88. ---
κέχντο (xéw): plpf. of the ‘immedi-
ate or sudden occurrence of a past
action.” GMT. 52. Cf. 661, 2 4965.

697. ἀμπνύνθη: from ἀναπνέω. ---
περί: adv. with ἐπιπνείουσα (πνέω,
§ 29 i, cf. πνοιή). ---- δέ: introduces
the cause of ἀμπνύνθη.

698. ζώγρει ((wh, ἐγείρω) : revived.
To be distinguished from (dpe: ((ωός,
aypéw) take captive, Z 46.— θυμόν:
obj. of κεκαφηότα, which is const.
with (Xapwidova) the obj. of (ώγρει.
Cf. uh we... δαμάσῃ κεκαφηότα θυμόν
ε 467 f., X 467 (quoted on 696).
Contrast (ἡ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἄμπνυτο) καὶ és
φρένα θυμὸς ἀγέρθη X 475.

699. Return from the description
of the single combats to that of the
general battle. The Greeks slowly
retreat, as Diomed had directed, 606 f.
— vn “Apn: under the might of Ares,
i.e. before Ares,

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

127

700 οὔτε ποτὲ προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐπὶ νηῶν
ἃν 9 > ’ ἠ 9 > 93 3 ,
οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἀντεφέροντο μάχῃ, ἀλλ᾽ aley ὀπίσσω
χάζονθ᾽, ὡς ἐπύθοντο μετὰ Τρώεσσιν "Apna.
» , A ? 9 ὦ 9 ᾽ , ᾿
ἔνθα τίνα πρῶτον, τίνα δ᾽ ὕστατον ἐξενάριξαν
9 , , Α ’ ¥
Exrwp τε Πριάμοιο mais καὶ χάλκεος Apns;
705 ἀντίθεον Τεύθραντ᾽, ἐπὶ δὲ πλήξιππον ᾿Ορέστην,
Τρῆχόν 7 αἰχμητὴν Αἰτώλιον Οἰνόμαόν τε,
Οἰνοπίδην θ᾽ Ἕλενον καὶ Ὀρέσβιον αἰολομίτρην,
9 e> > 2 4 4 , ,
ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐν Ὕλῃ ναΐεσκε μέγα πλούτοιο μεμηλώς,

λίμνῃ κεκλιμένος Κηφισίδι᾽ πὰρ δέ οἱ ἄλλοι

700. προτρέποντο: ς 605, terga
dantes ruebant.— For the vowel
remaining short before rp, see § 41,
i B.—éwl: toward. Cf. πέτονται ἐπ᾽
Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων T 5.

701. dvrepdpovro: sc. Τρώεσσι, or,
more definitely, “Apy καὶ Ἕκτορι. Cf.
ἀργαλέος yap ᾿Ολύμπιος ἀντιφέρεσθαι
A δ89. ---- The rhyme between the first
‘hemistichs’ of 700 f. is doubtless
accidental. On 440; ὃ 2 α.--- μάχῃ:
local. Cf. 507.— ὀπίσσω: cf. ὅ99 f.

702. ὡς ἐπύθοντο κτλ.: sc. from
Diomed, who had the gift to discern.
Cf. ᾿οδυσῇα μετὰ ἸΤρώεσσ᾽ ἀναφῆναι
3 254.—For the omission of the
partic. ὄντα, cf. μάλα γάρ σ᾽ ὁρόω καλόν
τε μέγαν Te a 801].

Ἴ03--Δ 299, 1 692; cf. @ 273. ---
ἔνθα κτλ. : indicates the large num-
ber of slain who are included between
the two extremes (πρῶτον, ὕστατον).
Cf. rt πρῶτόν τοι ἔπειτα, τί δ᾽ ὑστάτιον
καταλέξω; « 14, quem telo pri-
Mum, quem postremum, as-
pera virgo |deicis? Verg. Aen.
xi. 664 f. For the question as intro-
ductory to a narration, cf. alao τίς τ᾽ ἄρ
σφως θεῶν ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι; A 8.

704. χάλκεος : bronze, with refer-
ence to his arms; cf. 859, 866, H 146,

Π 548. Cf. (Ἰωνάς re καὶ Κᾶρας) éx-
Bdyras δὲ és γῆν καὶ ὁπλισθέντας
χαλκῷ, ἀγγέλλει τῶν τις Αἰγυπτίων ἐς
τὰ ἕλεα ἀπικόμενος τῷ Ψαμμιτίχῳ, ὡς
οὐκ ἰδὼν πρότερον χαλκῷ ἄνδρας ὅπλι-
σθέντας, ὡς χάλκεοι ἄνδρες ἀπιγμένοι
ἀπὸ θαλάσσης λεηλατεῦσι ( plunder) τὸ
πεδίον Hat. ii. 152. Cf. also χρυσέην
᾿Αφροδίτην 427.

705. ἐπὶ δέ: adv., in addition, after
him.—‘Opdoryny κτλ.: these Greeks
are not mentioned elsewhere. Ores-
tes and Oenomaus are names of Tro-
jans in M 139 f.

707. αἰολομίτρην : on A 137.

708. “YAq: a height by Lake Co-
pais. In B 500 the first syllable is
long, while here and H 221 it is short.
See ὃ 41 f 8. --- πλούτοιο : gen. after
a word of ‘mental action.’ Cf. ἀλκῆς
A 418, μέγα πτολέμοιο μεμηλώς Ν 297.

709. λίμνῃ: for dat., see on A 623.
--- κεκλιμένος: “on the shore.” Cf
ἀλλ᾽ ἐν γὰρ Τρώων πεδίῳ .. . [πόντῳ
κεκλιμένοι, ἑκὰς (far) ἤμεθα πατρίδος
αἴης Ο 740.— Κηφισίδι: earlier name
of Lake Copais, derived from the
Boeotian river Cephisus which rises
on the north slope of Parnassus and
empties into this lake. Cf. λίμνην
τὴν Κηφισίδα, of δὲ Κωπαΐδα ὀνομάζουσι

128

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

710 ναῖον Βοιωτοί, μάλα πίονα δῆμον ἔχοντες.
τοὺς δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
᾿Αργείους ὀλέκοντας évi κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ,
αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα"
“ὦ πόποι, αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς τέκος, ἀτρυτώνη,
715%} ῥ᾽ ἅλιον τὸν μῦθον ὑπέστημεν Μενελάῳ,
Ἵλιον ἐκπέρσαντ᾽ ἐυτείχεον ἀπονέεσθαι,
εἰ οὕτω μαζεσθαι ἐάσομεν οὖλον “Apna.
ἀλλ᾽ aye δὴ καὶ νῶι μεδώμεθα θούριδος ἀλκῆς."
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη.
120 ἡ μὲν ἐποιχομένη χρυσάμπυκας ἔντυεν ἵππους
Ἥρη πρέσβα θεά, θυγάτηρ μεγάλοιο Κρόνοιο "
"HBn δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ὀχέεσσι θοῶς βάλε καμπύλα κύκλα,

τὴν αὐτήν Paus. ix. 24. 1; Καφισίδος
ἐν τεμένει Pindar, Pyth. xii. 27.— πὰρ
δέ οἱ : while (but) by his side, near him.
— ἄλλοι : on 621.

710. δῆμον: land, district, as is
clear from the epithet. Cf. πίονας
ἀγρούς ὃ 757.

711-909. Hera and Athena descend
to the field of battle, with the approval
of Zeus, in order to aid the Achaeans.
Ares is wounded. All the gods return
to Olympus.

711-791. The descent of Hera and
Athena. This is Athena’s fourth de-
scent during the action of the Iliad,
and she comes again at H 19.

711--ῷ 418; cf H 17. ---- τοὺς δέ:
i.e. Ares and Hector.

712. ᾿Αργείους : obj. of ὀλέκοντας.
— ἐνὶ κτλ.: cf. Δ 462.

713= A 69.

714=B 157, Φ 420; cf. @ 362.

715. ἦ pa: truly, as it seems. —
ἅλιον: “was idle.” Cf A 26, 158,
498. --- τὸν μῦθον: “that promise,”
defined more exactly by the next

verse. Here alone does Homer men-
tion a special promise to Menelaus
(that belongs to the earlier part of
the story), but this serves as a mo-
tive for the action of the goddesses.
— Cf. ἠπείλησεν μῦθον A 388, ὑπόσχε-
ow hy wep ὑπέσταν B 286.

716=B 118, 288. — ἐκπέρσαντα:
naturally would agree with MeveAdy,
but the const. of the acc. with the inf.
is already in mind. «is sometimes, but
seldom, elided in the dat. singular.

717. ἐάσομεν: ‘even the fut. ind.
with εἰ may be used in a present
cond., if it expresses merely a present
intention or necessity.’ GMT. 407.

718 -- Δ 418.

719 = B 166; cf. 767, @ 381. -- οὐδ᾽
ἀπίθησε: “she readily consented.”
A common ‘litotes.” § 2 r.

720=@ 382. ---χρυσάμπυκαβ: cf
358.

721 = Θ 888,5 194, 243. — πρέσβα:
on A 59.

722. “Hfm: on A 2. -- κύκλα :
equiv. to τροχούς. Cf. Z 42.— The

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

129

χάλκεα ὀκτάκνημα, σιδηρέῳ ἄξονι ἀμφίς.

τῶν ἦ τοι χρυσέη ἴτυς ἄφθιτος, αὐτὰρ ὕπερθεν
725 χάλκε ἐπίσσωτρα προσαρηρότα, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι"

πλῆμναι δ᾽ ἀργύρον εἰσὶ περίδρομοι ἀμφοτέρωθεν.

δίφρος δὲ χρυσέοισι καὶ ἀργυρέοισιν ἱμᾶσιν

ἐντέταται, δοιαὶ δὲ περίδρομοι ἄντυγές εἰσιν.

τοῦ δ᾽ ἐξ ἀργύρεος ῥυμὸς πέλεν" αὐτὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἄκρῳ
730 δῆσε χρύσειον καλὸν ζυγόν, ἐν δὲ λέπαδνα

poet makes his hearer see the chariot
come into being. Each act of prep-
aration is enumerated. Thus also
‘When Homer wishes to tell us how
Agamemnon was dressed, he makes
the king put on every article of rai-
ment in our presence : the soft tunic,
the great mantle, the beautiful san-
dals, and the sword,’ Leasing’s Lao-
coon xvi.— This passage —but this
alone — implies that the Homeric
chariots were taken to pieces when
out of use.

723. χάλκεα : for the following
hiatus, cf. αὐτὰρ ὁ ἔγνω A 333, αὐτὰρ ὁ
αὖτε B 105, ἄστυδε ἔλθωμεν ( 206; see
8 9 ὁ. --- This chariot of the gods was
all of metal,—even the parts which
were generally of wood in the char-
iots of men. Cf. the ‘silver bow’
and ‘golden lyre’ of Apollo. The
Homeric chariots were very light,
and the metal need not have been
very thick. —durdxwnga: eight-spoked.
The wheel had four felloes, and each
felloe was supported by two spokes.
— ἄξονι dudls: lit. at the axle on both
sides, — defines ὀχέεσσι 722. — Hiatus
is allowed here as freq. after « of dat.
singular.

724. trvs: on A 486. -- ἄφθιτος :
so Agamemnon’s staff, wrought by
Hephaestus, is ἄφθιτον αἰεί B 46.

725. προσαρηρότα: jfitted to it, i.e.

fastened with nails. — For the redup.,
see ὃ 25 k. —Oavpa κτλ.: a wonder to
behold. Cf. τεύχεα δὲ χρύσεια πελώρια,
θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι K 489, (Aetna) τέρας μὲν
θαυμάσιον προσιδέσθαι, θαῦμα δὲ καὶ παρ-
εόντων ἀκοῦσαι Pindar Pyth. i. 26.

726. πλῆμναι : hubs.—elol: the
pres. is used of an unchanging qual-
ity. Cf B 448. --- περίδρομοι κτλ. :
turning on both sides of the chariot.

727 ἴ. δίφρος ἐντέταται: the foot-
board (or platform) of the chariot is
strung (or platted). Cf. πολέσιν &
ἔντοσθεν ἱμᾶσιν | évréraro (sc. κυνέη
helmet) στερεῶς K 262 f., ἐν (sc. λέχει)
δ᾽ ἐτάνυσσ᾽ ἱμάντα βοὸς φοίνικι φαεινόν
ψ 201. --- δοιαὶ [δύο] δὲ κτλ.: fe. one
on either side. The numeral is ex-
plained by περίδρομοι, on both sides and
in front, which follows after the verse-
pause. The back of the chariot was
open.

729. τοῦ δ᾽ ἐξ: but from this chariot.
Const. with πέλεν. --- πέλεν : the tense
of narrative follows the pres. of de-
scription, apparently because the pole
was fastened to the chariot on each
occasion of its use.—én ἄκρῳ : sc.
ῥυμῷ, at the front end of the pole. Cf.
Z 40, Π 371, καὶ τὸ μὲν (sc. (υγόν) εὖ
κατέθηκαν ἐυξέστῳ ἐπὶ ῥυμῷ | πέ(ῃ ἔπι
πρώτῃ O 271 1.

730 f. δῆσε (sc. Ἥβη) : she bound,
i.e. fastened by means of the long

130

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

kad’ ἔβαλε χρύσει᾽᾿" ὑπὸ δὲ ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Ἥρη
ἵππους ὠκύποδας, μεμαυΐ᾽ ἔριδος καὶ ἀντῆς.
3. Ἀ' 3 , 4 4, 3 -
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αθηναίη κούρη Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο
id A id ε “ “ > » ἃν
πέπλον μὲν κατέχευεν ἑανὸν πατρὸς ἐπ᾽ οὔδει
ν e> > A 4 ‘ ld (4
186 ποικίλον, ὅν ῥ᾽ αὐτὴ ποιήσατο καὶ κάμε yEpoiv:
ε A a 3 2 ἊΝ »} ,
ἡ δὲ χιτῶν᾽ ἐνδῦσα Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο
τεύχεσιν ἐς πόλεμον θωρήσσετο δακρυόεντα.
> 4 > Ἃ 9 ΨΨ , 9 > 9 Ι
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὦμοισιν Bader’ αἰγίδα θυσανόεσσαν
δεινήν, ἣν πέρι μὲν πάντῃ φόβος ἐστεφάνωται,

ὠυγόδεσμον or yoke-strap. Cf. 270 ff.
—év: adv., thereon, with ἔβαλε. ---- λέ-
waSva βάλε: laid the broad breast-
straps. The Homeric horses drew
only by means of the yoke, without
‘traces.’ Hence their relation to the
pole and chariot was much freer than
that of modern times, and when the
pole was broken, the horses were free.
— χρύσεια: adorned with (thin plates
of) gold.

732. ἔριδος κτλ.: synonyms. ΟἹ
475, 665.— For the gen., cf. μεμαότε
θούριδος ἀλκῆς N 197, ἀλκῆς μάλα περ
μεμαότα Ῥ 181.

733-737 = Θ 384-388.

733. Cf. ὦ 529, 547.—avrdp: cor-
rel. with μέν 720.

734. πέπλον : 1.e. Athena’s robe, fas-
tened at the side and shoulder with
brooches (cf 425). Evidently this

woman’s πέπλος corresponded in the,

main to the man’s y:réy which Athena
donned. — κατέχενεν (xéw): let fall,
sc. by removing the brooch at the
shoulder. — éavov: when this is used
as a noun, the penult is short. Cf.
Yr 385.— πατρός : Athena, the much-
loved daughter of Zeus, seems to
dwell in her father’s palace, though
each of the other gods had his own
home on Olympus (cf. A 606 f.).

735. κάμε χερσίν : wrought with her
hands, i.e. wove skilfully, as Athena
Ἐργάνη. Cf. 888, ἀμβρόσιον ἑανὸν
(robe) €ca (put on), ὅν οἱ ᾿Αθήνη]
ἔξυσ' ἀσκήσασα Ἐ 1178 f.

736. Διός: const. with χιτῶνα. ---
νεφεληγερέταο: on A 80.

737. τεύχεσιν : i.e. the armor which
Athena had as goddess of war. —
δακρνόεντα : tearful, ic. tear-causing.
Cf. ἀλεγεινή 658.

738. Cf. Τ' 8384. --- αἰγίδα: the ‘ae-
gis’ belonged to Zeus, but Athena
was allowed to borrow it occasion-
ally, and used it to inspire terror.
Cf. = 204, 400, x 297. It seems to
have been a symbol of the thunder-
cloud, and the Gorgon’s head upon it
represented the thunder-storm. Cf.
Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων | εἱμένος (clad) ὥμοιιν
νεφέλην, ἔχε δ᾽ αἰγίδα θοῦριν | δεινὴν
ἀμφιδάσειαν ἀριπρεπέ, ἣν ἄρα χαλ-
κεὺς ἰ Ἥφαιστος Διὶ δῶκε φορήμεναι ἐς
φόβον ἀνδρῶν Ο 807 ff. — θνσανόεσσαν :
tasselled. Cf. τῆς (se. αἰγίδος) ἑκατὸν
θύσανοι παγχρύσεοι ἡερέθονται, | πάν-
τες ἐνπλεκέες, ἑκατόμβοιος δὲ ἕκαστος
Β 448 f. In later times, the aegis
was surrounded by serpents instead
of tassels.

739. Cf. A 33.—Savyv: see on
μήτηρ 818. --- φόβος : flight. Cf. Δ 440.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

131

740 ἐν δ᾽ ἔρις, ev δ᾽ ἀλκή, ἐν δὲ κρνόεσσα ἰωκή,
ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλὴ δεινοῖο πελώρον
δεινή τε σμερδνή τε, Διὸς τέρας αἰγιόχοιο.
κρατὶ δ᾽ ἐπ’ ἀμφίφαλον κυνέην θέτο τετραφάληρον
χρυσείην, ἑκατὸν πολίων πρυλέεσσ᾽ ἀραρυῖαν.

745 ἐς δ᾽ ὄχεα φλόγεα ποσὶ βήσετο, λάζετο δ᾽ ἔγχος
βριθὺ μέγα στιβαρόν, τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν
ἡρώων, τοῖσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη.

Ἥρη δὲ μάστιγι θοῶς ἐπεμαίετ᾽ ap’ ἵππους"
αὐτόμαται δὲ πύλαι μύκον οὐρανοῦ, as ἔχον ὯΩραι,

-- ἐστεφάνωται : is crowned, i.e. sur-
rounded. Cf. τῇ (i.e. the shield of
Agamemnon) δ᾽ ἐπὶ μὲν Γοργὼ βλοσυ-
ρῶπις (grim-eyed) ἐστεφάνωτο | δεινὸν
δερκομένη, περὶ δὲ Δεῖμός τε Φόβος τε
A 36 f., νῆσον, τὴν πέρι πόντος ἀπείριτος
ἐστεφάνωται κ 198.

740. ἐν δέ: and ἰλεγεοη. --- ἔρια : of
this conflict, ἀλκή (defence) and ἰωκή
(attack) are the two sides. All these,
as well as φόβος, are the effects of
the action of the aegis, but are here
described as represented upon it.

741. Cf. λ 634.— Here begins the
description of a new member of the
company. — πελώρον : in appos. with
the gen. Γοργοῦς, which is implied in
the adj. Γοργείη. Cf. αὐτοῦ Z 446,
Necropén παρὰ νηὶ Πυλοιγενέος βασι-
λῇος Β 64.—-The Gorgon’s head was
placed on the middle of the shield.
In early art, this was a round female
face with glaring eyes, broad nose,
and distorted mouth. Later, it had
tusky teeth and a protruding tongue.
Finally, it was a beautiful sad face, —
no longer fitted to awaken terror, but
pity and sympathy.—- Homer knows
but one Gorgon and has no other
name for her.

742. Διὸς τέρας : portent of Zeus,

since he uses it. Cf. (αἰόλον ὄφιν)
Διὸς τέρας κτλ. M 209, x 820.

743 = A 41. ---ἀμφίφαλον : i.e. with
double ridge of metal, from front to
back, strengthening the helmet. —
τετραφάληρον : with four bosses.

744, ἑκατὸν κτλ.: i.e. adorned with
a scene of a conflict in which allies
take part. Cf. the representation of
the beleaguered city on the shield of
Achilles, = 509 ff. — κατόν : a poetic
‘round number.’ Cf. B 448 f., quoted
on 788.

745-752 = @ 389-396. — φλόγεα
(pAéyw) : gleaming, sc. with metallic
plates. — For the short ‘ultima,’
treated as long before the caesura,
see ὃ 41. --- ποσί : a picturesque ad-
dition. Cf 770, ὁ δ' ὑψόσε ποσσὶν
ἐπήδα (leaped) Φ 260, ‘O Lord, we
have heard with our ears.’

746 f.=a 100 f.—For the accu-
mulation of epithets, see § 1 2.— τῴ,
τοῖσιν : relatives. —ypdev: in appos.
with ἀνδρῶν. See on 313. — κοτέσσε-
ται [κοτέσηται] : has conceived wrath.
For the subjv., see on A 259.

748. δέ: for the ‘quantity,’ cf. 840;
see § 41 k.

749. αὐτόμαται (‘automata’) κτλ. :
cf. ‘till at the gate | Of Heaven ar-

132

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

“” ᾿ 4 ’ 9 ‘ ¥ 4
750 τῆς ἐπιτέτραπται μέγας οὐρανὸς Οὐλυμπὸς τε,
3 A > Ἂ 4, ae 5 Q9 > ~
ἠμὲν ἀνακλῖναι πυκινὸν νέφος ἠδ᾽ ἐπιθεῖναι.
τῇ ῥα δι αὐτάων κεντρηνεκέας ἔχον ἵππους.
4 8 r A » 9 ν
εὗρον δὲ Κρονίωνα θεῶν ἅτερ ἥμενον ἄλλων
ἀκροτάτῃ κορυφῇ πολυδειράδος Οὐλύμποιο "
755 ἔνθ᾽ ἵππους στήσασα θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
9 3 ’ A 4
Znv’ ὕπατον Κρονίδην ἐξείρετο καὶ προσέειπεν "
“Ζεῦ πάτερ, οὐ νεμεσίζῃ “Ape. τάδε καρτερὰ ἔργα;
ε [ἠ ‘4 Α Φ > a “ 9 “A
ὁσσάτιόν τε καὶ οἷον ἀπώλεσε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν
U4 > A 3 a 4 9 Ἁ > »* e , ¢
μάψ, ἀτὰρ ov κατὰ κόσμον, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἄχος, ot δὲ ἕκηλοι
100 τέρπονται Κύπρις τε καὶ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων
¥ A > 9 a ¥ 4 ,
ἄφρονα τοῦτον ἀνέντες, ὃς οὗ Twa olde θέμιστα.

rived, the gate self-opened wide,’ Mil-
ton Par, Lost v. 258 f. — πύλαι μύκον:
the gates are clouds (cf. 751), but yet
they creak as if of brass. Cf. ra
(sc. doors) ἀνέβραχεν (roared) hire
ταῦρος » 48, ‘and on their hinges
grate | Harsh thunder,’ Milton Par.
Lost ii. 881 f.—Cf. ‘ till Morn, | Wak’t
by the circling hours, with rosy
hand | Unbarr’d the gates of Light,’
Milton Par. Lost vi. 2 f.— ἔχον : kept,
had in charge. The tense is assimi-
lated to the 2arrative in which the
description is interwoven. — *

here the attendants of the gods.

750. μέγας κτλ.: cf A 497.

751. Cf. A 625. — ἐπιθεῖναι : put to,
close. — This verse explains ἐπιτέτρατ-
ται.

752. rq: defined by δι᾽ αὐτάων». ---
κεντρηνεκέας : goaded. Cf. xévropes
ἵππων Δ 391.— For the length of the
last syllable, see on βέλος A 129.

753. Cf. A 498. — ἄτερ: without,
follows its gen. only here in Homer,
but freq. in tragedy.

754—A 499, Θ 3. Cf. summo

sedet altus Olympo Verg. Aen.
xi. 726. — πολυδειράδος : epithets bor-
rowed from men are often applied to
objects of nature. Cf ‘mouth’ and
‘head’ of a river, ‘shoulder’ and
‘foot’ of a mountain.

755. Cf. 368, 775. — ἔνθα : there.

757. Cf. 872.— Zev πάτερ: Zeus’s
wife-and-sister, as well as the rest of
the gods, gives him this conventional
title. So Poseidon, ν 128. Cf. 426.

758. ὁσσάτιον [equiv. to ὅσο» κτλ.:
an exclamation in explanation of xap-
repa epya. Cf. 638.— Cf μὰψ οὕτω
τοιόνδε τοσόνδε re λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν B 120,
qualis quantusque Verg. Aen.
iii. 641.

759. μὰψ κτλ.: cf. Β 214, γ 138.
-- ἐμοὶ κτλ.: but to my grief. Gf.
r 50 f.

761. rovrov:istum. Contemptu-
ous. Cf. 831, @ 299. --- ἀνέντες (ἀνίημι):
the reason for τέρπονται. This was
true of Apollo, cf. 455 ff, but no
such act is ascribed to Aphrodite. —
Cf. 422. --- οὔ τινα xrd.: knows no
law.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

133

Ζεῦ πάτερ, 7 ῥά Ti μοι κεχολώσεαι, αἴ κεν “Apna
λυγρῶς πεπληγυῖα μάχης ἐξαποδίωμαι ; ”
᾿ δ᾽ 9 - 4 4 4
τὴν ὃ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς -
765 “ ἄγρει μάν οἱ ἔπορσον ᾿Αθηναίην ἀγελείην,
ψ ε ’ 9 »” ~ 3 , , 9
ἢ € μάλιστ᾽ εἴωθε κακῇς ὀδύνῃσι πελάζειν.

ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,

4 9 ¢ ‘A > 3 3 » ’
μάστιξεν δ᾽ ἵππους" τὼ δ᾽ οὐκ ἀέκοντε πετέσθην
μεσσηγὺς yains τε καὶ οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος.

770 ὅσσον δ᾽ ἠεροειδὲς ἀνὴρ ἴδεν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν
ἥμενος ἐν σκοπιῇ λεύσσων ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον,

4 > 4 “A ε ’ ν °
τόσσον ἐπιθρώσκουσι θεῶν ὑψηχέες ἵπποι.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ Τροίην ἷξον ποταμώ τε ῥέοντε,

762. Cf. 421; but here Hera asks
for information. — Ζεῦ πάτερ κτλ.:
the repetition of the address and the
ῥά mark this question as in close con-
nexion with that of 757.

763. werdnyvia: equiv. to πλήσ-
σουσα. Cf. Odysseus’s words to Ther-
sites, αὐτὸν δὲ κλαίοντα θοὰς ἐπὶ vijas
ἀφήσω | πεπληγὼς ἀγορῆθεν B 268 f.
See on κεκληγώς 591. — ἐξάποδίωμαι :
drive away (ἀπό) out of (é).— For
the length of the second syllable, ς΄.
ἀπονέεσθαι 716.

764= A 560.

765. ἄγρει μάν [ἄγε 34]: well, go
to! With fg. imv., or inf. as impera-
tive. Cf. H 459, A 512, Ξ 271, ¢ 176,
dypeire ν 149.—ol: after ἐπί. Cf.
Μενελάῳ A 94. — ἔπορσον : rouse
against him. —dyedelnv: cf. Δ 128.

766. ὀδύνῃσι κτλ.: cf. 397.—Athena
as goddess of war was the special
rival of Ares. Cf. 430. She was
mightier than he. Cf. 863 ff., 391 ff.

767 = @ 881, #277, O 78; cf 719.

768 = A 519; cf. 366.

769 = @ 46.—Cf. terras inter
caelumque voltabat Verg. Aen.

iv. 256. — ἀστερόεντος : for the stand-
ing epithet, see § 1 p.

770. ὅσσον κτλ.: how far (as far
as) a man sees into the dim distance. —
ἠεροειδές : prob. attrib. with ὅσσον.
Acc. of extent. — ἴδεν : gnomic aorist.
-- ὀφθαλμοῖσιν: on ποσί 745.— Cf.
τόσσον τίς τ᾽ ἐπὶ λεύσσει (sees), ὅσον τ᾽
ἐπὶ λᾶαν ἴησιν Τ' 12.—Of course the
poet could not say ‘half a mile’ or
‘twenty rods’ or even a ‘stade.’ He
was obliged to measure by the reach
of the eye or the voice, or the cast of
ἃ spear or discus, or a bowshot, or a
furrow’s length.

771. This verse simply draws the
poetic picture. It has nothing to do
with the comparison. — Cf. A 275.—
λεύσσων κτλ.: cf. A 360.

772. τόσσον: sc. ata single bound.
So Poseidon’s horses needed but four
strides to pass from Thracian Samos
to Aegae. N 12-21].--- ὑψηχέες : cf.
arrectis fremit cervicibus
Verg. Aen. xi. 496.

773. Uov [ἀφίκοντο] : for the form,
cf. Z 172; see ὃ 30 7. --- ποταμὼ xra.:
equiv. to ποταμῶν ῥοάς. Cf. 2 4.

134

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

ἧχι ῥοὰς Σιμόεις συμβάλλετον ἠδὲ Σκάμανδρος,
718 ἔνθ᾽ ἵππους ἔστησε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
λύσασ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, περὶ δ᾽ ἠέρα πουλὺν ἔχευεν"
“ 9 9 ‘4 rd > 4 4
τοῖσιν δ᾽ ἀμβροσίην Σιμόεις ἀνέτειλε νέμεσθαι.
Q ' Ud 4 , ¥ ε “
τὼ δὲ βάτην τρήρωσι πελειάσιν Opal ὁμοῖαι,
9 id 9 ‘4 > id “
ἀνδράσιν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀλεξέμεναι pewaviat.

180 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἵκανον, ὅθι πλεῖστοι καὶ ἄριστοι
9 > 4 , » ε ,
ἕστασαν, ἀμφὶ βίην Διομήδεος ἱπποδάμοιο
9 , 4 9 , 9 ,
εἰλόμενοι, λείουσιν ἐοικότες ὠμοφαγοισιν
a ἃ , A A 4 3 tA ὃν ,
ἢ συσὶ κάπροισιν, τῶν τε σθένος οὐκ ἀλαπαὸνόν,

774. A closer definition of the pre-
ceding half-verse. — xu: cf. A 607.
-συμβάλλετον: dual although but
one subj. has preceded. ‘This posi-
tion of a dual or plural verb, between
two sing. subjs., is called σχῆμα
᾿Αλκμανικόν. Cf. Κάστωρ τε πώλων
ὠκέων δματῆρες, ἱππόται σοφοί, | καὶ
Πωλυδεύκης κυδρός Alcman 2, εἰ δέ x’
“Apns ἄρχωσι μάχης ἣ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων
Ὑ 198. --- ἠδέ: for the ‘quantity’ of
the last syllable, before xx, cf. 49;
see ὃ 41 ε.

775. Cf. 368, 756.

776. Cf. @ 50.—-qwepl: adv. round
about.—épa κτλ.: sc. in order to
conceal the horses from the sight of
mortals. Cf. 356.— πουλύν [πολύν] :
asfem. See § 20 a.

T7771. Of. 869. --- τοῖσιν: for them.
— ἀμβροσίην : only here as fodder for
the steeds of the gods. — Σιμόεις : per-
haps the horses were nearer the Si-
mois than the Scamander. — γέμε-
σθαι: explanatory inf. of purpose,
“for them to feed.” — Cf. τοῖσι δ᾽ ὑπὸ
χθὼν δῖα φύεν νεοθηλέα ποίην Ἐ 347,

778. τώ: forfem. See G. 78 n. 2;
H. 272 a. Of. προφανέντε @ 378, πλη-
γέντε @ 455, both of the same pair of
goddesses. — τρήρωσι κτλ.: perhaps

a reference to the short quick steps
of women, as compared with the
strides (μακρὰ βιβάς) of men. — πε-
λειάσιν: dat. after a ‘word of like-
ness.’

779. ἀνδράσιν: for the dat., cf.
ὥρεσσιν 486, τοί A 129.— ἀλεξέμεναι :
ἀλέξειν.

780. Cf. T 145.— dh: cf. Δ 182.

781. ἀμφὶ κτλ.: Diomed seems to
be included. — Cf. Z 436 f., of δ᾽ ἀμφὶ
Πρίαμον κτλ. T 146.— βίην κτλ.: ef.
688, Δ 8386.

782. Cf. H 256, ο 692.—For the
comparison, cf. 299, A 253, A 324,
414, M 42, 146, Π 823, Ρ 281. — elAc-
μένοι : crowded together, since the
Achaeans were forced back. ΟἿ 791.
—Xelovory [λέουσιν] ἐοικότες : const.
closely with ἔστασαν. Sc. since they
did not turn to headlong flight. Cf
the command of Diomed, 606 f.

783=H 257; cf. o 873.—q: in a
comparison, where the poet leaves
the choice to the hearer. Cf. B 800,
p 80 £.— συσὶ κάπροισιν : the species
is in appos. with the genus. § 1 u.
Cf. σεύῃ (sc. κύνας) ἐπ᾽ ἀγροτέρῳ aut
καπρίῳ ἠὲ λέοντι A 298, οὔτ᾽ οὖν παρδά-
Aws (pard) τόσσον μένος οὔτε λέον-
ros | οὔτε συὸς κάπρου P 20 f., ἴθυσεν δὲ

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

135

ἔνθα στᾶσ᾽ ἤυσε θεά, λευκώλενος Ἥρη,
785 Στέντορι εἰσαμένη μεγαλήτορι χαλκεοφώνῳ,
ὃς τόσον αὐδήσασχ᾽, ὅσον ἄλλοι πεντήκοντα "
“ αἰδώς, ᾿Αργεῖοι, κάκ᾽ ἐλέγχεα, εἶδος ἀγητοί :
ὄφρα μὲν ἐς πόλεμον πωλέσκετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
207 a δ , ,
οὐδέ ποτε Τρῶες πρὸ πυλάων Δαρδανιάων
» a Ά 9 ΄ » »
790 οἴχνεσκον " κείνου yap ἐδείδισαν ὄβριμον ἔγχος "
νῦν δὲ ἑκὰς πόλιος κοίλῃς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ μάχονται."
ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστον.
Τυδεΐδῃ δ᾽ ἐπόρουσε θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη "
εὗρε δὲ τόν γε ἄνακτα παρ᾽ ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν
196 ἕλκος ἀναψύχοντα, τό μιν βάλε Πάνδαρος ἰῷ.

διὰ προμάχων σνὶ εἴκελος ἀλκὴν | κα-
πρίῳ, ὅς τ᾽ ἐν ὄρεσσι κύνας θαλερούς τ᾽
αἰζηοὺς | ῥηιδίως ἐκέδασσεν Ῥ 281 ff. —
ἀλαπαδνόν : cf. Δ 330.

784. ἔνθα κτλ.: cf. A 10, Σ 217.

785. Στέντορι: Stentor is men-
tioned only here in Homer, but he
has given an adjective to the English
language. — χαλκεοφώνῳ: ς (ei)
φωνὴ δ᾽ ἄρρηκτος, χάλκεον δέ μοι ἦτορ

ἐνείη Β 490, ὄπα χάλκεον Αἰακίδαο Σ
222,ferrea vox Verg. Aen. vi. 626.

786. τόσον: so loud. Cf. 860, 863.

787 = @ 228. --- αἰδώς : nom. as an

exclamation. “Shame upon you.”
Cf. 408, 406, A 242, N 95, O 602, 11 422.
-- κάκ᾽ ἐλέγχεα: “coward caitiffs.”
Cf. Β 235. The expression seems
exaggerated, when compared with
782 £.— εἶδος κτλ.: in contrast with
κἀκ᾽ ἐλέγχεα. Cf. r 89, 44.

788. πόλεμον : equiv. to μάχην. ---
᾿ τῳλέσκετο: cf. of Achilles, οὔτε ποτ᾽
εἰς ἀγορὴν πωλέσκετο κυδιάνειραν | οὔτε
wor ἐς πόλεμον A 490 f.

789. οὐδέ wore: not even once, not a
single time. — Δαρδανιάων: cf. X 194,
413. “Gate of the Dardanian city.”

Elsewhere called the Scaean Gate;
Z 237.—For the thought, cf. Achil-
les’s words, ὄφρα δ᾽ ἐγὼ μετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν
πολέμιζον, | οὐκ ἐθέλεσκε μάχην ἀπὸὺ
τείχεος ὀρνύμεν Ἕκτωρ, | ἀλλ᾽ ὅσον ἐς
Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν" | ἔνθα
ποτ᾽ οἷον ἔμιμνε, μόγις δέ μεν ἔκφυγεν
ὁρμήν (onset) 1 352 ff.

791- Ν 107. --- κοίλῃς ἐπὶ γηνσί:
in appos. with ἑκὰς πόλιος. Cf. 687,
804; see on ἱερῇς A 103.— An exag-

. geration.

792-863. Athena both rebukes and
encourages Diomed. The two wound
Ares.

792 = 470.

793. Cf. 482. — ἐπόρονσε : hastened
to. Here in a friendly sense, without
the usual idea of hostility (as in
482).

794. εὗρε κτλ.: the situation in
which Diomed is found, away from
the press of battle, near his chariot,
seems to be different from that in the
poet’s mind at 781.

795. ἀναψύχοντα : explained by
798. Of. ἱδρῶ ἀπεψύχοντο χιτώνων |
ordyte ποτὶ πνοιὴν παρὰ θῖν᾽ ἁλός

136

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

tO 4 Ld » e AQ 4 ~

Lops yap μιν ἐτειρεν ὑπὸ πλατέος τελαμῶνος
ἀσπίδος εὐκύκλου" τῷ τείρετο, κάμνε δὲ χεῖρα,

Δ > 7 “Ὁ b! + a) ,

ἂν δ᾽ ἴσχων τελαμῶνα κελαινεφὲς αἷμ᾽ ἀπομόργυν.
ε ,’ A 4 “A 4 “ a a

immeiou δὲ θεὰ ζυγοῦ ἥψατο dovncd te:

800 “

ὀλίγον of παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς.

Τυδεύς τοι μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας, ἀλλὰ μαχητής "
kai ῥ᾽ ὅτε πέρ μιν ἐγὼ πολεμίζειν οὐκ εἴασκον
οὐδ᾽ ἐκπαιφάσσεωυ, ---- ὅτε τ᾽ ἤλυθε νόσφιν ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας πολέας μετὰ Καδμεΐωνας,

A 621 f., ἱδρῶ ἀπεψύχοντο, πίον τ᾽
ἀκέοντό τε δίψαν Χ 2. ---τό : ‘acc. of
effect.’ See on 8 361.— βάλε Πάν-
Sapos: cf. 96 ff.

796. ἔτειρεν: i.e. the sweat irri-
tated the wound.—<dqwo «rA.: under
the weight of the broad strap which
supported the shield. On works of
art, this τελαμών is sometimes made
to pass over one shoulder, and some-
times over the other. In this case it
was over the right shoulder (cf. 98), as
would seem most convenient for the
support of the shield. Cf Agamem-
non’s words, ἱδρώσει μέν rev (many a
one’s) τελαμὼν ἀμφὶ στήθεσσιν | ἀσπίδος
ἀμφιβρότης, περὶ δ᾽ ἔχχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖ-
ται" | ἱδρώσει δέ τευ ἵππος ἐύξοον ἅρμα
τιταίνων B 388 ff.

797. εὐκύκλον : ς 408. --- τῴ (i.e.
sweat) τείρετο: to this repetition of
the thought of 796, is joined ‘ para-
tactically ’ κάμνε δὲ χεῖρα as a result.
— xelpa: ie. the right arm which
wielded the spear, his ‘ sword arm.’

798. ἄν [avd]: adv. with ἴσχων
[exw].

799. ἱππείου : equiv. to ἵππων. Cf.
Topyeln 741, Ἡρακληείην 638. — ζνγοῦ
ἥψατο: Athena laid her hand upon
the yoke, assuming the attitude of a
friend and familiar toward Diomed.

utd

who seems now to be upon the chariot
or immediately beside it.

800. “The son of Tydeus is not
like him.” Cf. A 870 ff., 400, where
the same story is told by Agamemnon.
— ὀλίγον: adv. with ἐοικότα, little like.
—ol: reflexive. § 24 ο.

801. Explanatory ‘asyndeton.’ §2
m. — Τυδεύς : obs. the repetition of
the last word of the preceding verse
at the beginning of this.— rofl: “you
may know.” — δέμας : prob. refers to
stature. In general it corresponds
nearly to the Attic use of σῶμα. §2v.
— μκαχητής : fighter. See on κορυστήν
4 457 for similar nouns.

802. καί ῥ᾽ ὅτε: even when.— In
this general ‘protasis,’ the speaker
adds with animation a second ‘ prot-
asis’ (ὅτε τε κτλ. 808; cf Z 182)
which introduces a special example
of the characteristics of Tydeus.
This second protasis gains the upper
hand, and the former is forgotten. —
οὐκ εἴασκον : forbade.

803. οὐδέ: nor. --- ἐκπαιφάσσειν :
distinguish himself, make himself promi-
nent in word or deed (cf. προκαλίζετο,
ἐνίκα 807), in contrast to a quiet re-
serve (ἕκηλον 805). — νόσφιν ᾿Αχαιῶν:
equiv. to μοῦνος ἐών A 888.

8047. Cf Δ 884 ff. — πολέας [πολ-

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

137

805 δαίνυσθαί pw ἄνωγον ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἕκηλον,
αὐτὰρ 6 θυμὸν ἔχων ὃν καρτερόν, ὡς τὸ πάρος περ,
κούρους Καδμείων προκαλίζετο, πάντα δ᾽ ἐνίκα
ε , ‘4 e > »' 3 Ud
[ῥηιδίως - τοίη ot ἐγὼν ἐπιτάρροθος ja].
σοὶ δ᾽ ἦ τοι μὲν ἐγὼ παρά θ᾽ ἵσταμαι ἠδὲ φυλάσσω,
810 Kai σε προφρονέως κέλομαι Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι"
ἀλλά σευ ἢ κάματος πολνυᾶιξ γυῖα δέδυκεν,
» lA ’ ’ ¥ 9 , 3 [4 > »
n νύ σέ πον δέος ἴσχει ἀκήριον ov σύ γ᾽ ἔπειτα
Τυδέος ἔκγονός ἐσσι δαΐφρονος Oivetdao.”
᾿ > 9 4 id . ,
τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κρατερὸς Διομήδης "
816 “ γιγνώσκω σε, θεὰ, θύγατερ Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο "
τῷ τοι προφρονέως ἐρέω ἔπος οὐδ᾽ ἐπικεύσω.
οὔτε τί με δέος ἴσχει ἀκήριον οὔτε τις ὄκνος,
9 ϑ»ν ’ ’ ᾿ > V4 a 9 id
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι σέων μέμνημαι ἐφετμέων, as ἐπέτειλας "»

λούς, § 20 7 κτλ.: in appos. with ἐς
Θήβα:. Cf. 191, ἐς ᾿Ωκεανὸν μετ᾽ ἀμύ-
μονας Αἰθιοπῆας A 423.— Θήβας : pl.
here, though sing. in A 378. See on
Φηρῇ 543.

805. This does not seem to begin
an ‘apodosis,’ but to repeat in posi-
tive form the thought of the second
half-verse of 802. — δαίνυσθαι: has a
prominent place in contrast with ro-
λεμίζειν 802, and prepares the way
for the contrast in προκαλίζετο 807.

806. αὐτάρ: adversative to ἄνωγον
808. ---θυμὸν κτλ.: “with his own
brave heart.”

807. κούρους Καδμείων: cf Kaduel-
wvas 804, κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν Τ' 183, υἷες
᾿Αχαιῶν Z 255.

808. Cf. 828, Δ 390.

809. σοὶ δ᾽ ἡ κτλ. : in contrast with
802 f.— παρὰ κτλ.: cf. ν 301.

810. προφρονέως : with all my heart,
downright. This emphasizes κέλομαι,
in contrast with οὐκ εἴασκον.

811, σεῦ: placed before 4, as if it

belonged to both clauses, — but it is
replaced by σέ in 812.— πολνῶξ: cf
Td μὲν πλεῖον πολυάικος πολέμοιο A 166.

812. Obs. the repetition of the
pron., σοί, σέ, σεῦ, σέ, σύ. See on 652.
-- ἔπειτα: “to judge from your ac-
tions.”

813. OtvetSao: on A 399.

814=—A 3816.

815. γιγνώσκω : recognize, sc. though
in human form. Cf 824.

816. re: therefore. — προφρονέως :
willingly. πρόφρων is more freq. in
this use.—ov8 ἐπικεύσω: parallel-
ism, stating the same thing in a
negative form. Cf. νεικέσω, οὐδ᾽ ἐπι-
κεύσω Καὶ 115, ὑποθήσομαι, οὐδ᾽ ἐπικεύσω
ε 143.

817. Cf. Ν 224.— δέος : cf. 812. --
ὄκνος : hesitancy as the result of wea-
riness, faintness. Cf. κάματος 811. —
Cf. ὄκνῳ εἴκων οὔτ᾽ ἀφραδίῃσι νόοιο
K 122,

818. σέων : monosyllabic. § 7 a.

— dg ἐπέτειλας : ‘epexegesis’ of σέων.

138

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ E.

y o> » ’ A 9 N ,
οὔ μ᾽ εἴας μακάρεσσι θεοῖς ἀντικρὺ μάχεσθαι
820 τοῖς ἄλλοις" ἀτὰρ εἴ κε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη
4 9 > ’ 4 9 9 id > , “Ὁ
ἔλθῃσ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον, τήν γ᾽ οὐτάμεν ὀξέι χαλκῷ.
) “A 9 , 3 > ’ 9 A \ ¥
τούνεκα νῦν αὐτός T ἀναχάζομαι ἠδὲ καὶ ἄλλους
3 , 9 > 4 9 4 ld
Apyeious ἐκέλευσα ἀλήμεναι ἐνθάδε πάντας"
γιγνώσκω yap “Apna μάχην ἀνὰ κοιρανέοντα.᾽"

825

τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεά, γλανκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη"

“Tudeldn Διόμηδες, ἐμῷ κεχαρισμένε θυμῷ,

μήτε σύ γ᾽ “Apna τό γε δείδιθι μήτε τιν᾽ ἄλλον

ἀθανάτων - τοΐη τοι ἐγὼν ἐπιτάρροθός εἰμι.

ἀλλ᾽ ay’ ἐπ᾿ “Apne πρώτῳ ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους,
880 τύψον δὲ σχεδίην μηδ᾽ aleo θοῦρον “Apna

τοῦτον μαινόμενον, τυκτὸν κακόν, ἀλλοπρόσαλλον,

ὃς πρώην μὲν ἐμοί τε καὶ Ἥρῃ στεῦτ᾽ ἀγορεύων

819-821. Cf. 180-182.

821. οὐτάμεν [οὐτᾶν] : sc. ἐκέλευες
from of μ᾽ εἴας 819.

822 ff. Cf. 606 f.

823. ἀλήμεναι [ἀλῆναι) : to gather
in close order, i.e. not to be scattered.
Cf. εἰλόμενοι 782, ἀολλέες 498.

824. μάχην avd: cf. 167, 882. — ἀνά
does not suffer anastrophe. On A 230.

825 = a 44, 80, 314, » 329, 392, 420.
The first half-verse introduces a reply
more than seventy times in Homer;
the second occurs more than forty
times.

826 = 248.

827. “Apna: for the length of the
last syllable, cf. φλόγεα 745.— τό ye:
in this, on this account, i.e. because
Athena had warned Diomed (cf. 818)
against attacking other gods than
Aphrodite.

828. Cf. 808.

829. πρώτῳ: jirst of all, before all
others. — ἔχε : hold, guide.

830. σχεδίην : near, i.e. in the hand-

to-hand conflict.— An adv. acc., se.
πληγήν. On 220. Cf. αὐτοσχεδίην
M 192, ἀμφαδίην H 196, ἀντιβίην 220,
ἀπριάτην A 99.—Obs. the repetition
of the name ‘Ares’ in 827, 829 f.,
showing much more feeling than a
pronoun would have done.

831. τοῦτον: cf 761. — τυκτόν:
well-made. Const. with κακόν, “a per-
fect curse,” with reference to the suf-
ferings of war. — ἀλλοπρόσαλλον : the
fortunes of war are ever-changing,
and its god is fickle. Cf. Z 889, ξυνὸς
(:mpartial) ἐνυάλιος, καί τε κτανέοντα
κατέκτα Σ 3809, ἐπίμιξ δέ τε μαίνεται
“Apns A δ87.

832. πρώην: cf. πρωιζά B 803. ---
ἐμοὶ κτλ. : const. with στεῦτ᾽ ἀγορεύων,
taken together. — orevro: made show,
acted. Cf. B 597, Γ 88, p 625. —dyo-
pevoy: “in his words.” — The prom-
ise is not acknowledged by Ares in
Homer, but cf. @ 412 ff. See on 715.
— The whole thought is suggested by
ἀλλοπρόσαλλον, which 882 f. explains.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

139

Τρωσὶ μαχήσεσθαι, ἀτὰρ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀρήξειν,

νῦν δὲ μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ὁμιλεῖ, τῶν δὲ λέλασται."
886 ὡς φαμένη Σθένελον μὲν ad’ ἵππων ὦσε χαμᾶζε,

χειρὶ πάλιν ἐρύσασ᾽- ὁ δ᾽ ap’ ἐμμαπέως ἀπόρουσεν.

ἡ δ᾽ ἐς δίφρον ἔβανε παραὶ Διομήδεα δῖον

ἐμμεμανῖα θεά" μέγα δ᾽ ἔβραχε φήγινος ἄξων

βριθοσύνῃ δεινὴν γὰρ ἄγεν θεὸν ἄνδρα τ᾽ ἄριστον.
840 λάζετο δὲ μάστιγα καὶ ynvia Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη"

αὐτίκ᾽ én’ "Apne πρώτῳ ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους.

ἦ τοι ὁ μὲν Περίφαντα πελώριον ἐξενάριζεν,

Αἰτωλῶν oy” ἄριστον, Ὀχησίου ἀγλαὸν υἱόν "

τὸν μὲν ἼΑρης ὠνάριζε μιαιφόνος - αὐτὰρ ᾿Αθήνη

833. μαχήσεσθαι, ἀρήξειν : depend

on στεῦτο. --- ἀρήξειν : cf. 507.

834, ὁμιλεῖ: here in a friendly —

manner. — τῶν : i.e. his promises to
aid the Achaeans.

835. ds φαμένη : with these words.
Cf. 290.— ἀφ᾽ ἵππων: see on καθ᾽
ἵππων 111.—Cf Iuturna virago |
aurigam Turni media inter
lora Metiscum | excutit et
longe lapsum temone relin-
quit, |ipsa subit manibusque
undantis flectit habenas
Verg. Aen. xii. 468 ff.

836. πάλιν ἐρύσασα : drawing him
back, out of the open back of the car.
— dacpourey: cf. 20.

837. Athena herself takes the
place of Diomed’s charioteer. — παραί
[wapd, ὃ 37 ἃ B]: (to a place) beside.
— This second half-verse defines és
δίφρον. Cf. 446, 791, 804, 857.

838. ἐμμεμανῖα : full of eagerness for
the fray. Cf 142.— μέγα : adverbial.
—ryiwos: oaken. Cf. φηγῷ 693.—Cf.
ἕλακον ἀξόνων βριθομένων xvda: Aesch.
ϑερίεπι. 188, gemuit sub pondere
cymba Verg. Aen. vi. 418, nitens

sub pondere faginus axis |
instrepat Verg. Georg. iii. 172 f.

839. δεινήν, ἄριστον : both receive
prominence from the ‘ chiastic’ order
of the sentence (§ 2 0).

840. Cf. P 482, n 44].--- λάζετο:
elsewhere only in the fourth foot of
the verse, forming a dactyl before
the ‘Bucolic diaeresis.’ — μάστιγα:
an essential part of the Homeric
charioteer’s equipment.

841. Cf. 8290. --- αὐτίκα: for the
‘asyndeton,’ see ὃ 2 n.

842-863. Ares wounded by Athena
and Diomed.

842. Ilepibavra: a ‘homonym’ is
a herald of Anchises, Ρ 328. — éevd-.
ριζεν : was stripping off the armor
(ἔναρα, Z 68, 480), sc. when Athena
and Diomed came up. — Nowhere else
in Homer does a divinity slay a mor-
tal. Elsewhere the gods satisfy them-
selves with encouraging their friends
and dismaying their enemies.

844. μέν: a repetition of μέν 842,
correl. with αὐτάρ 844. On A 227.—
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αθήνη: for the transition at
the ‘ Bucolic diaeresis,’ see ὃ 40 ἡ.

140

OMHPOY IAIAAO® E.

846 Suv’ *Aidos κυνέην, μή μιν ἴδοι ὄβριμος “Apns.
ὡς δὲ ἴδε βροτολοιγὸς ἼΑρης Διομήδεα δῖον,

ἦ τοι ὁ μὲν Περίφαντα πελώριον αὐτόθ᾽ ἔασεν
κεῖσθαι, ὅθι πρῶτον κτείνων ἐξαίνντο θυμόν,
αὐτὰρ ὁ BH ῥ᾽ ἰθὺς Διομήδεος ἱπποδάμοιο.

860 οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,
πρόσθεν "Apns ὠρέξαθ᾽ ὑπὲρ ζυγὸν ἡνία θ᾽ ἵππων
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ, μεμαὼς ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἑλέσθαι "
καὶ τό γε χειρὶ λαβοῦσα θεά, γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη,
ὦσεν ὑπὲκ δίφροιο ἐτώσιον ἀιχθῆναι.

855 δεύτερος αὖθ᾽ ὡρμᾶτο βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ - ἐπέρεισε δὲ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη
νείατον ἐς κενεῶνα, ὅθι ζωννύσκετο μίτρην "
τῇ ῥά pw ovra τυχών, διὰ δὲ χρόα καλὸν ἔδαψεν,
ἐκ δὲ δόρυ σπάσεν αὖτις. ὁ δ᾽ ἔβραχε χάλκεος “Apns,

845. "Αιδος κυνέην: this helmet of
Hades made the wearer invisible
(ἀιδή5). Cf. "Aidos κυνέη νυκτὸς ζόφον
αἰνὸν ἔχουσα Hesiod Shield 227, σκοτο-
δασυπυκνότριχά τιν᾽ “Aidos κυνὴν Arist.
Acharnians 800. It is not mentioned
elsewhere in Homer. It is needed
here only on Ares’s account, — not
for mortals. —C/f the ‘ Tarnkappe’ of
the Teutonic epos.— Artists repre-
sented this as a Phrygian felt cap
(‘fez’) with the top inclining to the
front like a horn.

847. αὐτόθι: explained by the fol-
lowing clause with ὅθι, just as ἔασεν
is explained by κεῖσθαι.

849. Διομήδεος : for the gen. with
ἰθύς, cf. By δ᾽ ἰθὺς Τεύκρον @ 322. G.
182, 2; H. 757.

850. See on 14.

851. πρόσθεν: sooner, first, correl.
with δεύτερος 855. — ὠρέξατο : cf A307.
—Unrrev: sc. of Diomed. Ares was

7

on foot; he had lent his chariot to
Aphrodite ; cf 363.

852. ἔγχεϊ: const. with ὠρέξατο. ----
ἀπό: const. with ἑλέσθαι. Cf. 317,
673, 691.

853. καί: in close connexion with
wpétaro, adds the sequel to that action.

854. ἐτώσιον: predicate. Οὐ (ἔγχος)
ἠΐχθη παλάμηφιν ἐτώσιον T 868, ἅλιον
118. --- Athena gave Ares’s spear such
a push that it passed uselessly under
the chariot.

855. Cf. K 288.

857. νείατον κτλ.: cf. A 381, Π 821.
—plrpynv: 4137. For the acc. (after
a ‘verb of clothing’), cf Μυρμιδόνεσσι
κέλευσεν | χαλκὸν ζώννυσθαι Ψ 129 f.
6. 166, κ. 4; 164; H. 724 a.

858. ry: adv. there. —&d: const.
with ἔδαψεν. Cf (ἔγχος) ibs ἐμεῦ
ὦσας, διὰ δὲ χρόα καλὸν ἔδαψας ᾧ 398,
ἐμὸν δόρυ μακρόν, ὅ τοι χρόα λειριόεντα
(lily) | δάψει Ν 880 f.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

141

860 ὅσσον τ᾽ ἐννεάχιλοι ἐπίαχον ἢ δεκάχιλοι
> » 9 ’ Ν 4 ¥
ἀνέρες ἐν πολέμῳ, ἔριδα ξυνάγοντες “Apnos.

“ 9 ἊΨ 9 e A 4 3 ’ na 6
τοὺς δ᾽ ap” ὑπὸ τρόμος εἷλεν ᾿Αχαιούς τε Τρῶάς τε
δείσαντας " τόσον ἔβραχ᾽ “Apyns Gros πολέμοιο.

ν δ᾽ > ? 3 ᾿ ’ 9A
οἵη δ᾽ ἐκ νεφέων ἐρεβεννὴ φαίνεται ἀὴρ
866 καύματος ἐξ ἀνέμοιο δυσαέος ὀρνυμῶοιο,
τοῖος Τυδεΐδῃ Διομήδεϊ χάλκεος ΓΑρης

’ > ε ΝᾺ ld aN > 9 A 9 a
halve? ὁμοῦ νεφέεσσιν ἰὼν eis οὐρανὸν εὐρύν.
καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἵκανε θεῶν ἕδος, αἰπὺν Ὄλυμπον,
πὰρ δὲ Διὶ Κρονίωνι καθέζετο θυμὸν ἀχεύων,

810 δεῖξεν δ᾽ ἄμβροτον αἷμα καταρρέον ἐξ ὠτειλῆς,
καί ῥ᾽ ὀλοφυρόμενος ἔπεα πτερόντα προσηύδα"
“Ζεῦ πάτερ, οὐ νεμεσίζῃ ὁρῶν τάδε καρτερὰ ἔργα;
αἰεί τοι ῥίγιστα θεοὶ τετληότες εἰμὲν

860 f.=# 148 f., of a shout of
Poseidon.— éevov: cf. 786. — ἐπία-
xov: gnomic. Used esp. of joyous
shouts of exultation over the foe.—
δεκάχιλοι: tpi. — Cf tu miser
exclamas, ut Stentora vin-
cere possis,|vel potius quan-
tum Gradivus Homericus Ju-
venal xiii. 112 f.

861. ἔριδα κτλ.: cf. B 149, tuvdyw-
μεν “Apna B 881, σύναγον κρατερὴν ὑσμί-

νην Tl 764.
862. ὑπό: on A 421.
863. δείσαντας : “as fear came

over them.” The cause of the fear
is given by the rest of the verse. —
"Apne κτλ.: cf. 388.

864-909. Return to Olympus of Ares,
Athena, and Hera. Ares complains to
Zeus and is rebuked by him. The wound
is healed.

864. Cf. οἷος 8 ἐκ νεφέων ἀναφαί-
νεται οὕλιος ἀστὴρ | παμφαίνων A 62 f.
- ἐκ νεφέων : out of the clouds, which
the wind (865) appears to have gath-

ered.—drjp: air, mist, i.e. the lower
visible layer of the atmosphere.

865. καύματος ἔξ : “in consequence
of the sultry heat,” before a thunder-
storm, of which the wind is viewed
asaresult. Const. with ἀνέμοιο κτλ.
Cf. ἐξ ἀνδρῶν 384.

866. τοῖος: i.e. so dark.

867. ὁμοῦ νεφέεσσιν: the rhythm
of the verse indicates that this is to be
const. with φαίνετο. Ares wrapped him-
self in a thick cloud as he ascended.

868. Cy. 360, 367, B 17, @ 456.

869. Cf. 906. --- θυμόν : cf. κἣρ 399.

870. ἅμβροτον αἷμα: cf 339 f.

872. Cf. 1871. --- νεμεσ ίζῃ : with cau-
sal participle. Cf. τέρπεσθον εἰσορόω-
σαι A 9 f.— Ares makes the same
complaint as Hera, and applies to
Athena the same epithet (ἄφρων, 875)
which Hera applied to him, 761.

873. ῥίγιστα : adv. — rerrnéres
eludv [ἐσμέν]: periphrastic perfect.
Equiv. to rérAauer. Cf. 4211, 2 488,
πεπρωμένον ἐστίν © 309.

142

OMHPOY IAIAAO®’ E.

3 έ 99 Cd Ἂν ld
ἀλλήλων ἰότητι, χάρν ἄνδρεσσι φέροντες.
Α Ud 4 “ “N ’ ν v4
875 σοὶ πάντες μαχόμεσθα: σὺ yap τέκες ἄφρονα κούρην,
9 , e 9 394 9.9 ν ,
οὐλομένην, ἢ τ΄ alev ἀήσυλα epya μέμηλεν.
» A QA 4, 9 [4 > 93 3 3 CA
ἄλλοι μὲν yap πάντες, ὅσοι θεοί cio’ ἐν ᾿Ολύμπῳ,
4 9 9 4 ‘ » 4
σοί τ᾽ ἐπιπείθονται καὶ δεδμήμεσθα ἕκαστος"
, > ¥ 9 ¥ ο ἢ ¥ "»
ταύτην δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἐπεὶ προτιβάλλεαι οὔτε τι ἔργῳ,
880 ἀλλ᾽ ἀνιεῖς, ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς éyeivao παῖδ᾽ ἀίδηλον "
ἢ νῦν Τυδέος υἱὸν ὑπερφίαλον Διομήδεα
papyaivey ἀνέηκεν ἐπ᾿ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν.
Κύπριδα μὲν πρῶτον σχεδὸν οὕτασε χεῖρ᾽ ἐπὶ καρπῷ,
¥ A
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ αὐτῷ μοι ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος"

874. ἀλλήλων : equiv. to ἄλλος
ἄλλου͵ Cf. 384. Const. with ἰότητι.
— χάριν φέροντες : cf. 211.— ἄνδρεσσι:
equiv. to βροτοῖσι. Cf. 839.

875. Ares turns from his general
complaint to the special matter in
hand.—ool «rA.: with thee we all quar-
rel, etc.— μαχόμεσθα: for this term
used of contention in thought and
word, cf. 2 829, A 8, μαχησαμένω ἐπέεσ-
ow A 304, ἐγὼν ᾿Αχιλεύς τε μαχησάμεθ'
εἵνεκα κούρης Β 877, Diomed’s words
᾿Ατρεΐδη, σοὶ πρῶτα paxhoopa 1 32. —
véxes: on A 515.

876. οὐλομένην: destructive. Cf.
A 2. Equiv. to ἀίδηλον 880.— For
the position, see on 313.— ἀἥσυλα:
unseemly. Opposed to αἴσιμα (cf. 2 62).
— μέμηλεν : cf. 430.

877. μὲν γάρ: while, introduces a
case in point. —“ Your indulgence to
your daughter is to blame for all the
trouble.” — ὅσοι θεοὶ κτλ.: equiv. to
τῶν ἐν ᾽᾿Ολύμπῳ θεῶν.

878. σοί τε: the réis loosely placed
after the pron. instead of after ém-
πείθονται. --- δεδμήμεσθα (δάμνημι) : we
are subject, we are obedient. For the
change of person from ἐπιπείθονται,

cf. H 159 f., P 250, οὐ yap Κύκλωπες
Aids αἰγιόχου ἀλέγουσιν, | οὐδὲ θεῶν
μακάρων, ἐπεὶ % πολὺ φέρτεροί εἶμεν
ι218 ἴ. --- ἕκαστος : in partitive appos.
with the subj. of the verb.

879. ταύτην : on τοῦτον 761.— éwei
xrA.: Ares does not utter distinctly,
but rather assumes as evident, the
thought implied in contrast to 877 f.,
that Athena had been disobedient.
—iweit, ipyp: for the pair, cf 4
ἔπει ὥνησας κραδίην Aids ἠὲ καὶ ἔργῳ
Α 896.

880. “You let her do as she pleases,
since she is your own daughter.” —
dvuts: cf. ἀνιεῖσα 422, ἀνῆκε 405, ἀνέν-
res 16]. --- ἐγείναο : cf. 875.

881. ἢ κτλ.: she who, etc. An in-
dependent sent. as an exclamation. —
vuv: refers to αἱέν 876.— ὑπερφίαλον :
the epithet shows Ares’s bitterness.
It is not a ‘standing epithet’ of Dio-
med. — Διομήδεα : for the ‘synizesis,’
cf. σάκεα A 118, Διομήδεα A 365.

882. ἀνέηκεν: urged on. With a
different meaning from ἀνιεῖς 880; on
228. --- ἐπὶ θεοῖσι: against the gods.
Cf. ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι 124.

889 f. = 468 f.

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

143

885 ἀλλά μ᾽ ὑπήνεικαν ταχέες πόδες" ἦ τέ κε δηρὸν
αὐτοῦ πήματ᾽ ἔπασχον ἐν αἰνῇσιν νεκάδεσσιν,
ἤ κε Cas ἀμενηνὸς ἔα χαλκοῖο τυπῇσιν.᾽"
τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς:
“μή τί μοι, ἀλλοπρόσαλλε, παρεζόμενος μινύριζε.
890 ἔχθιστος δέ μοί ἐσσι θεῶν, ot Ὄολυμπον ἔχουσιν"
αἰεὶ γάρ τοι ἔρις τε φίλη πόλεμοί τε μάχαι τε.
μητρός τοι μένος ἐστὶν ἀάσχετον, οὐκ ἐπιεικτόν,
Ἥρης. τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ᾽ ἐπέεσσιν᾽
τῷ σ᾽ ὀΐω κείνης τάδε πάσχειν ἐννεσίῃσν.
896 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μάν σ᾽ ἔτι δηρὸν ἀνέξομαι ἀλγε ἔχοντα"
ἐκ γὰρ ἐμεῦ ywos ἐσσί, ἐμοὶ δέ σε γεζψατο μήτηρ.

885. ἦ τε κτλ.: of. ἦ τέ κεν ἤδη]
λάινον ἔσσο χιτῶνα Τ' 56 f.

886. πήματ᾽ ἕπασχον : although
the god Ares could not die, yet he
assumes that he might have lain as
dead. Hence the contrast with (és
887. Cf. Ares’s words, ef πέρ μοι καὶ
μοῖρα Διὸς πληγέντι κεραυνῷ | κεῖσθαι
ὁμοῦ νεκύεσσι μεθ᾽ αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν
Ο 117 f.—év κτλ.: cf. 1 661. The
second half-verse defines αὐτοῦ.

887. ζώς : (ωός. Concessive. —
ἀμενηνός : powerless. Only here in
the Iliad. Cf. νεκύων ἀμενηνὰ κάρηνα
κ 621.—da: cf. A 821.

889 f. Reply to 872-874. — ἀλλο-
πρόσαλλε: cf. 881. ᾿

890. Cf. A 110.

891 --Α177. Here the verse seems
in place, while in A (applied by Aga-
memnon to Achilles), it seems better
fitted to be an honor than a reproach.
--φίλη: the pred. adj. regularly
agrees with the preceding noun, and
the rest of the verse is in a sort of
appos. with ἔρις.

892 ff. Reply to 875 ff. — “Athena

and I are not to blame; — your
mother is responsible for your suf-
ferings.”— τοί: let me tell you. —
μένος : spirit, fury.— ἀάσχετον : the
opposite οὗ 878. --- οὐκ ἐπίεικτον : not
to be overcome. Cf. οἶσθα μὲν οἷον
ἐμὸν μένος ἔμπεδον οὐδ᾽ ἐπιεικτόν, | ἔξω
δ᾽ ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος ἠὲ σίδηρος
τ 493 f.

893. “Hpns: with emphasis at the
close of the sentence and begin-
ning of the verse. In appos. with
μητρός 892; see on 313.—rijv μέν:
demonstrative. — σπουδῇ : with diff-
culty, scarcely. — The thought is gen-
eral. Zeus refers to no particular
instance.

894. τῷ : therefore. — κείνης : const.
with ἐννεσίῃσιν. --- ἐνγεσίῃσιν : for the
pl., cf ἀτασθαλίῃσιν Δ 400. -- Hera
cannot have urged Ares to enter the
battle on this occasion! Or, is the
reference to 762 f.?

895. ἀλλ’ οὐ κτλ.: cf P 41, Ψ 441.
- ἔχοντα: supplementary partic. with
ἀνέξομαι.

896. γένος : cf γένος 544.

144

OMHPOY IAIAAOS E.

εἰ δέ τευ ἐξ ἄλλου ye θεῶν γένευ ὧδ᾽ ἀίδηλος,
[4 “N , > 9 3 4 99
kai κεν δὴ πάλαι ἦσθα ἐνέρτερος Οὐρανιώνων.
a 4 . » 9 > 4 3 ἢ
ὡς φάτο, καὶ Παιήον᾽ ἀνώγειν ἰήσασθαι.
900 τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Παιήων ὀδυνήφατα φάρμακα πάσσιν.
[ἠκέσατ᾽ - οὐ μὲν γάρ τι καταθνητός γε τέτυκτο.
ε 3 9 3 9 “Ἀ a “ 3 ’ ‘4
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ὀπὸς γάλα λευκὸν ἐπειγόμενος συνέπη ξεν
ὑγρὸν ἐόν, μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα περιτρέφεται κυκόωντι,
ὡς ἄρα καρπαλίμως ἰήσατο θοῦρον "Apna.
906 τὸν δ᾽ Ἥβη λοῦσεν, χαρίεντα δὲ εἵματα ἕσσεν"
“ QA A ’ V4 ᾽ ee rd
πὰρ δὲ Aud Κρονίωνι καθέζετο κύδεϊ γαίων.
ε + | Φ “ ΜᾺ , ’ ‘4
ai δ᾽ αὖτις πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς μεγάλοιο νέοντο,
9 99 [4 4,» .' 9 4
Hpy τ᾽ ᾿Αργείη καὶ ᾿Αλαλκομενηὶς ᾿Αθήνη,
a Ν » 9 Cd
παύσασαι βροτολοιγὸν “Apny ἀνδροκτασιάων.

897. τεῦ: τινός. § 2471.

89ξ. καὶ δὴ πάλαι: even long ago,
te. not just ποιυ. --- ἦσθα: the fg. hia-
tus is justified by the pause. —évép-
Tepos: comparative of %vepos. Lower
than the Uranions.—Ovpavusvev: here,
at variance with ordinary Homeric
usage, the Οὐρανίωνες are not the in-
habitants of heaven (373, ὃ 21 a), but
the Titans, Cronus, Iapetus, etc., sons
of Οὐρανός, the race that (acc. to later
story) ruled before Zeus, and were
hurled by him into Tartarus. ΟἹ
Θ 18 ff., 479 ff., H 279, O 225, Hesiod
Theog. 720.

899. ΤἸΠαιήονα: on 401. --- ἀνώγειν:
cf. 509.

900 f. = 401 f.

902. ὡς dre: cf. A 130. — πός : sap
of the fig-tree used instead of rennet.
Cf. fici sucus lacteus aceti
naturam habet; itaque coa-
guli modo lac contrahit Pliny
Nat. Hist, xxiii. 63. — λευκόν : for the

‘standing epithet,’ see § 1 p.— éwa-
yopevos: (hastily,) speedily. Cf. #519,
Ψ 119.

903. ὑγρόν: in immediate contrast
with cuvérntey. Cf. ὑγρὸν ὅδωρ ὃ 458.
--- περιτρέφεται : (the milk) is curdled
around, as it is stirred. Cf. ψυχρή
(cold), καὶ σακέεσσι wepirpépero κρύ-
σταλλος (tce) ἃ 477, νηχόμενοι, πολλὴ
δὲ περὶ xpot τέτροφεν ἅλμη (crust from
the brine) ψ 237.— For the pres. used
in comparisons, cf. A 434. — κυκόωντι :
for the one who stirs it, i.e. as it is
stirred.

904. καρπαλίμως : one of the points
of the comparison; cf. ἐπειγόμενος
902, ὦκα 903. ’

905. Ἥβη: on A 2. --- λοῦσεν : 1.6.
prepared the bath. — ἔσσεν (ἕννυμι) :
sc. uly. — For the hiatus, see ὃ 14 a.

906. Cf A 405. .

908 = A 8.

909. ἀνδροκτασιάων : cf. 717, 762 f.,
842.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

145

OMHPOT IAIAAO® Z.

Ζῆτα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Α»νδρομάχης καὶ “Exropés ἐστ᾽ ὀαριστύς.
Colloquium Hectoreum narrat cum coniuge Zeta.

‘In Zeta, Hector prophesies ;
Prays for his son; wills sacrifice.’

Ἕκτορος καὶ ᾿Ανδρομάχης ὁμιλία.

Τρώων δ᾽ οἰώθη καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν φύλοπις αἰνή᾽
πολλὰ δ᾽ ap ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθ᾽ ἴθυσε μάχη πεδίοιο,

The beginning of the Sixth Book

seems to be closely connected with
the last verses of the Fifth Book.
Diomed is still the mightiest and
most feared of the Achaean chief-
tains although he is not mentioned
among the combatants in the early
part of the Book, and finally disap-
pears in the interest which is excited
by Hector. The latter’s visit to the
city of [lios assumes the ‘ Bravery of
Diomed’ in E.

On the departure of, the divinities
from the field of battle, the Trojans
are hard pressed by their foes. Hele-
nus advises his brother Hector to go
to the city and urge the matrons to
offer sacrifices and vows to the god-
dess Athena, in the hope that she
may be propitiated and break the
spear of Diomed. The action soon
passes to quieter scenes. The time
occupied by Hector in traversing the
Trojan plain, is occupied by the meet-
ing of Glaucus and Diomed, which

emphasizes the sanctity of friendship
and the tie between guest and host
(so sadly wronged by Paris). The
visit of Priam’s great son to Ilios
affords the poet the opportunity to
take up the story of the Third Book
and give the hearer a view of the
homes of the royal family of Troy
and a glimpse of their relations to
each other. At the close of the
Book, Hector’s loving wife and infant
child are introduced in an episode
which has given its name to the
Book, ‘The Meeting of Hector and
Andromache.’ Paris suggests a con-
trast to the sanctity of both Diomed’s
friendship and Hector’s love.

1-60. Victorious conflict of the Achae-
ans, afier the departure of the divinities.

1. οἱἰώθη (olos): was left alone, was
deserted, by the gods. ἐμονώθησαν of

μαχόμενοι. Cf. the closing verses of
the preceding Book.
2. πολλά: often. Originally cog-

nate acc., with ἴθυσε. --- ἔνθα κτλ.: of.

146

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

ἀλλήλων ἰθυνομένων χαλκήρεα δοῦρα,
μεσσηγὺς Σιμόεντος ἰδὲ Ἐάνθοιο ῥοάων.

δ Αἴας δὲ πρῶτος Τελαμώνιος, ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιῶν,
Τρώων ῥῆξε φάλαγγα, φόως δ᾽ ἑτάροισιν ἔθηκεν,
ἄνδρα βαλών, ὃς ἄριστος ἐνὶ Θρήκεσσι τέτυκτο,
υἱὸν Ἑνσσώρον ᾿Ακάμαντ᾽ ἠύν τε μέγαν τε.
τόν ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε πρῶτος κόρυθος φάλον ἱπποδασείης,

10 ἐν δὲ μετώπῳ πῆξε, πέρησε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὀστέον εἴσω
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη τὸν δὲ σκότος ὅσσε κάλυψεν.

Λξυλον δ᾽ ap’ ἔπεφνε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης
Τευθρανίδην, ὃς ἕναιεν ἐυκτιμῶῃ ἐν ᾿Αρίσβῃ
ἀφνειὸς βιότοιο, φίλος δ᾽ ἦν ἀνθρώποισιν"

15 πάντας γὰρ φιλέεσκεν ὁδῷ ἔπι οἰκία ναίων.

E 223. --- ἴϑυσε: cf. ἰθὺς φέρον κτλ.
E δθθ. --- The following caesura is un-
usual. § 40 m.— πεδίοιο: local gen.
with %uce. G. 179, 2; H. 760.

3. ἀλλήλων: gen. after ἰθυνομένων.
Cf. Μενελάου A 100. — vey: 80.
μαχητῶν. Cf. περὶ στήθεσσι δὲ χαλ-
κὸς | σμερδαλέον κονάβιζε (rang) τιτυ-
σκομένων (aiming) καθ᾽ ὅμιλον] ἀλλήλων
Ν 497 ff. In later Greek, this would
be considered as gen. abs., but here
the implied noun is prob. a limiting
gen. with μάχη. § 3.

4. This verse defines the scene of
the conflict. Cf. E774. — Σιμόεντος :
connected directly with μεσσηγύς by
the rhythm of the verse. Cf. τόσσα
μεσηγὺ νεῶν ἠδὲ Ἐάνθοιο ῥοάων]. ..
πύρα φαίνετο Ἰλιόθι πρό Θ 560 ἔ.-“---
Ἠάνθοιο: ἴ.6. the Scamander, not the
Lycian Xanthus of Ε 479. Cf. (ποτα-
bos) ὃν Ξάνθον καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δὲ
Σκάμανδρον T 74.

5. Cf. Μ 8718. --- πρῶτος : sc. after
the departure of the gods. — ἔρκος
᾿Αχαιῶν: cf. F229, (Achilles) ὃς μέγα

πᾶσιν | ἕρκος ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν πέλεται πολέ-
pow κακοῖο Α 288 1. Ajax is called a
πύργος (“tower of strength”) A 556.

6. ῥῆξε κτλ.: cf. ῥηξήνωρ as an epi-
thet of Achilles, Η 228. --- φάλαγγα:
only here in the sing.; of the troop
nearest Ajax.— φόως [φάος, pas]:
figurative. This metaphor is freq. in
the Old Testament, as well as its op-
posite (darkness) as a figure for trou-
ble. — ἔθηκεν : equiv. to ἐποίησε. ΟἿ
E 122, ᾿Αχαιοῖς ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν A 2.

7. βαλών: cf. E346.—évi Θρήκεσσι
[Θρᾳξ[] : equiv. to Θρῃκῶν.

8. ᾿Ακάμαντα: see on Ε 462.

9-11 = Δ 459-461.

13. Τενθρανίδην : in appos. with
“Ἄξυλον. An Achaean named Teu-
thras is mentioned E 705. — 'Aplo Py :
near Abydus. Cf. B 836.

14. ἀφνειὸς κτλ.: cf. E 544. The
adj. is attracted (as freq.) to the
const. of the preceding rel. clause.

15. φιλέεσκεν: of hospitable re-
ception, as is made clear by the fol-
lowing half-verse. Cf. τοὺς 8 ἐγὼ

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

147

ἀλλά οἱ ov τις τῶν ye TOT ἤρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον
πρόσθεν ὑπαντιάσας, ἀλλ᾽ ἄμφω θυμὸν ἀπηύρα,
αὐτὸν καὶ θεράποντα Καλήσιον, ὅς ῥα τόθ᾽ ἵππων
ἔσκεν ὑφηνίοχος - τὼν δ᾽ ἄμφω γαῖαν ἐδύτην.

20 Δρῆσον δ᾽ Εὐρύαλος καὶ ᾿Οφέλτιον ἐξενάριξεν -
βῆ δὲ μετ’ Αἴσηπον καὶ Πήδασον, ovs ποτε νύμφη
νηὶς ᾿Αβαραρέη τέκ᾽ ἀμύμονι Βουκολίωνι.

ἐξείνισσα καὶ ἐν μεγάροισι φίλησα I 207,
χαῖρε, ξεῖνε, παρ᾽ ἄμμι φιλήσεαι α 128,
χρὴ ξεῖνον παρεόντα φιλεῖν, ἐθέλοντα δὲ
πέμπειν (“ welcome the coming, speed
the parting guest”) o 74. Obs. the
play on φίλος 14. --- ὁδῷ κτλ.: living
upon a highway, Axylus had special
opportunities for the exercise of hos-
Ppitality.— οἰκία : the ‘quantity’ of
the ultima marks the declension, — if
any such help is needed.

16. Cf. E 63, nec tibi Thessa-
licos tunc profuit, Ornyte,
reges|hospitiis aut mente mo-
ras fovisse benigna Val. Flacc.
Arg. iii. 118 f.— τῶν ye: refers to
πάντας, to whom he had shown, hos-

pitality. —fpxere κτλ. : cf. B 818,

289.

17. πρόσθεν ὑπαντιάσας: opposing
him (i.e. Diomed) first. — The neg. of
16 is const. with this partic. as well
as with the verb. “No one of these
met Diomed and warded him off
from Axylus.” —dwnvpa: sc. Διομή-
3ys. Followed by two accusatives,

18. αὐτὸν κτλ.: cf. N 831, Π 279.
—In appos. with ἄμφω.

19. ὑφηνίοχος: not ‘under-chari-
oteer,’ but charioteer under the au-
thority of Axylus. Cf ὑποδμώς ὃ 386,
ὑποδρηστῆρες ο 890. ---τὼ δ᾽ ἄμφω:
emphatic repetition of ἄμφω 17. ---

ἐδύτην : ie. their souls de-
ascended to Hades. Cf. τί παθόντες

ἐρεμνὴν (gloomy) γαῖαν ἔδντε w 106, a
question addressed by the shade of
Agamemnon to the souls of Pene-
lope’s suitors.

20. Εὐρύαλος : associated with
Diomed and Sthenelus in the com-
mand of the men of Argos. B 566.
—’Oddrnov: an Achaean ‘homo-
nym’ is slain by Hector, A 302.

21. Αἴσηπον: this warrior (men-
tioned only here) received his name
from the Trojan stream Aesepus.
Cf. 491. See on A 474, — Τήδασον :
named from the town of the same
name. Cf 36.

22. νηίς : naiad, fountain-nymph.
In appos. with νύμφη. --- Cf. τὼ Ivyaly
τέκε λίμνη B 865.—For ‘orestiads,’
see 420. Cf. τῇ (i.e. Artemis) δέ θ᾽
dua νύμφαι, κοῦραι Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο | &ypo-
νόμοι παίζουσι (105 f. ‘Dryads’ and
‘hamadryads’ are not mentioned in
Homer. The Homeric nymphs who
become enamored of mortals, all
dwell in Asia Minor, and for the
most part in its northwest corner.
Nymphs apparently did not abound
in the Homeric times. —’ABapBapéy :
te. the nymph of the pond near
which Bucolion tended his flocks.
The name is thought to refer to
the clearness of the water. — These
episodes in the poem served to re-
lieve the monotony of long lists of
warriors.

148 OMHPOY IAIAAO® Z.

Βουκολίων δ᾽ ἦν vids ἀγανοῦ Λαομέδοντος

πρεσβύτατος γενεῇ, σκότιον δέ ἑ γείνατο μήτηρ.
25 ποιμαίνων δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ὄεσσι μίγη φιλότητι καὶ εὐνῇ,

ἡ δ᾽ ὑποκυσαμένη διδυμάονε γείνατο παῖδε.

καὶ μὲν τῶν ὑπέλυσε μένος καὶ φαίδιμα γυῖα

Μηκιστηιάδης καὶ an’ ὦμων τεύχε᾽ ἐσύλα.

᾿Αστύαλον δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπεφνε μενεπτόλεμος Πολυποίτης "
80 Πιδύτην δ᾽ Ὀδυσεὺς Περκώσιον ἐξενάριξεν

ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ, Τεῦκρος δ᾽ ᾿Αρετάονα δῖον.

᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ "ABAnpov ἐνήρατο δουρὶ φαεινῷ

Νεστορίδης, Ἔλατον δὲ ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων "

ναῖε δὲ Σατνιόεντος ἐυρρείταο παρ᾽ ὄχθας

23 f. A parenthetical remark.

24. σκότιον : pred. adj., in secret,
t.e. without marriage. Cf. furtim
in Helenor| Maeonio regi
quem serva Licymnia furtim |
sustulerat Verg. Aen. ix. 546; also,
᾿Εὐδωρος παρθένιος 11180, σκότιοι παῖδες
Eur. Alc. 989.

25. ποιμαίνων κτλ.: cf. A 106.—
It was one of the patriarchal customs
of the Homeric times that kings and
kings’ sons should tend their flocks
and herds. Cf. 424, E 818. --- ἐπὶ
ὄεσσι: cf. E 187. --- μίγη : sc. Bov-
κολίων νύμφῃ. --- φιλότητι κτλ.: of.
Γ 446.

26. διδυμάονε : cf. Ε 548.

2]. ὑπέλνσε: loosed beneath, with
reference to the knees (on A 314).
Cf. O 581, ¥ 726, m 841. ---φαίδιμα:
a standing epithet of the yuta.— γυῖα :
in this connexion is interchangeable
with γούνατα.

28. Μηκιστηιάδης : i.e. Euryalus.
Cf. B 666. For the formation, c/.
Πηληιάδεω Al. § 21 d.—-vrevxea κτλ.:
cf. E 164.—Seven Trojans now have
been slain by three Achaeans, In

the next eight verses, seven Trojans

_are slain by seven Achaeans.

29. dpa: marks a new member in
the enumeration. — Πολνποίτης : king
of the Lapithae. Cf B 740, M 129 ff.

30. ᾿Οδυσεύς: cf. E 519, 669 f.—
Tlepxeborvov : from Percote, on the south
shore of the Hellespont. — ἐξενάριξεν :
here plainly equiv. to slew. Cf. évf-
paro 32.

31. Τεῦκρος: son of Telamon (fa-
ther of Ajax) and Hesione (on E
640). He was famed as an archer.
Cf. @ 266 ff., Teixpds θ᾽, ὃς ἄριστος
᾿Αχαιῶν | τοξοσύνῃ, ἀγαθὸς δὲ καὶ ἐν
σταδίῃ ὑσμίνῃ Ν 818 f., Ψ 859 ff.

82. ἐνήρατο (ἐναίρω) : cf ἔναρα
8ροῦϊε, 68. ---᾿Αντίλοχος: οὐ Δ 457.

34. Σατνιόεντος : a stream in the
territory of the Trojan Leleges. —
évppelrao: strictly a substantive. —
wap ὄχθας: on the banks. Cf. Ἐ 446,
παρ᾽ ὄχθας Σαγγαρίοιο T 187, Δ 487,
τέμενος νεμόμεσθα μέγα Ἑάνθοιο παρ᾽
ὄχθας Μ 818, Σ 533, Φ 387. παρά with
the acc. sometimes in Homer, as
regularly in the later Boeotian dia-
lect, is used where παρά with the dat.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

149

35 Πήδασον αἰπεινήν. Φύλακον δ᾽ ἕλε Λήιτος ἥρως

φεύγοντ᾽ *

Εὐρύπυλος δὲ Μελάνθιον ἐξενάριξεν.

Αδρηστον δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος
ζωὸν ἕλ᾽ - ἵππω γάρ οἱ ἀτυζομένω πεδίοιο
ὄζῳ ἔνι βλαφθέντε μυρικίνῳ, ἀγκύλον appa
40 ἀξαντ᾽ ἐν πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ αὐτὼ μὲν ἐβήτην
πρὸς πόλιν, ἧ περ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀτυζόμενοι φοβέοντο,
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐκ δίφροιο παρὰ τροχὸν ἐξεκυλίσθη

᾿ 9 a 95 ἃ 4
πρηνὴς ἐν κονίῃσιν ἐπὶ στόμα.

δ ,᾿΄εἐεν
πὰρ δέ οἱ ἔστη

᾿Ατρεΐδης Μενέλαος ἔχων δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος"

45 Λδρηστος δ᾽ ap’ ἔπειτα

is expected. ‘The acc. with preps.
tended to supplant the dative.

35. IlySacov: home of king Altes,
who gave his daughter Laothoé in
marriage to Priam. ¢ 85 ff. The
city was destroyed by Achilles. T 92.
A part of the surviving Leleges fought
under Hector. — Φύλακον : a Trojan.
A ‘homonym’ was more noted; B
705, Ν 698, ο 231.— Δήιτος : a Boeo-
tian leader. B 404.

36. φεύγοντα: in flight. — Evpv-
πυλος: on E 76.— Μελάνθιον : men-
tioned only here.— Both names of
᾿ this verse appear in the Odyssey.

37. "᾿Αδρηστον: mentioned only
here. To be distinguished from the
son of Merops (B 830), from the fa-
mous Argive king (on E 412), and
from another Trojan (slain by Patro-
clus, Π 694).

38. of: const. with ἵππω, “his
horses.” — drv{opdve : “fleeing in
fright.” Cf. 41, 3 7.

39. BrAadOdvre: Aindered, i.e. en-
tangled. This is antecedent to, and
cause of, ἄξαντε. --- μνρικίνῳ : tamarisk-
shrubs on the Trojan plain are men-
tioned also K 466, @ 18, 350. They

λαβὼν ἐλλίσσετο γούνων "

are common in modern Greece. —
ἀγκύλον : on E 231.

40. dgavre: from ἄγνυμι. — ἐν
πρώτῳ pup: at the front end of the
pole. Cf. πὶ 871, E 729, ἐνξέστῳ ἐπὶ
ῥυμῷ | πέζῃ ἵπι πρώτῃ 2 271 f. The
pole broke in the same place at 1 371.
— The horses were held to the char-
iot only by the yoke, which was fas-
tened to the pole. Thus when the
pole was broken, the horses were free.
On E 780.— αὐτώ: themselves, in con-
trast with the deserted chariot.

41. Cf. @ 4, 554.—of ἄλλοι : those
others. 7

42 = ¥ 8394. --- αὐτός : 1.e. Adrastus.

43. πρηνής : pred., explained by
ἐπὶ στόμα on his face, in the second
half-verse. Cf. pronusque ma-
gister|volvitur in caput Verg.
Aen. i. 115 f., κὰδ᾽ 8 bp ἐπὶ στόμ᾽
woe Π 410. ---στόμα: cf. Lat. o8.—
ἔστη: inceptive; took his stand.

45. ἐλλίσσετο (λίσσομαι) : sc. Μενέ-
λαον. For the doubling of the A after
the augment, see ὃ 25 1 --- γούνων
[γονάτων] : const. with λαβών. Cf.
παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων A 407, ἑλὼν
ἑλλίσσετο γούνων ᾧ 71.

150

OMHPOY ἹΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

“ ζώγρει, ᾿Ατρέος υἱέ, σὺ δ᾽ ἄξια δέξαι ἄποινα.
a 9 9 > “A Q 2 σι,
πολλὰ δ᾽ ἐν ἀφνειοῦ πατρὸς κειμήλια κεῖται,
’ 4 , 4 ,
χαλκός TE χρυσός TE πολύκμητός TE σίδηρος"
τῶν κῶν τοι χαρίσαιτο πατὴρ ἀπερείσι ἄποινα,
» > A 4, , > 5 A Q 3 ~ 99
δ0 εἴ κεν ἐμὲ ζωὸν πεπύθοιτ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
a Ud “a > » “ 9. 4 »ν
ὡς φάτο, τῷ δ᾽ ἄρα θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔπειθεν.
.} ’ »ϑν , 9. A ἴω > A
καὶ δή pw τάχ᾽ ἔμελλε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν
δώσειν ᾧ θεράποντι καταξέμεν - ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων
ἀντίος ἦλθε θέων, καὶ ὁμοκλήσας ἔπος nuda:
δδ “ὦ πέπον, ὦ Μενέλαε, τί ἦ δὲ σὺ κήδεαι οὕτως

46=A 181. ---ζώγρει: sc. μέ. On
E 698. Cf. (ωγρεῖτ᾽ αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν ἐμὲ
λύσομαι K 818. --- ἄξια : worthy. Equiv.
to Attic ἀντάξια. It seems never to
mean ‘deserving’ in Homer. — ἄποινα.
the ransom was the strongest motive
for sparing a prisoner’s life.

47. Of. A 182. ----Ἴἶ͵ἰντ warpds: sc.
δόμῳ. Cf. 878 f., ἐς ᾿Αχιλλῇος ἐλθεῖν
Ω 800, εἰς ᾿Λίδαο Θ 867, εἰν ᾿Αίδαο Χ
389, "Αἴδος εἴσω 284. --- κειμήλια : con-
nected with κεῖμαι lie, stored up. Ex-
plained by the fg. verse.

48-50 = K 379-381; cf A 183-135.

48 = » 10, ἃ 8324. — πολύκμητος : the
poet was well aware of the difficulty
of working iron as compared with
copper, the more usual metal for
tools and weapons.

49. τῶν: of these. Ablatival geni-
tive. Cf χαριζομένη παρεόντων a 140.
— dwepelova κτλ.: cf. A 18.

50. εἴ κεν : ‘It is difficult to see any
essential difference between these
protases with ef κε and those with
the simple εἰ and the optative.’ GMT.
460. ---- ζωόν : pred. to ἐμέ, that I was
alive. Cf. αὐτὰρ ᾿᾽Οδυσσῆος ταλασίφρο-
γος οὔ ποτ᾽ ἔφασκεν | (wot οὐδὲ θανόντος
ἐπιχθονίων tev ἀκοῦσαι p 114 f., 527.
—This thought is repeated in ἐπὶ

νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν, t.e. in the Greek camp
(to which Menelaus would have sent
him; cf. 62). Cf. εἰ 8 ἤδη τεθνᾶσι
καὶ εἰν ᾿Αίδαο δόμοισιν X 62.—For the
‘acc. of the person’ with πεπκύθοιτο,
cf. E 702.

51. Cf. A 208.— ἔπειθεν : paraliel
to φάτο.

52. καὶ δὴ «rA.: and he was just
about. Cf. 898. --- τάχ᾽ ἔμελλε: of.
A 181, ¥ 778, « 378.

53. καταξέμεν [xarayayeiy]: on E
26. For the ‘mixed’ aorist form, οἷ
ἷξον E 778, ἄξετε δὲ Πριάμοιο βίην T
108.

54. ἀντίος: predicate. Οὐ ἐναν-
τίοι Ἑ 497. --- θέων: running. Much
like the adv. θοῶς. --- ὁμοκλήσα!: on
E 439.

55. ὦ πέπον : my good fellow.
Spoken with a kind of condescension.
—d Μενέλαε: the repetition of the
address marks the speaker’s strong
feeling. Cf P 288, ὦ δαιμόνιε, τί
χρῆμα πάσχεις, ὦ πάτερ; Ar. Clouds
816. ---- δέ: marks a contrast, i.c. an
objection, to the deed of the person
addressed. Cf. ΒΕ 264, 0 244, P 170.
—ovros: thus, sc. as Menelaus was
doing, in sparing the life of Adrastus.
Cf. ὃ 643.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

151

9 a Q ¥ 0 “ Φ
ἀνδρῶν ; ἦ σοὶ ἄριστα πεποίηται κατὰ οἶκον
“ a ~ , 4 a > ἃ »ν»
πρὸς Τρώων; τῶν μή τις ὑπεκφύγοι αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον
χεῖράς θ᾽ ἡμετέρας, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ
“A 3? 4 2 ἃ [4 9 3 ν ’
κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἅμα πάντες
3 ? 3 id 3 9 4 Α ¥ 3
60 Ἰλίου ἐξαπολοίατ᾽ ἀκήδεστοι καὶ ἄφαντοι.
a > ‘\ 4 9 A 2 9
ὡς εἰπὼν παρέπεισεν ἀδελφειοῦ φρένας ἥρως,
¥ 4 ε δ᾽ > ἃ ν ν Α
αἴσιμα παρειπών" ὁ δ᾽ ἀπὸ ἕθεν ὥσατο χειρὶ
9 s ¥ A “ [4 9 ‘4
npw “Adpnotoy. τὸν δὲ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων
οὗτα κατὰ λαπάρην ὁ δ᾽ ἀνετράπετ᾽, ᾿Ατρεΐδης δὲ
65 λὰξ ἐν στήθεσι βὰς ἐξέσπασε μείλινον ἔγχος.
Νέστωρ δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἐκέκλετο μακρὸν ἀῦσας"

56. ἀνδρῶν: a general form of
statement, instead of ἀνδρός. Cf. πρὸς
Τρώων» 57.— 4 σοι xrd.: an ironical
question, with reference to the crime
of Paris.— “You, I suppose, have
been excellently treated by the Tro-
jans.”— ool: always emphatic in
Homer.
of person with σύ 55.— ἄριστα: cor-
responds to the Attic εὖ.

57. τῶν : demonstrative. — ὑπεκφύ-
you: cf. E 318, κῆρας ὑπεξέφυγεν θανά-
toto X 202.

58. μηδ᾽ ὅντινα : not even whomever.
— This clause, in passionate excite-
ment, is added to μή τις 57.

59. κοῦρον ἐόντα: as boy. Added
simply to mark the sex.— φέροι : the
verb is attracted to the mood of the
principal clause. Cf. r 299. G. 235,
1; H. 919 a.— μηδ᾽ ds: ne is qui-
dem. Resumption of the principal
thought of 57.— ἀλλ᾽ dua πάντες : the
affirmative contrast to the preced-
ing.

60. ᾿Ιλίον: const. with the fg. ἐξ.
Cf. θεᾶς 100, μάχης E 763. — ἀκήδε-
oro: unburied. Cf. σώματ᾽ ἀκηδέα
ω 187, κηδεμόνες Ψ 674.— ἄφαντοι :

Here it marks the identity

leaving no trace behind.— Both adjs.
are ‘proleptic.’ “May they perish
and be ” etc.

61=H 120, N 788. — παρέπεισεν :
with reference to ἔπειθεν 51.
“Wrought a change in the mind of
his brother.” — ἀδελφειοῦ: cf. E 21.
The form ἀδελφός is not Homeric.
κασίγνητος is more than twice as freq.
as ἀδελφεός.

62. αἴσιμα κτλ.: here only does
the poet seem to approve of a deed
of cruelty. — παρειπών : cf. 337.—
For the length of the first syllable,
see ὃ 41 m.—o δέ: ie. Menelaus,
who had now left Adrastus to Aga-

‘memnon.—daqwo: for the length of

the ‘ultima,’ see on E 343.

64. Cf. Ἐ 447, 517.— ἀνετράπετο:
equiv, to ὕπτιος ἔπεσεν. Cf. A 108.
—’ArpeBns: i.c. Agamemnon.

65. λὰξ κτλ.: cf. N 618, 1 503. —
λάξ: cf. E 620.

66. ἐκέκλετο κτλ. : 8ἃ standing
verse-close of the Iliad. Cf. 110,
@ 172, A 285, O 346, 424, 485, π 268,
Ρ 183.— paxpov ἀύσας: cf. N 418,
445, Ἑ 463, 478, Χ 294. --- ύσας: εὐ
A 508.

152 OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z.

“ὦ φίλοι ἥρωες Δαναοί, θεράποντες “Apnos,

μή τις νῦν ἐνάρων ἐπιβαλλόμενος μετόπισθεν

μιμνέτω, ὥς κεν πλεῖστα φέρων ἐπὶ νῆας ἵκηται,
τὸ ἀλλ᾽ ἄνδρας κτείνωμεν " ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὰ ἕκηλοι

νεκροὺς ἂμ πεδίον συλήσετε τεθνηῶτας."
ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστον.
ἔνθα κεν αὖτε Τρῶες ἀρηιφίλων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν
» 3 4 > ‘4 »
Ιλιον εἰσανέβησαν ἀναλκείῃσι Saperres,
75 εἰ μὴ ap Αἰνείᾳ τε καὶ Ἕκτορι εἶπε παραστὰς
Πριαμίδης Ἕλενος, οἰωνοπόλων ὄχ᾽ ἄριστος"

67=B 110, Ο 733, Τ 78. ---- ὦ φίλοι
xrA.: an honorable address to all
warriors. —@Ospdwovres κτλ.: applied
to the two Ajaxes in Θ 79, K 228.

68. The Greeks are firet to make
sure of the victory and to follow
it up, and not to delay the pursuit
by gathering the spoils.— ἐνάρων :
made emphatic by the verse-pause.
Gen. after ἐπιβαλλόμενος, laying hands
upon.

69. πλεῖστα: “more than any one
else.” —xév: in a final clause. See
G. 216, 1 x. 2; H. 885 c.— φέρων:
the partic. contains the more impor-
tant thought. § 3 v.

70. καὶ ra: sc. ἔναρα from 68.
“The booty too.”

71. dp [ἀνὰ] πεδίον : along the plain.
--- συλήσετε : fut. of positive assur-
ance, after the command. Cf. νῦν
μὲν παυσώμεσθα, . . . ὕστερον αὖτε
μαχησόμεθα H 290 f., εἴξατέ μοι διελθέ-
μεν" αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα | ἄσεσθε κλαυθμοῖο
Ω 116 f., μ 23 ff.—The speaker in-
cluded himself in the subj. of κτεί-
νωμεν, but, with indifference, he leaves
the plunder to the inferiors. For the
change of person, cf. εἴδομεν ἥ κεν
᾿Αχιλλεὺς | vi κατακτείνας ἔναρα Bpo-
τόεντα φέρηταιΪ. . . % κεν σῷ δουρὶ

δαμήῃ Χ 244 ΠΝ. --- συλήσετε: followed
by two accusatives. Cf. ἀπηύρα 17.

72-118. On the advice of Helenus,
Hector goes to the city, in order to bid
the Trojan matrons supplicate Athena's
mercy. |

72 = E 470, 792.

73 f.=P 319f.; cf. P 336 ἴ. --- ἔνθα
αὖτε: on E 1.— vw ᾿Αχαιῶν: gen. of
agent, since the connexion implies 2
passive idea. See H. 820.

74. εἰσανέβησαν: ἀνά is used of
approach to the city (on a height),
as κατά for going to the camp (¢f. 53).
--- ἀξναλκείῃσι: for the dat. of the
agent, cf. κηρὶ δαμείς ( 11, ἀνδρὶ δαμείς
Γ 429. — For the pl. of the abstract,
cf. & 409, E 649.

75. Αἰνείᾳ: Aeneas is made promi-
nent here as in E. As commander
of the Dardanians, he is next in rank
to Hector in the Trojan army. Cf.
B819. Little more is heard of him
until the last of the four days of
battle, when he meets Achilles, T
158 ff., but is saved by Poseidon.

76. “EXevos: has here and H 44 ff.
decisive influence on the course of
action. He takes part in the conflict,
N 576, but is not prominent as 8 war-
rior. He is the prophetic son of

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

153

“Αἰνεία τε Kat Ἕκτορ, ἐπεὶ πόνος ὕμμι μάλιστα

᾿ a A 4 > a 9 9 ¥

Τρώων καὶ Λυκίων ἐγκέκλιται, οὐνεκ ἄριστοι

ΝᾺ > 3 9 ’ 3 , a ’

πᾶσαν ἐπ᾽ ἰθύν ἐστε μάχεσθαί τε φρονέειν τε,
80 στῆτ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ λαὸν ἐρυκάκετε πρὸ πυλάων

πάντῃ ἐποιχόμενοι, πρὶν αὖτ᾽ ἐν χερσὶ γυναικῶν

φεύγοντας πεσέειν, δηίοισι δὲ χάρμα γενέσθαι.

αὐτὰρ ἐπεί κε φάλαγγας ἐποτρύνητον ἁπάσας,

ἡμεῖς μὲν Δαναοῖσι μαχησόμεθ᾽ αὖθι μένοντες,
85 καὶ μάλα τειρόμενοί περ ἀναγκαΐη γὰρ ἐπείγει "

9 > AN , 4 ld >, A > »

Exrop, ἀτὰρ σὺ πόλωδε μετέρχεο, εἰπὲ δ᾽ ἔπειτα

Priam, corresponding to /Priam’s
daughter Cassandra, who does not
exercise the seer’s gifts in Homer. —
οἰωνοπόλων κτλ.: cf. A 69, of Cal-
chas.

71. ἐπὰ κτλ.: the address is fol-
lowed immediately by the reason for
it. Of. H 327 ff.—advos: i.e. the
battle, and the care and responsibility
for it. On πονεύμενον A 814. --- ὕμμι
[ὑμῖν] wra.: (is leaned) rests upon
you.

78. Τρώων κτλ. : partitive gen. with
μάλιστα. --- Δνκίων : cf. 4197. These
here represent the whole body of
allies. This is esp. fitting since Sar-
pedon had been prominent in the
preceding Book, and the other Lycian
leader, Glaucus, is to have an impor-
tant place in this Book.

9. πᾶσαν ἐπ᾽ ἰθύν: cf. ὃ 434.—
ἰθύν : course, enterprise. — μάχεσθαι
κτλ.: “in battle and in council.” A
freq. pair. — The second half-verse is
parallel to éx’ ἰθύν.υΌ Cf. 6, 60, 82,
106 f., 115.

80. στῆτε: take your stand, halt.
Cf στῆτέ po, ἀμφίπολοι (199.---αὐτοῦ :
right here. — ἐρνκάκετε : for the redup.,
cf. ἠνίπαπε E 6650.

81. πάντῃ κτλ.: of. K 167, Π 496,

533.—atre: again. Uttered in a re-
proachful tone. —év χερσί: in the
arms, sc. for shelter and protection.
Cf. ἐν χερσὶ τίθει A 441, ἐν νήεσσι πε-
σόντες B 175. Const. with πεσέειν.
On E 370. — γυναικῶν : sc. who have
come even before the Scaean Gate.
Cf. 238.

82. φεύγοντας : const. with λαούς,
implied in λαόν 80. — δηίοισι κτλ.: of.
δυσμενέσιν μὲν χάρμα Γ᾽ 51.— Either ἡ
is shortened here before ., or the
antepenultimate ¢ is pronounced as y.
---χάρμα (χαίρω) : an object of joy, a
delight. — Cf. K 1938, P 636, Ψ 342.

83. φάλαγγας: not yet used as a
technical term, in Homer. — ἐποτρύ-
ψῆτον : aor. subjunctive.

84. ἡμεῖς μέν : we others, the rest of
us. Correl. with ἀτὰρ σύ 86.

85. avayxaly [ἀνάγκη] κτλ.: of. 7 78.

86. “Exrop: the voc. in Greek
poetry is often placed for emphasis
before the clause with which it is
connected. Of course it has no syn-
tactical construction. —drdp: follows
the voc., as 429, Χ 381; cf. ὦ Φίντις,
ἀλλὰ (εῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων
Pind. Ol. vi. 22. ---- πόλινδε: the loca-
tive force of -3e is repeated in the
prep. of μετέρχεο. --- εἶπέ : say, i.e. bid.

154

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

, ~ Α > A € A 4 Α
μητέρι σῇ καὶ ἐμῇ" ἡ δὲ ξυνάγουσα γεραιὰς
a 9 id ,’ 3 4 »
νηὸν ᾿Αθηναίης γλαυκώπιδος ἐν πόλει ἄκρῃ,
¥ . , ε aA ,
οἴξασα κληΐῖδι θύρας ἱεροῖο δόμοιο,
, ν ε id id 2 QA ld
90 πέπλον, ὅ οἱ δοκέει χαριέστατος ἠδὲ μέγιστος
εἶναι evi μεγάρῳ Kai οἱ πολὺ φίλτατος αὐτῇ,
θεῖναι ᾿Αθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασιν ἠνκόμοιο,
id e ε 4 ὃ (ὃ ~ 9 N ἴω
καί οἱ ὑποσχέσθαι δνοκαίδεκα βοῦς ἐνὶ νηῷ

nus ἠκέστας ἱερευσέμεν,

87. σῇ καὶ ἐμῇ : marks the rela-
tionship of the two brothers with
more feeling than ἡμετέρῃ. More
than half of Hector’s brothers were
only half-brothers. Cf the same
feeling in (Joseph) ‘saw his brother
Benjamin, his mother’s son,’ Genesis
xliii, 29. — ἡ δέ: subj. of the impera-

tival θεῖναι 92. The commission is -

given in direct discourse. — fvvdyoura:
leading together, gathering ; i.e. calling
by messengers. C/. 286 ff. — γεραιάς
[γραῦς] : fem. of γέροντας.

88. νηόν [νεών] : acc. of ‘limit of
motion’ after ξυνάγουσα. On E 367.
Cf. ὅσοι κεκλήατο βουλήν K 196. — ἐν
πόλει ἄκρῃ : ἐν ἀκροπόλει.

89. οἴξασα: the Greek does not
require that the act be done in per-
son, and, in fact, the priestess Theano
opened the temple (298). Cf. 270
with 287. On A 260.— ἱεροῦ κτλ. :
1.6. νηοῦ.

90-92. Cf, 271 ff.

91. of αὐτῇ : ἑαυτῇ.

92. Cf. 273, 803. ---- θεῖναι : on ἡ δέ
87.— For the inf. as imv. of the third
person, cf εἰ μέν κεν ἐμὲ κεῖνος ἕλῃ
... σῶμα δὲ οἴκαδ᾽ ἐμὸν δόμεναι Ἡ 77 ff.,
ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν φάσθαι, τὸ δὲ καὶ κεκρυμ-
μένον εἶναι A 448. --- ἐπὶ γούνασιν: on
the lap οὗ the sitting statue. The
robe was placed on the knees of the
goddess as if for actual use. The

αἴ κ᾿ ἐλεήσῃ

worshipper desired to adorn the im-
age of the divinity. Thus, in modern
times, robes and jewels are given to
figures of the Virgin and the Holy
Child. — This is the only distinct ref-
erence in the Homeric poems to a
graven image (here, prob. of wood)
of a divinity, and temples do not seem
to abound. — Strabo, xiii. 601, says
that very many of the early statues
of Athena represented her in a sitting
posture.

93-97 = 274-278; cf. 308 ff.

93. ὑποσχέσθαι: row.

94. ἤνις: cf (iuvencum) can-
dentem Verg. Aen. ix. 628. — ἠκέ-
στας [daxerrhrous]: ungoaded (xevréw),
t.e. not used for menial labor and
thus rendered unfit for sacrifice. Cf.
σοὶ (i.e. Athena) δ᾽ ad ἐγὼ ῥέξω βοῦν
ἦνιν εὑρυμέτωπον, ἀδμήτην, ἣν οὔ πω
ὑπὸ (υγὸν ἤγαγεν ἀνήρ γ 8821. ‘All the
firstling males that come οὗ thy herd
and of thy flock, thou shalt sanctify
unto the Lord thy God: thou shalt do
no work with the firstling of thy bul-
lock. ... And if there be any blemish
therein, as if it be lame or blind, or
have any ill blemish, thou shalt not
sacrifice it unto the Lord thy God,’
Deuteronomy xv. 19, 21; ‘a red heifer,
without spot, wherein is no blemish,
and upon which never came yoke,’
Numbers xix. 2; ‘take two milch kine,

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

155

¥ ‘ , 2, 4 \ , 4
95 ἄστυ τε Kat Τρώων ἀλόχους Kat νήπια τέκνα,
» 9 ες > » 9 ’ ε κα
αἴ κεν Τυδέος υἱὸν ἀπόσχῃ ᾿Ιλίον ἱρῆς,
ἄγριον αἰχμητήν, κρατερὸν μήστωρα φόβοιο,
a ‘ > A 4 9 ω Q ,
ὃν δὴ ἐγὼ κάρτιστον ᾿Αχαιῶν φημὶ γενέσθαι.
οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆά ποθ᾽ ὧδέ γ᾽ ἐδείδιμεν, ὄρχαμον ἀνδρῶν,
100 ὅν πέρ φασι θεᾶς ἐξέμμεναι: ἀλλ᾽ ὅδε λίην
id 9 ’ [4 ε UA o 3 ’ 3)
μαίνεται, οὐδέ τίς οἱ δύναται μένος ἰσοφαρίζειν.
a ¥ ν 9 ¥ 4 9 »
ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ov τι κασιγνήτῳ ἀπίθησεν.
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν ἦλτο χαμᾶζε,
’ > 9 ’ Νὰ A “\ ¥ ld
πάλλων δ᾽ ὀξέα δοῦρε κατὰ στρατὸν ᾧχετο πάντῃ
105 ὀτρύνων μαχέσασθαι, ἔγειρε δὲ φύλοπιν αἰνήν.
ε 2 5» , , \ 9 , » 9 A
ot δ᾽ ἐλελίχθησαν καὶ ἐναντίοι ἔσταν “Axa:
᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ὑπεχώρησαν, λῆξαν δὲ φόνοιο,
“ 4 9 9 ’ 9 9 ~ 9 4
φὰν δέ tw’ ἀθανάτων ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος

on which there hath come no yoke,’
1 Sam. vi. 7.— αἵ κε: ifhaply, in the
hope that. GMT. 487, 1; H. 907.

95 = 310; οὗ P 223.

96. αἴ κεν κτλ.: explains the pre-
ceding clause. Cf. νόστου δὴ μνῆσαι
. ++ μὴ καὶ πεφοβημένος ἔλθῃς, | μή πού
τις καὶ Τρῶας ἐγείρῃσιν θεὸς ἄλλος Καὶ
δ09 ff., τ 81 ff. — Τυδέος υἱόν : Dio-
med is the chief terror of the Trojans,
after his exploits in the preceding
Book.

97. μήστωρα κτλ.: cf. @ 108, M 39,
Ψ 16. ---μήστωρα: cf. A 328.
98. κάρτιστον: cf. E 103.— γενέ-

σθαι: “ proved himself.” Cf. ἐν τούτῳ
τῷ πόνῳ (sc. at Marathon) ὁ πολέ-
μαρχος Καλλίμαχος διαφθείρεται, ἀνὴρ
γενόμενος ἀγαθός Hdt. vi. 114.

99. οὐδέ: not even.—aord: ever,
i.e. during the time when the Trojans
remained within their walls in fear of
Achilles, and ventured out of their
gates only with caution (E 788 ff,
O 721 ff.), while some were captured

or at least pursued (A 104 ff., r 89 ff.,
ᾧ 365 ff.); and all were in dread of
his reappearance (Σ 261 ff.). — ὧδε:
thus, sc. as we now fear Diomed. —
ὄρχαμον κτλ. : only here of Achilles.

100. ὅν wep κτλ.: “although men
say.” --- θεᾶς : const. with the follow-
ing ἐξ. Cf. E 637; see on Ἰλίου 60.
— The caesura falls, as usual, in the
the third foot, after θεᾶς. Here it is
no musical rest, but a hold, making
θεᾶς prominent. — ἀλλά: in contrast
to the preceding rel. clause, leads
back to the thought of 98.

101. μαίνεται: cf. E 717.— μένος:
acc. of specification. Cf. ὅτι μοι μένος
ἰσοφαρίζεις Φ 411.

102. ὡς κτλ.: cf Β 807. — Hector
follows his brother’s advice at once.

103-106 = Ε 494—497.

107. φόνοιο : gen. of separation.

108. φὰν [ἔφασαν, ὃ 26 w] xra.:
explains the retreat of the Achaeans.
---ἀθανάτων κτλ.: sc. as Ares had
done, E 594 ΕἾ --- ἀστερόεντος : the

156

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

Τρωσὶν ἀλεξήσοντα κατελθέμεν ' ὡς ἐλέλιχθεν.
110 Ἕκτωρ δὲ Τρώεσσιν ἐκέκλετο μακρόν ἀύσας-
“Τρῶες ὑπέρθυμοι τηλεκλειτοί τ᾽ ἐπίκουροι,
ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι, μνήσασθε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς,
ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ βήω προτὶ Ἴλιον ἠδὲ γέρουσιν
εἴπω βονλευτῇσι καὶ ἡμετέρῃς ἀλόχοισιν
115 δαίμοσιν ἀρήσασθαι, ὑποσχέσθαι δ᾽ ἑκατόμβας."
ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπέβη κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ.
ἀμφὶ δέ μιν σφυρὰ τύπτε καὶ αὐχώα δέρμα κελαινόν,
ἀντυξ ἣ πυμάτη θέεν ἀσπίδος ὀμφαλοέσσης.
Γλαῦκος δ᾽ Ἱππολόχοιο πάις καὶ Τυδέος υἱὸς
120 ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέρων συνίτην μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι.

Homeric heavens are starry even in
broad daylight. § 1 p.

109. ὥς: thus, so boldly, refers to
108. Cf. A 157.— ἔλέλιχθεν [ἐλε-
AlxOnoay]: sc. Τρῶες.

110= @ 172, Ο 346; cf. 66.

111 =1 238; cf. A 664. For another
form of address, cf. Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι
καὶ Δάρδανοι ἀγχιμαχηταί @ 173.—
Τρώες κτλ.: cf. P 216, Υ 866. --- τηλε-
κλειτοί: cf. E 491.

112 = @ 174, A 287, 0 487, 734, 11 270,
P 185; cf. E 629, A 234, 418. —The sec-
ond half-verse is parallel to the first.

113. ὄφρα: while. — Bre: Ba.

114. ewe: cf. eiwé 86. Const. with
ὄφρ᾽ ἄν. Followed by dat. and inf.;
cf. ὄφρα εἴπῃσι Ποσειδάωνι ἄνακτι.
ἱκέσθαι O 57 f., α 81 ff., 7 427 1. ---- βον-
λευτῇσι: in appos. with γέρουσιν. The
word is not found elsewhere in Homer.
It corresponds to δημογέροντες T 149.
— These senators are not mentioned
in the account of what Hector actu-
ally did in Troy. —sperdpys κτλ.: cf.
240 ff., 297 ff. — This speech of Hec-
tor is less definite than that of Hele-
nus, 86 ff.

115. ἑκατόμβας : a general expres-
sion for the δυοκαίδεκα βοῦς of 98.
The pl. is used of a single large
sacrifice also in A 315, B 306, 321.

116 = 369, P 188.

117. ἀμφί: adv., “at both extremi-
ties,’’ 1.e. above and below. This is
explained by σφυρὰ καὶ αὐχένα. ---- The
whole thought marks Hector’s haste.

118. ἄντυξ κτλ.: (the leather)
which ran as outermost rim of the shield.
The rel. § is attracted to the gender
of the pred. ἄντυξ. H. 631. The
metal rim of the shield was covered
with leather. — ὀὠμφαλοέσσης: cf A
448.

119-236. Glaucus and Diomed dis-
cover that their ancestors were bound by
the ties of friendly hospitality. They
exchange arms.

119. Γλαῦκος : one of the two
leaders of the Lycians. From him
the later kings of Lycia were said by
Herodotus to derive their descent.
Hdt. i. 147.

120=r 159, Ψ 814; cf E 244, 569.
—és μέσον : into the midst. — μέσον is
used as a subst., like τὸ μεταίχμιον.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

157

οἱ δ᾽ ore δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες,

N , 4 “ 3 N o

τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης -

“τίς δὲ σύ ἐσσι, φέριστε, καταθνητῶν ἀνθρώπων;

οὐ μὲν γάρ wor ὅπωπα μάχῃ ἕνι κυδιανείρῃ

ἢ , > A N A “ (4 ε id
12576 πρίν " ἀτὰρ μὲν νῦν ye πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων

σῷ θάρσει, ὃ τ᾿ ἐμὸν δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος ἔμεινας,

δυστήνων δέ τε παῖδες ἐμῷ μένει ἀντιόωσιν.

> (4 3 ? 9 3 “~ 9 (4

εἰ δέ τις ἀθανάτων ye κατ᾽ οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας,

οὐκ ἂν ἐγώ γε θεοῖσιν ἐπουρανίοισι μαχοίμην.

Cf. ἐν καιρίῳ Δ 188. ---ἀμφοτέρων : ἱ.ε.
of both armies. — συνίτην (elu): sc.
on chariots. Cf. 2382.

121. On E 14.

123. vig δὲ κτλ.: cf. O 247,92 387.
A lively question of surprise, for
which the explanation is given by the
following sentence. For the mean-
ing of the question, cf 145.— For the
force of δέ, see on 55.— φέριστε: a
friendly form of address.

124 f. ov μὲν [μὴν] xrA.: correl.
with ἀτὰρ μὲν viv ye. Cf. od μὲν νή-
wis ἦσθα... τὸ πρίν" ἀτὰρ μὲν νῦν γε
ὃ 81 ἴ.--- ὅπωπα : sc. σέ. --- πολὺ κτλ.:
thou dost stand far in advance, ἴ.6. ἃ 8
champion. Cf. xpduaxos.— Why had
not Diomed met Glaucus before ?
One answer is that many words and
deeds are reported from this tenth
year of the war which would have
been expected earlier. Cf the ‘ View
from the Scaean Gate,’ r 161 ff., and
the arrangement of the Greek forces
into definite divisions, B 362 ff. Pos-
sibly, however, Glaucus and the Ly-
cians were not among the early allies
of the Trojans, but have only re-
cently arrived at Troy. Thus Rhesus
and his Thracians came late, K 434,
and Memnon with his Aethiopians,
and the Amazons, came to the help

of the city after the action of the
Iliad.

126. ὅ [ὅτι] τε: in that. This
clause explains the opinion expressed
in the first words of the verse. —
ἐμόν: receives emphasis from the
following verse-pause.

127 = ᾧ 161. — This verse is closely
connected in thought with the pre-
ceding. —8voryvev: emphatic from
its position. “Unhappy are they
whose sons meet my might ”; 1.e. the
parents have to mourn their sons’
death. Cf. wéwvucai τε νόῳφ, μακάρων
δ᾽ ἔξεσσι τοκήων Ὡ 877, ¢ 154 ff. —ap-
τιόωσιν : from ἀντιάω.

128. Cf.» 199.—“If thou art an
immortal.” The thought that Glau-
cus may be a god, was suggested pos-
sibly by the splendor of his golden
armor, 236, in connexion with the
fact that his face was not familiar;
or it may be a commonplace remark
suggested by καταθνητῶν. --- Diomed
seems to have lost his ability to dis-
tinguish divinities (E 127 ff.), and his
daring in attacking them (E 362). —
vg ἀθανάτων: pred. to the subj. of
εἰλήλουθας. --- The spondaic close
(ὃ 39 ἡ, +) seems to be intentional
here, after the light dactylic rhythm.

129. ἐγώ: strongly contrasted with

158

OMHPOY IAIAAOZ Z.

130 οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος vids κρατερὸς Λυκόοργος
δὴν ἦν, ὅς ῥα θεοῖσιν ἐπουρανίοισιν ἔριζεν,
ὅς ποτε μαινομένοιο Διωνύσοιο τιθήνας
σεῦε κατ᾽ ἠγάθεον Νυσήιον αἱ δ᾽ ἅμα πᾶσαι
θύσθλα χαμαὶ κατέχευαν, ὑπ᾽ ἀνδροφόνοιο Λυκούργου
135 θεινόμεναι βουπλῆγι' Διώνυσος δὲ φοβηθεὶς
δύσεθ᾽ ἁλὸς κατὰ κῦμα, Θέτις δ᾽ ὑπεδέξατο κόλπῳ
δειδιότα : κρατερὸς γὰρ ἔχε τρόμος ἀνδρὸς ὁμοκλῇ.

θεοῖσιν, which is emphasized by the
verse-pause. — θεοῖσιν : the pl. shows
that the determination of Diomed is
general. — ἐπονρανίοισι : contrasted
with ἐπιχθόνιοι, A 48. --- μαχοίμην: a
‘potential opt.’ as a conclusion to a
condition of the first form. GMT.
408, 508; H. 901 b. '

130. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδέ: cf. E 22.—
Apvavros: the preceding ε is not
lengthened. See § 411 a, 8. —vles:
for the short penult, cf. A 478. --- Av-
xoopyos: a Thracian king. — This
story seems to be the result and trace
of an opposition to the introduction
of the Bacchic worship in Thrace.
Cf. the story of Pentheus at Thebes,
as represented in the Bacchantes of
Euripides, — Dionysus is not a Ho-
meric divinity, and this mention of
him is thought to indicate a later
origin for this passage.

131. δὴν qv: for the adv. with ἦν,
see on A 22.—For the thought, cf.
E 407.—és κτλ.: the rel. clause is
causal, as it is frequently. Cf. 165,
235.

132. ὅς wore xrA.: this rel. clause
gives a special instance, after the
general statement of 131. — μαινομέ-
γοιο: raving, with reference to the
mad revelry of the Bacchic festivals.
Cf. the name ‘maenads,’ μαινάδες.
— Διωνύσοιο [Διονύσου] : the Boeo-

tian dialect preserves the ὦ in this
name. — τιθήνας : nurses, attendants ;
corresponding to the later Bacchan-
tes.

133. κατὰ Nvuovov: down the Ny-
sean height. Prob. here a Thracian
district. For the subst. use of the
neut. adj. Νυσήιον, cf. μέσον 120.

134. θύσϑλα: doubtless the later
θύρσοι carried in Bacchic processions,
— wands wound about with ivy, and
with a pine-cone at the top. — κατέ-
Xevav: poured down, i.e. dropped.
Cf. κατέχευεν E 784.

135. βονπλήγι: cf. ‘ after him was
Shamgar, the son of Anath, which
slew of the Philistines six hundred
men with an oz-goad,’ Judges iii. 31.
— φοβηθείς: taking to flight before
Lycurgus.

136. δύσετο: equiv. to ἔδυ, just as
βήσετο E 745 is to ἔβη. --- κατὰ κύμα:
down into the τσαῦο. --- κόλπιῳ: to her
bosom. For the dat., see on ἑτάροισι
A 523.— Thetis lived with her father,
in the Aegean Sea, not far from
Thrace. On another occasion she
gave similar refuge to Hephaestus;
= 398.

137. δειδιότα: added in order to
form an introduction to the rest of
the verse. Cf. μήτηρ E 5818. ---ἔχε:
sc. Διώνυσον. --- τρόμος : cf. E 862, ὑπό
τε τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα Γ 84.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

159

“A b | ¥ > 53 4 \ ea 4
τῷ μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ὀδύσαντο θεοὶ ῥεῖα ζώοντες,
καί μιν τυφλὸν ἔθηκε Κρόνον πάις" οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτι δὴν
140 ἦν, ἐπεὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἀπήχθετο πᾶσι θεοῖσιν.

οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ μακάρεσσι θεοῖς ἐθέλοιμι μάχεσθαι.

εἶ 5’ [4 9 -~ a 3 4 N $s)
i δ΄ τίς ἐσσι βροτῶν, ot ἀρούρης καρπὸν ἔδουσιν,
ἄσσον ἴθ᾽, ὥς κεν θᾶσσον ὀλέθρον πείραθ᾽ ἵκηαι."

τὸν δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ Ἱππολόχοιο προσηύδα φαίδιμος υἱός "
145 “ Τυδεΐδη μεγάθυμε, τί ἦ γενεὴν ἐρεείνεις ;
οἵη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν.

138. re: ἐδ. Lycurgus. --- ῥεῖα
ζώοντε : in contrast with the hard lot
of men; cf. ὀιζροῖσι βροτοῖσιν N 569.
Cf. ‘to that new world of light and
bliss, among | The gods who live at
ease,’ Milton, Par. Lost ii. 867 f.

139. τυφλόν : blind. Only here in
Homer; elsewhere dAads. — ἔθηκε: cf.
6.— Κρόνον πάις : sc. as chief of the
gods. —r.: for the length of the
‘ultima,’ see § 41 7 8.

141. οὐδ᾽ dy ἐγὼ κτλ. : resumes the
thought of 129, as a logical inference
from the fate of Lycurgus. ΟΥ̓
“ἬΦαιστ᾽, of τις σοί γε θεῶν δύνατ᾽ ἀντι-
pepl(ew, | οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ σοί γ᾽ ὧδε πυρὶ
φλεγέθοντι μαχοίμην ᾧ 357 f., ι 275 ff.
— “J, too, should not live long, if I
should fight with the gods,” is im-
plied.

142. βροτῶν : made prominent not
only by the caesura but also by the
repetition of the idea in the second
half-verse. — of ἀρούρης κτλ. : a stand-
ing expression for men, from their
principal food, as contrasted with
gods who live on ambrosia and nec-
tar (E 341). Of. ὃς θνητός τ᾽ εἴη καὶ
ἔδοι Δημήτερος ἀκτήν N 322, ὅσοι νῦν
βροτοί εἶσιν ἐπὶ χθονὶ σῖτον ἔδοντες
θ 222, οὐδὲ ἐφίκειν | ἀνδρί γε σιτοφάγῳ
: 100 f.,quicunque terrae mu-

nere vescimur Hor. Carm. ii. 14.
10.

143 = T 429. —dowov κτλ. : sarcas-
tic. Of. ef δέ τις ἐκπάγλως ἐθέλει
οἰκόνδε νέεσθαι, | ἁπτέσθω ἧς νηὸς...
ὄφρα πρόσθ' ἄλλων θάνατον καὶ πότμον
ἐπίσπῃ B 357 ff.— The poet seems to
play on the words ἄσσον and θᾶσσον.
Cf. E 440. --- ὀλέθρον πείρατα: ‘net
of destruction.” Cf ἐκφυγέειν μέγα
weipap ὀιζύος ε 289. --- ἵκηαι : ἴἵκῃ. Cf.
“«ύθηαι E 861.

145. Cf 128, Φ 158. — γενεὴν κτλ.:
this shows Glaucus’s understanding
of the question of 123.—‘“ Why should
you ask of my family? No family
enjoys distinction long. All pass
away.” —Glaucus recognizes Diomed.
Doubtless he had seen some of his
exploits in E.

146. οἴη wep: “just as.”— δέ: in
apodosis. ὃ 3 n; GMT. δ6θ4.--- ἀν-
Spew: here equiv. to ἀνθρώπω». ---- For
the thought, cf. (βροτῶν) δειλῶν, of
φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε Ϊ (a-
φλεγέες (full of fire and life) τελέθου-
σιν, ἀρούρης καρπὸν ἔδοντες, | ἄλλοτε δὲ
φθινύθουσιν ἀκήριοι Φ 464 fF., ἡμεῖς δ᾽
οἷά τε φύλλα φύει πολνάνθεμος ὥρη | ἕα-
pos, ὅτ᾽ al’ αὐγῇσ᾽ αὔξεται ἠελίου, | roto’
ἵκελοι πήχνυιον ἐπὶ χρόνον (“for a span
of time”) ἄνθεσιν ἤβης | τερκόμεθα

160

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z.

φύλλα τὰ μέν τ᾽ ἄνεμος χαμάδις χέει, ἄλλα δέ θ᾽ ὕλη
τηλεθόωσα φύει, ἔαρος δ᾽ ἐπιγίγνεται ὥρη.
ὡς ἀνδρῶν γενεὴ ἡ μὲν φύει, ἡ δ᾽ ἀπολήγει.

160 εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις καὶ ταῦτα δαήμεναι, ὄφρ᾽ ἐὺ εἰδῇς,
ἡμετέρην γενεήν " πολλοὶ δέ μιν ἄνδρες ἴσασι "
ἔστι πόλις Ἔφύρη μυχῷ Ἄργεος ἱπποβότοιο,
ἔνθα δὲ Σίσυφος ἔσκεν, ὃ κέρδιστος γώετ᾽ ἀνδρῶν,
Σίσυφος Αἰολίδης - ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα Γλαῦκον τέκεθ᾽ υἱόν,

155 αὐτὰρ Γλαῦκος ἔτικτεν ἀμύμονα Βελλεροφόντην.᾿

Mimnermnas ii. 1 ff., ἂν δὲ τὸ κάλλιστον
Χῖος ἔειπεν ἀνήρ' (this is the best thing
that Homer ever said) | οἵη wep φύλ-
λων κτλ. Simonides 69. 1 f., ἄγε δὴ
φύσιν ἄνδρες ἀμαυρόβιοι, φύλλων γενεᾷ
προσόμοιοι Ar. Birds 685,‘ As of the
green leaves on a tree, some fall and
some grow; so is the generation of
flesh and blood, one cometh to an
end and another is born,’ Wisdom of
the Son of Sirach xiv. 18; ut silvae
foliis pronos mutantur in
annos,|prima cadunt, ita ver-
borum vetus interit aetas
Hor. Ars Poet. 60 f.

147. φύλλα: anticipates its parts,
τὰ μέν, ἄλλα 8é. Placed first for con-
trast with ἀνδρῶν 149.

148. ἕαρος κτλ.: ‘paratactic’ for
‘“‘when the spring-time comes.” ὃ 84.
- ἐπιγίγνεται : comes on (ἐπί).

149. va: here intrans., grows
up.
150 = 7 218; cf. Φ 487.— εἰ 8 ἐθέ-
Nag κτλ. : this protasis is left without
an apodosis. After the final clause
(ὄφρ᾽ ἐὺ εἰδῇς) and the parenthetical
πολλοὶ κτλ., the story follows imme-
diately, in 152. — καὶ ταῦτα : this too,
of which you ask.— “But I am not
ashamed of my family.”

151 = T 214. --- ἱμετέρην : with em-
phasis, after the general preface,

146-149. — ply: it. γενεήν. --- The
second half-verse is parenthetical.

152. ἔστι: a favorite epic begin-
ning fora story. Cf. E 9, ἔστι δέ τις
νῆσος κτλ. ὃ 844, ἔστι δέ τις πέτρη y 298,
urbs antiqua fuit Verg. Aen. i.
12, est locus, Hesperiam Grai
cognomine dicunt id. iii. 163, —
‘Edvpy: the old name of Corinth.
The name Κόρινθος is not put into
the mouth of any Homeric speaker,
though the poet uses it in his own
narrative (Β 570).— μυχῴ Ἄργεος: in
the recess of Argos, i.e. in the Corinth-
ian Guif. Cf. the same expression of
Mycenae (on the Argolic Gulf), + 263.

153. Σίσνφος: the name seems to
be formed by reduplication (cf.
δί.δωμι) from the stem of σοφός (cf.
xépdioros). Glaucus does not show
any familiarity with the story which
set Sisyphus to work, rolling a huge
stone up hill, in Hades (A 693 ff.) ;
and Pindar enumerates among the
glories of Corinth Σίσυφον μὲν πυκνό-
τατον παλάμαις (devices) ὧς θεόν Pind.
Ol. xiii. 50. — Later stories made Sisy-
phus an ancestor of Odysseus.

154. Σίσυφος: for the repetition,
‘epanalepsis,’ cf. 396. § 2 p.—o δέ:
cf. Δ 491, E 148.

155. ἔτικτεν: impf. as 206, E 547,
without any emphasis on the tense. —

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

161

οὶ . ν , \ 09 , 3 ‘
τῷ δὲ θεοὶ κάλλος τε καὶ ἠνορέην ἐρατεινὴν

ἀπασαν" αὐτάρ οἱ Προῖτος κακὰ μήσατο θυμῷ,
ὅς p ἐκ δήμον ἔλασσεν, ἐπεὶ πολὺ φέρτερος ἦεν,
᾿Αργείων: Ζεὺς γάρ οἱ ὑπὸ σκήπτρῳ ἐδάμασσεν.
1600 τῷ δὲ γυνὴ Προίτου ἐπεμήνατο, dt ἼΑντεια,

κρυπταδίῃ φιλότητι μιγήμεναι: ἀλλὰ τὸν οὗ τι
we ἀγαθὰ φρονέοντα, δαΐφρονα Βελλεροφόντην.
ἡ δὲ ψευσαμένη Προῖτον βασιλῆα προσηύδα"
‘reOvains, ὦ Προῖτ᾽, 7 κάκτανε Βελλεροφόντην,

Βελλεροφόντην : acc. to the later story
(which may have been built largely
upon what Homer tells), he was first
called Hipponoiis, and gained his
Homeric name by killing Bellerus, a
Corinthian prince, on whose death he
fled to King Proetus at Tiryns in
order to secure purification from the
guilt (an un-Homeric idea) and secu-
rity against vengeance. The Corinth-
ian tradition laid special stress on
Bellerophon’s capture of the winged
horse Pegasus. His exploits occupy
a large part of Pindar’s Thirteenth
Olympian Ode, in which the poet re-
fers also to Glaucus, ἐκ Λυκίας δὲ
Γλαῦκον ἐλθόντα τρόμεον Δαναοί Ol.
xiii. 58.

156-159. A brief outline of the
fortunes of Bellerophon, which is
followed in 160 (with the same intro-
ductory τῷ δέ) by the more detailed
story. Cf. αὶ 337, 339.

156. κάλλος τε: obs. the force of
the position.— Both qualities seem
to be mentioned with reference to the
following story.

157. κακὰ μήσατο: sc. in cornse-
quence of the calumny of 164 f.

158. ἐκ δήμον κτλ.: ἰ.6. sent him
to Lycia. Cf 168. --- ἐπὲὰὶ κτλ.: οἱ
H 105.— The second half-verse shows
why Bellerophon was obliged to obey

Proetus,—not the reason for his
exile.

159. Nearly parenthetical. —’Ap-
yelov: added to explain δήμου, and
to make distinct the place of Belle-
rophon’s sojourn. Without it, the
hearer might think of him as in his
home at Corinth. — ἐδάμασσεν : sc.
δῆμον. --- Zevg: the king of the gods
is the special patron of the mortal
kings, and gives to them their au-
thority. They reign Iovis gratia.

160. τῷ δέ: sc. Βελλεροφόντῃ. The
verses since 155 have been parentheti-
cal.— Dat. after the prep. in ἐπεμή-
νατο (μαίνομαι) “ became madly enam-
ored.”—8ta: without moral quality.
The same epithet is applied to Cly-
taemnestra, γ 266.—”Avraa: called
Stheneboea by the Attic tragedians.

161. μιγήμεναι [μιγῆναι, ὃ 26 m):
explanatory inf. in loose const. after
ἐπεμήνατο. G. 265; H. 951,

162. ἀγαθὰ φρονέοντα : ic. the
right-minded. Perhaps nowhere else
in Homer has ἀγαθός so much of the
modern meaning of ‘good.’ — Βελλε-
ροφόντην : in appos. with τόν 161.

163. ψευσαμένη : contrived a false-
hood and said.

164. τεθναίης κτλ.: “I hope you
may die if you do not” etc. The opt.
here clearly approaches the force of

162

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z.

165 ὅς μ᾽ ἔθελεν φιλότητι μιγήμεναι οὐκ ἐθελούσῃ.᾽
a , ᾿ Ὶ , , δ ¥
ὡς φάτο, τὸν δὲ ἄνακτα χόλος λάβεν, οἷον axovoer:

κτεῖναι μέν ῥ᾽ ἀλέεινε, σεβάσσατο γὰρ τό γε θυμῷ,
πέμπε δέ μιν Λυκίηνδε, πόρεν δ᾽ ὅ γε σήματα λυγρά,
γράψας ἐν πίνακι πτυκτῷ θυμοφθόρα πολλά,

110 δεῖξαι δ᾽ ἠνώγει ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὄφρ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο.
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ Λυκίηνδε θεῶν ὑπ᾽ ἀμύμονι πομπῇ.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ Λυκίην ἷξε Ἐξάνθον τε ῥέοντα,
προφρονέως μιν τῖεν ἄναξ Λυκίης εὐρείης "

an imperative. GMT.725. Cf. ἀλλ᾽
ἔξελθε θύραζε. .. ἣ τάχα καὶ Sarg (_fire-
brand) βεβλημένος εἶσθα θύραζε τ 68 f.
--- κάκτανε: κατάκτανε. § 1] ὁ.

165. μοί: for the elision of οι, see
ὃ 10 a.— Dat. with pcyhpeva:. — ove
ἐθελούσῃ : added in contrast with ἔθε-
Aev. Of. wap’ οὐκ ἐθέλων ἐθελούσῃ
e 155.

166. οἷον ἄκουσεν : “at what he
heard.” Strictly an indirect exclam-
ation. G. 155; H. 1001.

167. κτεῖναι: obj. of ἀλέεινε. Cf.
266, ἀλεξέμεναι ἀλέεινεν Ν 866. ---- σε-
βάσσατο κτλ.: i.e. his conscience
would not allow Proetus to kill his
guest with his own hand (cf. 179 ff.),
but he did not shrink from asking his
father-in-law to do the deed. Simi-
larly, David would not kill Uriah
himself, but put him where he would
be slain by the enemy. — For the ex-
pression, cf. 417.

168. ὅ ye: calls attention to the
identity of the subject. Cf. E 623.
He gave,—he did.— σήματα dAvypa:
destructive tokens. A kind of tes-
sera hospitalis, with symbols
previously agreed upon between the
separated friends. Cf. 176, 178.—
This has been thought by some to
imply acquaintance with the art of

writing. Perhaps it was a kind
of ‘ picture-writing ’ resembling that
of the ancient Mexicans.

169. γράψας : cutting. γράφω nota-
bly is used for cutting, carving,
scratching (Δ 139, P 599), and paint-
ing, as well as for writing. —¢v πίνακι:
in a tablet (‘diptych’). Two plates
of wood (covered with wax, in later
times, and joined by a hinge) were
tied together so that the inner sur-
faces should not be seen by the
bearer. This, rather than γράψας, in-
dicates the form of an epistle. — θυμο-
φθόρα : life-destroying, death-bringing,
t.e. directing that the bearer should
be put into a place of danger.

170. πενθερῷ: the Homeric lan-
guage was not so poor as to have but
one word for ‘father-in-law,’ but dis-
tinguished πενθερός wife's father from
éxupés husband’s father. Cf. γαλόως
husband’s sister, eivdrepes husband's
brothers’ wives, 8378.— Antea’s father
was called Iobates, acc. to the later
story.

171. ἀμύμονι πομπῇ : (blameless)
safe conduct, This forms a contrast
to ὄφρ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο.

172. Ἐϊάνθον: cf E479, τηλόθεν ἐκ
Λυκίης, Ἐάνθου ἄπο δινήεντος Β 877. ---
For the form of the verse, cf. E 778.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

163

ἐννῆμαρ ξείνισσε καὶ ἐννέα βοῦς ἱέρευσεν.

116 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ δεκάτη ἐφάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος Ἦώς,
καὶ τότε μιν ἐρέεινε καὶ ἥτεε σῆμα ἰδέσθαι,
ὅττι ῥά ot γαμβροῖο πάρα Προίτοιο φέροιτο.
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ σῆμα κακὸν παρεδέξατο γαμβροῦ,
πρῶτον μέν ῥα Χίμαιραν ἁμαιμακέτην ἐκέλευσεν

180 πεφνέμεν.

ἡ δ᾽ ap ἔην θεῖον γένος οὐδ᾽ ἀνθρώπων,

πρόσθε λέων, ὄπιθεν δὲ δράκων, μέσση δὲ χίμαιρα,

174. The ‘asyndeton’ is natural,
since this verse is virtually in appos.
with the preceding προφρονέως τῖεν.
Cf. 219. — ἐννῆμαρ : freq. as here with
following δεκάτη. Cf. A 53, Ω 610,
664, 784, η 253, « 28, etc. — Only after
a guest had received hospitality, was
he questioned about his errand. Bel-
lerophon, as coming from the court
of the king’s son-in-law, received a
royal welcome. The king made a
great feast each day.

175. Cf. A 477.

176. σῆμα ἰδέσθαι : doubtless Bel-
lerophon had mentioned his ‘letter of
introduction’ on his arrival, but was
not expected to present his creden-
tials immediately. — ἰδέσθαι : for the
mid., see § 32 a.

177. ὅττι [8 τι] ῥά of: cf N 675,
# 407, P 568, X 292, αὶ 527, φ 415. —
φέροιτο : brought with him. For the
opt. ‘expressing the previous thought
of another,’ see GMT. 700.

178. κακόν: of. 169. — παρεδέξατο :
the poet does not think it necessary to
state explicitly that the Lycian deci-
phered the tablet’s contents.

179. μέν: correl. with αὖ 184. ---
ῥά: t.e.in accordance with Proetus’s
injunction. — Χίμαιραν : here a proper
name.— This is the only ‘composite’
monster of Homer ;—dragons, mer-
maids, and satyrs being unknown, and

Scylla (μ 85 ff.), though deformed,
not being made up of woman, fish,
and wolf. Acc. to Hesiod, the Chi-
maera was (like Cerberus and the
Lernaean Hydra) the offspring of
Typhon and Echidna, ἡ δὲ Χίμαιραν
ἔτικτε, πνέουσαν ἀμαιμάκετον πῦρ, | Sei-
vy τε μεγάλην τε, ποδώκεά τε κρα-
τερήν τε. | τῆς δ᾽ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί"
μία μὲν χαροποῖο λέοντος, | ἡ δὲ χιμαί-
pns, ἧ δ᾽ ὄφιος, κρατεροῖο δράκοντος.
. -. τὴν μὲν Πήγασος εἷλε καὶ ἐσθλὸς
Βελλεροφόντης Theog. 319 ff. — ἀμαι-
μακέτην : impetuous, fierce. ΟΥ̓ ᾿Αμισω-
Sdpov, ὅς fa Χίμαιραν | θρέψεν ἀμαιμακέ-
τὴν πολέσιν κακὸν ἀνθρώποισιν TI 328 f.
—Cf. ‘Gorgons, and Hydras, and
Chimaeras dire,’ Milton Par. Lost ii,
628.

180. θεῖον : clearly the adj. is equiv.
to θεῶν, for it is contrasted with ἀν-
θρώπων. Cf. Topyely E 741.— γένος :
offspring. Cf. δῖον γένος 1 538, Σθενέ-
λοιο πάις | σὸν γένος T 124.

181. δράκων: serpent. Equiv. to
ὄφις, a8 in the passage from Hesiod
quoted on 179. — χίμαιρα: kid. Here
& common noun. — This verse is trans-
lated,ante leo, postrema draco,
media ipsa Chimaera, by Lu-
cretius, v. 905, not only preserving
the exact order of words but also
making the last clause more distinct
even than it is in the Greek.

164

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z.

δεινὸν ἀποπνείουσα πυρὸς μένος αἰθομένοιο.
Q A) Q [4 ΄Ν ’ ,
καὶ τὴν μὲν κατέπεφνε θεῶν τεράεσσι πιθήσας -
δεύτερον αὖ Σολύμοισι μαχήσατο κυδαλίμοισιν "
? ᾿ 4 , 4 ’ > “~
185 καρτίστην δὴ τήν ye μάχην φάτο δύμεναι ἀνδρῶν.
Ν , 4 , 9 , 9 ,
τὸ τρίτον av κατέπεφνεν Apalovas αντιανείρας.
ἴω > y 9 > [4 μ 4 y ΄
τῷ δ᾽ ap ἀνερχομένῳ πυκινὸν δόλον ἄλλον ὕφαινεν "
, 9 4 > a “~ > Ὁ
κρίνας ἐκ Λυκίης evpeins φῶτας ἀρίστους
4 \ > ¥ 4 > 4 ’
εἷσε λόχον" τοὶ δ᾽ οὗ τι πάλι οἰκόνδε νέοντο "
190 πάντας γὰρ κατέπεφνεν ἀμύμων Βελλεροφόντης.
3 > ὦν A 4 “~ , oA 9 9
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ γίγνωσκε θεοῦ γόνον ἠὺν ἐόντα,
9 ΄“ ’ 9 ν vd 4
αὐτοῦ pw κατέρυκε, δίδον δ᾽ 6 ye θυγατέρα ἦν,

182. δεινόν: cognate acc. (adv.)
with ἀποπνείουσα. With this, the sec-
ond half-verse is in apposition. —
dworvelovra (πνέω) : const. with 4
180, the intervening verse being par-
enthetical.— πυρὸς μένος : cf. ἀλλ᾽
Ἕκτωρ πυρὸς αἰνὸν ἔχει μένος Ῥ 565, ἐν
δὲ πυρὸς μένος ἧκε σιδήρεον Ψ 177.

183. θεῶν κτλ.: cf Δ 398. Here
an expression of confidence.

184. Σολύμοισι: ancient inhabi-
tants of Lycia. Hdt. i. 173. The
Greeks confounded this name with
‘Salem,’ and called Jerusalem 2%é-
λυμα and Ἱεροσόλυμαις. Cf. Josephus
Arch. i. το. 2.

185. καρτίστην : predicate. Cf.

$26, E 636, τὸν δὴ μήκιστον καὶ κάρτι-᾿

στον κτάνον ἄνδρα Ἡ 155, ( Ῥῇσος) τοῦ
δὴ καλλίστους ἵππους ἴδον ἠδὲ μεγίστους
K 436, οἰκτροτάτην δ᾽ ἤκουσα ὅπα Πριά-
μοιο θυγατρός A 421, οἴκτιστον δὴ κεῖνο
ἐμοῖς ἴδον ὀφθαλμοῖσιν μ 288. --- ἀνδρῶν:
const. with μάχην. ---- “ This was the
hardest battle he ever fought.”

186. τὸ τρίτον : this, too, by the
Lycian king’s command. —’Apafe-
vag: Priam, r 189, refers to his serv-
ing the Phrygians as an ally against

the invading Amazons. — The later
story gave to Bellerophon the aasist-
ance of the winged-horse Pegasus in
these conflicts. Cf. σὺν δὲ κείνῳ (ἱ.ε.
Pegasus) καί ror’ ᾿Αμαζονίδων | αἰθέρος
ψυχρᾶς ἀπὸ κόλπων ἐρήμου | τοξόταν
βάλλων γυναικεῖον στρατόν, | καὶ Χίμαι-
ραν πῦρ πνέοισαν καὶ Σολύμους ἔπεφνεν
Pindar Οἱ. xiii. 84 ff.

187. re: i. Bellerophon. — ἀνερ-
χομένῳ : returning. Cf. A 392.—
πυκινὸν κτλ.: shrewd device. — ὄφαι-
wev: sc. ἄναξ Λυκίης. For the change
of subj., see § 1 ὁ.

188. For the ‘asyndeton,’ cf. 152,
174. — εὐρείης : cf. 210.

189. εἶσεκτλ.: cf. A 392, ὃ 631.

191. γίγνωσκε: was coming to know,
recognized, sc. from his achievements.
Clearly, no guilty mortal, — none but
one of the race of the gods and en-
joying their favor, could have over-
come such difficulties and escaped
such dangers. —@co#: indefinite. In
Pindar, this god is Poseidon. —éévra:
supplementary participle, as after a
verb of seeing or hearing.

192--Δ 226 ---δίδον: offered in
marriage. —é ye: cf. 168. ----βυγατέρα:

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

165

δῶκε δέ of τιμῆς βασιληίδος ἥμισυ πάσης᾽
‘ , ε , , , ¥ »

καὶ μέν ot Λύκιοι τέμενος τάμον ἔξοχον ἄλλων,
195 καλὸν φυταλιῆς καὶ ἀρούρης, ὄφρα νέμοιτο.

ἡ δ᾽ ἔτεκε τρία τέκνα δαΐφρονι Βελλεροφόντῃ,

¥ o \ ¢€ 4 » 4

Ισανδρόν re καὶ Ἱππόλοχον καὶ Λαοδάμειαν "

Λαοδαμείῃ μὲν παρελέξατο μητίετα Ζεύς,

ε > » 9 9 [2 , 4

ἡ δ᾽ ἕτεκ᾽ ἀντίθεον Σαρπηδόνα χαλκοκορυστήν.
200 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ καὶ κεῖνος ἀπήχθετο πᾶσι θεοῖσιν,

ἢ τοι ὁ Kam πεδίον τὸ ᾿Αλήιον οἷος ἀλᾶτο

ὃν θυμὸν κατέδων, πάτον ἀνθρώπων ἀλεείνων,

for the ‘ quantity ’ of the last syllable,
see on E 343.

198. τιμῆς κτλ.: te. the king shared
with Bellerophon the control of the
people, the tribute, and the invita-
tions to the common feasts.

194. of: dat., as is shown by the
length of μέν. --- τέμενος : here, royal
domain. Cf. 1 678, M 318, Σ 550, T
184, 391, ¢ 208. Elsewhere, as in
later Greek, of the land set apart for
sacred uses. Cf templum. Con-
nected in derivation with τέμνω. --- τά-
μον: ie. set apart, marked off. —
ἔξοχον ἄλλων: sc. in size and fertility.
As in later times, much land was held
in common, esp. for pastures, but pri-
vate property in land seems to have
been recognized.— Cf. ἔδωκε (sc. Lycur-
gus to the Spartan kings) δὲ καὶ γέρα
ἀπὸ τῶν θνομένων λαμβάνειν, καὶ γῆν δὲ
ἐν πολλαῖς τῶν περιοίκων πόλεων ἀπέδει-
tev ἐξαίρετον Xen. de Rep. Lac. xv. 8.

195. Cf. r 185, Μ 814. --- καλόν:
const. with τέμενος. See on E 413. —
@vrakiys: appositional gen. with τέ-
μενος. φνταλιή includes vineyards as
well as orchards.— νέμοιτο : cultivate.
—Cf. (τέμενος) πεντηκοντόγυον, τὸ
μὲν ἥμισυ οἱνοπέδοιο, | ἥμισν δὲ ψιλὴν
(cleared) ἄροσιν 1 579 f.

196. ἡ: sc. Ovyarhp βασιλῆος. Cf.
192. 193-195 contain only details of
the marriage settlement.

198. For the ‘asyndeton,’ cf E
270 ff. — Λαοδαμείῃ μέν : correl. with
Ἴσανδρον δέ 208, Ἱππόλοχος δέ 206.
The daughter is mentioned first natur-
ally, as being the last mentioned in
the previous verse, and thus in the
front of the poet’s mind. § 20. She
is also the mother of the mightiest of
Bellerophon’s descendants.

199. Acc. to Hdt. i. 173, Sarpedon
was brother of Minos of Crete, and
son of Europa.

200. GAN ὅτε δή: here appears for
the fourth time in this narrative. Cf.
172, 175, 191. --- καὶ κεῖνος : even he,
t.e. even Bellerophon, who had re-
ceived such signal proofs of the gods’
care. — daryxGero: cf. 140. Sc. as
appeared from his morbid melancholy
(on the death of his children?). The
later form of the myth said that Bel-
lerophon attempted to rise to heaven
by the aid of Pegasus, but the rider
was thrown off, and the horse re-
turned alone to the stalls of Zeus.

201 f. Homer only intimates the
insanity of Bellerophon.— Cf qui
miser in campis maerens er-

166

OMHPOY IAIAAO® Z.

Ἴσανδρον δέ οἱ vidvy “Apns τος πολέμοιο
μαρνάμενον Σολύμοισι κατέκτανε κυδαλίμοισιν,

205 τὴν δὲ χολωσαμένη χρυσήνιος ἴΑρτεμις ἔκτα.
Ἱππόλοχος δ᾽ ἔμ᾽ ἔτικτε, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φημὶ γενέσθαι "
πέμπε δέ μ᾽ ἐς Τροίην, καΐ μοι μάλα πόλλ᾽ ἐπέτελλεν
αἰὲν ἀριστεύειν καὶ ὑπείροχον ἔμμεναι ἄλλων,
μηδὲ γένος πατέρων αἰσχυνέμεν, οἱ μέγ᾽ ἄριστοι

210 ἔν τ᾿ ᾿Εφύρῃ ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐν Λυκίῃ εὐρείῃ.
ταύτης τοι γενεῆς τε καὶ αἵματος εὔχομαι εἶναι."

ὡς φάτο, γήθησεν δὲ βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Διομήδης.
ἔγχος μὲν κατέπηξεν ἐνὶ χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ,

rabat Aleis,|ipse suum cor
edens hominum vestigia vi-
tans Cic. Tuse. iii. 26. 68, ‘Lest...
as once Bellerophon, on th’ Aleian
field I fall, | Erroneous there to wan-
der and forlorn,’ Milton Par. Lost vii.
17 ff.— κάπ : xard.— τὸ ᾿Αλήιον : in
appos. with πεδίον. Clearly connected
in derivation by the poet with ἀλᾶτο,
as the ‘Plain of Wandering.’ Her-
odotus, vi. 95, mentions an ᾿Αλήιον
πεδίον in Cilicia. — πάτον κτλ. : paral-
lel to οἷος above. — πάτον : footsteps.

203 f. "Ἄρης κατέκτανε κτλ.: 1.€.
Isander fell in battle. C/. 205, 428,
τῷ ἴκελος ὅν τ᾽ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων |
οἷς ἀγανοῖς βελέεσσιν ἐποιχόμενος κατέ-
πεῴνεν (i.e. one who has had a peace-
ful death) Ω 758 f.— drog πολέμοιο :
cf. E 388.

205. χολωσαμένη : “in a burst of
rage,” sc. because Laodamia had
yielded to Zeus, 198. ---χρνσήνιος :
gold-gleaming, with reference to hunt-
ing-equipment and dress.—éxra: cf.
ἔκτανε 204. § 35.—‘‘Laodamia died
suddenly and quietly.” Artemis sent
sudden and peaceful death to women,
as Apollo to men. Cf. 208 f., 428,

ἐπεί σε λέοντα γυναιξὶν | Ζεὺς θῆκεν,
καὶ ἔδωκε κατακτάμεν ἦν κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσθα
® 488 f. (Hera’s words to Artemis).

206. ἐμέ: emphatic, in contrast
with Sarpedon, 199, while the enclitic
μέ is suited to the thought of 207.—
The second half-verse repeats the
first, in a different form. Cf. 208.

207. πόλλ᾽ ἐπέτελλεν: cf. A 229.

208 = A 784, where it is the parting
injunction given to Achilles by his
father. A famous and noble verse.
—dpvrrevav: equiv. to ἄριστον εἶναι.

209. Cf. μή τι καταισχύνειν πατέρων
γένος ὦ δ08. --- μέγα: as adv., modi-
fies all three degrees of comparison.

210. 7.6. as well the early genera-
tions, Sisyphus and Glaucus, at Cor-
inth, as the later generations in Lycia,
who were descended from Bellero-
phon.

211 = fT 241, where Aeneas speaks.
- ταύτης : in thought is const. with
both nouns. — τοί: “since you ask
the question”; with reference to 128.
Glaucus ends as he began. — γενεῆς:
ablatival gen. of source. Cf. E 266.

213. ἔγχος μὲν κτλ.: correl. with
αὐτάρ 214.— Diomed abandoned at

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 167

> νι € 4 4 ld ~
αὐτὰρ ὁ μειλιχίοισι προσηύδα ποιμένα awr:
és es 9 a Ao 5 λαιάς *
215“ ῥά νύ μοι ξεῖνος πατρώιός ἐσσι παλαιός
Οἰνεὺς γάρ ποτε δῖος ἀμύμονα Βελλεροφόντην
ξείνισ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἐείκοσιν ἥματ᾽ ἐρύξας.
oi δὲ καὶ ἀλλήλοισι πόρον ξεινήια καλά'

Οἰνεὺς μὲν ζωστῆρα δίδον φοίνικι φαεινόν,

220 Βελλεροφόντης δὲ χρύσεον δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον,
καί μιν ἐγὼ κατέλειπον ἰὼν ἐν δώμασ᾽ ἐμοῖσν.
Τυδέα δ᾽ οὐ μέμνημαι, ἐπεί p ἔτι τυτθὸν ἐόντα
κάλλιφ᾽, ὅτ᾽ ἐν Θήβῃσιν ἀπώλετο λαὸς ᾿Αχαιῶν.

“~ ~ . \ 2 A ἕξ ὉὌἭ (λ 7A oo 4
τῷ νῦν σοὶ μὲν ἐγὼ ξεῖνος φίλος “Apye μέσσῳ

once all thoughts of a contest. His
action shows his thought sooner than
his words do. “Guest-friends must
not fight with each other.” —xaré-
ange: cf. ἐν γαίῃ κατέπηκτο A 378,
ἔγχεα δέ σφιν | ὕρθ᾽ ἐπὶ σαυρωτῆρος (t.e.
the spike at the butt of the spear)
ἐλήλατο K 162 f.

214. μειλιχίοισι: cf A 256.

215. ἦ pa κτλ.: truly you are, then.
Inference from what Glaucus had
said. — ξεῖνος : one of the few (un-
written) laws of the Homeric age
made the tie of hospitality almost as
strong as that of blood. — πατρώιος :
of the fathers, i.e. of the family.

216. Olweds: on A 399.

217. ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν : 1.6. in Calydon.
Cf. B 640 f.—évi: for the length of
the last syllable, see § 41 7; cf. E 270.
—éipvfas: coincident in time with
ξείνισε.

218. ξεινήια [ξένια] : explained by
219 f., and introductory to 230.

219. Cf. H 805.— For the asynde-
ton, cf. 114. ---- ωστῆρα : on A 182. --
φοίνικι: cf A 141, ψ 201.

221. καί μιν κτλ.: parenthetical.
“Which I still have at home.” The

rel. const. is deserted. The grand-
father had given the goblet to his
grandchild, and told him how he
received it.—ply: 1.6. δέπας. --- ἰών :
8c. és Τροίην, Cf. E 198.

222. Ἰϊνδέα κτλ.: the mention of
the grandfather reminds the speaker
of his father, who had died in his
son’s infancy.—‘“‘I was but a child
when my father went to Thebes, and
I have no recollection of him.” — The
acc. after μέμνημαι is remarkable.
Perhaps the ‘person’ is treated as a
‘thing.’ Cf. μέμνημαι τόδε ἔργον 1 527,
πῖνε, καὶ ἄλλα παρὲξ μεμνώμεθα ἃ 168,
μέμνημαι τάδε πάντα w 122. --- τυτθὸν
ἐόντα: all the emphasis rests on the
partic. and its predicate.

223. κάλλιπε: κατέλιπε. --- ἐν Θή-
βῃσιν: 1.6. near Thebes. The first
expedition was repulsed, and did not
enter the city. Cf Δ 409.

224. τῷ: 80, therefore, i.e. on the
ground of this friendship of their an-
cestors. — ξεῖνος : host. —“Apya: local,
tn Argos, in the strict sense. — “I shall
receive you to my home when you
come to Argos, and you will be my
host in Lycia.”

168 OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z.

225 εἰμί, ov δ᾽ ἐν Λυκίῃ, ὅτε κεν τῶν δῆμον ἵκωμαι.
ἔγχεα δ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἀλεώμεθα καὶ δι᾽ ὁμίλου"
πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐμοὶ Τρῶες κλειτοί τ᾽ ἐπίκουροι
κτείνειν, Ov κε θεός γε πόρῃ καὶ ποσσὶ κιχείω,
πολλοὶ δ᾽ αὖ σοὶ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἐναιρέμεν, ὅν κε δύνηαι.

230 τεύχεα δ᾽ ἀλλήλοις ἐπαμείψομεν, ὄφρα καὶ οἷδε
γνῶσιν, ὅτι ξεῖνοι πατρώιοι εὐχόμεθ᾽ εἶναι."

ὡς ἄρα φωνήσαντε καθ᾽ ἵππων ἀίξαντε
χεῖράς 7 ἀλλήλων λαβέτην καὶ πιστώσαντο.
ἕνθ᾽ αὗτε Γλαύκῳ Κρονίδης φρώας ἐξέλετο Ζεύς,

235 ὃς πρὸς Τυδεΐδην Διομήδεα τεύχε ἄμειβεν

χρύσεα χαλκείων, ἑκατόμβοι᾽ ὠννεαβοίων.

225. ὅτε κτλ.: takes the place οὗ
éuol.— rev: t.e. Λυκίων, easily sup-
plied from ἐν Λυκίῃ.

226. ἀλλήλων : cf. ἀλλήλοις 230
(equiv. to ἄλλος ἄλλφ) and E 874. —
δι’ ὁμίλον : contrasted with the single
combat of champions (πρόμαχοι). Cf
120 f.

227. πολλοὶ μέν, πολλοὶ δέ (229) :
for the repetition (‘anaphora’), see
on A 418. -- ἐμοί: sc. εἰσίν, have I.
Contrasted with σοί 229.

228. κτείνειν : explanatory (or fi-
nal) infinitive. Cf μιγήμεναι 161.
This thought is carried on also with
wépy.— év xrd.: gives the necessary
limitation to the preceding expres-
sion. It is parallel to ὅν κε δύνηαι
229. ---- θεὸς πόρῃ : placed before ποσὶ
κιχείω because of its precedence in
thought. — κιχείω : κιχῶ.

230. ἀλλήλοις : on 226.— οἵδε deic-
tic, pointing to the armies on either
side. It would be prosaic to ask
what these warriors had been doing
since 122,— whether they had con-
tinued the battle, or had stopped
fighting and listened! But the poet

almost assumes that the Greeks and
Trojans were as much interested as
his hearers in this meeting of Glau-
cus and Diomed.

232. καθ᾽ ἵππων κτλ.: cf A 423,
Υ 401.

233. πιστώσαντο: gave each other
assurance, pledged each other. ‘Re-
ciprocal’ middle.

234. Γλαύκῳ: dat. of disadvan-
tage. — φρένας ἐξέλετο : took the senses
from. Cf. P 470, T 187, 1 877, = 311,
Η 360.— Any unaccountable act was
ascribed to a god’s interposition.

235. ὅς κτλ.: for the causal force
of the rel., ς 131.

236. This verse became proverbial
of an uneven exchange. Cf. ἀλλ᾽
ἀντὶ δόξης ἀλήθειαν καλῶν κτᾶσθαι ἐπι-
χειρεῖς καὶ τῷ ὄντι χρύσεα χαλκείων
διαμείβεσθαι νοεῖς Plato Symp. 219 a,
habes ad omnia, non, ut potu-
lasti, χρύσεα χαλκείων, sed paria
paribus respondimus Cic. ad
Att. vi. 1. 22, aut si disparibus
bellum incidat, ut Diomedi |
cum Lycio Glauco, discedat
pigrior, ultro|muneribus mis-

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

169

Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν,
9 9 » ’ Ψ ’΄ 960. ΑΝ 4
ἀμφ᾽ apa pw Τρώων ἄλοχοι θέον ἠδὲ θύγατρες
εἰρόμεναι παῖδάς τε κασιγνήτους τε Eras τε
Q a e 9 Y ~ » 4 ,
240 καὶ πόσιας ' 6 δ᾽ ἔπειτα θεοῖς εὔχεσθαι ἀνώγειν
[4 ε 4 ~ 3 4 > > ~
πάσας ἑξείης " πολλῇσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπτο.
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ Πριάμοιο δόμον περικαλλέ᾽ ἵκανεν,
ξεστῇς αἰθούσῃσι τετυγμῶνον, αὐτὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ
v4 > » 4 “ ’
πεντήκοντ᾽ ἔνεσαν θάλαμοι ξεστοῖο λίθοιο,

sis Hor. Sat. i. 7. 16 ff.—Obs. the
apposition of the second half-verse
to the first. —dxarcpBowa: having the
worth of a hundred cattle. Cattle were
the standard of value in the Homeric
times. A tripod might be worth
twelve cattle (¥ 703), and a woman
slave from four (¥ 705) to twenty
cattle (a 481); while Achilles sold a
captured son of Priam for one hun-
dred cattle (@ 79). Cf. pecunia
and ‘ chattels.’ — ἑκατόν and ἐννέα are
round numbers. The inference that
gold was worth only eleven times as
much as bronze, would be unreason-
able.

237-311. Hector and Hecaba. The
Trojan matrons offer prayers and vows
to Athena.

237. Cf.1 354, A170. —"Exrop δέ:
here the poet returns to the story of
116.— ὡς : for the position, after the
emphatic word in making the transi-
tion in the story, cf ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι, μὴ ἐρέ-
θιζε, cadrepos ὥς κε νέηαι A 32.— on-
yov: on E 693.— Doubtless Hector
reached the tree before he came to
the gate, but the latter is named
first as more prominent and impor-
tant, by a sort of ‘hysteron proteron.’
§ 2 u.

238. ἀμφ᾽ dpa μιν: only here is
ply separated by ἄρα from its prepo-
sition.— The women of Troy had

come to the tower at the Scaean Gate,
in order to watch the conflict. Οἱ
8386 ff., Γ 145 ff., 420, x 79, 450 ff.
239. εἰρόμεναι κτλ. : 1.6. inquiring
of the fate of their friends on the
field of battle. — κασιγνήτους κτλ. :
cf. τι 456, o 278.— For the acc. of the
person for whom inquiry is made, ef.
φύλακας δ᾽ ἃς εἴρεαι, ἥρως K 416, εἴρεαι

Ἕκτορα δῖον Ω 390.

240. πόσιας: the last syllable is
treated as long before the pause.
§ 41 p.

241. Hector told the women what
he could, but the sum of the whole
matter was that their hope rested
only on the gods. — ἐξείης [ééfjs]: one
after the other, as they met him.—
δέ: here introduces a cause. —x«yd¢
ἐφήπτο: cf. Τρώεσσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται
Β 15, πολλοῖσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆκεν Φ 524.

242. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή : correl. with ἔνθα
251. — δόμον: i.e. the palace as a
whole, including the court.

243. ξεστῇς αἰϑθούσῃσι: with pol-
ished corridors, i.e. with corridors of
polished stone. One of these seems
to have been in front of the building.
--ἐν αὐτῷ : within the palace itself, in
contrast to the gate and the corri-
dors. — The prep. is repeated in ἔνε-
cay 244,

244, πεντήκοντα : Priam, like other
Oriental princes, had several wives

170

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

245 πλησίοι ἀλλήλων δεδμημένοι" ἔνθα δὲ παῖδες
κοιμῶντο Πριάμοιο παρὰ μνηστῇς ἀλόχοισιν"
κουράων δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐναντίοι ἔνδοθεν αὐλῆς
δώδεκ᾽ ἔσαν τέγεοι θάλαμοι ξεστοῖο λίθοιο,
πλησίοι ἀλλήλων δεδμημῶνοι ἔνθα δὲ γαμβροὶ

250 κοιμῶντο Πριάμοιο παρ᾽ αἰδοίῃς ἀλόχοισιν.
ἔνθα οἱ ἠπιόδωρος ἐναντίη ἤλυθε μήτηρ
Λαοδίκην ἐσάγουσα, θυγατρῶν εἶδος ἀρίστην "
ἔν T ἄρα οἵ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν
“γχέκνον, τίπτε λιπὼν πόλεμον θρασὺν εἰλήλουθας ;

255 ἦ μάλα δὴ τείρουσι δυσώνυμοι vies ᾿Αχαιῶν
μαρνάμενοι περὶ ἄστυ, σὲ δ᾽ ἐνθάδε θυμὸς ἀνῆκεν

and many sons. © 498ff. All (with
two or three exceptions) lived to-
gether in patriarchal fashion. Pri-
am’s is the only instance of down-
right polygamy mentioned in the
Homeric poems.— Cf quinqgua-
ginta illi thalami, spes am-
pla nepotum | barbarico pos-
tes auro spoliisque superbi
Verg. Aen. ii. 508 f. —AWow: gen. of
material.

245. πλησίοι κτλ.: te. built one
next the other.—dAArAev: for the
gen., cf. ᾿Αχαιῶν 106. — δεδμημένοι :
from δέμω.

247. κουράων: daughters. — ἑτέρω-
θεν κτλ. : “on the other side, opposite
the former, in the courtyard.” — ἐναν-
τίοι: explains ἑτέρωθεν.

251. ἔνθα: the protasis, 242, was
interrupted by the description, and
then forgotten. So the poet takes a
fresh start, with an independent sen-
tence. —FmdSepos: with kindly gifts.
- ἐναντίη : predicate. Cf. 54.— He-
caba was on her way from one apart-
ment to another.

252. Cf. τ' 124. ---- Λαοδίκην κτλ. :

conducting Laodice, i.e. accompanied
by Laodice.

253 = 406, Ξ 282, = 384, 423, T 7,
B 302, 6 291, « 280, A 247, o 630. —éy:
const. with φῦ [ἔφυ]. “She grew to
him in his hand,” 2.6. she grasped his
hand.— Cf. excepitque manu
dextramque amplexus inhae-
sit Verg. Aen. viii. 124.

254. Cf. A 202, ¥ 94, ε 81. ----τίπτε:
const. both with λιπών (the principal
idea) and εἰλήλουθας.

255. ἦ μάλα δή: surely now. He-
caba answers her own question by a
conjecture. Cf. A 208, H 26, P 448.
— relpovor: cf. 387. — δνσώννυμοι : (of
unhappy name,) accursed. Cf. Kaxot-
λιον οὐκ ὀνομαστήν τ 260.

256. περί: local. Cf. 827. --- σὲ
δέ: introduces the result οὗ τείρουσι
κτλ. Cf. γ 252, p 379. — ἐνθάδε: only
roughly can it be said that this is to
be construed with ἐλθόντα. The order
of words is significant, and connects
it with ἀνῆκεν, while ἐλθόντα κτλ. is
added in explanation. ‘‘Thy heart
urged thee hither, — to come and lift
thy hands” etc,

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

171

ἐλθόντ᾽ ἐξ ἄκρης πόλιος Διὶ χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν.
3 Ν 43 ¥ , id > 3 ’
ἀλλὰ μέν᾽, ὄφρα κέ τοι μελιηδέα οἶνον ἐνείκω,

ὡς σπείσῃς Διὶ πατρὶ καὶ ἄλλοις ἀθανάτοισιν

οὶ Ψ δὲ > 2 942 y - ’

260 πρῶτον, ἔπειτα O€ καὐτὸς ὀνήσεαι, αἱ KE πίῃσθα.

3 XN XQ ~ id - > >?
ἀνδρὶ δὲ κεκμηῶτι μένος μέγα οἶνος ἀέξει,
ὡς τύνη κέκμηκας ἀμύνων σοῖσιν ἔτῃσιν."

Ν > » , > » rq , In

τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας. κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ :
“un μοι οἶνον ἄειρε μελίφρονα, πότνια μῆτερ,

, 9 > 4 , > 3 ~ ’

265 μή μ᾽ ἀπογνιώσῃς, μένεος δ᾽ ἀλκῆς τε λάθωμαι'
Ἁ > 5)» ἃ ’, ¥ 4
χερσὶ δ᾽ ἀνίπτοισιν Διὶ λείβειν αἴθοπα οἶνον

ἄζομαι" οὐδέ πῃ ἔστι κελαινεφέι Κρονίωνι

257. ἐξ ἄκρης κτλ.: prominent as
contrasted with the battle-field. Const.
with χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν. Cf. τὼ 8 αὖτ᾽
ἐκ δίφρου γουνα(ζέσθην A 190. --- χεῖρας
ἀνασχεῖν: equiv. to εὔξασθαι, since
this was the usual attitude in prayer.
Cf. £174, πολλά κεν ἀθανάτοισι φίλας
ἀνὰ χεῖρας ἀείραι (“he would pray fer-
vently”) H 180. Thus the phrase
takes an indirect object.

258. ὄφρα κε ἐνείκω [ἐνέγκω] : until
I bring. ὕφρα is used like ἕως. --- pe-
λιηδέα: cf. μελίφρονα 264.

260. πρῶτον: the position of the
word shows that this verse is added
as an afterthought, and ὀνήσεαι is not
under the influence of ds. πρῶτον
serves to mark the distinction of the
ideas. Cf. νῦν μὲν παύσωμεν πόλεμον
καὶ δηιότητα | σήμερον" ὕστερον αὖτε
μαχήσονται H 29 ἢ. --- αὐτός: by its
position is contrasted with Διὶ πατρί
259. — αἴ κε πίῃσθα : ἐὰν wins.

261. ἀνδρί: dat. of interest. — δέ:
the English idiom would use ‘for.’ —
kexpnere: for the so-called 2d pf.
partic., while κέκμηκας 262 is 1st pf.,
see § 31 a.—péya: pred. to μένος,
after ἀέξει [αὔξει] increases. Cf. μέγα
πένθος ἄεξεν p 489.

262. ὡς: refers to κεκμηῶτι, the
closing word of the first half-verse of
261, which is repeated in κέκμηκας,
the closing word in the first half-
verse of 262. Cf. ἀνέρι κηδομένῳ, ὡς
νῦν ἐμὲ κῆδος ἱκάνει 1 δ1θ6. ----τύνη: cf.
E 488. --- ἔτῃσιν : clansmen, people.

268 = 8690.

264. ἄειρε: “bring.” Lit. of lifting
the beaker. — μελίφρονα: cf. ἐύφρονα
r 246.— Hector replies first to 260-
262.

265. Hector fears that the wine
will affect him too much. — λάθωμαι :
forget, i.e. lose. Cf. ὄφρα σ᾽ ὑποδείσας
μένεος κτλ. X 282, and the converse
παντοίης ἀρετῆς μιμνήσκεο X 268. In
general, in Homer, -to remember a
thing is to do it. Cf (Μενέλαος ἀνά-
yet) νόστου μιμνήσκεσθαι ἐπ᾽ εὐρέα νῶτα
θαλάσσης y 142 “to enter upon their
return.” See on A 222.

266. Reply to 259.— The verse-
pause throws emphasis upon ἀνίπτοι-
ow.—For the thought, cf. r 270,
Ω 302 ff., and 8 261, where water is
poured upon the hands before prayer.

267. οὐδὲ κτλ.: “and it is by no
means allowed for one who is” etc.
—Cf. tu, genitor, cape sacra

172

OMHPOY IAIAAO% Z.

αἵματι καὶ λύθρῳ πεπαλαγμένον εὐχετάασθαι.
> δ. Ἁ A a , > », 9 ,
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν πρὸς νηὸν ᾿Αθηναίης ἀγελείης
410 ἔρχεο σὺν θυέεσσιν, ἀολλίσσασα γεραιάς :
πέπλον δ᾽, ὅς τίς τοι χαριέστατος ἠδὲ μέγιστος
ἂν | ee 4 ? “ , φΦ A
ἔστιν ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ Kat τοι πολὺ φίλτατος αὑτῇ,
4, A 9 Lg > ἃ UA 9 o
τὸν θὲς ᾿Αθηναΐης ἐπὶ γούνασιν ἠνκόμοιο,
a e ε a A 2 As “~
καί οἱ ὑποσχέσθαι δνοκαίδεκα βοῦς ἐνὶ νηῷ
»¥ > ‘4 ε », ν > »9 ’
275 nvis ἠκέστας ἱερευσέμεν, αἱ κ ἐλεήσῃ
ἄστυ τε καὶ Τρώων ἀλόχους καὶ νήπια τέκνα,
» [2 en 9 4 9 4 en
ai κεν Τυδέος υἱὸν ἀπόσχῃ Ἰλίον ἱρῆς,
ἄγριον αἰχμητήν, κρατερὸν μήστωρα φόβοιο.
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν πρὸς νηὸν ᾿Αθηναίης ἀγελείης
280 ἔρχευ, ἐγὼ δὲ Πάριν μετελεύσομαι, ὄφρα καλέσσω,
Ψ > 92 7 9 > 4 3 ? 9 ’ ε 4
αἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσ᾽ εἰπόντος ἀκονέμεν " ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι

manu patriosque penates;|me
bello et tanto digressum et
caede recenti|attrectare ne-
fas donec me flumine vivo|
abluero Verg. Aen. ii. 717 ff., ‘ Who-
soever toucheth the dead body of any
man that is dead, and purifieth not
himself, defileth the tabernacle of the
Lord,’ Numbers xix. 18; ‘When they
go into the tabernacle of the congre-
gation, they shall wash with water,
that they die not; or when they come
near to the altar to minister, to burn
offering made by fire unto the Lord,’
Exodus xxx. 20.

268. λύθρῳ: with gory filth. — wewa-
λαγμένον (ταλάσσω) : agrees with the
indefinite subj. of the infinitive. —
Hector had no time for ablutions.

269 = 279. ---σὺ μέν : correl. with
ἐγὼ δέ 280. — ἀγελείης : of. Δ 128.

210. σὺν θνέεσσιν : with burnt sacri-
fices, — only, not of animals, but of
some kind of incense. Cf. rods (i.e.
θεοὺς) θνέεσσι καὶ εὐχωλῇς ἀγανῇσιν |

λοιβῇ τε κνίσῃ τε παρατρωπῶσ᾽ ἄνθρω-
ποι]λισσόμενοι 1 499 ἴ. ----ἀολλίσσασα :
cf. 87, 296.

271-278 = 90-97, mutatis mu-
tandis.

279. Repeated from 269, in order
to mark the coincidence in time.
“While you go to the temple, I will
go to the home of Paris.” — For the
repetition, cf. 188 (with μέν), as re-
suming 179, and E 184 and 148.

280. μετελεύσομαι : will go after, sc.
to fetch him, as is made more defi-
nite by ὕφρα καλέσσω.

281. αἴ κε: cf. 94. --- εἰπόντος (sc.
pov): “my voice,” t.e. my words. —
os: introduces a wish. —x«¢: unusual
in a wish; but cf. Τηλέμαχ᾽, εἰ γάρ
κεν σὺ πολὺν χρόνον ἐνθάδε μίμνοις
ο δ48. --- This wish follows immedi-
ately after Hector’s statement of his
purpose, almost as if he corrected
himself, and desired Paris to go to
Hades rather than to the field of
battle.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 173

“~ a 4 lA > , » ΄
γαῖα χάνοι" μέγα γάρ μιν ᾿Ολύμπιος ἔτρεφε πῆμα
Τρωσί τε καὶ Πριάμῳ μεγαλήτορι tow τε παισί.
εἰ κεῖνόν γε ἴδοιμι κατελθόντ᾽ ἴΑιδος εἴσω,

285 φαίην κεν φίλον ἦτορ ὀιζύος ἐκλελαθέσθαι."

ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, ἡ δὲ μολοῦσα ποτὶ μέγαρ᾽ ἀμφιπόλοισιν
κέκλετο. ταὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀόλλισσαν κατὰ ἄστυ γεραιάς.

3 ἃ > »9 4 4 ’
αὐτὴ δ᾽ ἐς θάλαμον κατεβήσετο κηώεντα,
ἕνθ᾽ ἔσαν οἱ πέπλοι παμποίκιλοι, ἔργα γυναικῶν

290 Σιδονίων, τὰς αὐτὸς ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδὴς
» , 9 Ν 9 ? ?
ἤγαγε Σιδονίηθεν, ἐπιπλὼς εὐρέα πόντον,

282. χάνοι: cf. A 182.— μέγα πῆμα:
pred. to μίν. --- Ὀλύμπιος : cf A 160.
-- ἔτρεφε: bred, i.e. suffered to grow
up. Of. διοτρεφέεσσι E 463. — This is
strong language for Hector to use of
his own brother, but cf. 326 ff., αἴθ
ὔφελες ἄγονός τ᾽ ἔμεναι &yauds τ᾽ ἀπο-
λέσθαι Τ' 40 (Hector to Paris), and
the wish of the old herald Idaeus
ὡς πρὶν Spear ἀπολέσθαι (of Paris)
H 390.

283. καὶ Πριάμῳ: “and chiefly to
Priam.” — roto: on τοῖο A 28.

284. ἴδοιμι κατελθόντα : pictur-
esque for κατέλθοι, a8 φαίην ἐκλελαθέ-
σθαι for ἐκλελάθοιτο. Cf. 880, A 98 f.
A still more prosaic form would be,
εἰ ἐκεῖνος ἀποθάνοι. The aor. partic.
here differs from the pres. partic.
only as the aor. inf. would from the
pres. infinitive. Cf εἰπόντος 281. —
"Αιδος: the gen. is to be const. not
with the adv. εἴσω, but with the im-
plied δόμον. On ἐν πατρός 47.

285. φαίην xe: 7 would say.—Frop:
subj. of the infinitive.

286. μέγαρα: the house, as distin- -

guished from the courtyard, where
Hecaba met Hector.
287. κέκλετο: cf. A 508.— ἄρα:

“as she bade.” — ἀόλλισσαν : t.e. the

servants went through the town, and
summoned the matrons.

288= 191, o 99. --- θάλαμον : the
storeroom, in a remote part of the
palace, in or near the women’s apart-
ments. — κηώεντα : fragrant. Perhaps
because of cedar chests.

289. Cf. o 105.—ol: prob. the
pers. pron., although the force of its
initial ¢ is lost here.

290. Σιδονίων : not in direct agree-
ment with γυναικῶν, but added in
appos., introducing 290 f.— Homer
mentions Sidon but not the younger
Tyre.— The Phoenicians were the
skilled workmen and traders of early
times. Cf. 2 Chronicles ii., ix. 21,
Ezekiel xxvii., Hdt. i. 1.

291. Σιδονίηθεν : acc. to the story
which seems to have been more fully
developed in post-Homeric times,
Paris and Helen on leaving Sparta
were driven by a storm to Egypt, and
went to Troy by way of Phoenicia.
Hdt. ii. 117. In the Odyssey, Homer
tells of the visit of Helen and Mene-
laus to Phoenicia and Aegypt, and of
the gifts there received, on the voy-
age home from Troy. 388 ff., 125 ff.,
228 ff.—- ἐπιπλώς : 2d aorist. ὃ 35.
— εὐρέα: εὐρύν. § 20d.

174

OMHPOY IAIAAO® Z.

τὴν ὁδόν, ἣν Ἑλένην περ ἀνήγαγεν εὐπατέρειαν.
τῶν & ἀειραμένη Ἑκάβη φέρε δῶρον ᾿Αθήνῃ,
ὃς κάλλιστος ἔην ποικίλμασιν ἠδὲ μέγιστος,

296 ἀστὴρ δ᾽ ὡς ἀπέλαμπεν " ἔκειτο δὲ νείατος ἄλλων.

βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι, πολλαὶ δὲ μετεσσεύοντο γεραιαΐί.
αἱ δ᾽ ὅτε νηὸν ἵκανον ᾿Αθήνης ἐν πόλει ἄκρῃ,
τῇσι θύρας ὥιξε Θεανὼ καλλιπάρῃος
Kioonis, ἄλοχος ᾿Αντήνορος ἱπποδάμοιο"
800 τὴν γὰρ Τρῶες ἔθηκαν ᾿Αθηναίης ἱέρειαν.
αἱ δ᾽ ὀλολυγῇ πᾶσαι ᾿Αθήνῃ χεῖρας ἀνέσχον "

ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα πέπλον ἑλοῦσα

292. τὴν ὁδόν : on that voyage. Cog-
nate acc. with ἤγαγε. Cf. ἦλθον γὰρ
καὶ κεῖσε... Thy ὅδόν, Ἶ δὴ μέλλεν
ἐμοὶ κακὰ κήδε᾽ ἔσεσθαι ( 164 f., ἄλλην
ὁδὸν ἄλλα κέλευθα | ἤλθομεν ι 261 f. —
ἀνήγαγεν : led home. ΟἿ γυναῖκ᾽ ἐνειδέ
ἀνῇγες | ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης Γ' 48 ἴ. --- εὖπα-
τέρειαν: daughter of a noble father.
Leda is nowhere named as Helen’s
mother in Homer.

293-295 = o 106-108 (with ‘EAdén
for “Ἐκάβη). ---α φέρε : sc. from the
θάλαμος. ---- δῶρον : as a gift.

294. ποικίλμασιν: colored embroid-
ery, or woven borders. ΟἿ E 735.

295. ds: here allows elision before
it. On A 482. --- velaros: predicate.
As most precious and magnificent,
this robe was least used, and so came
to lie at the bottom of the pile.—
ἄλλων : of all. This const. with
ἄλλων is specifically Homeric. Cf
ὠκυμορώτατος ἄλλων A 505, ‘ Adam the
goodliest man of men since born |
His sons, the fairest of her daughters,
Eve,’ Milton Par. Lost iv. 828 f.
See on A 505.

296. μετεσσεύοντο (σεύω) : hurried
after her. For the doubling of σ after

Θεανὼ καλλιπάρῃος

the augment, see § 28 7; ς΄ ἀπέσσυτο
390.— Cf interea ad templum
non aequae Palladis ibant |
crinibus Iliades passis pep-
lumque ferebant|suppliciter
tristes et tunsae pectora
palmis Verg. Aen. i. 479 ff.

298. Geave: on E 70.

299. Κισσηίς: for the patronymic,
see § 219. Hecaba also was daugh-
ter of Cisses, acc. to Eur. Hec. 3.

300. ἔθηκαν: the priestess, then,
was chosen by the people. Her sa-
cerdotal duties did not interfere with
her family relations. In general
Greek priests were not exclusively
devoted to their priestly work.

301. ὀλολνγῇ : these pious shrieks
(cf. y 450) were intended as responses
in the liturgical service; just as χεῖ-
pas ἀνέσχον (cf. 257) corresponded to
the modern posture of devotion,
kneeling. Cf. δοκέει δ᾽ ἔμοιγε καὶ ἡ
ὀλολνγὴ ἐπ’ ἰροῖσι ἐνθαῦτα (i.e. in
Libya) πρῶτον γενέσθαι" κάρτα γὰρ
ταύτῃ χρέωνται αἱ Λίβυσσαι Hat. iv.
180.

302. Doubtless Theano alone en-
tered the ἄδυτον (E 512).

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

175

θῆκεν ᾿Αθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασιν ἠνκόμοιο,
εὐχομίνη δ᾽ ἠρᾶτο Διὸς κούρῃ μεγάλοιο "'
305 “ πότνι᾽ ‘“AOnvain, ῥυσίπτολι, δῖα θεάων,
4 νι» “ὃ 3 δὲ ἃ 39. Ἀ
afov δὴ ἔγχος Διομήδεος, ἠδὲ καὶ αὐτὸν
πρηνέα δὸς πεσέειν Σκαιῶν προπάροιθε πυλάων,
» > 9 a ’ A 9 N “
ὄφρα τοι αὐτίκα νῦν δνοκαίδεκα βοῦς &i νηῷ
nus ἠκέστας ἱερεύσομεν, at κ᾿ ἐλεήσῃς
ἊΨ \ , 3 , “ 4 4 99
810 aorv τε καὶ Τρώων ἀλόχους Kal νήπια τέκνα.
ὡς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχομένη, ἀνένευε δὲ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη.
a ε », e> ἂν , , Ud
ὡς αἱ μέν p εὔχοντο Διὸς κούρῃ μεγάλοιο,
Ἕκτωρ δὲ πρὸς δώματ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδροιο βεβήκειν

’ o 6» 9 oN ¥ “ 9 , a > »
καλά, τά ῥ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔτευξε σὺν ἀνδράσιν, ot τότ᾽ ἄριστοι

303. Cf. 92, 278.

305. ῥνσίπτολι : defender of the city.
This name is applied to Athena in
Tlios although she is one of the two
divinities most bent on the destruc-
tion of the city. Cf. ᾿Αθηνᾷ Πολιάς
(πολιάοχος) at Athens, and πολιοῦχος
᾿Αθάνα at Sparta; σύ τ᾽, ὦ Διογενὲς
φιλόμαχον κράτος, | ῥυσίπολις γενοῦ, |
Παλλάς Aesch. Septem 120 f.— From
the stem of ῥύομαι, cf. 1 396. — θεάων :
partitive genitive. Cf. E 381.

306. dfov: cf. ἄξαντε 40. — δή :
gives urgency to the imperative. —
αὐτόν : sc. as contrasted with the
spear. Cf. ἔκλαγξαν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὀιστοὶ ἐπ᾽
ὥμων χωομένοιο, | αὐτοῦ κινηθέντος A
46 f.— Cf armipotens, praeses
belli, Tritonia virgo, | frange
manu telum Phrygii prae-
donis et ipsum, | pronum
sterne solo Verg. Aen. xi. 483 ff.

307. πρηνέα: cf. 48, A 644. E 58.

808-910. ΟΥ 93-95, 274-276.

311. ἔφατ᾽ εὐχομένη : equiv. to
εὔχετο. --- avdveve: even now in Greece,
negation is indicated by an upward
motion of the head. The contrary is

xaravebo. Cf. A 267.—The poet
knew Athena’s refusal to grant the
matrons’ prayers from the outcome ;
the Trojan women knew it from the
lack of favorable omen.

312-368. Hector at the home of
Paris and Helen,

312. This verse, with a beginning
similar to that of the preceding,
forms a transition to the following ac-
tion, which was contemporary with the
prayers to Athena. Cf. E 84, P 424,
v 1,» 185.—‘ While these were pray-
ing.” — For the ‘ parataxis,’ cf. 148.

313. δώματα κτλ. : Paris, like Hec-
tor (365, 370), had a house of his
own, near Priam’s palace (317).—
᾿Αλεξάνδροιο : the Greek name of
Paris is used in Homer four times as
freq. as the other. The gen. Πάριος
is found only Γ 325.

314. αὐτὸς ἔτευξε: so Odysseus
built his own house, and made his
own bedstead. The occupations of
Homeric princes were not very differ-
ent from those of Homeric peasants.
— Verses 314-317 are added as a
sort of afterthought.

176

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

315 ἦσαν ἐνὶ Τροίῃ ἐριβώλακι τέκτονες ἄνδρες "
οἵ οἱ ἐποίησαν θάλαμον καὶ δῶμα καὶ αὐλὴν
ἐγγύθι. τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος ἐν πόλει ἄκρῃ.
ἔνθ᾽ Ἕκτωρ εἰσῆλθε διίφιλος, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα χειρὶ
ἔγχος ἔχ᾽ ἑνδεκάπηχυ" πάροιθε δὲ λάμπετο δουρὸς
320 αἰχμὴ χαλκείη, περὶ δὲ χρύσεος θέε πόρκης.
τὸν δ᾽ εὗρ᾽ ἐν θαλάμῳ περικαλλέα τεύχε᾽ ἕποντα,
ἀσπίδα καὶ θώρηκα, καὶ ἀγκύλα τόξ᾽ ἀφόωντα"
᾿Αργείη δ᾽ Ἑλένη μετ᾽ ἄρα ὃδμωῇσι γυναιξὶν
ἧστο καὶ ἀμφιπόλοισι περικλυτὰ ἔργα κέλευεν.
325 τὸν δ Ἕκτωρ νείκεσσεν ἰδὼν αἰσχροῖς ἐπέεσσιν"

Α “
“ δαιμόνι᾽, οὐ μὲν καλὰ

315. τέκτονες ἄνδρες : artificers ;
here, carpenters, as is shown by the
connexion. τέκτων was not limited
to the meaning of ‘carpenters,’ in
Homer. Cf. τέχνη (found only once
in the Iliad, r 61).

316. of : these. — θάλαμον : i.e.
apartments for the women. These
with δῶμα (the great hall or μέγαρον of
the men) and αὐλήν were the three
chief divisions of the home. Cf εὖ
διεθείωσεν (fumigated) μέγαρον καὶ
δῶμα καὶ αὐλήν x 494.

317. τέ: for the position, cf E
88. --- Πριάμοιο : const. with ἐγγύθι.
G. 182,2; H. 757. (Or, it may be,
with δωμάτων to be supplied. Cf 47.)

318-320. Cf. @ 493-495. — ἔνθα:
local, there. This resumes 313.

319. ἔγχος ἐνδεκάπηχν : a long
spear! But only about the length
of the Macedonian pikes (σάρισσαι),
which were 14-18 feet long. The
lance of the Prussian Uhlan is about
ten feet in length. Ajax wielded a
boarding pike of twenty-two cubits,
Ο 678. The Chalybes had lances
fifteen cubits long, acc. to Xen. An.

χόλον τόνδ᾽ ἔνθεο θυμῷ.

iv. 7. 16.— δουρός [δόρατος, ὃ 18 77:
const. with πάροιθε, at the head of the
spear.— This description does much
to bring the scene before the mind of
the hearer or reader.

320. περί: adv. Const. with θέε.
---πόρκης: the ferule, which bound
the lower part of the spear-point to
the upper part (καυλός) of the shaft.

321. ἐν θαλάμῳ: cf 3816. --- περι-
καλλέα κτλ.: just as a hunter enjoys
busying himself about his gun, for
which he has a personal affection.

322. Explanatory of 821, — the
nouns being a more definite and de-
tailed statement of τεύχεα.

323. ᾿Αργείη: a standing epithet
of Helen. — Helen seems to be in the
same apartment as Paris.

324. ἀμφιπόλοισι: equiv. to δμωῇσι
κτλ. above. —épya: i.e. weaving and
spinning. Cf. 490f., ai δ᾽ ἱστοὺς ὑφόωσι
καὶ ἤλάκατα στρωφῶσιν ἡ 105. Thus
Helen spins as she sits in the hall of her
husband Menelaus at Sparta, 8 123 ff.

325 = r 38. — αἰσχροῖς : reproach/ful.

326. Hector assumed anger at the
Trojans as the cause of his brother’s

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

177

λαοὶ μὲν φθινύθουσι περὶ πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος
μαρνάμενοι- σέο δ᾽ εἵνεκ᾽ ἀντή τε πτόλεμός τε
¥ 4Qs. 9 , Ἁ 3 ’ XN Ἂν
ἄστυ τόδ᾽ ἀμφιδέδηε: σὺ δ᾽ ἂν μαχέσαιο καὶ ἄλλῳ,
9 ? id “~ ‘4
$30 ὅν τινά που μεθιέντα ἴδοις στυγεροῦ πολέμοιο...
3 9 ¥ “A 4 ἊΨ Α, - ’ ”?
ἀλλ᾽ ava, μὴ Taxa ἄστυ πυρὸς δηίοιο θέρηται.
τὸν δ᾽ αὗτε προσέειπεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής -
εὖ 3 ’, > 4 > », 2Q2o € 4 ?
Exrop, ἐπεί pe κατ᾽ αἶσαν éveixeras οὐδ᾽ ὑπὲρ αἶσαν,
τούνεκά τοι ἐρέω: σὺ δὲ σύνθεο καί μευ ἄκουσον.
» > Ν , Ρ 4 > Q id
886 ov τοι ἐγὼ Τρώων τόσσον χόλῳ οὐδὲ νεμέσσι
ν 9 a ¥ 9 ἢ oo 2
ἥμην ἐν θαλάμῳ, ἔθελον δ᾽ ayei προτραπέσθαι.

absence from the field of battle. Of
course he knew nothing of Aphro-
dite’s interference to save Paris when
he was worsted in the single combat
with Menelaus (Γ 380 ff.), and to carry
him back to his home; and being
assured that his brother was no cow-
ard (cf. 522), he supposed that he
had withdrawn from the conflict sim-
ply in vexation at the Trojans’ lack
of sympathy with him and his cause
(ἴσον γάρ σφιν πᾶσιν ἀπήχθετο κηρὶ pe-
λαίνῃ Γ' 464). --- δαιμόνιε : strange man!
δἷγν] --ποὐ καλά: ‘litotes.’ Predicate;
adverbial. — ἔνθεο : ἐνέθου.

327. λαοὶ μέν: correl. with σὺ δέ.
Hector begins as if he would say,
‘‘While the people are fighting and
dying for your sake, you sit idle at
home.” But after the parenthetical
σέο δ᾽ εἵνεκα κτλ. 328 f., he continues
his thought in a new form.— περὶ
πτόλιν: cf. 256.

328. σέο δ᾽ εἵνεκα: emphatic, at
the beginning of the sent., and just
before the verse-pause. The fact
that Paris was the cause of all this
trouble, heightened the shame of his
indifference. — τὴ κτλ.: οὐ A 492.

329. ἀμφιδέδηε: cf B 93, M 35. —

σὺ δὲ κτλ.: “You should be ashamed

of withdrawing. You would be angry
at any one else who should act thus.”
The thought that Paris has left the
battlefield is passed over the more
easily here since it is implied in the
whole reproach. --- μαχέσαιο: on E
875. Here not much more than
blame severely.

330. Cf. A 240.—dv τινα κτλ.: a
more prosaic form would be, ὅς τις
[εἴ ris] μεθιείη κτλ. Cf. 284.

331. ἄνα (sc. στῆθι) : Up! § 87.
- πυρὸς δηίοιο: cf πρῇσαι δὲ πυρὸς
δηίοιο θύρετρα Β 415. For the gen. of
place with θέρηται, see H. 760; ef.
ἐπεί κε πυρὸς θερέω p 38.

332 f.=T 58 f.

334 = ¢ 129; cf. o 818, A 76. — rov-
vexa: resumes ἐπεί 333.

335. Reply to 326.— rot: “ believe
me,” “let me tell γου."-- τόσσον:
has its correl. in ἔθελον δὲ κτλ. 386,
where ὅσσον ἐθέλων is expected. Cf.
ᾧ 275 f., οὐδέ νυ τῶν ἔτι τόσσον ὀδύρο-
Mat... ἀλλά μ᾽ ᾿Οδυσσῇος πόθος αἴνυται
ἃ 142 ἢ --- γεμέσσι [veuéoe:]: just
blame. Cf. Ἑ 167, Ἥρῃ δ᾽ οὔ τι τόσον
νεμεσίζομαι οὐδὲ χολοῦμαι Θ 407.

336. ἥμην : was sitting, i.e. tarrying.
- ἄχεϊ κτλ. : give myself up to my grief,
sc. at the defeat by Menelaus.

178

OMHPOY IAIAAO® Z.

~ , a > »F Ὁ > ἡ

νῦν δέ με παρειποῦσ᾽ ἄλοχος μαλακοῖς ἐπέεσσιν
Ψ > » , , , ® \ > A
appno’ ἐς πόλεμον, δοκέει δέ μοι ὧδε καὶ αὐτῷ

λώιον ἔσσεσθαι.

νίκη δ᾽ ἐπαμείβεται ἄνδρας.

840 ἀλλ᾽ aye νῦν ἐπίμεινον, ἀρήια τεύχεα δύω"

ἢ ἴθ᾽, ἐγὼ δὲ μέτειμι, κιχήσεσθαι δέ σ᾽ ὀίω."
ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ οὔ τι προσέφη κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ "

“ 9 ε », o a o
τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Ελένη μύθοισι προσηύδα μειλιχίοισιν -
“δᾶερ ἐμεῖο, κυνὸς κακομηχάνου ὀκρνοέσσης,

345 9 > » λ᾽ ¥ “A 9 € ~ ld 9,
ὡς μ᾽ ὄφελ᾽ ἡματι τῷ, OTE με πρῶτον τέκε μήτηρ,
οἴχεσθαι προφέρουσα κακὴ ἀνέμοιο θύελλα
> ” 4, > “A , ,
εἰς ὄρος ἣ εἰς κῦμα πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης,
ἔνθα με κῦμ᾽ ἀπόερσε πάρος τάδε ἔργα γενέσθαι.

337. παρειποῦσα: cf.62. This can
hardly refer to Helen’s ironical ad-
vice to Paris to try another bout with
Menelaus, Γ 432; but, rather, implies
a conversation which has not been
reported.

339. νίκη κτλ.: Paris had consoled
himself with the same thought before.
Cf. T 4389 f.

340. viv ἐπίμεινον: Hector stood
at the door (354), and seemed on the
point of departure.—dprya: of war,
martial. —§ve: subjunctive. J will
put on. No final or temporal particle
is to be supplied here. This is a sur-
vival of the old construction. GMT.
257. Cf. δεῦτε, δύω μοι ἕπεσθον, Baw?
ὅτιν᾽ ἔργα τέτυκται X 450, 418, θάπτε
με ὅττι τάχιστα " πύλας ᾿Αίδαο περήσω
Ψ 71.— The verb δύω is distinguished
from the numeral by the quantity of
the penult.

342 = E 689; cf. A 511.— Hector is
too much vexed at Paris to reply,
and not much was to be said. He
assents to his brother’s last proposi-
tion, and is about to depart.

343. roy: i.e. Hector.

344. Helen rarely misses an op-
portunity to express penitent con-
sciousness of her guilt. Cf r 178,
Ω 764, δ 260 ff.

345. ὡς Shere: cf. Δ 315. — ἤματι
τῷ Ore: cf. E 210.— ὅτε κτλ: cf τ
355. “As soon as I was born.”

346. οἴχεσθαι κτλ. had carried me
off. Cf. Penelope’s prayer, ἢ ἔπειτά
μ᾽ ἀναρπάξασα θύελλα | οἴχοιτο προφέ-
ρουσα κατ᾽ hepdevra κέλευθα, | ἐν προ-
χοῇς δὲ βάλοι ἁψορρόου ᾽Ωκεανοῖο v θ8 ff.
-- θύελλα : stormy blast.

347. εἰς ὄρος : sc. where she would
have perished.

348. ἀπόερσε: a past tense of the
ind., without ἄν, like ἤδη 3651, of
the impossible result of the accom-
plishment of the wish introduced
by ὄφελε 345. This verb is ‘as-
similated’ to ὄφελε. GMT. 528; H.
919 b.—wdpos: const. with the inf.
(but not with the other moods), like
πρίν. GMT. 656; H. 955 a.—-rdBe
ἔργα: a general expression for all
the battles and sorrows of which
Helen had been the cause or occa-
sion.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

179

9A 9 A (ὃ > 4 ὃ θ ‘ ‘\ ,

αὑτὰρ ἐπεὶ τάδε γ᾽ ὧδε θεοὶ κακὰ τεκμήραντο,
860 ἀνδρὸς ἔπειτ᾽ ὥφελλον ἀμείνονος εἶναι ἄκοιτις,

a ¥ - [4 Α » [έ 3 9 a

ὃς ἤδη νέμεσίν τε Kai αἴσχεα πόλλ᾽ ἀνθρώπων.

4 > Ἃ > A , Y ΝΜ 39 9 P
τούτῳ δ᾽ our ἂρ νῦν φρένες ἔμπεδοι οὔτ᾽ ap’ ὀπίσσω
ἔσσονται" τῷ Kai μιν ἐπαυρήσεσθαι ὀίω.
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε νῦν εἴσελθε καὶ ἕζεο τῷδ᾽ ἐπὶ δίφρῳ,

355 daep, ἐπεί σε μάλιστα πόνος φρένας ἀμφιβέβηκεν
εἵνεκ᾽ ἐμεῖο κυνὸς καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρον ἕνεκ᾽ ἄτης,
φ 9. ἃ Ἁ ΄ὉΝ Ν, ’ ε Ἁ 3 ,
οἷσιν ἐπὶ Ζεὺς θῆκε κακὸν μόρον, ὡς καὶ ὀπίσσω
9 A 4 > > +4 3 ? ᾽ν)
ἀνθρώποισι πελώμεθ᾽ ἀοίδιμοι ἐσσομώνοισιν.
X > 3 ’ > ¥ 4 , 9
τὴν δ᾽ npeiBer ἔπειτα μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ "
360 “μή με κάθιζ᾽, Ἑλένη, φιλέουσά wep: οὐδέ με πείσεις -
» , Ν 3 ’ » 9 9 4
ἤδη γάρ μοι θυμὸς ἐπέσσυται, ὄφρ᾽ ἐπαμύνω

a > Δ , 59 3 ~” ‘\ 3 , ¥

Τρώεσσ᾽, ot μέγ᾽ ἐμεῖο ποθὴν ἀπεόντος ἔχουσιν.

349. ὧδε: ic. such as the κακά
really are. — “If I were fated to leave
Menelaus and bring all this trouble
upon Troy.”

351. ὅς: long by ‘position.’ On
καρειπών 62. --- ἤδη : knew, appreciated,
felt. —vépeow : cf. 8886. --- αἴσχεα :
reproaches. Cf. 325, 524.

352. τούτῳ: contemptuous, istum,
of Paris. Cf. 363, Ε 16]. --- οὔτ᾽ dp
vov ovr ἄρ᾽ ὀπίσσω : i.e. never. —
ἔμπεδοι: firm, i.e. prudent. Cf ὁ δ᾽
ἔμπεδος οὐδ᾽ ἀεσίφρων Ὑ 183 of Priam,
Tnrduay’, οὐκέτι τοι φρένες ἔμπεδοι οὐδὲ
νόημα o 216.

353. τῷ : therefore.— καί: also, be-
longs to the whole thought. — ἐπαυ-
ρήσεσθαι: shall reap the fruits of it.
Always ironical in Homer. Cf A
410.

354. δίφρῳ: a low seat, without a
back. Cf. r 424.

355. “ The toil of battle rests heav-
ily on thy soul.” Cf. 77.— ἀμφιβέ-
Byxev: stands about, surrounds.

356. ἄτης: blind infatuation.

357. ἐπί : const. with θῆκε, laid
upon.
358. πελώμεθα: subjv. in a final

clause, though after an aorist. Cf
A 158, Β 206.— ἀοίδιμοι : sung of,
theme of song. Cf. θεοὶ ἐπεκλώσαντο 8
ὄλεθρον | ἀνθρώποις ἵνα Jor καὶ ἐσσομέ-
νοισιν ἀοιδή θ 579 f., τεύξουσι δ᾽ ἐπι-
χθονίοισιν ἀοιδὴν [ ἀθάνατοι χαρίεσσαν
ἐχέφρονι ἸΤηνελοπείῃ "] οὐχ ὡς Τυνδα-
ρέον κούρη κακὰ μήσατο ἔργα. ..
στυγερὴ δέ τ᾽ ἀοιδὴ | ἔσσετ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀνθρώ-
πους w 197 ff. — ἐσσομένοισιν : am-
plifies ὀπίσσω 357.

359 = 263.

360. μή pe κάθιζε: ask me not to be
seated. —dirdovea περ: though thou
art very hospitable. For the meaning,
cf. φιλέεσκεν 18. ---οὐδὲ κτλ.: but (te.
yet) you will not εἰς.

361. ἐπέσσνται (σεύω) : %8 eager.
- ὄφρ᾽ ἐπαμύνω : an ‘ object-clause,’
equiv. to ἐπαμῦναι. Cf Δ 465 f.

362. μέγα : modifies ποθὴν ἔχουσιν,

180

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

ἀλλὰ σύ γ᾽ ὄρνυθι τοῦτον, ἐπειγέσθω δὲ καὶ αὐτός,
9 »y > » ’ a 3»
ὥς κεν ἔμ᾽ ἔντοσθεν πόλιος καταμάρψῃ ἐόντα.
866 καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼν οἰκόνδ᾽ ἐσελεύσομαι, ὄφρα ἴδωμαι
>: A »¥ 4 [4 A », 4
οἰκῆας adoyov τε φίλην Kal νήπιον νιόν"
9 », 9 > «A YF e 9 Φ
οὐ γάρ τ᾽ old, ἢ ἔτι σφιν ὑπότροπος ἵξομαι αὖτις,
¥ > e a Α Ἁ a 9 ΄Ν 33
ἦ ἤδη μ᾽ ὑπὸ χερσὶ θεοὶ δαμόωσιν ᾿Αχαιῶν.
ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπέβη κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ.
8170 αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵκανε δόμους ἐὺ ναιετάοντας,
οὐδ᾽ εὗρ᾽ ᾿Ανδρομάχην λευκώλενον ἐν μεγάροισω,
ἀλλ᾽ ἦ γε ξὺν παιδὶ καὶ ἀμφιπόλῳ ἐυπέπλῳ
πύργῳ ἐφεστήκει γοόωσά τε μυρομένη τε.
9 9 ε > ἊΨ 9 ’ 4 ¥
Ἑκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς οὐκ ἔνδον ἀμύμονα τέτμεν ἄκοιτιν,
375 ἔστη ἐπ᾽ οὐδὸν ἰών, μετὰ δὲ ὃμωῇσιν ἔειπεν "

which is equiv. to ποθέουσιν and is
followed by the gen. ἐμεῖο.

363. τοῦτον: cf. 352.— καὶ αὐτός:
t.e. without the admonitions.

364. ὡς κτλ.: refers to the first
half-verse of 363. — καταμάρψῃ :
equiv. to κιχήσεσθαι 341. Cf. E 65.

365. καὶ γάρ: etenim.— οἰκόνδε
κτλ.: am going to my house. See on
πόλινδε 86.

366. olxnas: cf. E 413. In the
sense of οἰκείους, τοὺς ἐν οἴκῳ. It is
explained by the rest of the verse. —
The length of the last syllable is
explained by the following slight
pause.

367 f. 4, 4: § 8 m.— ὑπότροπος:
reversus. Predicate. Cf 601;
ἐναντίη 26]. --- δαμόωσιν: fut., of
ἵξομαι 367. For the form, see ὃ 80 ὁ.

369-502. Parting scene between Hee-
torand Andromache. One of the most
charming episodes of the Iliad.

369 = 116. ;

370 = 497; cf. p 28.— ἐὺ varerdov-
ras: “comfortable.” Cf, Δ 45.

371. The second half-verse of this
and the two following lines, is sim-
ply picturesque, —not necessary for
thought or construction. — λευκώλε-
voy: this epithet is generally reserved
for Hera.

373. πύργῳ: t.e. that tower at the
Scaean Gate whence Andromache
could look forth toward the Achaean
camp and upon the plain with the
opposing armies.— Andromache had
set out for the Tower, apparently,
after Hector reached the city, and
while he was at the home of Priam
or of Paris. Soshe had missed meet-
ing her husband. But she learned
at the Tower that Hector was in the
city, and hastened home to greet
him.

374. ἔνδον : at home. — τέτμεν :
equiv. to εὗρεν. Cf. A 298.

375. Cf. νυ 128. ---- ἐπ᾿ οὐδόν : const.
with ἔστη which is inceptive and im-
plies motion (cf. 43).— Apparently
the threshold of the women’s apart-
ments. — pera κτλ.: of. 828.

SIXTH: BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

181

“εἰ δ᾽ dye μοι, Suwai, νημερτέα μυθήσασθε-
πῇ ἔβη ᾿Ανδρομάχη λευκώλενος ἐκ μεγάροιο;
né πῃ ἐς γαλόων ἣ εἰνατέρων ἐνπέπλων,
ἢ ἐς ᾿Αθηναίης ἐξοίχεται, ἔνθα περ ἄλλαι
380 Τρωαὶ ἐνπλόκαμοι δεινὴν θεὸν ἱλάσκονται ;᾽"
τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ὀτρηρὴ ταμίη πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν"
«Ἕκτορ, ἐπεὶ μάλ᾽ ἄνωγας ἀληθέα μυθήσασθαι,
δὔτε πῃ ἐς γαλόων οὔτ᾽ εἰνατέρων ἐνπέπλων
οὔτ᾽ ἐς ᾿Αθηναίης ἐξοίχεται, ἔνθα περ ἄλλαι
385 Tpwat ἐνπλόκαμοι δεινὴν θεὸν ἱλάσκονται,
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ πύργον ἔβη μέγαν “INiov, οὕνεκ᾽ ἄκουσεν
τείρεσθαι Τρῶας, μέγα δὲ κράτος εἶναι ᾿Αχαιῶν.
ἡ μὲν δὴ πρὸς τεῖχος ἐπειγομένη ἀφικάνει
μαινομένῃ ἐικυΐα " φέρει δ᾽ ἅμα παῖδα τιθήνη."
890 ἢ ῥα γυνὴ ταμίη, ὁ δ᾽ ἀπέσσυτο δώματος Ἕκτωρ

376. νημερτέα: neut. as subst., the
truth. Cf. λίσσεσθαι ὅπως νημερτέα εἴπῃ
γ 19, δείδω μὴ δὴ πάντα θεὰ νημερτέα
εἶπεν ε 800,λ 96, 0 268. Cf. ἀληθέα 882.

377. ᾿Ανδρομάχη κτλ. : Hector uses
his wife’s full title, as a gentleman
of to-day would say ‘Mrs. Blank,’
rather than ‘ my wife,’ in speaking to
an inferior.

378. ἐς yadoov: cf. ἐν πατρός 47.
— γαλόων, εἰνατέρων: glores, iani-
trices. On πενθερῷ 170.

379. ἐς ᾿Αθηναίης: ad Miner-
vae.— ἔνθα κτλ.: cf. 286 ff.

380. ἐνπλόκαμοι: a standing epi-
thet, — without reference to color,
quality, or abundance of the hair, but
only to the neatness of the braids. —
δεινήν : cf. E 889. --- ἱλάσκονται: are
propitiating, i.e. are striving to ap-
pease.

382. ἐπεί: cf Γ 59.

383-385 =- 378-380.

386. ἐπὶ πύργον: cf 373. μέγαν
ἸΛλίον is added in apposition.

387. κράτος : strength, hence victory
(which is gained by strength).

388. ἐπειγομένη : in haste. — ἀφι-
κάνει: pres. with pf. meaning; is
come, has reached. Cf. τίπτε δεῦρ᾽
ἀφικάνεις Ἐ 48, ἃ 159.—The maid
judges from the speed with which
Andromache left her home.

389, μαινομένῃ κτλ. : sc. in her
anxiety. This repeats in more ener-
getic form the thought of ἐπειγομένη.
Cf. (also of Andromache) μεγάροιο
διέσσυτο μαινάδι Yon, | παλλομένη (quiv-
ering) κραδίην X 460 f.— φέρει κτλ.:
“accompanied by her child and
maid.” — τιθήνη : cf ἀμφίπολος 399.

390. 4: on A 192. Here the subj.
is expressed. Cf. X 77, y 387, x 292.
-- γυνὴ ταμίη: ταμίη is used as an
attrib. adj.; cf. τέκτονες ἄνδρες 315,
ἄνδρες στρατηγοί, κτλ.

182

OMHPOY IAIAAO® Z.

THY αὐτὴν ὁδὸν αὖτις ἐυκτιμένας κατ᾽ ἀγνιάς.
εἶτε πύλας ἵκανε διερχόμενος μέγα ἄστυ,
Σκαιάς, τῇ ap ἔμελλε διεξίμεναι πεδίονδε,
ἔνθ᾽ ἄλοχος πολύδωρος. ἐναντίη ἦλθε θέουσα
395 ᾿Ανδρομάχη, θυγάτηρ μεγαλήτορος ᾿Ηετίωνος,
> o a ἂν ε a ,’ ε la
Heriwy, ὃς ἔναιεν ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ ὑληέσσῃ,
’ ε ’ [4 9 Ὁ 9 a
Θήβῃ ὑποπλακίῃ, Κιλίκεσσ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἀνάσσων
ων “ ’ A > ¢ “
τοῦ περ δὴ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ᾽ Ἕκτορι χαλκοκορυστῇ.
ἢ οἱ ἔπειτ᾽ ἤντησ᾽, ἅμα δ᾽ ἀμφίπολος κίεν αὐτῇ
400 παῖδ᾽ ἐπὶ κόλπῳ ἔχουσ᾽ ἀταλάφρονα, νήπιον αὕτως,
Ἑκτορίδην ἀγαπητόν, ἀλίγκιον ἀστέρι καλῷ,
τόν ῥ᾽ Ἕκτωρ καλέεσκε Σκαμάνδριον, αὐτὰρ οἱ ἄλλοι

391. τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδόν: that same
road by which he had come. Cognate
acc. with adrécovro. On τὴν ὁδόν 292.
-- τὴν αὐτήν: equiv. to Attic ταύτην
τὴν αὐτήν, the Homeric art. being
demonstrative.

392. εὖτε: just when. Always with
asyndeton.

393. Σκαιάς: in appos. with πύλας
in the first half-verse of 392, and
added in order to form a close con-
nexion with the following clause.
On ΣΕ 818.---τῇ dpa: “ where natur-
ally.” — ἔμελλε διεξίμεναι [-ἰέναι7 : was
about to pass out. Cf. 52 f.

394. ἔνθα : there, introduces the
‘apodosis’ to εὖτε 392. — wodvSwpos:
cf. ἠπιόδωρος 251.— ἐναντίη κτλ.: of
Ο 88. On ἀντίος 54. — For the situa-
tion, see on 373.

395 = Θ 187.

396. ᾿Ηετίων : attracted to the case
of the following relative. For the
repetition, cf 164. --- ΤἸΤλάκῳ: prob.
a spur of the range of Mt. Ida, in
Mysia.

397. Θήβῃ : local. — ὑποπλακίῃ :
distinguishing this Thebes from Boeo-

tian (seven-gated) Thebes and Egyp-
tian (hundred-gated) Thebes. — Kut
κεσσι: dat. of interest. — Not to be
confounded with the historical Cili-
cians on the northeast corner of the
Mediterranean.

398. ἔχετο: “was the wife.” Cf
(λαοδίκην) τὴν ᾿Αντηνορίδης εἶχε T
128, ---“Ἑκτορι: the personal dat. of
the agent with the passive is more
freely used in Homer than in later
Greek.

399. ἡ: demonstrative. —Zrera:
points to 394 f.—avry: herself, as
contrasted with the maid. Cf. αὐτόν
306.

400. aradddpova: merry hearted.
Cf. ἀταλὰ φρονέοντες Σ 567.— γήπιον
αὕτως: a mere infant. For the force
of αὕτως, see § 24 ἢ.

401. ἀλίγκιον xrA.: cf sidere
pulchrior Hor. Carm. iii. 9. 21.
“ Like a fair angel.”

402. Σκαμάνδριον : named from the
chief river of Troy, which was a local
divinity (E77). Rivers were thought
to have a close relation with the
blessing of children. — On Δ 474.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 183

3 , 3 Ἃ > 2 ¥ 9
Αστυάνακτ᾽ - οἷος yap épvero Ἴλιον Ἕκτωρ.
Φ : 4 ‘4 20 AN 3 A
ἢ τοι ὁ μὲν μείδησεν ἰδὼν és παῖδα ow:
9 4 4 e » , 4 (4
406 ᾿Ανδρομάχη δέ of ἄγχι παρίστατο δάκρυ χέουσα,
» > » e A , » > > ¥ 9 »-
ἕν T apa οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος T ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ T dvdpaler:
“δαιμόνιε, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος, οὐδ᾽ ἐλεαίρεις
παῖδά τε νηπίαχον καὶ ἔμ᾽ ἄμμορον, ἣ τάχα χήρη
σεῦ ἔσομαι: τάχα γάρ σε κατακτανέουσιν ᾿Αχαιοὶ
410 πάντες ἐφορμηθῶτες - ἐμοὶ δέ κε κέρδιον εἴη
A > VA 0 a ὃ ’ 9 ‘ » 3 ¥
σεῦ ἀφαμαρτούσῃ χθόνα dvpevat: ov yap ἔτ᾽ ἄλλη

408. ᾿Αστνάνακτα : Protector of
the City. The people gave to the son
the name which was appropriate to
the father. This child never reigned,
and ἀστυάναξ cannot have meant
‘crown prince.’ So the son of Odys-
seus is called Telemachus (Δ 364,
τηλοῦ, μάχομαι) ; ---ποῦ because the
boy fought far away from home, but
because the father was fighting at
Troy while the son wasa child. Cf
MeyarévOns (πένθος) ὃ 11, 8on of
Menelaus; Εὐρυσάκης (σάκος), Soph.
Aj. 840, son of Ajax; Νεοπτόλεμος,
son of Achilles, A 506; ᾿Αλκυόνην κα-
λέεσκον . . . οὕνεκ᾽ ἄρ' αὐτῆς | μήτηρ
ἀλκυόνος πολυπενθέος οἶτον ἔχουσα]
κλαῖς I δ62 ff.; (and Zipporah bare
Moses a son,) ‘and he called his
name Gershon [a stranger here]: for
he said, I have been a stranger in
a strange land,’ Hrodus ii. 22.— The
original meaning of ἄναξ seems to
have been ‘protecting lord,’ with no
more emphasis upon the privilege
of the power than upon the duty
of defence. Cf. 478. This meaning
alone gives point to the close of this
verse; ἐρύετο repeats the thought of
ἄναξ.

404. ἦ τοι κτλ.: returns to the
story after the brief digression about
Astyanax. — σιωπῇ : const. with ἰδὼν

ἐς παῖδα. --- This second half-verse
pictures the father’s joy.

406 — 253.

407-439. Andromache begs Hector
to remain within the walls. He can
direct from the tower the defence of the
city.

407. δαιμόνιε: cf 826, and note
the difference in meaning marked by
the speaker’s tone. — φθίσει : placed
first, with emphasis.— τὸ σὸν μένος :
this courage of thine. Cf. ἦλθον ἐγὼ
παύσουσα τὸ σὸν μένος A 207, οὔ ποτ᾽
ἐνὶ πληθυΐ μένεν ἀνδρῶν, | ἀλλὰ πολὺ
προθέεσκε, τὸ ὃν μένος οὐδενὶ εἴκων
Χ 458 f. (Andromache of Hector).—
οὐδ᾽ ἐλεαίρεις : a reproach for not con-
sidering the fate of wife and child in
case of the husband’s death.

408. ἄμμορον : equiv. to sécpopoy. |

Andromache calls herself and her
husband δυσάμμοροι X 485. Cf. κάμ-
pope, of Odysseus, ε 160.

409. σεῦ: gen. of separation, with
χήρη ἔσομαι. Cf. σεῦ 411.

410. εἴη: potential opt. between
two futures. Cf 452, Δ 171.

411. σεῦ ddapaprovoy: “bereft of
thee.” Cf. (of Astyanax) φίλον ἀπὸ
πατρὸς ἁμαρτών X 505.— This clause
is secluded by the verse-pause. —
χθόνα δύμεναι: cf. 19.--- ΟΣ (Tec-
messa to Ajax) οἴκτιρε δ', ὦναξ, παῖδα

184 .

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z.

» 4 > ‘ 4 4 > 9
ἔσται θαλπωρή, ἐπεὶ ἂν σύ ye πότμον ἐπίσπῃς,
> 3 » 9 > »ἤ 4 ᾿ ἃ , ,’
ἀλλ᾽ ἄχε᾽ ᾿ οὐδέ μοι ἔστι πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ.
“ 4 3 9 A 9 ’ 9 4
ἦ τοι yap πατέρ᾽ ἀμὸν ἀπέκτανε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς,
416 ἐκ δὲ πόλιν πέρσεν Κιλίκων ἐὺ ναιετόωσαν,
Θήβην ὑψίπυλον - κατὰ δ᾽ ἔκτανεν ᾿Ηετίωνα,

9 ὃ ’ . 9 ’ , Q , θ a
οὐδέ μιν ἐξενάριξε, σεβάσσατο yap τό ye θυμῷ,
ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα μιν κατέκηε σὺν ἔντεσι δαιδαλέοισιν
9 Qs > 8 a > “ A ? > ,

HO ἐπὶ σῆμ᾽ ἔχεεν" περὶ δὲ πτελέας ἐφύτευσαν
420 νύμφαι ὀρεστιάδες, κοῦραι Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο.
ot δέ μοι ἑπτὰ κασίγνητοι ἔσαν ἐν μεγάροισν,

ε Α , 5 τὰ ld » ¥y »
οἱ μὲν πάντες ἰῷ κίον ἤματι ἴΑιδος εἴσω:

’ Ν 4 A “᾿ ϑ XN
πάντας yap κατέπεφνε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
βουσὶν én’ εἰλιπόδεσσι καὶ ἀργεννῇς ὀΐεσσιν.

τὸν σόν, εἰ νέας Ϊ τροφῆς στερηθεὶς σοῦ
διοίσεται μόνος | ὑπ᾽ ὀρφανιστῶν μὴ φί-
λων, ὅσον κακὸν | κείνῳ τε κἀμοὶ rove’,
ὅταν θάνῃς, νεμεῖΞ. | ἐμοὶ γὰρ οὐκέτ᾽
ἐστὶν εἰς ὅ τι βλέπω | πλὴν σοῦ. σὺ
γάρ μοι πατρίδ᾽ ἥστωσας δορί, | καὶ μή-
τερ᾽ αὑτὴ μοῖρα τὸν φύσαντά τε | καθεῖ-
λεν Ἅιδον θανασίμους οἰκήτορας. | ris
δῆτ᾽ ἐμοὶ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀντὶ σοῦ πατρίς ; |
τίς πλοῦτος; ἐν σοὶ πᾶσ᾽ ἔγωγε σῴζο-
μαι. | ἀλλ᾽ ἴσχε κἀμοῦ μνῆστιν. Soph.
Aj. 610 ff.

412. ἔσται: sc. pol.—ov ye: on this
lies all emphasis. C/. 429 ἡ. --- πότ-
pov ἐπίσπῃς (ἐφέπω) : cf. ὄφρα πρόσθ᾽
ἄλλων θάνατον καὶ πότμον ἐπίσπῃ Β 869.

413. GAN ἄχεα: but only griefs. —
καί: though after οὐδέ, This makes
but one thought of πατὴρ καὶ μήτηρ.
Cf. nihil usquam prisci et
integri moris Tacitus Ann. i. 4;
οὐ μέν σοί ye πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ]
ὄσσε καθαιρήσουσι A 452.

Cf. ὑμήν E

414, ἁμόν: ἡμέτερον.
489. ὃ 24α, ἃ.
415. ἐὺ ναιετόωσαν: cf. 370.

416. κατὰ κτλ. : repeated from 414,
after a parenthetical clause, with the
name instead of πατέρα (on Μενελάου
4 177) in order to form a better con-
trast with πόλιν.

417. οὐδὲ κτλ.: but he did not, etc.
— ἐξενάριξε: in the literal sense. Cf.
30 with E 842. ----σεβάσσατο κτλ.: cf.
167.— τό ye: ἴ.6. ἐξεναρίξαι. — Achil-
les respected the old king too much
to treat his body with despite, and so
gave him an honorable burial (σὺν
ἔντεσι).

418, σὺν ἔντεσι κτλ.: cof. Ν 331,
719, αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ νεκρός τε κάη καὶ τεύχεα
νεκροῦ Ϊ τύμβον χεύαντες κτλ. μ 18.

419. ἐπί: over him. Adv. with
ty eev (χέω). --- περί : adv., round about.

420. ὀρεστιάδες : of the mountains.
On 22.

421. of: rel., referring to of 422, as
its antecedent.

422. lp ἤματι: on a single day.
For the form ig, cf. ta Δ 487.—"Ardos
εἴσω: cf. 284.

424. ἐπί: “as they were keeping

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

185

425 μητέρα δ᾽, ἣ Bacidevey ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ ὑληέσσῃ,
τὴν ἐπεὶ ἂρ δεῦρ᾽ ἤγαγ᾽ ap ἄλλοισι κτεάτεσσιν,
ἂψ ὅ ye τὴν ἀπέλυσε λαβὼν ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα,
πατρὸς δ᾽ ἐν μεγάροισι Bad’ Αρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα.
Ἕκτορ, ἀτὰρ σύ μοί ἐσσι πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ
430 ἠδὲ κασίγνητος, σὺ δέ μοι θαλερὸς παρακοίτης "
ἀλλ᾽ aye νῦν ἐλέαιρε καὶ αὐτοῦ μίμν᾽ ἐπὶ πύργῳ,
μὴ παῖδ᾽ ὀρφανικὸν θήῃς χήρην τε γυναῖκα"
[λαὸν δὲ στῆσον παρ᾽ ἐρινεόν, ἔνθα μάλιστα

watch over.” Cf. 25, Ε 187, 818. ---
εἰλιπόδεσσι : trailing-footed, — because
of the peculiarly awkward gait of
oxen and cows.

425. βασίλενεν : was queen. Equiv.
to βασίλεια ἦν. This implies no po-
litical authority. Cf. (the wife of
Neleus) ἡ δὲ Πύλου βασίλενε, τέκεν δέ
of ἀγλαὰ τέκνα A 288. --- ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ:
cf. 896.

420. τήν: her, resumes μητέρα. ---
δεῦρο: hither, i.e. to the Greek camp
before Troy. — ἤγαγε: on A 239. —
ἅμ᾽ ἄλλοισι κτλ.: the captive queen
may have been counted as part of
the κτήματα, but this may be taken
as “with her treasures, too.” Cf. E
621.

427. δ ye: prominent in contrast
to Artemis 428. “ Achilles released
her but Artemis slew her.” —AaPow:
sc. from her father. — darepelota κτλ.:
cf. A 18.

428. πατρός : i.e. Andromache’s—

grandfather, who had ransomed his
daughter and brought her back to his
home. Eétion’s house of course had
been destroyed. — βάλ’ “Aprews: ἵ.6.
the old queen died a peaceful death.
On 205.

429. “Exrop, ἀτὰρ ov: cf. 86.—
Hector — Andromache’s all —is con-
trasted with the preceding. This

thought prepares the way for the
urgent request of 431, that Hector
should remain within the walls. —
Cf. γενοῦ δὲ τοῖσδε συγγενής, γενοῦ
φίλος, | πατὴρ, ἀδελφὸς, δεσπότης Eur.
Heraclidae 229 f., 43 ἀντὶ πολλῶν ἐστί
μοι παραψυχή, ---- | πόλις, τιθήνη, βάκ-
τρον, ἡγεμὼν 6500 Eur. Hec. 280 f.,
Hel. 277 ff., tot tamen amissis
te compensavimus unum: | tu
dominus, tu vir, tu mihi fra-
ter eras QOyid Her. iii. 51f., te isti
virum do, amicum, tutorem,
patrem Terence And. i. 5. 60.

431. viv: sc. as he had not been
doing. — αὐτοῦ: right here, made defi-
nite by ἐπὶ πύργῳ, where Andromache
had been (378). From that com-

“94 A

FIG-19

3

manding position, Hector could direct ἡ

the defence of the city.

432. Cf. 408.— Obs. the ‘ chiastic’
order, — παῖδα and γυναῖκα being sepa-
rated. § 2 0.— ὀρφανικόν : predicate.
— Orns: θῇς. Cf βήω 118. --- γυναῖκα :
is more pathetic than ἐμέ, and forms
a better contrast to waida.

433. This advice is not out of
place in the mouth of the general’s
wife, who doubtless had taken more
interest than most Trojan women in
the details of the plans for the safety
of the city.—dpwedv: on a height
near the walls and the Scaean Gate

186

OMHPOY IAIAAO® Z.

ἀμβατός ἐστι πόλις καὶ ἐπίδρομον ἔπλετο τεῖχος "
435 τρὶς γὰρ τῇ γ᾽ ἐλθώτες ἐπειρήσανθ᾽ οἱ ἄριστοι
3 > ν 4 ‘ 9 4 > δὰ
ἀμφ᾽ Αἴαντε δύω καὶ ἀγακλντὸν Ἰδομενῆα
ἠδ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ατρεΐδας καὶ Τυδέος ἄλκιμον υἱόν "
» 4 , ¥ ’ aN 29 Ὁ
tov τίς σφιν enone θεοπροπίων ἐὺ εἰδώς,
» “ t re “ 3 , , 9 ’ 39
ἢ νυ καὶ αὐτῶν θυμὸς ἐποτρύνει καὶ ἀνώγει.
δ 9. 4 , , ,
440 τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε μέγας κορυθαίολος Ἕκτωρ "
“ἢ καὶ ἐμοὶ τάδε πάντα μέλει, γύναι - ἀλλὰ pad αἰνῶς
2Q 7 “~ “ o ε id
αἰδέομαι Τρῶας καὶ Τρῳάδας ἑλκεσιπέπλους,
_» Q a ’ 3 ld 4
au κε κακὸς ὡς νόσφιν ἀλυσκάζω πολέμοιο "

(else Hector could not have stood
upon the tower to direct operations).
Cf. A 167, X 145. — Acc. to the later
story, Poseidon and Apollo called
Aeacus to their aid in building the
wall of Troy. The work of the gods
could not be overthrown by mortals ;
but what Aeacus had built could be
destroyed by his descendants (Achil-
les, Ajax, Neoptolemus). Pindar Ol.
viii. 81 ff. Homer nowhere else inti-
mates that there was such an accessi-
ble or vulnerable place, at which the
city should be captured.

434. ἀμβατός : ἀναβαίνω. --- καὶ ἐπί-
Spopow (ἔδραμον, δρόμος) : i.e. exposed
ἴο δίίδοὶς. This gives the result of ex-
perience.— ἔπλετο: used as present.

435. ἐλθόντες : Homer is fond of a
participle which completes the pic-
ture, but is not strictly necessary to
the sense. — ἐπειρήσαντο : intrans.,
made an attempt, sc. to scale the wall.
No other mention is made in Homer
of such an assault.

436. aud Αἴαντε xrA.: including
the Ajaxes. See H. 791; cf B 446,
r146. Obs. that Achilles is not men-
tioned.

438 f. Two possible explanations
of the assaults made at this particu-

lar spot. — θεοπροπίων : for the gen.,
cf. τόξων 4 196. This refers to some
such prophecy as that of Apollo,
Πέργαμος ἀμφὶ reais, ἥρως (i.e. Aea-
cus), χερὸς ἐργασίαις ἁλίσκεται Pindar
Ol. viii. 42.

439. Cf. 0 49. --- ἤ wv καί: or pos-
sibly too.—avrow θυμός : their own
hearts, as opposed to oracles and
omens.—é¢worpvva: after the aor.,
the pres. expresses the general truth
which doubtless still abides.

440-465. Hector’s reply. “I am
not unmind/ful of thee, but I cannot play
the coward and remain within the
walls.”

440 = X 282.

441. τάδε πάντα: all this that An-
dromache had just said, but esp. 432.
Cf. E 490.

442 =X 105; cf. H 297.—Tpeas:
for the acc., see G. 158, n.2; Η. 712 ἃ.
— ἑλκεσιπέπλονς : with trailing robes.
Only in this phrase. Cf. Ἑλένη τανύ-
πέπλος Γ 228, and Ἰάονες ἑλκεχίτωνες
N 685.

443. Reply to 433.— κακὸς ὥς : cf.
κύνες ὥς E 476. --- νόσφιν πολέμοιο :
Hector uses this expression of the
safe position on the tower which An-
dromache had suggested. Cf. E 253.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

187

9 ’ “ ¥ 9 Ἁ 4 ¥ > Ν
οὐδέ με θυμὸς ἄνωγεν, ἐπεὶ μάθον ἔμμεναι ἐσθλὸς
445 αἰεὶ καὶ πρώτοισι μετὰ Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι,
ἀρνύμενος πατρός τε μέγα κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ.
4 ‘ 2 ON , » ‘ , ‘ ‘ ’
εὖ γὰρ ἐγὼ τόδε οἶδα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν "
» ; > os »ν > oy 2 ¥ ς κ᾿
ἐσσεται Hap, OF ἂν ποτ ὁλώλῃ ἴλιος ἱρὴ
Ν , ὟΝ ‘ 3 , ,
και Πρίαμος καὶ λαὸς ἐυμμελίω Πριάμοιο.
450 ἀλλ᾽ ov μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω,
59 4 Aa ς rd ¥ a ¥
ovr αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος
οὔτε κασιγνήτων, οἵ κεν πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοὶ

9 [4 id e 5» 9 4 ’
ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ᾽ ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσιν,
ὅσσον σεῦ, ὅτε κέν τις ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
, ¥ 9 , > 9 ,
455 δακρυόεσσαν ἄγηται, ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ ἀπούρας.
4 9 ν 9. A ¥ ε . ε ,
kat κεν ἐν Αργει ἐοῦσα πρὸς ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις,
, 0 9 , ἃ, C€ ,
καί κεν ὕδωρ φορέοις Μεσσηΐδος ἢ Ὑπερείης

444. A second reason against
adopting the suggestion of 431.—
“And my own courage forbids it.” —
ἄνωγεν: pf. as present.— μάϑον: 7
learned. To know was to do; cf. 2665.
Cf. ἀθεμίστια ἤδη he had a lawless heart
t 189, κεδνὰ idvia trusty-hearted a 428,
ἄγρια οἶδεν he has a cruel heart Ω 41,—
in all of which expressions, corre-
sponding action is implied. — ἔμμεναι
ἐσθλός : equiv. to ἀριστεύειν 208.

446. Hector feels that he cannot
save the city, but he will save his
father’s fame and his own. — ἀργύμε-
vos: striving to gain. Cf. A 169,25,

Χ 100. --- πατρός : πατρί might have ᾿

been used, with little difference of
meaning.—avrov: intensive, agree-
ing with ἐμοῦ implied in ἐμόν. Cf.
490, E 741.

447-449 = A 163-165. The verses
are more impressive here than in A.

450 ff. Reply to 429 f.— Τρώων :
objective gen. with ἄλγος. Contrasted
with σεῦ 454. — Obs. that Τρώων, ‘Exd-

Bns, and κασιγνήτων all come immedi-
ately before the verse-pause.

451. οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς ‘Exafns: “not for
my own mother.” — Hector’s living
mother, father, and brothers are of-
fered to balance the dead relatives of
Andromache.

452 f. of κεν πέσοιεν : who doubtless
will fall. The potential opt. is freq.
used where the English idiom would
use the future. Cf. 410. --- ὑπ ἀν-
Spdot: for ὑπό with the dat., cf A 291.

454. σεῦ: const. with ἄλγος 450.

455. dynras: sc. σέ, into captivity.
Cf. 426.— ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ: equiv. to
ἐλευθερίαν, which is not Homeric.
§ 2 8. Cf. 463.—For the second
half-verse, cf 11 831, Υ 193.

456. Hector sees with his mind’s
eye the time when Andromache will be
put to menial service. — ἐν “Apyei: i.e.
in Peloponnesus. — πρὸς ἄλλης : t.€. as
a slave, “at the bidding of another.”

457. ὕδωρ: ‘fetching water’ is an
important duty of women in Oriental

188

OMHPOY IAIAAO®X Z.

πόλλ᾽ ἀεκαζομένη, κρατερὴ δ᾽ ἐπικείσετ᾽ ἀνάγκη '
καί ποτέ τις εἴπῃσιν ἰδὼν κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσαν'᾽
4600 Ἕκτορος ἦδε γυνή, ὃς ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι
Τρώων ἱπποδάμων, ὅτε Ἵλιον ἀμφεμάχοντο.᾽
ν ’ 9 “ δ᾽ > 4 ¥ Ψ
ὥς ποτέ Tis ἐρέει, σοὶ ὃ αὖ νέον ἐσσεται ἄλγος
se AD? 9 4 3 , 4
χήτεϊ τοιοῦδ᾽ ἀνδρός, ἀμύνειν δούλιον ἦμαρ.
ἀλλά με τεθνηῶτα χυτὴ κατὰ γαῖα καλύπτοι,
466 πρίν γέτι σῆς τε βοῆς σοῦ θ᾽ ἐλκηθμοῖο πυθέσθαι."

countries. Cf ‘Let them live; but
let them be hewers of wood and
drawers of water unto all the con-
gregation,’ Joshua ix. 21; ‘from the
hewer of thy wood unto the drawer
of thy water,’ Deut. xxix. 11; ‘at the
time of the evening, even the time
that women go out to draw water,’
Genesis xxiv. 11 (Rebekah at the
well). — Μεσσηίδος : sc. κρήνης. Ab-
latival gen., from Messeis. A spring
of this name is mentioned by Pau-
sanias, iii. 20. 1, as near Therapne,
the old seat of the Dioscuri, not far
from Sparta. —“Yarepelys: mentioned
as a spring in Thessaly, B 734.— Per-
haps the poet thus intimates the pos-
sibility that the captive Andromache
may be given as a prize to Menelaus
or Achilles. Later tradition made
her the γέρας of Achilles’s son Neo-
ptolemus. At any rate, this verse
makes ἐν "Αργεῖ more definite. — That
the Homeric poet should make Hec-
tor speak as if familiar with the
names of springs in Greece, is not
strange.

458. πολλὰ κτλ.: much against thy
will, Explained by the following
half-verse.

459. εἴπῃσιν : subjv. as future.
G. 218, 2 R.; H. 868. Obs. the repe-
tition of the thought in épée 462.

460. ἦδε κτλ.: “see there the wife

of Hector.” — ὅς κτλ. : cf. A746, P 851.
---μάχεσθαι: cf E 536. The inf. fol-
lows the verb easily since ἀριστεύεσκε
is equiv. to ἄριστος ἦν. Cf. 208.—C/.
(Tecmessa to Ajax, see on 411) εἰ γὰρ
θάνῃς σὺ καὶ τελευτήσας μ' apis, ταύτῃ
νόμιζε κἀμὲ τῇ τόθ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ | βίᾳ ξυναρ-
πασθεῖσαν ᾿Αργείων tro | ξὺν παιδὶ τῷ
σῷ δουλίαν ἕξειν τροφήν. Ϊ καί τις πι-
κρὸν πρόσφθεγμα δεσποτῶν ἐρεῖ | λόγοις
ἰάπτων: ἴδετε τὴν ὁμευνέτιν | Αἴαντος
ὃς μέγιστον ἴσχυσε στρατοῦ Soph. A).
496 ff.

461. ἀμφεμάχοντο : sc. ‘they’ in a
general sense, ‘our army.’

462. ὡς ἐρέει : for this repetition of
εἴπῃσιν (both just before the verse-
pause), cf. A 182 with δ 176. .

463. χήτεϊ κτλ.: cf. T 324.—ro-
ovde: “such a one as I am.” — ἀμύ-
vey: equiv. to ὃς ἂν dudvo:, depends on
τοιοῦδε. GMT. 760. ----δούλιον ἦμαρ:
on 455. δουλοσύνη is not Homeric.

464. “But may I be dead and
buried.” — yury (χέω) γαῖα: of. 8114,
Ψ 256, γ 288. --- κατὰ καλύπτοι: cf.
Δ 182.

465. πρίν: const. with πυθέσθαι.
Natural in English as in Greek, “be-
fore I hear” instead of “before the
time when I should hear.” — βοῆς,
€AnnOpoto: both after πυθέσθαι, but in
different relations; σῆς is ‘subjec-
tive,’ while σοῦ is ‘objective.’ ‘Hear

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

189

ὡς εἰπὼν οὗ παιδὸς ὀρέξατο φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ -
ἂψ δ᾽ ὁ πάις πρὸς κόλπον ἐυζώνοιο τιθήνης
ἐκλίνθη ἰάχων, πατρὸς φίλου ὄψιν ἀτυχθείς,
, ’ IQA 4 ε ’
ταρβήσας χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον ἱππιοχαίτην,
410 δεινὸν ἀπ᾿ ἀκροτάτης κόρυθος νεύοντα νοήσας.
? 2 9 “2 , , ‘ , “
ἐκ δ᾽ ἐγέλασσε πατήρ τε φίλος καὶ πότνια μήτηρ.
9 Ὁ» 5 9 . “ 4 9 ’ ν
αὐτίκ᾽ ἀπὸ κρατὸς κόρυθ᾽ εἵλετο φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ,
καὶ τὴν μὲν κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ χθονὶ παμφανόωσαν,
9. UN 9 9 ἃ 4 eN 9 δ 4 “” 4 ’
αὐτὰρ ὁ y ὃν φίλον νἱὸν ἐπεὶ κύσε πὴλέ τε χερσῶ,
475 εἶπεν ἐπευξάμενος Διί τ᾽ ἀλλοισίν τε θεοῖσιν"

“Zev ἄλλοι τε θεοί, δότε

»

thy cry of distress and learn that
thou art dragged into captivity.” σῆς
βοῆς is nearly equiv. to σοῦ Bodéons. —
ἑλκηθμοῖο: cf. Priam’s words, κακὰ
πόλλ᾽ ἐπιδόντα, --- | vids τ᾽ ὀλλυμένους,
ἑλκηθείσας τε θύγατρας, |... ἑλκομένας
τε νυοὺς (sons’ wives) ὁλοῇς ὑπὸ χερσὶν
᾿Αχαιῶν Χ 61 fff.

466. παιδός : for the gen., cf Meve-
Adev A 100.

468. πατρὸς κτλ.: parenthetical,
giving the cause of ἐκλίνθη ἰάχων. It
is explained by the following verse,
which is further explained by 470.
The partics. in 468-470 might be
translated in reverse order: the child
ἐνόησε, then érdpBnce, then ἠτύχθη,
and then ἐκλίνθη ἰάχων.

469. χαλκόν: the bronze, esp. of
the helmet. Cf. 473.— ἰδέ: for the
length of the ‘ultima,’ see ὃ 41 7.

470. δεινόν : cognate acc. with νεύ-
οντα. Cf. & 420. —vevovra: suptte-
mentary partic. after νοήσας. Cf.
γοέω κακὸν ὕμμιν | ἐρχόμενον v 367 f.

471. ἐκ ἐγέλασσε : laughed out,
t.e. burst into a laugh. Cf. τ’θἧ 364,
o 35.

472. avrixa: for the ‘asyndeton,’

δὴ καὶ τόνδε γενέσθαι

see ὃ 2 I, n.—xnpards: cf. E 7. For
the inflection, see ὃ 18 Καὶ

473. Cf. Tr 293.

474. éwel: is expected at the be-
ginning of the clause. On és 287. .---
κύσε: the Homeric warriors were not
ashamed to express their emotions,
but they seem to have done little
kissing. Such salutation of adults is
mentioned only as greeting after a
long absence, or as an act of homage.
Kissine is mentioned in but two other
passages of the Iliad (@ 371, Ω 478), |
both of which refer to the acts of
suppliants.

475. ἐπενξάμενος : cf. φωνήσας Δ 812,
ὁμοκλήσας Z 54.

476. With this prayer, cf. that of
Ajax, ὦ wai, γένοιο πατρὸς εὐτυχέστε-
pos, | τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλ᾽ ὅμοιος " καὶ γένοι ἂν οὐ
κακός Soph. Ajax 550 f.; Aeneas’s
prayer for Ascanius, disce, puer,
virtutem ex me verumque la-
borem, | fortunam ex aliis
Verg. Aen. xii. 488 f.; ‘My son! my
son! may kinder stars| Upon thy for-
tune shine; | And may those pleas-
ures gild thy reign | That ne’er wad
blink on mine,’ Burns’s Lament of

190

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

AQD 9 4 ε 4 9 4 3 ’ ’
παῖδ᾽ ἐμόν, ὡς καὶ ἐγώ περ, ἀριπρεπέα Τρώεσσιν,
ὧδε βίην τ᾽ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ᾿Ιλίον ἶφι ἀνάσσειν.
, ΄ ¥ ‘ , 9 25 δ > “ ’
καΐ ποτέ τις εἴποι ᾿ πατρὸς y ὁὃε πολλὸν ἀμείνων
9 4 9 4 4 > ȴ 4
480 ἐκ πολέμου ἀνιόντα: φέροι δ᾽ ἔναρα βροτόεντα
, 4 ἂν , Ν , , 93
κτείνας δήιον ἄνδρα, χαρείη δὲ φρένα μήτηρ.
é 3 Α > ‘4 4 3 ,.: »
ὡς εἰπὼν ἀλόχοιο φίλης ἐν χερσὶν ἔθηκεν
παῖδ᾽ ἐόν" ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα μιν κηώδεϊ δέξατο κόλπῳ
δακρυόεν γελάσασα" πόσις δ᾽ ἐλέησε νοήσας,
485 χειρί τέ μιν κατέρεξεν, ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἐκ τ᾽ dvopaler:
“ δαιμονίη, μή μοί τι λίην ἀκαχίζεο θυμῷ"

Mary Queen of Scots; ‘Bright as his
manly sire the son shall be | In form
and soul, but ah! more blest than
he,’ Campbell, Pleasures of Hope.

477. «wal: correl. with καί 476,
marking the close relation between
τόνδε and ἐγώ. The English idiom
omits it. H. 1042. --- Τρώεσσιν : “in
the eyes of the Trojans.” ‘Dat. of
interest in looser relations.’ H. 771.
Originally this seems to have been
‘dat. of the agent.’

478. ὧδε: points back to ὡς καὶ
ἐγώ. ---τέ : in free position. See on
817. --- ἀνάσσειν : correl. with βίην.
For the meaning of the verb, see
en ᾿Αστυάνακτα 403. --- Here Hector
thinks no longer of the destruction
of Troy (cf. 448 f.),— forgetting the
war and its dangers at the sight of
his child.

479. τὶς : many a one. — error: opt.
of wish. — πατρὸς xrA.: a verbal quo-
tation of the desired praise. — ὅδε:
deictic. — πολλόν : originally ‘acc. of
extent,’ and then adverbial. πολλῷ
might have been used. — “ May many
a one say of him as he returns from
the war.”

480. ἀνιόντα: as if τόνδε πατρὸς
ἀμείνω had preceded. The acc. de-

pends on εἴποι. G. 165; H. 726 a.
The clause πατρὸς κτλ. is the other
obj. of the verb.— For the thought
cf. παῦροι (few) γάρ τοι παῖδες ὁμοῖοι
πατρὶ πέλονται, | οἱ πλέονες κακίους,
παῦροι δέ τε πατρὸς ἀρείους β 276 ἴ. ---
φέροι: sc. ἐκ πολέμοιο. This aids in
making the situation vivid.

481. χαρείη : sc. asa result of φέ-
ροι κτλ. The mother is to rejoice in
the bloody spoils with which her son
returns as a proof of his bravery.

482. ἀλόχοιο: this is a delicate
touch of the poet, — that Hector does
not return the child to the nurse
(from whom he took him, 466 ff.),
but gives him into the arms of his
wife, thus entrusting him to her
care.

483. κηώδεϊ : fragrant, sc. because
of her perfumed clothing. Cf. 288.
-- κόλπῳ: cf. 136.

484. Saxpucev: “through her tears.”
For the const., of. δεινόν 470. — ἐλέ-

noe: inceptive aorist. ‘“ Pity came
over him.”

485 — E 372.

486. δαιμονίη: “my poor wife.”

Cf. 407.— pol: ‘ethical.’—-+. λίην:
8 common order, Cf. N 284, Ξ 368,
Φ 288.

——

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

191

οὐ γάρ τίς μ᾽ ὑπὲρ αἶσαν ἀνὴρ “Ads προϊάψει '

“~ 9 ¥ 4 4 ¥ 3 “~
μοῖραν δ᾽ ov τινά φημι πεφυγμῶνον ἔμμεναι ἀνδρῶν,
οὐ κακόν, οὐδὲ μὲν ἐσθλόν, ἐπὴν τὰ πρῶτα γένηται.

490 ἀλλ᾽ εἰς οἶκον ἰοῦσα τὰ σ᾽ αὐτῆς ἔργα κόμιζε,
ε 4 9 9 4 A 9 ’ ?
ἱστόν T ἠλακάτην τε, καὶ ἀμφιπόλοισι κέλευε
¥ 9 »’ ld 9 Ψ 2
ἔργον ἐποίχεσθαι" πόλεμος δ᾽ ἄνδρεσσι μελήσει

a 3 Α δὲ Ud \ 3 , 9 U4 3
πᾶσιν, ἐμοὶ ὃὲ μάλιστα, τοὶ ᾿Ιλίῳ ἐγγεγαασιν.

ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας κόρυθ᾽ εἵλετο φαίδιμος Ἕκτωρ

496 ἵππουριν" ἄλοχος δὲ φίλη οἰκόνδε βεβήκειν
9 ld Q A U4 LA
ἐντροπαλιζομένη θαλερὸν κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα.

487. The most distinct expression
of fatalism in Homer. “I shall not
die if death is not appointed for me
now, nor can I escape death if that
is decreed.” —vmwép aloav: cf. Π 780,
P 821.—"ArSe κτλ.: cf. E 190.

488. μοῖραν: fate, t.e. death. — we-
φνγμένον ἔμμεναι: πεφευγέναι. Cf.
E 873. — ἀνδρῶν : const. with οὔ τινα.

489 = 6 553; cf. x 415, ψ 66. — οὐδὲ
μέν: nor indeed, even not.— τὰ πρῶτα:
“once.” Cfaé.

490-493. (7 a 356-359, » 350-353.
These verses are intended to quiet
Andromache. She is to return to
her home, and attend to her regular
duties, assured that the men will do
their part for the safety of the city.

490. αὐτῆς: cf. αὐτοῦ 446.

491. ἱστὸν κτλ.: in appos. with
ἔργα. Contrasted with πόλεμος.

492. πόλεμος κτλ.: cf. Y 187.—
μελήσει: cf Ε 430.—Cf. ἀνδρῶν τάδ᾽
ἐστί, σφάγια καὶ χρηστήρια | θεοῖσιν
ἔρδειν, πολεμίων πειρωμένων " | σὸν δ᾽ αὖ
τὸ σιγᾶν καὶ μένειν εἴσω δόμων Aesch.

Septem 212 ff., ἀνδρῶν γὰρ ἀλκή" σοὶ .

δὲ χρὴ τούτων (t.e. children) μέλειν
Eur. Heraclidae 711. The second
half-verse is quoted in Aristophanes,
Lysistrata 520, as a common admoni-

tion of husbands to wives, that they
should mind their own business.

493. πάσιν κτλ. : cf. ξ 188. ---- πᾶσιν:
in appos. with ἄνδρεσσι. On Ε 818. ---
τοὶ κτλ.: ΟΡ 145. Added after the
verse-pause, making πᾶσιν more defi-
nite. — ἐγγεγάασιν : cf. E 477, Δ 41.—
This seems to have been planned by
the poet as the last meeting of Hec-
tor and his wife. In the Twenty-
second Book, Andromache is follow-
ing her husband’s directions, and is
engaged in weaving when she hears
the shriek from the women on the
tpwer which announces Hector’s
death. X 437 ff. She appears in a
third scene in the Homeric poems,
when the body of Hector is brought
back to Troy. Ω 728 ff.

494. «ero: the poet does not need
to say that Hector proceeded to don
his helmet. Cf 178.— Andromache
does not trust herself to speak again.
The leave-taking is brief and sim-
ple.

495. ἵππουριν: cf. οἰκῆας 366.—
βεβήκειν: cf 313. She was gone, i.e.
she went quickly.

496. ἐντροπαλιζομένη (τρέπω) : turn-
ing again and again, sc. in order to
take another look at her husband. —

192

OMHPOY ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Z.

alba δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἵκανε δόμους ἐὺ ναιετάοντας
Ἕκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο, κιχήσατο δ᾽ ἔνδοθι πολλὰς
ἀμφιπόλους, τῇσιν δὲ γόον πάσῃσιν ἐνῶρσεν.
ε N ἂν Q , 9 e@ ss A »¥
500 ai μὲν ἔτι ζωὸν γόον Ἕκτορα @ ἐνὶ οἴκῳ"

9 a ιν € ’ > ,
ov yap μιν er ἔφαντο ὑπότροπον ἐκ πολέμοιο
9 , , 4 ζω 9 aA
ἵξεσθαι προφυγόντα μένος καὶ χεῖρας ᾿Αχαιῶν.
οὐδὲ Πάρις δήθυνεν ἐν ὑψηλοῖσι δόμοισιν,

ἀλλ᾽ ὅ γ᾽ ἐπεὶ κατέδυ κλυτὰ τεύχεα ποικίλα χαλκῷ,

4 > »¥ 9 > AN ¥ “ A a
505 σεύατ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνὰ ἄστυ, ποσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πεποιθώς.
ε > 9 Q ν 3 ’ 95 A ,
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τις στατὸς ἵππος, ἀκοστήσας ἐπὶ φάτνῃ,

The second half-verse adds an impor-
tant trait to the picture. Cf r 142.

497 -- 370.

498. Exropos: does not limit δό-
μους directly, as if the end of a verse
had not intervened, but is added ina
sort of apposition. “She came to
the house, —the house of Hector.”
Similarly, πολλάς at the close of this
verse does not agree directly with
ἀμφιπόλους 499, which follows in ap-
position.

499. τῇσιν πάσῃσιν : dat. with the
prep. in ἐνῶρσεν. --- dvapoev: sc. by
her tears.

500. ζωόν: obs. the force of the
verse-pause, in giving emphasis and
in separating this adj. from attrib.
const. with “Exropa. — γόον : lamented.
This lament for the yet-living Hector,
forms a prelude to the dirges sung at
his death. Χ 416 ff., Ω 726 ff.—¢ ἐνὶ
οἴκῳ: in his own home. Cf. H 127,
@ 284.

501. ὑπότροπον κτλ.: cf. 367. This
prepares the way for the next verse.

502. μένος καὶ χεῖρας : might and
arms. Not very different from μένος
χειρῶν E 506. Cf. H 809, N 105, 287,
H 73; and χεῖράς re μένος τε H 457,
Ο 510.

503-529. Paris joins Hector, and
both return to the field of battle. Re-
sumption of the story of 312-368,
esp. 340 f.—This scene forms a
sharp contrast with the preceding.
Paris goes forth to battle without
Hector’s premonitions of disaster,
and with no fears for the safety of
his family.

503. οὐδέ: nor.

505. σεύατο : rushed forth. Cf.
Η 208, # 227, ε 51. — For the form, οὐ
éxevaro Ἐ 814. --- ἀνὰ ἄστυ : clearly not
of ascent, since the home of Paris
was near that of Hector, and the lat-
ter rushed κατ᾽ ἀγυιάς 391. Cf A 209.
— πεποιθώς : cf. E 299.

506-511 = Ο 263-268, of Hector.

506. στατός: “kept in a stall.” —
ἀκοστήσας : “high-fed on grain.” —
Cf. (Turnus) fulgebatque alta
decurrens aureus arce | exul-
tatque animis...qualis ubi
abruptis fugit praesepia vin-
6118 tandem liber equus cam-
poque potitus aperto|laut ille
in pastus armentaque tendit
equarum|aut adsuetus aquae
perfundi flumine noto|emi-
cat arrectisque fremit cer-
vicibus alte | luxurians lu-

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD.

193

δεσμὸν ἀπορρήξας θείῃ πεδίοιο κροαΐνων,
εἰωθὼς λούεσθαι ἐυρρεῖος ποταμοῖο,
κυδιόων wou δὲ κάρη ἔχει, ἀμφὶ δὲ χαῖται
510 ὥμοις ἀΐσσονται: ὁ δ᾽ ἀγλαΐηφι πεποιθώς,
9 ε “~ , 4 > » “ ἢ ο
ῥίμφα ἑ γοῦνα φέρει μετά τ᾽ ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων"
é en id , A) ’ »
ὥς νιὸς Πριάμοιο lapis xara Wepyapov axpys,
4 a 9 9 3 id 3 ‘4
τεύχεσι παμφαίνων ws T ἠλέκτωρ, ἐβεβήκειν

καγχαλόων, ταχέες δὲ πόδες φέρον.

αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειτα

515 Ἕκτορα δῖον ἔτετμεν ἀδελφεόν, εὖτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔμελλεν
,’ 3 , 9 f oF ἢ
στρέψεσθ᾽ ἐκ χώρης, ὅθι ἣ ὀάριζε γυναικί.

N (4 Ld > », ,
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής "
«20. , , \ 3 , “

noe, ἦ μάλα δή σε καὶ ἐσσύμενον κατερύκω

duntque iubae per colla, per
armos Verg. Aen. xi. 490 ff.; ‘Con-
tention, like a horse | Full of high
feeding, madly hath broke loose,’
Shakspere 2 Henry IV. i. 1. 9 f.;
‘But like a proud steed reined, went
haughty on, | Champing his iron
curb,’ Milton Par. Lost iv. 858 f.—
Paris is ἃ well-fed, comfortable crea-
ture, without carcs, and with a very
good opinion of himself.

507. θείῃ [6p]: for the subjv. in
comparisons (general conditions), cf.
A 131.— πεδίοιο: cf 38.

508. ¢uppetos (Sew): gen. of éup-
péns. éuppéeos here contracts to éup-
petos instead of to éduppéous. — ποτα-
poto: for the gen., cf. ᾿Ωκεανοῖο E 6.

509. κυδιόων (κῦδος): of. κὐδεῖ γαίων
E 906. In a prominent position as
important for the comparison (cf.
καγχαλόων 614), and amplified by the
succeeding clauses. — ἀμφί: adver-
bial. It is made more definite by
Gpos on the shoulders 610.

510. ὁ δέ: the const. is changed,
and this is left without a verb. For
the ‘anacoluthon,’ cf. E 186 f., A838 f.,

‘The eye that mocketh at his father,
and despiseth to obey his mother, the
ravens of the valley shall pick it out,
and the young eagles shall eat it,’
Proverbs xxx. 17.

511. ἤθεα : faunts. Always of
brutes, in Homer. Later, it was used
of the character of men (‘ethics’),
and in Herodotus (vii. 75) of the
home of a uation. — vopov (νέμω) :
pasture. Not to be confounded with
νόμος law, which is not found in
Homer. — Obs. the light rhythm.

512. ὥς: the point of comparison
lies in the swift motion and eminent
self-satisfaction of both the horse and
Paris.

513. Cf. Τ 398. --- ἡλέκτωρ : lit. the
beaming, t.e. the sun. — ἐβεβήκειν : cf
495.

514. καγχαλόων : laughing aloud,
Jubilant. — ταχέες xrA.: corresponds
to ῥίμφα κτλ. 611.

515. ἕτετμεν: cf. 374. — εὖτε κτλ.:
cf. 52.

518. ἠθεῖε: honored brother, implies
both respect and affection. Cf. X 229,
239.— καὶ ἐσσύμενον : even in thy

194

OMHPOY IAIAAOS Z.

δηθύνων, οὐδ᾽ ἦλθον ἐναίσιμον, ws éxédeves.”

520

τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη κορυθαΐολος Ἕκτωρ"

« , 9 3 ¥ , >? a > 2 ν
δαιμόνι᾽, οὐκ ἄν τίς τοι ἀνήρ, ὃς ἐναίσιμος εἴη,
ἔργον ἀτιμήσειε μάχης, ἐπεὶ ἀλκιμός ἐσσι"

ἀλλὰ ἑκὼν μεθιεῖς τε καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλεις " τὸ δ᾽ ἐμὸν κῆρ

¥ 9 a 9g e 4 , ¥ 2 9 ,
ἄχνυται ἐν θυμῷ, of ὑπὲρ σέθεν αἴσχε᾽ ἀκούω
Ν , ἂν 4 , ν a
525 πρὸς Τρώων, of ἔχουσι πολὺν πόνον εἵνεκα σεῖο.
9 > 4 ϑ».»»ν»ν 9 , 3 Ψν , ‘
ἀλλ᾽ ἴομεν - τὰ δ᾽ ὄπισθεν ἀρεσσόμεθ᾽, αἴ κέ ποθι Ζεὺς

δώῃ ἐπουρανίοισι θεοῖς αἰειγενέτῃσιν
κρητῆρα στήσασθαι ἐλεύθερον ἐν μεγάροισιν,
ϑ9 4 9 », 3 ,’ 9 ,.͵ 5»
ἐκ Τροίης ἐλάσαντας ἐυκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς.

haste. Cf. N 315, 787, 1 9. Else-
where with πέρ, and without καί.

519. οὐδ᾽ ἦλθον xra.: repeats the
“preceding thought in slightly varied
form. —é¢valowpov (ἐν αἴσῃ) : at the
right time. Cognate accusative. — os
ἐκέλενες : cf. 331, 364.— Paris evi-
dently is in high spirits, and plumes
himself on overtaking Hector, as he
had said that he would do, 341. These
two verses are ironical. Paris forms
an admirable foil for the heavy heart
of Andromache.

521. ἐναίσιμος : in his right mind,
refers to the same word in 519, though
in a different sense. —ety: for the opt.,
cf. Bos 330.

522. ἔργον μάχης: “thy deeds in
battle.”

523. Cf. K 121. ---κών: cf. ὅς τις
ἑκὼν μεθίῃσι μάχεσθαι N 234. — μεθιεῖς :
sc. ἀλκῆς. Cf. 880. --- οὐκ ἐθέλεις : sc.
μάχεσθαι. ---τὸ ἐμὸν κῆρ: cf. τὸ σὸν
μένος 407.

524. ἐν θυμῴ : t.e.in its very depths.
— αἴσχεα: cf. 351. — ἀκούω : subjunc-

tive. ‘In general conditions which
take the subjunctive, Homer com-
monly uses the relatives without «é
or ἄν. This corresponds to his prefer-
ence for the simple εἰ in general con-
ditions.’ GMT. 538.

525. πρὸς Τρώων : on the part of the
Trojans, from the Trojans. Cf. πρὸς
ἄλλης 456.

526. ἴομεν : hortatory.— ra: this,
i.e. all that has disturbed their broth-
erly relations. — ὄπισθεν κτλ. : cf.
A 862. --- al xe: cf 94, 281.

527. θεοῖς : to the gods, in honor
and gratitude. Indirect obj. of στή-
σασθαι.

528. κρητήρα στήσασθαι κτλ. : “set
up a bowl of freedom,” t.e. pour a
rich libation in return for the gift of
freedom. — στήσασθαι : explained by
the following verse.—Cf. ἄρά γέ πὰ
τοιόνδε Φόλω κατὰ λάϊνον ἄντρον | xpa-
rip Ἣ ρακλῆι γέρων ἐστήσατο Χείρων;
Theoc. vii. 149 f.

529. ἐλάσαντας : agrees with ἡμᾶς,
implied as the subj. of στήσασθαι.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 195

The Sixth Book of the Iliad, after the first hundred verses, has presented a
succession of peaceful scenes. The progress of the story seems to be inter-
rupted for a few moments by the episode of Diomed and Glaucus (119-236),
but this episode serves to occupy the time during which the poet’s hearer
thought of Hector as traversing the plain, on his way to the city. The three
scenes of Hector’s visit to Troy —his interview with his mother, his call at
the house of Paris and Helen, his parting with Andromache — form a con-
trast with the conflicts which have been described, and make prominent the
domestic life of the brave warrior. The intense pathos of the last books οὗ.
the Ziiad centres in the death of Hector and the grief of the Trojans. This
book prepares the way for our sympathy with Hecaba as she implores her son
to enter the gates and not withstand Achilles, X 79-89, and with Andromache,
when grief comes over her as she sees Hector’s body drawn to the Greek
camp after the chariot of Achilles, X 437-515; and with the dirges of Andro-
mache, Hecaba, and Helen, when the body of Hector is brought back to the
city, Ω 718-776. If Andromache had not been introduced here, she would
have been but a name, and her grief would not have been nearly so pathetic
at the close of the poem. The hearer is here brought into the family
circle of Priam, and never after this is he without a heart for the Trojan
misfortunes.

The Seventh Book opens with the welcomed return of Hector and Paris to
the hard-pressed Trojans. After several Greeks have been slain, Athena and
Apollo arrange for a single combat between Hector and Ajax,—but night
comes on and interrupts the duel, in which Ajax has the advantage. So ends
the first of the four great days of battle, on the twenty-second day of the
action of the Zliad. The next two days are spent in burying the dead and
building a wall about the Greek camp. The second day of battle, on the
twenty-fifth day, is described in @. Book I gives an account of the embassy
of Achaean leaders to Achilles, begging him to return to the field of battle.
K narrates the exploits of Diomed and Odysseus as they enter the Trojan
camp and slay Rhesus, who has just arrived from Thrace. Books A- % are
occupied with the events of the third day of battle (on the twenty-sixth day),
in which Sarpedon and Patroclus are slain. Achilles becomes more angry at
Hector (the slayer of Patroclus) than at Agamemnon (who had deprived him
of Briseis). The fourth and last day of battle (the twenty-seventh of the
action of the J/iad) is described in T-X, and closes with the death of Hector.
The next days are devoted to the burial of Patroclus and the funeral games
in his honor (¥). In Q, old Priam, under the care of Zeus and with the per-
sonal guidance and aid of Hermes, goes to the tent of Achilles and ransoms
Hector’s body, which he brings back to Troy, where it receives due honor.
The poem closes with the burial of Hector.

196 ) APPENDIX.

APPENDIX.

I. MANUSCRIPTS, EDITIONS, AND AUXILIARIES.
A. MANUSCRIPTS.

The Homeric Mss. are better and more ancient than those of any other
secular Greek author. Among the many fragments of papyrus which
the tombs of Egypt have yielded up during this century, are rolls con-
taining parts of B, N, 3%, Q, from the time of the early Roman emperors.
But these fragments have no critical value for modern scholars, beyond
the assurance they afford that the Homeric text has not been appreciably
corrupted during the last nineteen centuries, and that the student of to-day
has before him a more legible and correct text than most students had in
the time of Christ. These papyrus fragments are not from the ‘ recension ’
of any learned grammarian, and they contain some egregious blunders.
Three of these rolls are now in the British Museum, and one in Paris.

Next in age to the papyrus fragments from Egypt, are the fragments
of a Ms. of the fifth or sixth century of our era, in the Ambrosian library
at Milan. Fifty-eight leaves are preserved, with nearly 800 verses in all.
These owe their preservation probably to the paintings which occupy one
side of each leaf.

The most valuable of all Mss. for the Homeric text, and far the most
valuable for the old Greek commentary (σχόλια), is known as Venetus A
(‘Codex Marcianus’ 454), in the library of San Marco, at Venice. It
contains the entire Iliad, with Introduction and Scholia, on 327 leaves of
parchment (of which 19 are a much later substitute for the original
leaves which had been lost) in large folio, 1511 inches. It was written
not later than the eleventh century, in minuscule script, with 25 verses
on each page. Below and above the text, and on the outer margin, are 63
or 64 lines of scholia. Between these scholia and the text is an interval
of about an inch, in which space are other scholia. On the first leaves
are many interlinear glosses, but not many after leaf 31. The Scholia
contain an epitome of four works composed under the early Roman
emperors by Aristonicus, Didymus, Herodian, and Nicanor.

Also in the library of San Marco at Venice is Venetus B (‘Codex Mar-
cianus’ 453), a parchment Ms. in folio, with the Jiiad on 338 leaves, which
was written in the eleventh century. This also contains scholia, but
these are far less scholarly than those of ‘ Venetus A.’

APPENDIX. 197

In the Laurentian Library at Florence are twelve Mss. which contain
the complete Iliad. Of these, two have special value: Laurentianus
xxx. 3 (C), a parchment folio of the eleventh century, with 424 leaves ;
and Laurentianus rrzii. 15 (D), 233 small leaves of parchment, written
about 1100 a.p.

In all, more than 100 Homeric Mss. are known and described.

B. Eprrions.

The earliest printed edition of Homer was that of Demetrius Chal-
condylas, in two large and handsome volumes, printed at Florence in
1488.

The text published by Stephanus, Poetae Graeci principes heroici car-
minis, Paris, 1566, long served as the vulgate.

The most elaborate edition ever published of the Jiiad was that of
Heyne, in 9 volumes, Leipzig, 1802-1822. His edition followed that of
Wolf in time, but not in method.

A new period began with Homeri et Homeridarum opera et reliquiae ex
recensione Εἰ. A. Wolfii. 4 vols. Leipzig, 1804-1807.

Immanuel Bekker, a pupil of Wolf, gave what is perhaps as yet the
best form of the Alexandrian text, reconstructed from the Mss. and from
the notices found in the ancient grammarians, in Homeri opera ex recog-
nitione Immanuelis Bekkeri. 2 vols. Berlin, 1843.

The first scientific attempt to go back of the Alexandrian gramma-
rians, and to give the poems in the form in which they were sung by the
rhapsodes, restoring initial ¢ where this could be done without violent
changes, was made in Carmina Homerica: Immanuel Bekker emendabat
et annotabat, Bonn, 1858. 2 vols.

The most complete critical apparatus yet provided, is in Homeri Ilias
ad fidem librorum optimorum edidit J. La Roche, Leipzig, 1878. In the
text, the editor follows the aim of Bekker’s edition of 18438.

In Homerica Carmina cum potiore lectionis varietate edidit Augustus
Nauck, Berlin, 1874-79, the editor follows the aim of Bekker’s edition of
1858, but does not print ¢, although he changes the text in order to
remove obstacles to the restoration of ε.

In Homeri Iliadis carmina, seiuncta, discreta, emendata, prolegomenis et
apparatu critico instructa, edidit Guilelmus Christ, Leipzig, 1884, the editor
pursues a twofold plan: to set forth his view of the composition of the
Homeric poems, and to present the text in the form in which it was
sung. He goes further than Bekker in restoring εκ. His ‘ prolegomena’
contain much valuable and interesting matter in convenient form.

198 APPENDIX.

Homeri Ilias edidit Guilielmus Dindorf; editio quinta correctior quam
curavit Hentze (Leipzig, 1884) is a convenient conservative text edition.
Of this, the text of the present edition is a reprint.

In Homeri Ilias: scholarum in usum edidit Cauer, Leipzig, 1890, the
editor has striven to remove all contracted and ‘assimilated’ forms, but
has not attempted to restore ¢, holding that this sound had been lost
from the dialect before the poems were put into their present form.

In Die homerische Ilias nach ihrer Entstehung betrachtet und in der
urspriinglichen Urform wiederhergestellt von August Fick, Gottingen, 1886,
the poems are divided into what the editor considers their original ele-
ments, and are translated into the Aeolic dialect.

The most prominent exegetical editions are the following : —

Homers Ilias fiir den Schulgebrauch erkldrt von Karl Friedrich Ameis.
4te Auflage besorgt von Dr. C. Hentze, Professor am Gymnasium zu Got-
tingen. Leipzig, 1884. The present edition is based upon this. The
Anhang to this edition (1275 closely printed pages), in eight parts, con-
tains a full statement of various details of criticism.

Homers Iliade erkldrt von J. U. Faesi. Tte Auflage von Franke. Ber-
lin, 1888.

Homers Ilias erkldrt von J. La Roche. 3te Auflage. Leipzig, 1883.

Homers [liade erkldrt von Victor Hugo Koch. 2te Aufiage. Hannover,
1872.

ἢ Homers Ilias. Erklarende Schulausgabe von Heinrich Diintzer. 2te
Auflage. Paderborn, 1878.

Homers Ilias fiir den Schulgebrauch erkldrt von Gottl. Stier. Gotha, 1886.

The Ikad. Edited with English Notes and an Introduction, by Walter
Leaf. 2 vols. London, 1886-88.

Homer’s Iliad, with an Introduction, a brief Homeric Grammar, and Notes,
by D. B. Monro. 2 vols. Oxford, 1884-88.

Homer’s Ilias with English Notes, for the use of Schools, by F. A. Paley.
2 vols. London, 1886.

L’Iliade d’Homére. Texte Grec, accompagné d’un commentaire critique,
précédé d’une introduction etc., par Alexis Pierron. 2me édition, 2 vols.
Paris, 1883.

C. AUXILIARIES.

Lexicon Homericum edidit Ebeling. 2 vols. Leipzig, 1871-85. (1700
large, closely-printed pages. )

Index Verborum Homericorum studio Seberi. Oxford, 1780.

Concordance to the Iliad by Prendergast. London, 1875.

APPENDIX. 199

Index Homericus. Die homerischen Wortformen mit ausschluss der Ver-
balformen, zusammengestellt von Gehring. Leipzig, 1891.

Verbum Homericum von E. Frohwein. Leipzig, 1881.

Parallel-Homer. Index aller homerischen Iteratt, ‘von C. E. Schmidt.
Gottingen, 1885.

Autenrieth’s Homeric Dictionary. Translated by Principal R. P. Keep.
Revised edition. N.Y., 1891.

D. B. Monro: Grammar of the Homeric Dialect. Oxford, 1882.

R. C. Jebb: Homer., An Introduction to the Iliad and the Odyssey.
Boston, 1887. The most convenient small work, treating of (a) the
general literary characteristics of the poems, (δ) the. Homeric world,
(c) Homer in antiquity, (d) the Homeric question.

H. Bomitz: Origin of the Homeric Poems. Translated by Professor
Packard. N.Y., 1880.

Frid. Aug. Wolf: Prolegomena ad Homerum. Halle, 1795.

Karl Lachmann: Betrachtungen tiber Homers Ilias. Berlin, 1887.

U. von Wilamowitz-Moellendorf: Homerische Untersuchungen. Berlin, 1884.

B. Niese: Die Entwickelung der homerischen Poesie. Berlin, 1882.

W. D. Geddes: The Problem of the Homeric Poems. London, 1878.

Scholia Graeca in Homeri Iliadem. 6 vols. Oxford, 1875-88.
Eustathius: Commentarit ad Homerum. 7 vols. Leipzig, 1825-30.
Karl Lehrs: De Aristarchi Studtis Homericis. 3rd ed. Leipzig, 1882.
A. Ludwich: Aristarchs homerische Textkritik. 2 vols. Leipzig, 1884 f.

I. Bekker: Homerische Blatter. 2 vols. Bonn, 1867, ’72.

K. Brugman: Ein Problem der homerischen Textkrittk. Leipzig, 1876.

E. Buchholz: Homerische Realien. 8 vols. Leipzig, 1871-85.

Ph. Buttmann: Lezilogus. 2 vols. Berlin, 1818, ’25.

J. Classen: Ueber den homerischen Sprachgebrauch. Frankfort, 1867.

R. Engelmann: Bilder-Atlas zur Ilias. Leipzig, 1889.

W. E. Gladstone: Homer [‘ Literature Primer’]. N.Y., 1878.

O. Grulich: De quodam Hiatus genere. Halle, 1876.

W. Hartel: Homerische Studien. 38 parts. Vienna, 1873-76.

C. Hentze: Die Paratazis bei Homer. 2 parts. Gottingen, 1888, ’89.

G. Hinrichs: De Homericae elocutionis vestigiis Aeolicis. Berlin, 1875.

C. A. J. Hoffmann: Quaestiones Homericae. Clausthal, 1842, ’48.

Fr. Inghirami: Galleria Omerica. 3 vols. Florence, 1827.

Ο. V. Knis: De digammo Homerico. Upsala, 1867-79.

L. Lange. Der homerische Gebrauch der Partikel εἰ. Leipzig, 1872 f.

W. Helbig: Das homerische Epos aus den Denkmdlern erklart. 2te Auf-
lage. Leipzig, 1887.

200 APPENDIX.

Jos. Menrad: De Contractionis et Synizeseos usu Homerico. Miinchen,
1886.

C. von Ndgelsbach: Homerische Theologie. διε Auflage. Niirnberg, 1884.

G. Nicolaides: ᾿ἸἸλίάδος στρατηγικὴ κατασκευὴ κτλ. Athens, 1883.
F.G. Welcker: Der epische Cyclus. 216 Auflage. 2 vols. Bonn, 1865.

Il. CRITICAL NOTES.!

Fourta Boox.

A: the poem was divided into Books at Alexandria, prob. about 250 B.c.

Δέλτα" θεῶν ἀγορὴ κτλ.: these Greek verse-headings to the Books of
the Iliad are found in the Anthologia Palatina ix. 385, where they are
ascribed to Stephanus Grammaticus. The Latin version is by Joachim
Camerarius (1500-1574). The English translation is by George Chap-
man, a contemporary of Shakspere.—See Schrader, die hexametrischen
Ueberschriften, etc., J.J. 1888, 577 ff.

ὁρκίων σύγχυσις : many of these headings are older than the division
of the poem into Books, and may furnish an indication of the earlier
division into lays; but they rest on no definite authority.

On the European affinities of the author of Books [—H, see Smyth in
Am. Jour. Phil. viii. 476 ff.

1. ἡἠγορόωντο: ἠγοράοντο Wackernagel, Van Leeuwen and Da Costa,
Cauer. Thus in all similar places, these and other scholars would restore
the uncontracted and unassimilated forms; 6.9. εἰσοράοντες 4, éretpdero 5,
εἰσοράουσαι 9, ἐάω 55, φυσιάοντας 227, ἐπεπωλέετο 231, προσηύδαε 256,
κομάοντες 261, ὁράοιτε 847, ἐστρατάοντο 878, ἐξεφαένθη 468.

2. “HBy: only “Y 232 ff. does Homer mention Ganymede as cup-bearer
of Zeus. Cf. E 266.

1 Ar. = Aristarchus of Samothrace,
the most learned critic of antiquity;

—Zen. = Zenodotus of Ephesus, the
earliest librarian of the Museum at

at the head of the great library in
Alexandria about 150 B.c.— Arist. =
Aristophanes of Byzantium, suc-
cessor of Apollonius of Rhodes, and
predecessor of Aristarchus, as head
of the library at Alexandria (about
180 3.c.).— B.= Immanuel Bekker
(1786-1871).—C and D= Laurentian
Mss. — NV. = August Nauck (1822-).

Alexandria (about 276 B.c.), under
Ptolemy Philadelphus. He was called
the first διορθωτής of Homer. — ἀθετεῖ-
va. (or ἀθετοῦνται) : an expression
of the ancient scholia, meaning that
Aristarchus rejected the verse (or
verses).— N.B. In many cases the
author of a conjecture is not named,
in order to save space.

FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 201

3. dpvoxsa: better is ἐοινοχόει (ἐροινοχόει). Zen. read évpyoyde. Ar.
read οἰνοχόει A 598.— χρυσέοις δεπάεσσιν : χρυσέοισι δέπασσιν N.., restor-
ing the longer form of the dat. of the 2d decl. (§ 17 e) and a more regu-
lar form for the dat. pl. of δέπας. Thus also xepropiows (ρ)έπεσσι 6,
ἑλοῦσα (ρ)έπεσσι E 30, δάμνημει (ρ)έπεσσιν E 893.

12. t&erdwoev: perhaps a preceding ¢ (ρέ, €) has been lost. Cf. Z 158,
159, 167. :

14. ὅπως: not final, but introducing an indirect question.

17. αὖ πως Ar.: αὕτως or αὕτως Arist. and Mss.

18. οἰκέοιτο : possibly vaforro, in order to avoid ‘synizesis.’

22. ἦν: éev Leo Meyer.— 23. ἥρειν : dypy Fick. —26. θεῖναι: θέμε-
ναι --- 27. ἱδρῶ : ἱδρόα --- 33. Ἴλιον : Ἰλίου B.— 46. περί: πέρι ---
47. ἐνμμελίω : ἐυμμελίης ?

55 f. ἀθετοῦνται ὅτι τὴν χάριν ἀναλύουσιν. --- 59. ἀγκυλομήτης : ἀγκυλό-
μητις N.—65. ἐλθεῖν : ἐλθέμεν N., and so in all similar 2d aorists. —
66 f. Plato objected to the assertion that Zeus and Athena caused the
breach of the treaty. Rep. 379 e.

75 ff. This comparison of a meteor was not striking enough to satisfy
Pope, who in his translation substitutes for this the description of a
comet! It is not necessary to suppose that this ἀστήρ is seen by day; .
the comparison is borrowed from the night. —dorépa ἧκε: dorép ἕηκε
Bentley. — 82-84. Considered an interrogation by some ancients. —
86. κατεδύσεθ᾽ : καταδύσεθ᾽ A; κατεδύσαθ᾽ C, Ὁ. --- 88. εἴ πον ἐφεύροι:
εὗρε δὲ τόνδε Zen., omitting 89. --- 91. ἀπ᾽: παρ᾽ ΒαοπίϊοΥ. --- 92. ἀγχοῦ:
ἀγχόθι Ν. --- 94. ἐπιπροέμεν : ἔπι προέμεν Ar. —103. εἰς ἄστυ: ἐς εάστυ Β.

104 ff. Cf. ‘Even when Homer’s sole object is the picture, he will yet
break this up into a sort of history of the object, in order that the vari-
ous parts which we see side by side in nature may just as naturally
follow each other in his picture, and, as it were, keep pace with the flow
of the narrative. He wants, for instance, to paint us the bow of Panda-
rus. It is of horn, of a certain length, and tipped at both ends with
gold. What does he do? Does he enumerate these details thus dryly,
one after another? By no means. That would be telling us of such a
bow, setting it as a copy, but not painting it. He begins with the hunt-
ing of the wild goat from whose horns the bow was made. Pandarus
had lain in wait for him among the rocks and slain him. Owing to the
extraordinary size of the horns, he decided to use them for a bow. They
come under the workman’s hand, who joins them together, polishes, and
tips them. And thus, as I have said, the poet shows us in the process of
creation what the painter can only show us as already existing.’ Les-
sing, Laocoén xvi.

202 APPENDIX.

117. ἀθετεῖται. --- 118. κατεκόσμεε : κατεκόσμει most Mas. —123 f. Zen.
transposed. — 125. dAro: dAro B.

127. οὐδέ: οὐ δέ .--- 131. ἐέργῃ : ἐείργει most Mss. — 137. ἔρυμα:
ἔλυμα Zen., Arist. — 138. εἴσατο : toaro? —139. ἄρ᾽ ὀιστός : ἄρα χαλκός
Zen., which seems the older reading. ὀιστός agrees better with 129. ----
140. ἀθετεῖται, because Homer did not call ὠτειλήν τὸ ἐκ βολῆς τραῦμα.
- ὠτειλῆς : ὀατειλῆς ?—142. ἵππων: ἵππω Arist. — 146. prdvOqv: μίαν-
θεν Ahrens, Curtius. But ς΄ Cauer, Delectus Inscript. 123, 124, 128, 164.
— 147. ἰδέ: the regular word for and in the Cyprian dialect. Οὐ 382,
E 3, 171, Z 4, 469. ---- 149. ἀθετεῖται.

154. ἔχων: ἑλών N.—155. κασίγνητε: κασίγνητος Ἷ ---161. ἐκ δὲ καὶ
ὀψὲ τελεῖ: ὀψὲ καὶ ἐκτελέσει Zen.(?), thus avoiding the contracted form
rere. — ἐκ δέ: ἔκ τε Mss. —dwlricav: ricovow Zen., not satisfied to accept
this as a general truth, but desiring such a definite prediction as follows
below. —170. πότμον Ar.: μοῖραν Mss. —174. ᾿Αργείην: ᾿Αργείην θ᾽ Zen.

176. ὧδ᾽ ἐρέει : ὡς ἐρέει ---1 77. ἐπιθρώσκων : ἐπιθρωίσκων A.—-191. παύ-
σῃσι: παύσῃ oe Ms. Vind. —195-197. ἀθετοῦνται. --- 199. ἱέναι : ἴμεναι ὃ

205. ἴδῃ Ar.: ἴδῃς would avoid the contracted form.— 212. κυκλόσ᾽ :
κύκλος Ar.— 213. ἕλκεν Ar.: εἷλκεν most Mss. — 214. Bracketed by
some as inconsistent with 151.—218 f. Plato calls attention to the
simplicity of this surgical treatment, without intricate directions for
diet. Rep. 408 a.—219. of: ᾧ N.—223. οὐκ dv: ov xe? Cf. E 82.
— 223 ff. For this ᾿Επιπώλησις of Agamemnon, cf. B 41 ff., 441 ff,
A 15 ff.

235. ψευδέσσι: cf φιλοψευδής M 164, ᾿Αψευδής Σ 46; ψεύδεσσι Her-
mapias, N.— 239. ἐπήν: ἐπεί ---- 242. ἐλεγχέες : ἐλέγχεα Ahrens. Cf.
E 787.— 243. ἔστητε A, Herodian, most Mss.: ἔστητε C, Ὁ.

252. προμάχοις, cut: προμάχοισ᾽, tt N.— 260. κρητῆρι Ar.: κρητῆρσι
Mss. — κέρωνται : κερῶνται B. — 263. πιέειν : πιέμεν. --- ἀνώγῃ Bentley:
ἀνώγοι or ἀνώγει Mss. — 264. ὄρσευ : ὄρσοΐ --- 274. νέφος : no etymologi-
cal justification is known for the length of the preceding syllable.

277. ἐόντι : ἰόντι Zen. — yore: ἠέ Te? — 282. κνάνεαι : ἡρώων Zen. —
πεφρικυῖαι: βεβριθυῖαι Ar. —285. οὐ γάρ, οὔ τι: ov τι, οὐδέ N.3; οὔτε,
ουτεΐ --- 287. ἀνώγετον : ἀνώγετε Bentley. — 289. πᾶσιν: ἅπασιν N.

301. ἀνώγειν : dywye? — 308. πόλιας : πόλεας Ar., A. — ἐπόρθεον : ἐπόρ-
θουν Cauer; ἔπερθον --- 315. ὁμοίιον : ὁλοίιον N. ὅτι of γλωσσογράφοι
ὁμοίιον τὸ κακόν. --- 318. κέν two Mss.: τοί most good Mss.— 320. ἀθε-
τεῖται, as borrowed from Ν 799. --- 321. εἰ: ἢ --- ὀπάζει Ar.: ἱκάνει Mas.

333. Τρώων Ar.: Τρώων θ᾽ most Mss. — 338. υἱέ: vids? — 339. κερδα-
λεόφρον : φαίδιμ Odvaced Zen. — 341. τ᾽ ἐπέοικε: τε ρέροικε ---- 343, καὶ
δαιτός : καλέοντος Ν. --- 345 1. Criticised by some ancients,

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 203

351. δή: ἐμέ -- φής A, C.: φῆς D.— περιώσιον : περιούσιον Ἷ ---
372. πτωσκαζέμεν : πτωκαζέμεν ΒΘΗΊΙΘΟΥ. --- 373. δϑηίοισι: δείοισι --
974. μίν: pé?

878. πρός: προτί! --- 384. ἐπὶ Τυδὴ στεῖλαν: Τυδῆ᾽ ἔστειλαν N.: ἐπὶ
Τυδέι τεῖλαν Menrad. —386. ᾿Ετεοκληείης : ᾿Ετεοκλεεείης Ν. --- 391. Καδ-
μεῖοι : here the εἰ of this word must be ἃ diphthong.— 392. aw dp
ἀνερχομένῳ Bentley: ἂψ ἀνερχομένῳ vulgate; ἂψ ἀναερχομένῳ best Mss. ;
abris ἀνερχομένῳ N.—396. καὶ τοῖσιν: “even though they were so
many,” Van Leeuwen.—399. ἔην: ἔεν Leo Meyer. — 400. ἀμείνω:
ἀμείνων Ar., A.

407-409. ἀθετοῦνται. ---- 407. ἄρειον: “Apeov? Cf. Aesch. Sepiem 103.
— 421. Here Lachmann closed his Fourth Lay, finding different charac-
teristics in the following story. — 424. τέ: ra C, Ὁ.

426. ἰόν Ar.: ἐόν Mss.—431. δειδιότες : δεδριότες --- 433. πολυπά-
povos A.: πολυπάμμονος most Mss. πάματα is equiv. to κτήματα. ---
446 f. Quoted in Arist. Peace 1273 ἔ. --- 450. Cf. εὐχωλή (οἰμωγή Mas.)
θ᾽ ὁμοῦ | κωκύμασιν κατεῖχε πελαγίαν ἅλα Aesch. Persians 426 f.

452. χείμαρροι : χειμάροοι Ci. E 88, ὠκυρόῳ E 598. Always οὗ a
stream which is dry in summer. — 456. πόνος Ar. and two Mss.: φόβος
other Mss. — 462. ὡς dre: ἠύτε ---467. ῥ᾽: ¢2?— 473. vlév: tov?

478. θρέπτρα: Operra Zen. — 481. ἀντικρύς : ἀντικρύ Mss. — 483. πε-
φύκῃ Hermann: πεφύκει Mss. (The plpf. ind. is unknown in compari-
sons.) — 492. νέκυν κτλ. : ἑτέρωσε νέκυν cepvovra Heyne.

508. ἐκκατιδών: ¢ of ἰδών is here neglected. — 509. μηδ᾽: μή B.—
517. μοῖρα πέδησεν Ar.: μοῖρ ἐπέδησε Mss.— 520. Ilelpoos: Πείρως
Mas. — 524. ῥ᾽ : εἶ

527. ἀπεσσύμενον Ar.: ἐπεσσύμενον most Mss.— 528. πνεύμονι: πλεύ-
pou. N.—532. οὐκ: οὐ ¢ ?—538. περικτείνοντο : περὶ κτείνοντο A. —
539-544. Perhaps used as a close to the recitation, when the rhapsodist |
paused here. Cf. Z 311.—542. ἑλοῦσα, ἀτάρ: ἑλοῦσ᾽ αὐτάρ most Mss.

FirtH Book.

A noticeably large number of myths are touched in this book. ‘Here
alone in Homer is Aphrodite called Κύπρις and the daughter of Dione,
only here do we find Enyo as companion of Ares, Paeon as the physician
of the gods, the Titans as Οὐρανίωνες, and Heracles as son of Amphi-
tryo.’

The passages which introduce Sarpedon (471-496, 628-698) and verses
1-84 are suspected of being interpolations.

6. ‘Oxeavoto: Stier construes the gen. with Aoerpots understood. Cf.
ἐν πατρός Ζ 47. --- 9. ἦν δέ τις : ἔσκε δ᾽ evi N.—10. ἤστην: ἥτην D.—

204 APPENDIX.

12. ἀποκρινθέντε : ἀποκριθέντε C, Ὦ. --- ὁρμηθήτην : ὁρμηθήτην C.—16. Tv.
δεΐδεω δ᾽ : Τυδεΐδα 1 ---17. iPad’ αὐτόν: ἔβαλέν μιν N.—21. ἀδελφειοῦ:
ἀδελφεόο Ahrens. — 24. ἀκαχήμενος : ἀκαχημένος N.

30. ἑλοῦσ᾽ ἐπέεσσι: see App. on Δ ὃ. ---31. “Apes “Apes: "Apes ἀρές
(from the stem of ἀρείων) B. C/. Πρόθοος Gods B 758. — τειχεσιπλῆτα:
τειχεσιβλῆτα Zen. —32. οὐκ dv: ov κεν --- 42. Omitted by A, C.—
49. alpova: ἴδμονα

52. βάλλειν: βαλλέμεν N., and so τευχέμεν 61. --- 53. χραῖσμε κτλ.:
χραῖσμεν θανάτοιο πέλωρα Zen.— 55. δουρικλειτός : δουρὶ κλεῖτός ---
56. πρόσθεν: πρόσθε. So in 80.— 57. Omitted by the best Mss. —
59. Téxroves: some of the ancients understood this as a common noun.
— 64. ἀθετεῖται. --- ἤδη: 7da?—74. ὑπό: ἀπό Cauer.—75. κονίῃ : κο-
νίῃς Α, Ὦ.

77. Σκαμάνδρου: traces of a reading Καμάνδρου are found in the Mss.
—82. πεδίῳ: this may be the strict locative use of the dative.— 88. ya-
μάρρῳ: see App. on A 4952. -- ἐκέδασσε: ἐκέασσεΐ---89. ἑερμέναι Ar.:
ἐεργμέναι Mss.

115. ped: μοί best Mss.—118. δὸς δέ: τόνδε Herodian. —iyyeos: ε
ἔγχεος ὃ

128. ἠδὲ καὶ ἄνδρα: ἠδ᾽ ἄνθρωπον Zen.—132. τὴν γ᾽ οὐτάμεν: τὴν
οὐτάμεν Ar.; τὴν οὐτάσαι Zen.—139. τ᾽: ¢'?—142. βαθέης : Fick
thinks this form sufficient to condemn 139-142. — 146. τὸν δ᾽ ἕτερον: τοῦ
δ᾽ ἑτέρου Zen. — 150. ἐρχομένοις ὁ: ἐρχομένοισιΐ --- Ameis-Hentze and
Monro (among others) prefer another explanation to that of the note,
and think ἐρχομένοις to mean “as they left home.” ‘Their father ought
to have known better than to let them go to the war.”

156. ἀμφοτέρω : ἀμφοτέρων Zen. —157. ἐκνοστήσαντε: ἐκ νοστήσαντε
Wolf. —162. πόρτιος : βουκόλου Zen. —é: ἠδέ Bentley, N.— 166. ἴδεν:
_ ἐϊδ᾽ N.—171. τόξον: τόξα B.

183. ἀθετεῖται. ---187. Condemned by Zenodotus as inconsistent with
188 f.—194. πρωτοπαγεῖς : suspected on account of the unusual con-
traction.

203. ἄδην Ar.: ἄδδην most Mss. — 204. ἐς Ἴλιον : obs. the neglect of
the initial ¢ of Ἴλιος. --- 206-208. ‘Inserted in order to form a reference
to the breach of the treaty. The manner in which this wound of Diomed
is mentioned as a thing unknown to Aeneas, is inconsistent with 181 ff.’
Ameis-Hentze. — 216. ἀνεμόώλια : ἀνα-μώλιαῦ Cf. μετὰ μῶλον “Apnos
Η 147. --- 218. δὴ οὕτως B.: δ᾽ οὕτως Mss.— 219. vé: vo? from voi.
Only here and ο 475.

227. ἐκιβήσομαι Zen., C: ἀποβήσομαι Ar., A, D.— 236. pdvvyas:
prob. not from μόνος, ὄνυξ, but from pa (paloma, μεμαότες) ὄνυξ. ---.

27

FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 205

245. ἔχοντας: éxovre?— 247. μεγαλήτορος : μὲν ἀμύμονος many Mss. —
249 {. δοκεῖ Ζηνόδοτος ἠθετηκέναι.

255. ὀκνείω: ὀκνήω ΕἼΟΙ. --- 256. rpetv: the contracted form, from
the stem rpes, is unexpected.— 258. y: κ᾿ N.—263. Αἰνείαο: Aive/wo
Zen. — 267. 7: yoa?— 272. “μήστωρι Plato (Laches 191 Ὁ): μήστωρε
Ar., Mss. —273. «: γ °?

279. τύχωμι A.: τύχοιμε others. — 281. τῆς δέ: ἡ δέῦ Ch. 66.—
288. γ᾽ ἢ: δή Ν.--- ἀποπαύσεσθαι D: ἀποπαύσασθαι other Mss.—293. ἐξε-
σύθη Zen., Ο, D: ἐξελύθη Ατ., A; ἐξέλυθε [ἐξῆλθε) Ahrens.

804. elo’? ὁ δέ μιν : εἰσιν " ὁ δέ Ν. ---- 310. δὲ ὄσσε: δέ ε᾽ ὄσσεΐ --- 314. δ᾽
ἐόν (, D: δὲ dy A.

329. κρατερώνυχας κτλ. : κρατερωνύχεσ᾽ ἵπποις Zen. — 334. ῥ᾽:

338. ὅν of: ὃν af?—340. οἷος : οἷον Ν. --- 343. κάμβαλεν A, C: poe
λὲν the other Mss. — 344. ἐρύσσατο C: ἐρύσατο most good Mss. —
349. ἡ οὐχ: ov N.

359. κασίγνητε: κασίγνητος ἢ Cf. A 155. — δὸς δέ: δός re ©. — 365. ol:
εέ Cobet. — 366. ἐλάαν : eAdeww? See App. on Al.—371. ἀγκάς : ἀγκάσ᾽ ?

387. κεράμῳ: this word was said to mean dungeon in Cyprus, where
even now πίθοι are reported to be used as places of confinement. —
τρισκαίδεκα : τρεῖς καὶ déxa?— 388. dros: datos N.—390. ‘Eppéa ἐξήγ-
yerley: Ἑρμείᾳ ἤγγειλεν 1 --- 391. ἐδάμνα: ἐδάμνη N.—394. ἄλγος: sel-
dom, as here, of physical pain. —396. evrés: avrés?— 397. πύλῳ: Ar.
understood this as equiv. to πύλῃ. Others thought it a proper name.

403 f. Rejected by B., N. The verses certainly seem out of their con-
nexion. — ὀβριμοεργός: αἰσυλοεργός Ar. — 416. ἰχῶ A: ἰχώρ C, D; ixda?
— χειρός : χερσίν Zen. — 423. ἅμα σπέσθαι C, D: ἅμ᾽ ἑσπέσθαι A, Ambr.
— 425. χρυσέῃ: χρυσῇ A, Ambr., C, D.— ἁραιήν Ar.: ἀραιήν best Mss.

432. ‘It is clear that 432 originally followed 352.’ Leaf.— 440. ¢pé-
feo, χάζεο: for similar examples of ‘assonance,’ see Bekker, Homerische
Bldtter 1. 185 ff. — 444. ἀλενάμενος : cf 28. — 449-453. Leaf considers
these verses an interpolation.

452. δηουν: dyoov?— 453. πτερόεντα: light? —461. Τρῴας: Tpwds
others; Τρώων A.— 463. κέλενεν : κέλευσεν A, C.— 464. υἱεῖς : υἷες or
vides? — 466. q: cf. 849. --- εἰς ὅ κεν: ἢ ἐς ὅ κ᾽ N.— ἐνποιήτῃσι Zen. :
ἐυποιήτοισι Ar.— 470. καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου : θυμόν τε ἑκάστου Β. --- 472. πῇ:
ay A, C.— 473. φῆς Ar. Ο, D: dis A.—475. ἐγώ : ἐγών A, C, D.—
ἰδέειν : ἰδέμεν N.

478. ἥκω : ikw Β. ---481. τ᾽ ἕλδεται : εέλδεται ῦ--- 483. μαχήσασθαι ΑτΤ.:
μαχέσσασθαι better Mss., B., Ν. ---486. ὥρεσσιν : ὀάρεσσινῖ Cf. Z 516,
ὀάρων I 827. ----487. ἁλόντε : the quantity of a is not easy toexplain. Har-
tel suggests ναλόντε. --- 489. ἐκπέρσονσ᾽ : ἐκπέρσουσιν A, D.— 491. τηλε-

206 APPENDIX.

κλειτῶν : τηλεκλητῶν A, C.— 492. xparephy: χαλεπήν A.— 495. δοῦρε:
δοῦρα Mss. — 497. δ᾽ ἐλελίχθησαν : δὲ ρελίχθησαν Cobet.

502. ὑπολενκαίνονται: ὕπο λευκαίνονταιΐ --- 507. Nicanor placed a
comma after μάχῃ. --- 508-511. Rejected by Haupt.—515. εἶδον: ε᾽
ἔιδον Van Leeuwen and Da Costa.

530. αἰδεῖσθε: αἴδεσθες. Cf. 531.—534. Αἰνείω: Aivelew A, C, D;
Αἰνεία᾽ H. W. Smyth. —538. εἴσατο: éyoaro? ( Δ 188. ---- 539. vealpy:
vevaipy (novus) ?— 542. ᾿Ορσίλοχον : “Opriroxoy Zen.

554. οἵω τώ ye: τὼ οἴω re? — 560. ἐοικότες : ἐοικότε Ar. — 565. 8 ἴδεν:
δὲ id? — 567. σφάς: σφέας best Mss.; ode Ahrens.

587. ἑστήκει Ar.: εἱστήκει best Mss.

603. πάρα els: map ges N., introducing a form of obscure derivation
from Hesiod Theog. 145.— 606. μενεαινέμεν : pevenivere?—612. ἑνὶ Tag :
ἐν ᾿Απαισῷ N. Cf. B 828.

630. lévres: ἰόντε Ar. — 638. ἀλλ᾽ οἷον: ἀλλοῖον Tyrannio, and this
latter is now generally approved.

653. τεύξεσθαι : γ᾽ ἔσεσθαι ?— 656-659. Possibly inserted in order to
make an effective close when the rhapsodist closed his recitation here.
Cf. A 589 ff.— 656. ἁμαρτῇ A, C: apapry Ar.— 661. βεβλήκειν Ar.:
βεβλήκει Mss.— 670. tAhpova: of νεώτεροι τλήμονα τὸν ἀτυχῇ" ὃ δὲ
Ὅμηρος τὸν ὑπομενετικόν.

682 f. προσιόντι, Διὸς vids: Bentley transposed in order to save the ¢
of ρέπος. --- 694. θύραζε: cf Italian fuori (foris).—697. ἀμπνύνθη A:
ἐμπνύνθη Ar.; ἀμπνύθη Van Herwerden.— 699. Acc. to Holm, this verse
once immediately followed 607.

708. “YAq: Ὕδῃ Zen. (a Lydian town). — μεμηλόώς : μεμαώς ? — 711-
909. Rejected by Lachmann. — 716. ἐντείχεον : ἐντειχέα N.— 722. ὀχέ-
ἐσσι C: ὀχέεσφι A, D.

727 ἴ. δίφρος ἐντέταται : some interpret, “The front and sides of the
chariot are formed by close-woven straps, adorned with gold and silver.”
— 734-736. ἀθετεῖ Ζηνόδοτος. --- 735. Only Phoenicians, goddesses, and
princesses are skilled in embroidery, in Homer.— 744. πρυλέεσσι: a
Cyprian word.

757. νεμεσίζῃ : νεμεσίζε ?—"Apa: “Apy A, D.— 763. ἐξαποδίωμαι : ἐξ
ἀποδίωμαι 1 --- 766. μάλιστ᾽ εἴωθε : μάλιστα cécwhe? — 774. ἧχι Ar.,C, D:
ἧχι A and others. — Σκάμανδρος : see App. on 77.— Some think that in
the original form of the story, the Trojan plain had but one river.

778. τώ Schol. Soph. El. 977: αἱ Mss. — 782. λείουσιν : λεύουσι (AE
fovot) Hartel; λίεσσι N.— 786. Not in all old Mss.— 787. κάκ᾽ ἐλέγ-
χεα: κακελεγχέες Ar. Cf. A 242,—791. δὲ ἑκάς Zen., Arist.: δ᾽ ἑκάθεν
Ar.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 207

802. πολεμίζειν : πολεμιζέμεν ?— εἔἴασκον : édeoxov? — 808. ἀθετεῖται, as
contradiction of 802.— 818. σέων Ar.: σῶν Mss.

832. πρώην: πρῴην Zen., Ar., A.— 833. μαχήσεσθαι: see App. on
483. — 838 f. ἀθετοῦνται. --- Θ45. κυνέην : clearly this was not a material
. cap! It did not displace the helmet.

852. ἑλέσθαι A, Ambr.: ὀλέσσαι C, D.— 857. plrpny: μίτρῃ Ar. —
860. ἐννεάχιλοι, δεκάχιλοι : ἐννεάχειλοι, δεκάχειλοι Ar. — 863. dros: daros.
See App. on 888. --- 870. ὠτειλῆς : see App. on A 140.—871. ῥ᾽ : ε,᾽1--
873 f. Condemned by Bekker.

876. ἀήσνλα: ἀρίσυλα Clemm. — 880. ἀνιεῖς : ἀνίεις most Mss.; dvins?
— 892. ddcyerov: ἀνάσχετον --- 893. δάμνημ᾽ ἐπέεσσιν : see App. on A 3.
— 894. πάσχειν: πασχέμεν ?— 897. γένεν : yeve? Cf. A 404, Z 280. —
898. tviprepos: ἐνέρτατος Zen. — 899. ἀνώγειν : ἀνώγεε ¢ ?

901. Omitted by Ar. from his editions, and found in few Mss. —
905. λοῦσεν: λόεσεν N.— 906. Rejected by Ar.—909. “Apny Herodian
and best Mss.: “Ap?

ΞΙΧΤῊ Book.

4. μεσσηγὺς κτλ. Ar. in his second edition: μεσσηγὺς ποταμοῖο Σκαμάν-
Spov καὶ στομαλίμνης Ar.’s first edition; μεσσηγὺς ποταμοῖο Σκαμάνδρου
καὶ Σιμόεντος Chaeris. Some scholars think the Simois was not known
to the early epic poets. —6. φόως : φάος. --- 7. Θρέκεσσι : Opetxeror? —
17. ἀπηύρα: ἀπεύρα (ἀπέρρα, cf. ἀπούρας, ἀπορράς) Hinrichs. —19. vr-
νίοχος : ὑφ᾽ ἡνίοχος A, C, Ὁ.

34. vate δέ: ὅς ναῖε Zen.

51. ἔπειθεν A, D: ὄρινε Ὁ. --- 583. δώσειν ὦ: δωσέμεναι Ν. --- 54. ἀντίος
Ar.: ἀντίον Zen. —61. ἀδελφειοῦ : ἀδελφεόοῦ See App. on E 21.

71. Τρώων ἀμπεδίον συλήσομεν ἔντεα νεκρούς Zen. — τεθνηῶτας : τεθνειῶ-
τας C, D.— 74. εἰσανέβησαν : εἰς ἀνέβησαν Ἷ

6. οἰωνοπόλων κτλ.: μάντις τ᾽ οἰωνοπόλος τε Ar. (?).— 84. μαχησό-
μεθ᾽: μαχεσσόμεθ᾽ ἢ See App. on E 488. ---90. ὅ: ὅς Μβ8. ---91. εἶναι:
ἔμμεν N.—96. αἵ κεν: ὥς κεν Ar.

101. Initial ¢ is twice neglected in this ἰοχίύ. ---- οὐδέ τις : οὔ τις Bent-
ley. — ἰσοφαρίζειν : ἀντιφερίζειν Bentley. — 104. δοῦρε: see App. on E
495.—106. ἐλελίχθησαν: see App. on E 497.—112. ἀνέρες ἔστε oot
καὶ ἀμύνετον ἄστεϊ λώβην Zen.—113. Phe Curtius: βείω Mss. —
117. ἀμφί: Monro interprets this of ‘the ankles on both sides,’ Homeric
Grammar ὃ 181.—118. dvrv§: may be explained as attracted to the case
of the relative. —119-236. These verses, says Aristonicus, were placed
by some in a different position. But no one can find a better place than
this for them.—121. ἰόντες : ἰόντε Zen., Arist., Ar. —124. μάχῃ : μάχῃ σ᾿ ὃ

208 APPENDIX.

128. οὐρανοῦ : οὐρανόν Ar. —130. Avxdopyos: Auxdcepyos --- 135. Φο-
βηθείς : χολωθείς Zen. —136. κόλπῳ: Ameis-Hentze understands this in
a geographical sense. —142. ΟἿ, εὑὐρνεδοῦς ὅσοι καρπὸν αἰνύμεθα χθονός,
Simonides, quoted in Plato Prot. 846 d.—145. ἐρεείνεις : μὴ ἐρεείνεις ?—
148. τηλεθόωσα : τηλεθόωντα Arist. — ὥρη : ὥρῃ Arist., A.—150. ἐθέλεις:
Ar. places a comma after this, taking δαήμεναι as imperatival.

155. Βελλεροφόντην: ᾿Ελλεροφόντην Zen. —157. κακὰ μήσατο Ar.:
κάκ᾽ ἐμήσατο Mss. —158. ῥ᾽ : ¢'?—159. ἐδάμασσεν : εε δάμασσεν ἢ Ameis-
Hentze understood Bellerophon as obj. of the verb. —167. ῥ᾽: ,᾽3--
169. Cf. pugillarium usum fuisse etiam ante Troiana
tempora invenimus apud Homerum.... (27) Homerus
Bellerophonti codicillos non epistulas prodidit Pliny N. ἢ.
xiii. 11. 21 ff. —171. ἀμύμονι : ἀπήμονι

179. ἐκέλενσεν : pe κέλευσεν B.— 186. ᾿Αμαζόνας : the Homeric Ama-
zons are not so definite or important as might have been expected. —
200-202. These verses disturb the order of thought.— 200. xal: to
refer this to 140, is difficult.

206. δ᾽ ip ἔτικτε: δέ μ᾽ ἔτικτε Mss.; δ᾽ ue τίκτε B.— 222 f£. Rejected
by some ancients as ἄτοποι.

226. ἔγχεα δ᾽ ἀλλήλων : ἔγχεσι δ᾽ ἀλλήλους Zen. — 228. κιχείω : κιχήω
Curtius.— 245. πλησίοι : πλησίον some Mss.

252. Λαοδίκην ἐσάγονσα: Ar. interpreted as “going to see Laodice.”
—255-257. A question?— 256. μαρνάμενοι : μαρναμένους ---266. dvi-
πτοισιν : ἀνίπτῃσιν Zen. See App. on E 466.

280. ἔρχεν: ἔρχε᾽ ?— 281. κέ: 5€?— 284. "Αιδος: Avidos Hartel. —
285. φίλον ἦτορ Zen.: φρέν᾽ drep που Ar., A; φρέν᾽ aréprov most
Mss. — 288. In the edition of Ar. as ἡ δ᾽ εἰς οἶκον ἰοῦσα παρίστατο
φωριαμοῖσιν (cf. ο 104).— 289. παμποίκιλοι : παμποίκιλα ?— 290. τάς:
τούς ἢ --- 291. ἐπιπλώς : ἐπιπλούς --- 297. πόλει : πόλι Ἶ ---298. age:
joke? β

311. ἀθετεῖται. The close οὗ Διομήδους dpwrreia. Perhaps the conclu-
sion was modified somewhat in order to adapt it to this connexion. —
319. Sovpés: Ameis-Hentze const. this with αἰχμή. --- 321. περικάλλιμα :
περὶ κάλλιμα Β. --- 325. αἰσχροῖς : see App. on A 3.

330. ὅν Ar.: ef Mss.—344. κακομηχάνον ὀκρνοέσσηξ: κακομηχάνοο
κρνοέσσης Payne Knight.

353. τῷ: rov? —356. drys: ἀρχῆς Zen. The latter reading avoids
the contracted form of ddry. αὐάτη (d¢dry) is found in Pindar Pyth. ii.
28.—365. οἰκόνδ᾽ ἐσελεύσομαι A, C, D: οἰκόνδε ἐλεύσομαι Ahrens, with
hiatus which is freely allowed at this point of the verse. —367. τ᾽ οἶδ᾽ :
οἶδ᾽. --- i: εἰ Mas.

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 209

376. εἰ δ᾽ dye: εἶ dye? —396. ᾿Ηετίων, ὃς ἕναιεν : "Heriwvos ὃ vaiey
Bentley.

407. τὸ σόν: τεόν Ν. --- 409. κατακτανέουσιν : κατακτενέουσιν Cobet. —
414. ἀμόν: dupov?—415. ναιετόωσαν Ar.: ναιετάωσαν A, C, D.—
422. te: this form of the numeral is found in Cretan, Lesbian, and
Thessalian inscriptions.

433-439. ἀθετοῦνται. These verses are not regarded in Hector’s an-
swer, and are not in exact agreement with the present situation, when
the enemy are not immediately about the walls. —438. θεοπροπίων : θεο-
προπιῶν N.

454. σεῦ: cet’ or σεῖο Mss. — 465. βοῆς, ἑλκηθμοῖο : sometimes ex-
plained as a kind of ‘hendiadys.’ — ἑλκηθμοῖο : τε κλαυθμοῖο N. — 467. δ᾽
6: 5€?—474. γ᾽ dv: cov.—475. εἶπεν : εἶπε δ᾽ Ar.

479. εἴποι: εἴπῃσι Μ88.--- πατρός y ὅδε Ar.: πατρὸς δ᾽ ὅ ye Mss.—
490. τὰ σ᾽ αὐτῆς: τέ᾿ αὐτῆς N.— 500. γόον: στένον N.: γόαν Fick, as
3d pl. impf. οὗ γόημι (γοάω).

506. ἀκοστήσας : ἃ Cyprian word ; see Hesychius.— 507. θείῃ : θεύῃ 1 —
508. λούεσθαι : λοέεσθαι Ν. --- ἐυρρεῖος : ἐυρρέεος Ν. --- 511. ῥίμφα ἕ : ῥίμφ᾽
ἑά Zen.— 518. ἐσσύμενον : ἐσσυμένον --- 523. μεθιεῦς : see App. on E
880. ,

ἀγγελίης (ἄγγελοι) Δ
384.
ἀγκάς E 371.
ἀγχιστῖναι E 141.
ἀδελφειοῦ Z 61.
᾿Αδρηστίνη E 412.
ἄδντον E 448.
"Αιδος κυνέην E 845.
αἰϑούσῃσι Z 243.
αἰολοθώρηξ Δ 489.
αἰχμητής Ε 602.
ἀκέων Δ 22.
daxorricas 2 506.
ἄκρητοι A 159.
ἀκρόκομοι A 533.
ἀλαλητός A 436.
᾿Αλαλκομβενηίς A 8.
᾿Αλεξνδροιο Z 319.
ἄμμορον Z 408.
ἀμύμων A 89.
ἀμφίβασιν E 628.
ἀμφίφαλον E 748.

ἄν not needed in rel.

sents., A 259.
ἀνά and κατά A 209.
ἀνεμώλια E 216.
avdveve Z 311.
dvovraros A 540.
ἀντιβίην E 220.
ἄντυξ £ 262.
ἄξια, worthy, 2 46.
ἀοίδιμοι 2 358.
᾿Αργείην Ελέγην Δ 19.
ἀργυρότοξος E 617.
ἄρειον A 407.
“Apes "Apes Ε 31.
ἀριστεύειν 2 208.

GREEK INDEX.

ἀρχεκάκους Ε 63.
ἀταλάφρονα Z 400.
αὖτε Ε 279.

ἀφνειὸς βιότοιο Ε 544.

βαθέης Ε 142.

βίη Ἡρακληείη Ε 688.
βοείας Ε 4δ2.

βοὴν ἀγαθός Ε 114.
βουλενταί Ζ 114.

γεγάασιν Δ 828.

γεφύρας Ε 88.

γεφύρας πολέμοιο A 371.

γλανκώπις Δ 439,

γνύξ E 68.

γόον, lamented, Z 500.

γούνατα, as seat of
strength, A 314.

δαιμόνιε Z 826, 407.

δαιμονίη A 31, Z 486.

AapSavidev πυλάων Ε
189.

Δειμὸς ἠδὲ Φόβος A 440.

δεκάχιλοι Ε 860.

δενοίατο Ε 202.

δηναιός Ε 407.

Avs ὄμβρος E 91.

δράκων Z 181.

ἔα [ἦν] Δ 821.

ἔγχος 2 819.

εἴδωλον Ε 449.

ἑκατόμβοια Z 236.

ἑκὼν ἀέκοντί ye θυμῷ
Δ 48.

ἔλατήρ Δ 145.

ἐλέφας Δ 141.

ἔμεν Δ 299.

ἐναίσιμος Z 521.

ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα E 228.

ἐννῆμαρ 2 174.

ἐξενάριξεν 2 80.

ἐπιβησόμενον (aor.) Ε
46

ἔργα γυναικῶν Z 824.
ἕρκος ὀδόντων Δ 860.
ἔστητε A 2483.
ἐνπλόκαμοι Z 880.

εὔπρνυμνοι Δ 248.
ἐυρρεῖοᾳ Z 508.

ζώγρει E 698.
ζῶμα A 187.
ζωστήρ A 132.

ἦ, he spoke, A 192.
ἤθεα, haunts, Z 611.
ἠθεῖε, Z 518.
ἠκέστας Z 94.
ἡμείων Ε 258.

ἦν δέ τις Ε 9.
ἠνίπαπε E 650.

θάλαμος Z 288.
θεράπων A 367.

θρέπτρα A 478.
θύσϑλα 2 184.

ἴξον Ε 778.
ἰοχέαιρα E 53.
ἱππόδαμοι A 8398.
ἱππότα Δ 817.

tora φρονέειν E 441.
ἴσαν A 429.

trus, felloe, Δ 486.
ἰχώρ E 340.

lop 2 422.

καθ᾽ ἵππων Ε 111.

καὶ vuv, introducing a
special instance, A 12.

κάκταγε Z 164.

κάλλιπε Z 223.

καππεσέτην E 560.

καρρέζονσα E 424.

κατάγειν to the camp,
E 26.

κέκλημαι, “am,” A 61.

κέραμος E 387.

Κηφισίς E 709.

κορυστής A 457.

κρητῆρα στήσασθαι Z
δ28.

Κύπρις Ε 330.

λαισήια Ε 468.
λάξ Ε 620.
λείουσιν E 782.
λέπαδνα Ε 780,
λνκηγενέι Δ 101.

μειλιχίοισιν, as subst.,
A 256.

μεταμαάζιον Ε 19.

μιάνθην Δ 146.

μίτρη Δ 137.

μνήσαντο χάρμης A 222.

μοῖρα πέδησεν A 517.

veBpol, of cowardice, A
243.

vexrap ἐφνοχόει A 8.

γέμεσις Z 335.

GREEK INDEX.

γεφεληγερέτα Δ 80.
νήπιον αὕτως Z 400.

ξανθὴ Δημήτηρ Ε 500.
Ἐάνθος Ε 152.

olkyas Ε 418.
ὀλολυγή Z 301.
Ὀλύμπιος A 160.
ὁμηλικίη, comrades, E
326.
ὁμοίιον A 315.
ὁμοκλήσας E 439.
ὀμφαλόεσσαι A 448.
ὄνομαι A 539.
ὅρκι᾽ ἔταμνον A 155.
Οὐρανίωνες E 898.

Παιήων E 401.
παππαζονσιν E 408.
παρήιον (φάλαρα) A 142.
παρίστατο A 212,
παρμέμβλωκε A 1].
πάρος With inf. Z 848,
πεδίοιο, local, A 244,
πεπληγυῖα E 768,
πέπλος Ε 734.

πέπον E 109, Ζ 55.
περιβήναι E 21.
περόνη E 425.
ποδήνεμος E 868.
ποικίλματα Z 294,
πολλά, often, Z 2.
πόνος A 374.

πρηνής E 58.

πρίν, πρίν A 114.
πύλῳ E 397.

funds Z 40
ῥὑνσίπτολι Z 306.

211

σακέσπαλος E 126.

σάκος Αἴαντος E 619.

σιγαλόεντα E 226.

σίδηρον, of arrow-point,
A 123.

σφούς A 302.

σχεδίην E 830.

ταχύπωλοι A 232.

τὲ in free position, A
505.

τέκτων A 110, Z 3165.

τελαμών E 796.

τέμενος Z 194,

τέττα Δ 412.

Τρίκη Δ 202.

Τριτογένεια Δ 515.

Tpokot ἵπποι Ε 222.

τώ, for fem., E 778.

vidy A 478.

_ Ὕλη E 708.

dav Z 108.

φάρμακα A 191.
φηγός E 693.

φίλε A 155.
φιλέεσκεν Z 15.
φιλομμειδτς A 8, 10.
φράζεο E 440,

χαλκός, “steel,” E 317,
χεῖρας ἀνασχών E 174,
χερμάδιον A 518.
Xnpworal E 158.

χόλος A 28.

χρύσεα χαλκείων Z 236.

Ψευδέσσι Δ 235.

ὠκυρόῳ E 598.
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε A 422,

Acc. of effect E 361,
5038, 796.

Acc. of limit of motion
E 367.

Adj. as gen. E 428, 741,
799, Z 180.

Adv. with copula A 277,
466.

Aegis A 167, E 738.

Aeneas E 247, Z 75.

Agamemnon Δ 153 ff.,
228 ff., 2 53.

Aidoneus E 190.

Ajaxes A 278 ff.

Alean Plain Z 201.

Alpheis E 545.

Amazons Z 186.

Anacoluthon Z 510.

Andromache Z 371.

Antea Z 160.

Antenor E 69.

Antilochus A 457.

Aphrodite A 10, E 312.

Apollo A 101, E 344.

Apostrophe A 127.

Apposition of clauses
A 481, E 837.

Ares A 439, E 355, 462,

692, 86.

Argos, πολυδίψιον, A171.

Artemis sends death to
women Z 205.

Asclepius A 194.

Asopus A 888.

Astyanax Z 408.

Athena Δ 8 ff., 64, 74 ff,
128, 516, E 1, 29, 61,

ENGLISH INDEX.

188, 290, 418, 711,

837, Z 297.
Athenians A 328.
Attraction to acc. A341.
Attraction to pred. A49.

Bellerophon Ζ 155.

Bible quoted on A 2, 35,
61, 102, 262, 274,
303, 321, 505, E 20,
85, 127, 154, 216,
490, 2 87, 94, 135,
267, 457, 510.

Bow A 106 ff.

Cadmeans A 386.
Capaneus A 409.
Cattle as standard of
value Z 236.
Cephallenians A 330.
Chariots E 104 f.
Chimaera Z 179.
Chiron A 219.
Cilicians Z 397.
Cognate acc. as adv.
Δ 420, E 6.
Comparisons to: boar
A 258, cloud A 275,
E 522, horse Z 506,
lions E 136, 564,
782, meteor A 76,
milk E 902, mist
E 864, mother and
child A 130, moun-
tain torrent A 462,
E 87, pine trees
E 560, poplar A 482,

sheep A 488, stain-
ing ivory A 141,
waves A 422, wolves
A 471,
Copais Lake E 709.
Cretans A 251.

Dares E 9.

Dat. of approach A 443,
528, E 82.

Death, expressions for,
A 98, 461, E 75. ,

Defilement of battle
Z 267.

Degeneracy E 804.

Demeter E 500.

Diomed A 366, Z 119.

Dione E 870.

Dionysus Z 130.

Dual, of two parties
E 487.

Ketion Z 396.

Enyo E 838.
Ephyra Z 152.
Ereuthalion A 319.
Eris A 440.

Eyes opened E 127.

Fatalism Z 487.

Ganymede E 266.
Gen. of cause A 168,
404, E 178.
after verb of aiming
A 13, 3365, 489, 2 8.
with εἰδώς A 196, E 11.
with ἔγνω A 357.
of place E 6, 310, Ζ2.

Gen. of cause,
of separation A 234,
498, E 187, 416, 456.
of time E 5238.
Gerontes A 344.
Glaucus Z 119.
Gorgon E 741.
Grandsons named for
grandsires E 549.
Greaves A 80.

Hebe A 2.

Hector Z 86, 237.
Helen Z 828, 344.
Helenus Z 76.
Hephaestus E 10, 23.
Hera Δ 8, 58, Ε 711.
Heracles E 392, 404, 638.
Hospitality Z 215.
Hours E 749.

Hyperea Z 4657.

Idomeneus A 253.
Iris E 353.

Iron Z 48.

Ivory A 141 f.

Kissing z 474.

Laomedon E 269, 640.
Lycians A 197, E 105,
677, Z 78, 124.

Lycurgus Ζ 130.

Machaon A 193.

Measure of distance
E 770.

Menelaus A 100, 150,
2 87.

Menestheus Δ 327.

Meriones A 254, E 59.

Measeis Z 457.

Middle as passive A
116, E 21.

expressing

Δ 530.

interest

ENGLISH INDEX.

Milton quoted A 127,
130, 282, 350, 443,
E 116, 127, 340, 367,
624, 749, 2 138, 179,
202, 295, 506.

Name instead of pro-
noun A 28, 177,
E 193, 830.

Nestor A 293 ff.

Nom. of exclamation
E 403.

Nymphs Z 22.

Odysseus A 329.

Orestiads Z 420.

Otus and Ephialtes
E 3865.

Pandarus A 88, E 98 ff.,
171.
Parentheses A 23, 106.
Paris 2 818, 503.
Passive as middle E 497.
Pergamus A 508.
Periphrastic perf. Ε 818,
Personification A 125,
321, 440, 521, E 68,
220.
Pherae E 543.
Plural after ‘collec-
tive’ A 335.
Polygamy Z 244.
Polynices A 377.
Potential of the past
E 86, 311.
Potential opt. without
ἄν A 93.
Predicate adjs. Z 188.
Priestess elected Z 300.
Priests E 10.
Pylaemenes E 576.

Rivers receive sacri-
fice E 77.

213

Roasting, not boiling,
Δ 3465.

Rhyme Ε 440, 701,
2 148.

Sarpedon E 471, 662,
Z 199.
Scaean Gate Z 3738, 393.

‘Scamandrius 2 402.

Schema Alcmanicum
E 774.

Seasons E 5.

Shields E 182.

Sidon Z 290.

Simois A 476, E 777.

Simoisius A 474.

Sisyphus Z 163.

Solymi Z 184.

Statue of divinity z 92.

Stentor E 785.

Sthenelus A 367, E 241.

Subjv. as fature Zz 459.

in comparisons A 1381.

Surgeons A 198.

Surgical treatment A
218.

Tactics A 297, 299.
Talthybius A 192.
Telemachus A 864.
Teucer Z 31.

Theano E 70.

Thetis 2 1386.
Thracians A 519.
Tower of Troy 2 373.
Trojans E 10.

Tros E 222.

Tydeus A 872 ff., 2 222.

Water carrying Z 457.
Wounds fatal A 528.
Writing z 168 f.

Xanthus E 479, 2 4.
Zephyrus A 276.

---« o_O ee -

“-

ye!

ny
’